2012 Catalog. Online Programs 09/2012

Transcription

1 2012 Catalog Online Programs 09/2012

2 Table of Contents MISSION 05 EDUCATION PHILOSOPHY 06 HISTORY 07 DEGREE PROGRAMS 09 COMPUTER ANIMATION Bachelor of Science Degree Program Introduction & Areas of Focus 10 Overview & Objective 14 Course Descriptions & Credit Hours 15 CREATIVE WRITING FOR ENTERTAINMENT Bachelor of Fine Arts Degree Program Introduction & Areas of Focus 22 Overview & Objective 26 Course Descriptions & Credit Hours 27 CREATIVE WRITING Master of Fine Arts Degree Program Introduction & Areas of Focus 34 Overview & Objective 38 Course Descriptions & Credit Hours 39 DIGITAL CINEMATOGRAPHY Bachelor of Science Degree Program Introduction & Areas of Focus 43 Overview & Objective 47 Course Descriptions & Credit Hours 48 EDUCATION MEDIA DESIGN & TECHNOLOGY Master of Science Degree Program Introduction & Areas of Focus 55 Overview & Objective 58 Course Descriptions & Credit Hours 59 ENTERTAINMENT BUSINESS Bachelor of Science Degree Program Introduction & Areas of Focus 64 Overview & Objective 68 Course Descriptions & Credit Hours 69 ENTERTAINMENT BUSINESS Master of Science Degree Program Introduction & Areas of Focus 76 Overview & Objective 80 Course Descriptions & Credit Hours 81 ENTERTAINMENT BUSINESS with a Sports Management Elective Track Master of Science Degree Program Introduction & Areas of Focus 85 Overview & Objective 87 Course Descriptions & Credit Hours 88 GAME ART Bachelor of Science Degree Program Introduction & Areas of Focus 92 Overview & Objective 96 Course Descriptions & Credit Hours 97 GAME DESIGN Bachelor of Science Degree Program Introduction & Areas of Focus 104 Overview & Objective 108 Course Descriptions & Credit Hours 109 GRAPHIC DESIGN Bachelor of Science Degree Program Introduction & Areas of Focus 116 Overview & Objective 119 Course Descriptions & Credit Hours 120 INNOVATION & ENTREPRENEURSHIP Master of Science Degree Program Introduction & Areas of Focus 127 Overview & Objective 131 Course Descriptions & Credit Hours 132 {table of contents} 2

3 DEGREE PROGRAMS (Cont.) INTERNET MARKETING Bachelor of Science Degree Program Introduction & Areas of Focus 137 Overview & Objective 141 Course Descriptions & Credit Hours 142 INTERNET MARKETING Master of Science Degree Program Introduction & Areas of Focus 150 Overview & Objective 154 Course Descriptions & Credit Hours 155 MEDIA COMMUNICATIONS Bachelor of Science Degree Program Introduction & Areas of Focus 160 Overview & Objective 164 Course Descriptions & Credit Hours 165 MEDIA DESIGN Master of Fine Arts Degree Program Introduction & Areas of Focus 172 Overview & Objective 176 Course Descriptions & Credit Hours 177 MOBILE DEVELOPMENT Bachelor of Science Degree Program Introduction & Areas of Focus 180 Overview & Objective 184 Course Descriptions & Credit Hours 185 MUSIC BUSINESS Bachelor of Science Degree Program Introduction & Areas of Focus 192 Overview & Objective 196 Course Descriptions & Credit Hours 197 MUSIC PRODUCTION Bachelor of Science Degree Program Introduction & Areas of Focus 204 Overview & Objective 208 Course Descriptions & Credit Hours 209 NEW MEDIA JOURNALISM Master of Arts Degree Program Introduction & Areas of Focus 216 Overview & Objective 220 Course Descriptions & Credit Hours 221 PUBLIC RELATIONS Master of Arts Degree Program Introduction & Areas of Focus 224 Overview & Objective 228 Course Descriptions & Credit Hours 229 SPORTS MARKETING & MEDIA Bachelor of Science Degree Program Introduction & Areas of Focus 234 Overview & Objective 238 Course Descriptions & Credit Hours 239 WEB DESIGN & DEVELOPMENT Bachelor of Science Degree Program Introduction & Areas of Focus 246 Overview & Objective 250 Course Descriptions & Credit Hours 251 EDUCATION MEDIA DESIGN & TECHNOLOGY Graduate Certificate Introduction & Areas of Focus 257 Course Descriptions & Credit Hours 258 INTERNET MARKETING Graduate Certificate Introduction & Areas of Focus 261 Course Descriptions & Credit Hours 262 INTERNSHIP 264 DEGREE PROGRAMS ON CAMPUS 265 {table of contents} 3

4 GENERAL INFORMATION 266 ADMISSIONS 267 FINANCIAL AID 269 CAREER DEVELOPMENT 271 TUITION BREAKDOWN 272 GENERAL INFORMATION 273 ONLINE CLASS SCHEDULES 275 ONLINE HOLIDAY SCHEDULE 276 ONLINE EDUCATION AT FULL SAIL 277 STUDENT SERVICES 277 POLICIES & PROCEDURES 278 CLOCK HOUR-TO-CREDIT HOUR CONVERSION 285 LICENSES & ACCREDITATION 285 ADMINISTRATION 287 {table of contents} 4

5 Introduction MISSION People from around the world come to Full Sail to pursue their educational goals, and they share one thing in common a passion for creative careers in the entertainment and media industry. Full Sail s mission is to provide students with an innovative style of education, delivered by a staff of dedicated individuals, that addresses the career opportunities available in an ever-growing, constantly evolving industry. We do this by developing unique curricula that combine elements of creativity, art, business and life skills, technical prowess, and academic achievement. Our education is delivered via immersive teaching methods, both in Full Sail s real-world production studios and classrooms, as well as through our online learning environment. Every one of our degree programs is designed to provide students with knowledge and real-world experience that will help them realize their career goals in the entertainment and media industry. INTRODUCTION Mission 5

6 Introduction EDUCATIONAL PHILOSOPHY Empower our students through an active relationship with the entertainment and media industry Full Sail is dedicated to serving the needs and careers of our students and graduates by actively engaging the companies that make up the entertainment and media industry, both in the United States and around the world. At Full Sail, every degree program goes through ongoing assessment and evolution, ensuring that students receive an education that is current and relevant. This is accomplished through industry feedback and insight, and the specific guidance of groups of entertainment and media professionals who make up Program Advisory Committees for each of our degrees. In addition, our commitment to a close relationship with the industry allows employers to easily recruit qualified talent, and also allows our Career Development Department to promote our graduates to the widest possible audience. Connect students with educators and industry guests who inspire and challenge The core of Full Sail is our staff, many of whom bring years of industry credentials and educational experience to our campus. Because many of our educators and guests are active in the professional community through conventions, industry affiliations, and professional projects, they are able to inspire students with current knowledge that speaks to how entertainment and media companies create exceptional professional product. Provide learning environments that are real world Full Sail s online courses and degrees are driven by a real-world approach that uses current technology to educate and inspire. Through the capabilities of today s Internet, traditional assignments are complemented by videos, animations, and interactive exercises. Our online learning environment is also built around the concept of connecting you with people from accessible instructors, to exclusive guest lecturers, to collaboration tools that enable you to meet, share, and receive feedback from your peers. Full Sail s campus is designed to provide students with educational environments that are on par with some of the best production facilities in the world. In these studios, labs, and classrooms, students gain real-world experience with the creative and technical tools employed at all levels of the industry. At the same time, they learn the same production workflow used in film productions, recording sessions, live events, animation and design projects, and in the development of video games, websites, and entertainment business strategies. Whether on campus or online, Full Sail s goal is to deliver a real-world educational experience that is engaging and exceptional. Promote professionalism throughout the educational experience We believe that students should approach their education like professionals because it will increase their chance for success throughout their careers. There are initiatives woven throughout a student s educational journey designed to instill professional protocol, attitude, and a mindset for creativity and success. These elements are integral to our real-world educational formula, alongside up-to-date curricula, professional settings, immersive projects, and experienced educators. INTRODUCTION Eductional Philosophy 6

7 You can get there from here EST Our History SOME HIGHLIGHTS Since Full Sail s inception in 1979, over 34,000 graduates have prepared for careers in the entertainment and media industry. The following features some of the highlights of Full Sail s history as well as that of our graduates. In 1980, Full Sail moved from its original home in Dayton, Ohio to Orlando, Florida. During the six years that followed, new audio courses were added to the original recording arts offering until, in 1986, the Recording Arts Comprehensive Program was introduced. In 1988, a new curriculum with a focus on the visual arts was born the Video and Film Production Comprehensive Program. In July 1989, Full Sail moved into its current home in Winter Park, Florida (a suburb of Orlando) which has since expanded into a 110+ studio multimedia campus Founded in Dayton, Ohio 1980 Moved to Orlando, Florida 1989 Full Sail moves into its current home in Winter Park, Florida For three years in succession, Full Sail wins the prestigious TEC Award (Technical Excellence and Creativity) 1987 for Best Recording School/Program, presented annually by Mix Magazine 1990 Graduate credit on Graduate credit on Michael Jackson s Bad 8 million copies sold August 1990 marked a milestone in history when Full Sail received accreditation allowing students to earn Specialized Associate Degrees upon successful completion of the curricula in the Recording Arts and/or Film and Video Production Programs. A third Specialized Associate Degree in Digital Media was launched in March 1995 this addition marked Full Sail s entrance into training for the vast, emerging field of interactive media. March 1998 witnessed the introduction of the Game Design Specialized Associate Degree as well as the Show Production & Touring Specialized Associate Degree. In January of that same year, Full Sail achieved additional accreditation and licensing enabling students to earn Associate of Science Degrees in Recording Arts, Film and Video Production, and Digital Media Graduate credit on Nirvana s Nevermind #1 Album (Billboard 200) LL Cool J Mama Said Knock You Out #1 Billboard Rap Single First 1996 GRAMMY WINNING Graduate Graduate credits on The Rolling Stones Voodoo Lounge Tour Top Grossing World Tour Full Sail earns the Florida-based Educational Award for Most Innovative Program as well as Educator of the Year 1995 Graduate credit on Braveheart OSCAR Winner for Best Picture 1995 Graduate credit on PIXAR S Toy Story #1 Box Office Film - OSCAR Nominated 1996 Graduate credits on Kiss Reunion Tour Top Grossing World Tour Graduate credits Titanic Top Grossing Film of All Time - OSCAR Winner for Best Picture 1997 Lycos presents Full Sail with their Top Five Percent Award for the school s website 1998 EMMY WINNING Graduate XVIII Olympic Games Most Outstanding Technical Team INTRODUCTION Our History 7

8 Our History (Cont.) In February of 1999, a new accredited program was introduced the Computer Animation Associate of Science Degree. Additionally, the Game Design and Show Production & Touring Programs were modified and approved to be offered as Associate of Science Degrees. In November 2003, Full Sail offered its first Bachelor s Degree - the Entertainment Business Bachelor of Science Degree Program. In addition, the Game Development Degree Program was revised and expanded to become a Bachelor of Science Degree Program. Another milestone was achieved in August 2005 when three of Full Sail s Associate of Science Degrees were revised and expanded to become Bachelor of Science Degrees Computer Animation, Digital Arts & Design (formerly Digital Media), and Film. In April of 2006, the Entertainment Business Bachelor s Degree Program changed focus slightly and was renamed Music Business. In June 2007, Full Sail launched its first Master of Science Degree in Entertainment Business, and in July 2007, Full Sail launched a new Associate of Science Degree in Graphic Design One of the Top 5 Game Degree Programs in the World Electronic Gaming Monthly 2003 Graduate credit on PIXAR S The Incredibles OSCAR Winner for Best Animated Feature Film 2003 Graduate credit on Lord of the Rings: Return of the King OSCAR Winner for Best Picture October 2007 was a historic month, with the introduction of Full Sail s first online degree program an online version of the school s existing Entertainment Business Master of Science Degree Program. The launch of this first online degree was years in the making and saw the school build a proprietary online learning platform from the ground up. In December 2007, Full Sail launched a new on-campus degree program the Game Art Bachelor of Science Degree designed to meet the growing demand for game-specific artists. In January 2008, Full Sail launched two additional online degree programs the Education Media Design & Technology Master of Science Degree and the Entertainment Business Bachelor of Science Degree, and a new on-campus degree program the Web Design & Development Bachelor of Science Degree. In March 2008, Full Sail was granted University status and became known as Full Sail University. Since then, the school has continued to expand its online and campus degree offerings into new fields, including Game Design, Internet Marketing, Graphic Design, and more, while also revising and expanding its flagship Recording Arts and Show Production programs to be offered as Bachelor of Science Degrees GRAMMY Album of the Year Outkast Speakerboxxx/ The Love Below 3 Graduates Win Graduate Directs Saw 2,3,4 #1 Box Office Film on Halloween 3 Years in a Row 2005 One of the 5 Best Music Programs in the Country Rolling Stone Magazine 2005 First Graduate OSCAR Nomination 2005 One of the 3 Best Music Business Departments Schools That Rock The Rolling Stone College Guide 2005 One of the Top 5 Film Schools in the Country UNleashed Magazine (2005) Throughout the world, Full Sail graduates are employed in music recording, film production, video production, animation, sound design, web development, concert sound, concert lighting, postproduction, game design, music, interactive title development, graphic design, virtual reality and simulation, entertainment companies, and worldwide corporations. Hundreds of media businesses have been built and GRAMMY, Emmy, Addy, and Recording Industry Association of America (Gold and Platinum Records) awards have been earned by numerous alumni. In addition, 2005 marked the first graduate to ever be nominated for an OSCAR Full Sail s redesigned website receives multiple nominations in the Webby Awards for Best Home/ Welcome Page and Best Website - School 2007 Full Sail is the Harvard of Game Schools Tips & Tricks Magazine Graduates involved with GRAMMY nominated projects 2008 Full Sail University named School/College of the Year by the Florida Association of Postsecondary Schools & Colleges (FAPSC) 2009 Full Sail University celebrates its 30th Anniversary & inaugural Hall of Fame Inductees INTRODUCTION Our History TODAY

9 Degree Programs DEGREE PROGRAMS 9

10 Computer Animation Bachelor of Science Degree Program Bachelor of Science Degree Program It hasn t been that long since animation meant teams of artists working long hours to make individual 2D cels. For most of the 20th century, that was the way animated shows and features were made. But the 21st century has seen computers become essential tools for animators, with increased processing power and more sophisticated software combining to move the bulk of animation from the cel to the CPU. Whether for animated shows and feature films, video games, or as special effects in live-action films, computer animation is an integral part of the way artists get their vision onto screens. To become one of those artists, you ll need to understand the art, the techniques, and the technology that professional animators use to bring their creations to life. In this collaboration-oriented online program, you ll learn the tools of the trade that you ll need to become a 21st century 3D artist. Areas of Focus Fine Arts Modeling Fine Arts Animation Modeling Animation Effects Final EffectsProject/ Demo Final Project/ Reel Creation Demo Reel Creation COMPUTER ANIMATION Bachelor of Science Degree Program 10

11 life DRAWING urves SURFACES body ANGUAGE realistic MOVEMENT ACTIONS Areas of Focus SCULPTING anatomical MODELING character RIGGING PROFESSIONAL demo REEL LIGHTING texturing storyboarding character MODELING MODELING ANIMATION EFFECTS & DEMO REEL CRATION art craft life concepts DRAWING 2D 3D TECHNIQUES CAMERA lighting effects Fine Arts 3D modeling BASICS curves The journey of becoming successful in the computer SURFACES animation industry starts with building a foundation in traditional art. Our curriculum is built on the skills, concepts. character and techniques that will enable body students to understand MOTION and appreciate the holistic LANGUAGE approach artists must use in the animation process. Using traditional mediums such as graphite, color pencil, and dynamics clay you will learn how to manipulate realistic PARTICLE MOVEMENT the elements of art to create designs that work in EFFECTS ACTIONS the three-dimensional world. Hands-on exercises in illustration, color theory, character development, life drawing, and sculpting will help you produce believable characters and compositionally sound environments. COMPUTER ANIMATION FINE ARTS craft TECHNIQUE MODELING COMPUTER ANIMATION FINE ARTS MODELING life DRAWING texturing SPECIAL effects TRADITIONAL art TRADITIONAL concepts concepts SCULPTING craft TECHNIQUE 3D TECHNIQUE craft LIGHTING texturing modeling BASICS 3D modeling BASICS life DRAWING curves SURFACES Modeling Creating believable models is an essential element of computer animation. With three courses devoted solely to modeling, you ll gradually develop the strategies and skills needed to use computer modeling tools efficiently. After getting a foundation in surface creation, 3D modeling basics, trimming and blending, and curves and surfaces, you ll move on to advanced modeling techniques production modeling, surface flow, anatomical modeling utilizing the same real-world workflow as professional animators. life SCULPTING DRAWING curves anatomical MODELING SURFACES COMPUTER ANIMATION Bachelor of Science Degree Program SC LIGH tex M an 11

12 curves Areas of Focus modeling SURFACES BASICS 3D curves SURFACES anatomical MODELING anatomical MODELING body character MOTION TECHNIQUE LANGUAGE craft dynamics PARTICLE realistic EFFECTS modeling 3D MOVEMENT BASICS ACTIONS character MOTION Animation dynamics body LANGUAGE life DRAWING realistic MOVEMENT curves body LANGUAGE realistic Bringing computer PARTICLE models to life is the goal MOVEMENT of the EFFECTS animation process, and the curriculum at Full ACTIONS Sail teaches you the tools and techniques you ll need to do just that. First, you ll learn basic animation skills and the fundamentals of powerful software packages like Autodesk Maya and Adobe Photoshop. Then you ll build on those basics with 2D and 3D techniques like character motion, body language, and character rigging as you use all your artistic skills together with technology to make your creations move. character RIGGING PROFESSIONAL ACTIONS demo SURFACES character RIGGING SCULPTING PROFESSIONAL demo anatomical REEL MODELING REEL character RIGGING PROFESSIONAL demo REEL storyboarding storyboarding LIGHTING texturing character MODELING texturing character MODELING texturing SPECIAL storyboarding SPECIAL effects character MODELING texturing SPECIAL effects COMPUTER effects ANIMATION FINE ARTS MODELING ANIMATION art TRADITIONAL concepts 2D 3D TECHNIQUES 3 COMPUTER ANIMATION Bachelor of Science Degree Program 12

13 2D 3D TECHNIQUES LANGUAGE TECHNIQUES MOTION LANGUAGE Areas of Focus CAMERA CAMERA lighting lighting effects effects dynamics dynamics PARTICLE PARTICLE EFFECTS EFFECTS realistic realistic MOVEMENT MOVEMENT ACTIONS ACTIONS RIGGING PROFESSIONAL PROFESSIONAL demo REEL REEL character MODELING MODELING ft eling ICS ter ION cs CLE CTS Integration life It s one thing to build a model and make it move, it s something else to make it look real (or unreal, if that is what you are shooting DRAWING for). The next phase is to take your computer-built 3D creations to the next level of realism by integrating them into live-action sequences. By using tracking and compositing software packages such as Syntheyes and Nuke, curves you ll be able to integrate your digital creations SURFACES into live-action film footage. Once you bring the two together, you ll learn how to use Apple Color and Final Cut Pro to polish and finalize your work, creating a seamlessly integrated scene. body LANGUAGE realistic MOVEMENT ACTIONS Final Project/ Demo SCULPTING Reel Creation All of the skills you ve developed and polished during the Computer Animation program come together in the final project course. You ll start by coming up with a concept to show your artistic strengths as a 3D artist. Then you ll enter the planning stage, anatomical where you ll need to develop concept art and create MODELING storyboards. After setting out your goals and timeline during preproduction, you ll go through the process of generating content that fits your chosen area of focus whether that s developing models and character adding textures and lighting, implementing visual effects, animating RIGGING developed characters, creating natural phenomena using particles, compositing CG elements into film plates, or developing models adding textures and lights. demo PROFESSIONAL In a dedicated Demo Reel Creation course, your teachers will re-evaluate the art and animation you ve created throughout REELyour classes, and help you gear your portfolio to the area of the industry you re most interested in pursuing. The reel will show off your technical proficiency in such areas as character modeling, animation, texturing, and special effects, offering a well-rounded demonstration of your talents to help launch your career. LIGHTING texturing storyboarding character MODELING texturing SPECIAL effects texturing COMPUTER ANIMATION FINE ARTS MODELING ANIMATION SPECIAL SPECIAL effects effects EFFECTS & DEMO REEL CRATION art TRADITIONAL concepts 2D 3D TECHNIQUES CAMERA lighting effects COMPUTER ANIMATION Bachelor of Science Degree Program 13

14 Areas of Focus Overview The Computer Animation Bachelor of Science Degree Program at Full Sail is centered on real-world production processes. From storyboarding, sketching, and modeling to character animation, special effects, and final compositing, the Computer Animation degree program at Full Sail takes you through the entire production pipeline. Our program starts by getting you familiar with the art concepts behind animation; drawing, sculpting, and other traditional forms of expression are essential parts of getting your art onto the computer. You ll also learn the basic principles behind computer-generated models, characters, animation, and visual effects. Then you ll put those principles to use just like animation pros do when developing films, TV shows, commercials, and games. By using the same hardware and software as professional animation studios, you ll gain the skills you ll need to hit the ground running when you embark on your career. To highlight these skills, you ll finish your education by creating a demo reel that showcases your best work. Learning the essential art and technology elements of this field is just one part of the Computer Animation program. You ll also have courses focusing on computer business applications, personal finance management, communication skills, and how to prepare yourself for that first step into the animation industry. To help you make that transition, we ve also got a team of Career Development professionals that can help you polish your interviewing skills and get you ready to enter the industry. In addition, our Career Development services and advisors will be available for support and assistance throughout your career not just during your education. Objective Our goal is to provide you with the focused knowledge and understanding of 3D computer character animation and visual effects needed to qualify for entry-level, industry positions as scene builders, character designers, technical directors, motion animators, visual effects animators, lighters, and renderers. Besides the program s strong 3D computer graphics focus, you will build other skills in peripheral media and digital courses that will enhance your opportunities in related fields. In addition to technical proficiency and creative development, your education will help you develop critical thinking, problem solving, and analytical skills that contribute to life learning, providing you with tools to help sustain a long and productive professional career in the entertainment and media industry. COMPUTER ANIMATION OVERVIEW & OBJECTIVE COMPUTER ANIMATION Bachelor of Science Degree Program 14

15 Computer Animation Bachelor of Science Degree Program PROGRAM CORE Code Course Credit Hours GENERAL EDUCATION Code Course Credit Hours Chronological Schedule by Months CGA 221 2D Animation 4.0 CGA 121 3D Foundations 4.0 CGA 461 Animation Production 4.0 ART 2006 Art History 4.0 MGF 1213 College Mathematics 4.0 ENC 1101 English Composition I 4.0 ENGLISH COMPOSITION I ART HISTORY FUNDAMENTALS OF ART I 3D FOUNDATIONS FUNDAMENTALS OF ART II CGA 223 Character Animation I 3.0 CGA 235 Character Animation II 4.0 PPE 2110 Ethics and Psychology 4.0 PHY 1000 Fundamentals of Physics CGA 342 Character Design and Creation 4.0 CGA 433 Character Rigging I 3.0 MTG 1205 Geometry and Measurement 4.0 SPC 2140 Interpersonal Communications 4.0 MODEL CREATION ETHICS & PSYCHOLOGY SHADING & LIGHTING COLLEGE MATHEMATICS METHODS OF DESIGN CGA 435 Character Rigging II 4.0 SPC 1606 Public Speaking 4.0 CGA 241 Compositing Fundamentals CGA 354 Compositing and Scene Finishing I 3.0 CGA 355 Compositing and Scene Finishing II 4.0 CGA 131 Fundamentals of Animation 3.0 CGA 101 Fundamentals of Art I 3.0 CGA 102 Fundamentals of Art II 3.0 Totals: TOTAL CREDIT HOURS: 123 TOTAL WEEKS: 128 CHARACTER DESIGN & CREATION GEOMETRY & MEASUREMENT PRODUCTION MODELING FUNDAMENTALS OF PHYSICS PROJECT MANAGEMENT & ASSESSMENT I 2D ANIMATION CGA 112 Methods of Design 4.0 DIG 1302 Model Creation 4.0 COMPOSITING FUNDAMENTALS FUNDAMENTALS OF ANIMATION CHARACTER RIGGING I CHARACTER RIGGING II CHARACTER ANIMATION I CGA 482 Portfolio Assembly 4.0 CGA 471 Portfolio Content Creation I CGA 472 Portfolio Content Creation II 3.0 CGA 473 Portfolio Content Creation III 3.0 CGA 361 Portfolio Preproduction 4.0 CHARACTER ANIMATION II PROJECT MANAGEMENT & ASSESSMENT II ANIMATION PRODUCTION PUBLIC SPEAKING VISUAL DEVELOPMENT COMPOSITING & SCENE FINISHING I CGA 352 Production Modeling 4.0 CAB101 Project Management and Assessment I 1.0 CAB102 Project Management and Assessment II 1.0 CAB203 Project Management and Assessment III 1.0 GRA 1161 Shading and Lighting 4.0 CGA 366 Visual Development 4.0 Totals: Graduates of this degree may apply to continue their education with the: Game Design Master of Science Degree Program Entertainment Business Master of Science Degree Program COMPOSITING & SCENE FINISHING II INTERPERSONAL COMMUNICATIONS PROJECT MANAGEMENT & ASSESSMENT III PORTFOLIO CONTENT CREATION III PORTFOLIO ASSEMBLY PORTFOLIO PREPRODUCTION PORTFOLIO CONTENT CREATION I PORTFOLIO CONTENT CREATION II This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS). * IF YOU RE INTERESTED IN ANOTHER EDUCATIONAL TRACK, PLEASE CONTACT OUR ADMISSIONS DEPARTMENT TO EXPLORE YOUR OPTIONS. COMPUTER ANIMATION Bachelor of Science Degree Program 15

16 Course Descriptions Program Core CGA 221 2D Animation The 2D Animation Course develops students appreciation of the technique and craft involved in hand-drawn 2D animation, and promotes the understanding and successful application of the fundamental principles of traditional animation. Using pencil and paper to explore this art form, students are physically responsible for controlling and manipulating a subject s volume, weight, proportion, acting, and movement, thus gaining a more thorough understanding of the animation process. This foundation of traditional animation broadens students skills as computer animators and enhances their creative ability. Animation Fundamentals Principles of Animation Timing Charts Character Animation Advanced Character Principles Clean Up Character Personality CGA 121 3D Foundations The 3D Foundations Course familiarizes students with the foundations of creating 2D and 3D computer graphics. Students learn the interface and controls of multiple programs as they learn basic animation skills that prepare them for more advanced courses later in the Computer Animation Bachelor of Science Degree Program. Introduction to Operating Systems Introduction to Digital Imagery Photoshop Interface and Tools Digital Concept Art Introduction to the Maya Interface Working in the 3D World Geometry and Surface Types Working with Objects and Components CGA 461 Animation Production The Animation Production Course provides students with their first opportunity to produce an animated sequence. Students develop an overall understanding of animation as it applies to the production industry, as they produce a portfolio animation piece to showcase their proficiency. Preproduction Applications of Animation Motion Analysis Timing Development CGA 223 Character Animation I The Character Animation I Course focuses on the basics of creating strong character animation in 3D software. Students develop methods for planning an animation, which helps them learn to create work effectively and efficiently. Students also explore what is important in creating movement that appears lifelike and believable for a character. The goal of this course is to teach students to create bi-pedal animation that implements strong posing, good staging, and the basic mechanics of motion using a rigged character. Animation Fundamentals to Complex Movement Scene Composition and Staging Entertainment Analysis Acting Theory, Development, and Techniques Group Participation and Critique Total credit hours 3.00 Course length 4 weeks CGA 235 Character Animation II The Character Animation II Course continues to strengthen students animation skills by exploring methods for creating movement that is not only entertaining and appealing, but also depicts actions that are driven by the characters emotions and personality. Students will also analyze methods for creating solid acting choices that are unique and interesting. By using discussion and analysis, students are introduced to the importance of evaluating their own work as well as the work of their peers. This enables them to critique each other s projects with the intent of implementing what they have learned into their own animation. This class is designed to prepare students for situations they will encounter in the real world. Animation Fundamentals to Complex Movement Scene Composition and Staging Entertainment Analysis Acting Theory, Development, and Techniques Group Participation and Critique CGA 342 Character Design and Creation The Character Design and Creation Course builds on the concepts introduced in the Model Creation course. In this course, students develop their modeling skills while learning to utilize software tools to build organic character models. Students then learn how to deform those models to follow the motion prescribed by storyboards and character actions. Character Design NURBS Modeling Sub Division Surface Modeling Surface Flow and Anatomy Painting Character Textures Generating Textures for Characters Character Rendering COMPUTER ANIMATION Bachelor of Science Degree Program 16

17 Course Descriptions Program Core CGA 433 Character Rigging I The Character Rigging I Course introduces students to the foundations of rigging. Through exposure to the core rigging toolset, students develop a strong understanding of how a joint hierarchy works. While exploring these course concepts, students are also introduced to the basics of scripting. Students also explore how 3D software operates, using that knowledge to create scripts to aid in the interface between the animator and the software. Students learn the principles of mechanical rigging, focusing on topics such as set driven keys, constrains, and expressions. Students then apply these techniques while exploring rigging of inorganic objects such as cars and machines. Biped Skeleton Rig Design Inverse Kinematics Control Muscle and Skin Deformation Mathematical Expressions Set Driven Key Controls Scripted Controls Alternative Skeleton Set Up Techniques Total credit hours 3.00 Course length 4 weeks CGA 435 Character Rigging II The Character Rigging II Course builds upon the skills learned in the Character Rigging I course. Students explore advanced rigging techniques, binding and weighting models to deform in an organic manner based on concept art and storyboard direction. Students also explore advanced rigging techniques such as dynamic cloth, hair and fur simulation and how to integrate their capabilities into a production workflow. This course also expands students knowledge of higher level scripting, challenging them to create a character interface for their advanced rig. Biped Skeleton Rig Design Inverse Kinematics Control Set Driven Key Controls Scripted Controls CGG 241 Compositing Fundamentals The Compositing Fundamentals Course focuses on the seamless integration of computer-generated elements with real-world, live-action video footage. Students are introduced to compositing and integration techniques commonly utilized by film and video professionals in current production pipelines. Students learn how to accurately reconstruct and composite computer-generated elements to properly match a high definition film or video source, while presenting them the opportunity of working in a node-based compositing environment. Matte Creation Techniques Photoshop Fundamentals 3D Card Systems and Camera Mapping Lighting and Rendering Node-based Compositing CGA 354 Compositing and Scene Finishing I The Compositing and Scene Finishing I Course broadens the base of students knowledge by offering insight into the process of combining computergenerated imagery (CGI) with video and film elements. By learning what happens when rendered imagery is integrated into the postproduction process, students come to better understand the core principles of proper compositing and finishing practices. Students are introduced to the fundamentals of Node-based compositing systems and 3D Camera tracking tools accompanied with common rendering methods utilized in current postproduction pipelines. Node-based Compositing Color Theory and Practice 3D Camera Tracking (Matchmoving) Rendering Methods and Practices Proper Integration Techniques Total credit hours 3.00 Course length 4 weeks CGA 355 Compositing and Scene Finishing II The Compositing and Scene Finishing II Course advances the compositing and integration concepts discussed in the prior months courses. Students focus on advanced integration techniques while adding the use of a 3D compositing environment to their production workflow. This course also introduces rendering techniques used to properly composite both render layers and render buffers derived from professional 3D software. Node-based Compositing Color Theory and Practice 3D Camera Tracking (Matchmoving) Rendering Methods and Practices Proper Integration Techniques CGA 131 Fundamentals of Animation The Fundamentals of Animation Course provides students with the animation tools required to create, manipulate, and refine any computer-animated sequence. Building on the traditional animation fundamentals of motion and timing, the course teaches students computer animation techniques and applies them to the process of animating modeled projects. The course focuses on positional animation and control with the use of keyframing, timing curves, dope sheets, and dependency graphs, as well as the tools to manipulate them. Keyframe Animation Motion Timing and Analysis Dope Sheet and Action Graphs Hierarchical Animation Camera and Light Positional Animation Animation Rendering Total credit hours 3.00 Course length 4 weeks Muscle and Skin Deformation Alternative Skeleton Set Up Techniques Mathematical Expressions COMPUTER ANIMATION Bachelor of Science Degree Program 17

18 Course Descriptions Program Core CGA 101 Fundamentals of Art I The Fundamentals of Art I Course prepares students for the virtual world by having them step away from the computer and observe, touch, and create in the real world. These courses suggest that real-world observation and touch is invaluable in the planning of 3D computer graphics. Object Observation Textures and Lighting Color Theory Composition and Space Total credit hours 3.00 Course length 4 weeks CGA 102 Fundamentals of Art II The Fundamentals of Art II Course prepares students for the virtual world by having them step away from the computer and observe, touch, and create in the real world. These courses suggest that real-world observation and touch is invaluable in the planning of 3D computer graphics. Life Drawing Animal and Environment Observation Character Development Sculpting Total credit hours 3.00 Course length 4 weeks CGA 112 Methods of Design The Methods of Design Course focuses on the extensive and complex ideas and implications of basic design to help students understand that design is deliberate, allowing them to intellectually connect artistic intention and compositional conclusion. In this course, students plan, organize, and control hands-on projects using various media. They also use gained knowledge to design environments and simple characters throughout the course. Critical Thinking Elements and Principles of 3D Aspects and Elements of Time Narrative and Non-narrative Architecture and Scenery Character Design and Development DIG 1302 Model Creation The Model Creation Course is the first of three fundamental courses that teach computer modeling, and rendering. The philosophy of the course dictates that good curves make good surfaces, and modeling strategies start with an object s profile curves. Students are introduced to the tools used in each step of creating a computer model. By learning the capabilities of each tool and the interaction between tools, students develop techniques and strategies for efficiently creating virtual models. Surface Creation Methods Building Strategies 3D Modeling Basics Curves and Surfaces Surface Continuity Trimming and Blending Modeling Optimization CGA 482 Portfolio Assembly The Portfolio Assembly Course provides students with the time to develop a demo reel commonly expected during interviews. During this time, students take the content developed throughout their degree program and assemble it into a presentable package. Prior to the creation of the demo reel, a student s content is reviewed in an effort to help the student determine the best material for showcasing their talents as a computer animation artist. Content Review and Assembly Audio Assembly Demo Reel Output Demo Reel Review Package Presentation Development CGA 471 Portfolio Content Creation I The Portfolio Content Creation I Course helps students review and continue advancing their overall knowledge of computer animation workflow, timeline, professional behavior, and mind set. This course prepares students to experience a four-week production deadline, and introduces the concept of working under production constraints. Students use their artistic skills and technical knowledge to create a professional quality asset based on reference compiled during Animation Preproduction. All assets are managed and critiqued by an in-lab art director, to help guide projects towards photorealistic expectations under defined deadlines. Motion Data Shoot Data Tracking Skeleton Retargeting Application and Simulation This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS). COMPUTER ANIMATION Bachelor of Science Degree Program 18

19 Course Descriptions Program Core CGA 472 Portfolio Content Creation II In the Portfolio Content Creation II Course, students continue developing asset completion to deadline based on preproduction developed in Animation Preproduction. The students will incorporate knowledge developed from Portfolio Content Creation I to improve their artistic sensibilities, workflow, skills sets, technical knowledge, and personal time management. Students continue working with the in lab art directors and critique process to develop photorealistic content. Object Observation Sculpting Colors and Textures Lighting and Shadows Life Drawing Character Development Total credit hours 3.00 Course length 4 weeks CGA 473 Portfolio Content Creation III In the Portfolio Content Creation III Course, students develop the third and most advanced photoreal asset for their portfolio. With the knowledge obtained during previous months, students meet their final four-week production deadline. In this course, students work at optimal speed and precision, having a strong understanding of artistic appeal, time management, asset creation, and professional behavior preparing them for the methods, environments, and conditions experienced in the production arena. Object Observation Sculpting Colors and Textures Lighting and Shadows Life Drawing Character Development Total credit hours 3.00 Course length 4 weeks CGA 361 Portfolio Preproduction The Portfolio Preproduction Course develops students ability to plan, coordinate, and study assets, using traditional methods to demonstrate their learned strengths as a 3D artist. Working from photograph and video reference, students explore and develop characters, environments, vehicles, rigs, and animation ideas. Successful completion of this course arms students with the knowledge of how to use good reference and artistic studies to create production blueprints. Art Direction Set Design Character Design Storyboards Animatics CGA 352 Production Modeling The Production Modeling Course develops students understanding of model development as it applies to production in the animation industry. The course builds on all the computer animation foundation courses that precede it, and parallels industry workflow to develop portfolio models for presentation. Students explore a variety of topics including developing surface flow, anatomical models, and production modeling techniques. Advanced Modeling Techniques Production Modeling Geometry Parameterization Anatomical Modeling Surface Flow CAB 101, 102, 203 Project Management and Assessment I, II, III The Project Management and Assessment Courses are concurrent courses taken alongside core curriculum in order to assist students with the development, management, and assessment of program projects. The courses provide an opportunity for students to apply analysis skills, create strategic plans, and foster professional workflow practices. Project Development and Analysis Project Management and Assessment Create/Evaluate Project Plan Professional Workflow Practices Total credit hours 1.00 each Course length 4 weeks GRA 1161 Shading and Lighting The Shading and Lighting Course investigates the look, shading, and atmosphere that bring scenes to life. During this second of three 3D fundamental courses, students develop an eye for texturing and lighting modeled objects that parallel the real world. This course builds on the concepts established in the Fundamentals of Art Course, including light and shadow observation techniques. Textures and Shaders Image Manipulation Reflection and Refraction Lighting Strategies Highlights and Shadows Rendering and Raytracing Optimization This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS). COMPUTER ANIMATION Bachelor of Science Degree Program 19

20 Course Descriptions Program Core General Education CGA 366 Visual Development The Visual Development Course provides students with continued knowledge of texture painting, lighting and rendering, and effects. Students will continue to develop texturing skills reviewing real-world visual reference, and study of lighting as it applies to mood and rendering. UV Editor and Painting Techniques Observational surface studies Generating Mood using light Enhancement of digital content ART 2006 Art History The Art History Course introduces students to selected, impactful monuments of art and architecture in the Western tradition from the prehistoric to post-modernism era studied in relation to the intellectual background of the ages and civilizations that produced them. Lectures accompanied by various visual mediums inspire discussions of assigned readings in philosophical, religious, scientific, political, literary, artistic, and cultural contexts. Ancient Art Medieval and Renaissance Art Modern Art Post-modern Art MGF 1213 College Mathematics The College Mathematics Course is designed to enable students to build skills and confidence in algebra that are required to succeed in future math and core courses. First-time algebra students or those needing a review will begin with basic concepts and build upon these ideas by completing work that uses algebra in practical situations. Review of Basic Arithmetic Operations with the Real Number System Measurement and Number Systems Exponents & Radical Expressions Linear Equations & Inequalities Graphing Proportions, Formulas, and Word Problems Introductory Statistics and Probability Business Applications and Mathematical Models ENC 1101 English Composition I The English Composition I Course is designed to introduce students to the writing process. Special attention is given to selecting and refining topics, identifying the audience, developing a purpose, and formulating thesis statements. Grammatical conventions and their applications are heavily stressed. Students will learn to compose mature, logical sentences, and paragraphs in order to create rhetorical cohesion. Invention and Drafting Revising and Editing Grammar Essay Structure Audience Awareness PPE 2110 Ethics and Psychology This Ethics and Psychology Course is designed to give students an opportunity to discover the many facets of their psychological identity. Students will focus on how a personal values system is developed, and how it serves as the foundation for the decisions an individual will make in his or her lifetime. Students will also explore human interaction and behavioral styles, as well as how to develop positive, productive relationships. Additionally, students will examine the psychological issues individuals deal with in their daily lives, such as stress, gender inclusion, and how to process information. Values and Moral Reasoning MBTI and Personality Archetypes Existential-Humanistic theories and Free Will Ethics and Ethical Dilemmas Johari Window Communication Model Cognitive Psychology and Personal Beliefs Systems Gender Issues in Entertainment Media and Marketing Final Group Presentations This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS). COMPUTER ANIMATION Bachelor of Science Degree Program 20

21 Course Descriptions General Education PHY 1000 Fundamentals of Physics The Fundamentals of Physics Course teaches students how to understand the world through physics. Real-world phenomena such as light, mechanics, motion, collisions, and magnetism are introduced. Emphasis is placed on how problems, in describing nature, are approached in terms of physical theories and mathematical formulae. Kinematics Motion Energy and Mechanics Electricity and Magnetism Electromagnetic Spectrum Survey of Light Physical Theories and Formulae MTG 1205 Geometry and Measurement The Geometry and Measurement Course teaches students a wide spectrum of geometric concepts that are designed to build upon the math learned in earlier coursework. The curriculum will emphasize Euclidean geometry and its relationship to logic, trigonometry and coordinate geometry. The measurements, constructions, graphs, and problems involve angles, triangles, polygons, areas and volumes. Geometry and trigonometric skills are developed exploring problem-solving through the logic calculations. A Brief History of Geometry Inductive and Deductive Reasoning Foundations of Geometry Triangles Parallel Lines and Polygons Quadrilaterals Circles Areas of Polygons and Circles Solid Geometry Analytic Geometry Trigonometry Polar Coordinates SPC 2140 Interpersonal Communication The Interpersonal Communications Course examines the nature of the communication process, variables affecting the process, and the individuals involved. Additionally, this course includes individual analysis of behavior processes that may impede and/or enhance communication processes. Topics include perception, nonverbal behavior, persuasive communication, identity management, intercultural communication and computer mediated communication. This course also enhances students ability to analyze and evaluate information. Assessment and Evaluation Research and Planning Writing Résumés and Other Documents Networking and Interviewing SPC 1606 Public Speaking The Public Speaking Course is designed to train students in understanding and implementing oral communication skills. Learning is centered on student participation in a variety of speaking/listening situations, which are designed to increase the understanding of the interpersonal nature of all speech communication. Students study and participate in the creation and delivery of at least three types of speeches. Target audience identification, surveys, body language, effective speaking techniques, and pre-speech planning are investigated and used to create speeches. Impromptu Speeches Researching for Speech Manuscripts Creation and Delivery of Persuasive Speeches Creation and Delivery of Expository and Demonstrative Speeches Speech Outlines Audience Surveys Evaluation of Speaking Effectiveness Similar Triangles and the Pythagorean Theorem This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS). COMPUTER ANIMATION Bachelor of Science Degree Program 21

22 Creative Writing for Entertainment Bachelor of Fine Arts Degree Program Whether it s a film with a plot that keeps you on the edge of your seat, a television show with a cast of characters that have a special place in our hearts, or a video game with such a compelling concept that it s almost impossible to put the controller down, the best entertainment always has a great story at its core. As we continue to experience entertainment in an ever-growing number of ways, those professionals who can marry words and visuals to tell a compelling story across multiple platforms have become increasingly sought after within the entertainment industry. Full Sail s Creative Writing for Entertainment Bachelor of Fine Arts degree program immerses students in the skills they ll need to become those professionals. Following the evolution of a story from the brainstorming process to its implementation across a variety of media platforms, students will not only learn how to write compelling content for film, television, websites, video games, and social media, but also how to market themselves and their work within the industry. Areas of Focus Areas of Focus Fine Arts Storytelling Modeling Research Animation Effects Marketing/ Pitching Final Project/ Demo Reel Creation CREATIVE WRITING FOR ENTERTAINMENT Bachelor of Fine Arts Degree Program 22

23 Areas of Focus CREATIVE WRITING CREATIVE WRITING STORYTELLING Storytelling RESEARCH While there are many different ways to tell a story, STORYTELLING REATIVE RITING BRAINSTORMING MARKETING/PITCHING storyboards the fundamental concepts behind good storytelling are consistent. Through a series of writing workshops and exercises, you ll refine the way in which you brainstorm ideas and translate your thoughts into effective stories. You ll learn how to communicate moods, emotions, ideas, sounds, and scenery through visual props, as well as through the use of storyboarding software, as you examine different authorial choices and literary techniques and devices. RESEARCH TORYTELLING BRAINSTORMING storyboards You ll also learn about the characteristics of a good story and explore how these elements play across formats such as television, film, video games, and more. CREATIVE WRITING FOR ENTERTAINMENT Bachelor of Fine Arts Degree Program 23

24 TIVE ING Areas of Focus STORYTELLING TELLING RESEARCH RCH MARKETING/PITCHING Research ETING/PITCHING INESS EORY est EAKERS There s no better way to develop the tools you need to craft a story or written concept than by learning from the work of the great storytellers of the past. As a student in the Creative Writing degree program, you ll research the techniques and conventions of writing for a variety of genres and channels, including children s entertainment, comedy, tragedy, horror, mystery, suspense, science fiction, and fantasy. You ll also learn techniques to develop your observational skills and work toward becoming an effective interviewer, and then apply these abilities to your own creative works. SKILL development entertainment INDUSTRYcareers NETWORKING artist EXECUTIVE PERSPECTIVE LEADERSHIP NEGOTIATING skills CREATIVE WRITING FOR ENTERTAINMENT Bachelor of Fine Arts Degree Program 24

25 Areas CREATIVE of Focus WRITING STORYTELLING RESEARCH Marketing/Pitching Successful MARKETING/PITCHING writers don t find work solely based on the merits of their work; being able to market yourself as a creative entity can be a huge factor in helping you share your talents with the world. In this program, you ll study the various channels of publishing and distribution that exist in the industry today, such as e-books, audio books, digital readers, and other platforms that deliver content to audiences on a global scale. You ll also learn about the process of joining unions, finding a good agent, and obtaining sound legal advice. Throughout the program, you ll also be working to assemble your own creative writing digital portfolio, comprised of your writing, artwork, and media including spec scripts, screenplays, animation concepts, game prospectuses, storyboards, blog links, and more. As you prepare to enter into the industry, you ll be equipped with a self-promotional tool that can help assist you in finding work as a writer. CREATIVE WRITING STORYTELLING RESEARCH MARKETING/PITCHING CREATIVE WRITING STORYTELLING RESEARCH MARKETING/PITCHING CREATIVE WRITING FOR ENTERTAINMENT Bachelor of Fine Arts Degree Program 25

26 Overview As new distribution channels for media emerge in the entertainment industry, there is increasing demand for creative writers who can extend a compelling story across multiple platforms. Full Sail University s Creative Writing for Entertainment Bachelor of Fine Arts degree program provides students the opportunity to not only perfect their storywriting abilities, but also allows them to understand and implement the transmedia approach that is necessary in today s entertainment industry. Whether the final delivery channel is a movie theater, television screen, computer monitor, game console, website, or mobile device, you ll learn to develop compelling and well-crafted stories that will captivate consumers on multiple platforms. A growing collection of digital tools is available to today s writers, and the Creative Writing bachelor s degree program teaches the most effective way to utilize those tools. You ll explore a multitude of publishing and distribution methods along with the relevant legal and ethical issues. In addition, you ll further develop leadership, project management, and research skills, sharpen your technical prowess, conduct and utilize industry research, and explore the marketing processes related to your creative works. Most importantly, you ll write and workshop your writing in a variety of formats and genres, building a strong portfolio of original pieces. The degree program helps equip you with the knowledge and tools necessary to be a successful creative writing professional in the fast-paced world of the entertainment industry. To help you move towards your desired career, we ve got a team of Career Development professionals that will help you polish your interviewing skills and résumé. In addition, our Career Development services and advisors will be available for support and assistance throughout your career not just during your education. Objective The objective of the Creative Writing for Entertainment Bachelor of Fine Arts online degree program is to provide students with a focused knowledge and clear understanding of visual storytelling, narrative structures, multimedia terms and genres, character creation and development, screenwriting and storyboarding, script analysis, criticism, and editing for a variety of niches and distribution methods in the entertainment media industry. The program is designed to equip students with editorial skills, enhance their ability to create compelling stories and writing elements, and enable them to pursue careers in creative writing. The Creative Writing for Entertainment Bachelor of Fine Arts online degree program will also further strengthen students leadership, project management, and research skills necessary for the development and execution of creative writing projects. Completion of the program will enable graduates to take full advantage of today s high demand for creative writers and prepare them for professional creative writing career in the field of entertainment. CREATIVE WRITING FOR ENTERTAINMENT OVERVIEW & OBJECTIVE CREATIVE WRITING FOR ENTERTAINMENT Bachelor of Fine Arts Degree Program 26

27 Creative Writing for Entertainment Bachelor of Fine Arts Degree Program PROGRAM CORE Code Course Credit Hours GENERAL EDUCATION Code Course Credit Hours Chronological Schedule by Months ECW 3721 Children s Entertainment 4.0 ECW 1223 Creative Skills Development 4.0 ECW 4653 Creative Writing Portfolio Assembly I 4.0 ART 2007 Art History 4.0 CLP 1006 Behavioral Science 4.0 MGF 1213 College Mathematics 4.0 DIGITAL LITERACY ENGLISH COMPOSITION I CREATIVE SKILLS DEVELOPMENT BEHAVIORAL SCIENCE VISUAL THINKING & WRITING ECW 4953 Creative Writing Portfolio Assembly II 4.0 ECW 1715 Creative Writing Research 4.0 CGS 1000 Computer Science and Internet * 4.0 ENC 1101 English Composition I ECW 2841 Developing New Worlds: Environment and Historical Research 4.0 DGL 101 Digital Literacy 4.0 ECW 3520 Introduction to Game Writing 4.0 ECW 2123 Literary Techniques and Story Development 4.0 ECW 2743 Literature Criticism and Analytical Thinking 4.0 CWE 101 Project Management and Assessment I 1.0 ENC 1102 English Composition II 4.0 PSC 1030 Fundamentals of Physical Science 4.0 GEN 251 Historical Archetypes & Mythology 4.0 ECW 3111 Literary Genre I: Comedy and Tragedy 4.0 ECW 3211 Literary Genre II: Horror, Mystery and Suspense 4.0 ECW 3311 Literary Genre III: Science Fiction and Fantasy 4.0 ENGLISH COMPOSITION II CREATIVE WRITING RESEARCH COMPUTER SCIENCE & INTERNET ART HISTORY LITERARY TECHNIQUES & STORY DEVELOPMENT COLLEGE MATHEMATICS SYMBOLIC COMMUNICATIONS & CARTOGRAPHY HISTORICAL ARCHETYPES & MYTHOLOGY FUNDAMENTALS OF PHYSICAL SCIENCE LITERATURE CRITICISM & ANALYTICAL THINKING CWE 102 Project Management and Assessment II 1.0 CWE 203 Project Management and Assessment III 1.0 Totals: ECW 3953 Publishing and Distribution 4.0 ECW 4711 Revisions and Editing 4.0 ECW 2955 Scriptwriting Techniques 4.0 TOTAL CREDIT HOURS: 131 TOTAL WEEKS: 128 DEVELOPING NEW WORLDS: ENVIRONMENT & HISTORICAL RESEARCH SCRIPTWRITING TECHNIQUES LITERARY GENRE I: COMEDY & TRAGEDY LITERARY GENRE II: HORROR, MYSTERY & SUSPENSE LITERARY GENRE III: SCIENCE FICTION & FANTASY ECW 2351 Symbolic Communications and Cartography 4.0 ECW 3831 The Creative Writing Industry 4.0 ECW 3651 Transmedia Writing 4.0 ECW 1410 Visual Thinking and Writing 4.0 ECW 4101 Writing Workshop I: Film INTRODUCTION TO GAME WRITING PROJECT MANAGEMENT & ASSESSMENT I TRANSMEDIA WRITING CHILDREN S ENTERTAINMENT THE CREATIVE WRITING INDUSTRY PUBLISHING & DISTRIBUTION PROJECT MANAGEMENT & ASSESSMENT II ECW 4220 Writing Workshop II: Television 4.0 ECW 4320 Writing Workshop III: Storyboarding, Animation & Comics 4.0 ECW 4420 Writing Workshop IV: Video Game & Interactive Formats 4.0 Totals: This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS). Graduates of this degree may apply to continue their education with the: Game Design Master of Science Degree Program Entertainment Business Master of Science Degree Program WRITING WORKSHOP I: FILM WRITING WORKSHOP II: TELEVISION REVISIONS & EDITING CREATIVE WRITING PORTFOLIO ASSEMBLY II WRITING WORKSHOP III: STORYBOARDING, ANIMATION & COMICS WRITING WORKSHOP IV: VIDEO GAME & INTERACTIVE FORMATS PROJECT MANAGEMENT & ASSESSMENT III CREATIVE WRITING PORTFOLIO ASSEMBLY I * CGS 1000 is not considered a General Education class in Minnesota. * IF YOU RE INTERESTED IN ANOTHER EDUCATIONAL TRACK, PLEASE CONTACT OUR ADMISSIONS DEPARTMENT TO EXPLORE YOUR OPTIONS. CREATIVE WRITING FOR ENTERTAINMENT Bachelor of Fine Arts Degree Program 27

28 Course Descriptions Program Core ECW 3721 Children s Entertainment The Children s Entertainment Course introduces students to writing for children s content. The course provides an overview of classic children literature and film and places it within the context of writing for television, film, web, games, and animation. Students also explore different avenues of children s transmedia entertainment. Classic Children s Literature Children s Television & Film Children s Interactive Media Children s Transmedia Entertainment ECW 1223 Creative Skills Development The Creative Skills Development Course introduces students to the tools for developing a creative method. Through building brainstorming techniques, discovering methods for overcoming writer s block, and drawing inspiration from the world around them, students learn how to spark and maintain their creative flow. In this course, students journal, learn organization techniques, and create a library of books and websites to use as a lifetime inspiration source. Brainstorming Self-Motivation Journaling Organization Skills ECW 4653 Creative Writing Portfolio Assembly I In the Creative Writing Portfolio Assembly I Course, students use various elements of Adobe Acrobat Professional software to create a digital portfolio that consists of culminating components created throughout the degree program. Digital portfolios are a professional, convenient, portable way to display and organize samples of students writing, artwork, and media and are utilized to monitor students professional growth. The Portfolio Assembly I course also examines the value of web-based, self-marketing tools and places emphasis on establishing and maintaining a professional social networking persona. Students become familiar with aesthetic design aspects as well as functionality in the digital domain. Design Layout File Sharing Limitations Professional Writing for the Internet Social Network Persona Multimedia Files ECW 4953 Creative Writing Portfolio Assembly II The Creative Writing Portfolio Assembly II Course requires students to create a capstone digital portfolio project that showcases their individual journey through the Creative Writing for Entertainment Bachelor of Fine Arts Degree Program. This digital portfolio includes finished treatments, outlines, spec scripts, screenplays, animation concepts, game prospectuses, storyboards, supporting assignments, journal entries, blog links, and other materials created throughout their coursework. Students will be able to utilize their digital portfolio as a self-promotion tool when they graduate and launch their creative writing careers, later replacing their student work with professional samples as they gain experience in their field. Culmination of Work Living Digital Document ECW 1715 Creative Writing Research The Creative Writing Research Course introduces students to the fundamentals of research in order to equip them with the skills necessary for creating professional, believable creative writing projects. In this course, students learn techniques for executing comprehensive information searches, developing their observational skills, and conducting effective interviews. Students then begin applying these skills to their own creative works. Research Methods and Techniques Observational Skills Effective Interviewing Application to Creative Works ECW 2841 Developing New Worlds: Environment and Historical Research The Developing New Worlds: Environment and Historical Research Course builds upon the skills students learned in their Creative Writing Research course by exploring research specifically tailored for building the worlds of their stories. Students further hone their critical thinking skills as they apply this research to create the time period and environment of their writing, whether set in the past, present, or future, and whether historically accurate or anachronistic. Historical Accuracy Historical Fictionalization Environmental Immersion World Creation Workshop I, II, III, IV Projects Final Digital Portfolio Project Self-Promotion Tool CREATIVE WRITING FOR ENTERTAINMENT Bachelor of Fine Arts Degree Program 28

29 Course Descriptions Program Core DGL 101 Digital Literacy The Digital Literacy Course utilizes a collaborative learning environment to introduce software programs and web tools that will prepare students with digital skills for online learning. In addition, students will also learn the professional demands of their chosen fields and create plans that will help guide them to successful completion of their Program. Students will use various tools to complete their roadmap projects, conduct Internet research, collaborate with other students, and communicate with instructors. Mac OS and the FSO Learning Platform Connecting Your Passion to Your Chosen Industry Planning for Your Goals and Collaborating with Peers Internet Tools for Research and Learning ECW 3520 Introduction to Game Writing The Introduction to Game Writing Course introduces students to special demands and concerns involved in writing for games and the techniques used to address these needs. Game writing is the foundation for and paragon of interactive writing and usually takes place in a highly collaborative environment. Students in this course practice the techniques of game writing and the collaborative skills needed to succeed in this environment. Game Outline/ Bibling Branching Dialogue ECW 2123 Literary Techniques and Story Development The Literary Techniques and Story Development Course provides a broad spectrum and intensive study of authorial choices and literary techniques that bring meaning and direction to stories. By employing literary devices, authors play upon their readers conscious and unconscious experiences and archetypes, which in turn shapes the interpretation by and impact on the audience. Mobile Media Storytelling Game Storylines Film Scripts Web Series ECW 2743 Literature Criticism and Analytical Thinking The Literature Criticism and Analytical Thinking Course is designed to deepen students understanding and appreciation of classical and contemporary literature. Through interpretation and discussion of a variety of writings, students sharpen their analytical skills, which enables them to craft their own literary masterpieces. Canonical Literature Contemporary Literature Literary Theory and Practice Transmedia Writing CWE 101, 102, 203 Project Management and Assessment I, II, III The Project Management and Assessment Courses are concurrent courses taken alongside core curriculum in order to assist students with the development, management, and assessment of program projects. The courses provide an opportunity for students to apply analysis skills, create strategic plans, and foster professional workflow practices. Project Development and Analysis Project Management and Assessment Create/Evaluate Project Plan Professional Workflow Practices Total credit hours 1.00 each Course length 4 weeks ECW 3953 Publishing and Distribution The Publishing and Distribution Course provides an overview of the publishing industry from its inception on stone tablets to mobile media storytelling platforms. E-books, audio books, digital readers, and wireless access to content have changed the publishing landscape forever. In this course, students explore the processes used to distribute entertainment narratives on a global scale. History of Publishing Digital Publishing Future of Publishing Distribution Methods Scripted Cut Scenes Collaborative Composition Descriptive Flavor Text CREATIVE WRITING FOR ENTERTAINMENT Bachelor of Fine Arts Degree Program 29

30 Course Descriptions Program Core ECW 4711 Revisions and Editing The Revisions and Editing Course explores the process of rewriting and correcting selected works to assure that they are error free and ready for submission to the final digital portfolio presentation project. Students learn to troubleshoot and develop personal strategies for identifying and correcting problems in their writing. The ability to critique work objectively enables writers to correct structural, thematic, and formatting issues before submitting their final drafts. Overcoming Writer s Block Objectivity and Analysis Editing and Formatting Practices Spotting Dialogue and Character Development Issues ECW 2955 Scriptwriting Techniques The Scriptwriting Techniques Course introduces students to basic scriptwriting formatting for television and film. Students in this course become proficient in Final Draft, the industry-standard software for screen and film writing, while also exploring the basic elements of plot, character, dialogue, and structure. Final Draft Software Outlining Structure Character Building ECW 2351 Symbolic Communications and Cartography Students in the Symbolic Communications and Cartography Course explore covert societies and the sets of tools through which they communicate. Whereas everyday language and symbols are meant to be clear and precise, communication in some societies is designed to be misleading and/or nearly impossible to understand by the masses in order to keep their rites and practices concealed. In this course, students explore maps and their effective uses in literature and puzzles, and codes in relation to their effective use in storytelling. Ancient Civilizations Puzzles and Codes Religious Symbols Secret Societies ECW 3831 The Creative Writing Industry The Creative Writing Industry Course provides insight into the business of creative writing. Producing high-quality writing is only the first step in becoming a literary success. In order to capitalize on their artistic efforts, students must become savvy in the process of joining unions, discerning good agents, and obtaining sound legal advice with regard to the myriad of legal aspects involved in selling their work and the rights to it. Legal Issues in Publication Copyrights Unions Networking Marketing ECW 3651 Transmedia Writing The Transmedia Writing Course examines the full range of media landscape and charts the progress of a story across multiple platforms. Television shows are often no longer an isolated experience, and the storyline frequently continues after the credits roll each week. Driven by the audience s appetite for more, this crossplatform approach provides a strategic marketing plan and solid entertainment. Online Tie-Ins Social Networking Streaming Scenes Mobile Devices & Emerging Platforms ECW 1410 Visual Thinking and Writing The Visual Thinking and Writing Course introduces students to the creative structure of the visual medium. Students learn the building blocks of visual storytelling, such as how to communicate moods, emotions, ideas, sounds, and scenery through props. In this course, students learn how to translate the fourdimensional world into clear and evocative writing. Visual Building Blocks Storytelling Techniques Visual Translation Communicating Emotions CREATIVE WRITING FOR ENTERTAINMENT Bachelor of Fine Arts Degree Program 30

31 Course Descriptions Program Core General Education ECW 4101 Writing Workshop I: Film The Writing Workshop I: Film Course is a workshop opportunity for students to apply principles from previous courses to demonstrate proficiency with the creative process used by screenwriters. Students are required to develop a premise, page breakdown, and outline, and to think visually to create a film script that incorporates plot, narrative structure, and character development. Projects are written and revised in a collaborative workshop atmosphere working with feedback from peers and instructors. Format Structure Dialogue Story Collaboration ECW 4220 Writing Workshop II: Television The Writing Workshop II: Television Course is a workshop opportunity for students to apply principles from previous courses to demonstrate proficiency with the creative process used by television writers. Students are required to think visually and develop a television series. Students develop a premise, write a spec script, and master teasers, tags, and act outs. Thinking visually, they create a film script that incorporates plot, narrative structure, and character development particular to the various television genre needs. Projects are written and revised in a collaborative workshop atmosphere working with feedback from peers and instructors. Comedy Drama Documentary-Style TV Reality ECW 4320 Writing Workshop III: Storyboarding, Animation & Comics In the Writing Workshop III: Storyboarding, Animation, and Comics Course, students are introduced to powerful storyboarding and scriptwriting software that will prepare them to think visually and help them understand the creative writing process of animation and comics. Students learn the history of these genres, as well as the history of narrative structure and character development. By completing scripting projects for animation and comics, students gain practice in the premise creation, page breakdown, outlining, and storyboarding steps of the creative writing process. Projects are written and revised in a collaborative workshop atmosphere working with feedback from peers and instructors. History of Animation and Comics Character Development Narrative Structure & Planning Storyboarding Scriptwriting ECW 4420 Writing Workshop IV: Video Game & Interactive Formats The Writing Workshop IV: Video Game & Interactive Formats Course explores the storytelling process as it relates to games and other interactive media. The unique challenges associated with development of interactive content are explored in the context of students work. Students engage in the creative writing process and create a prospectus for an original interactive product based on their writing. Projects are written and revised in a collaborative workshop atmosphere working with feedback from peers and instructors. Games & Interactive Play Plot / Narrative Outline Descriptive / Flavor Text Demographics Marketing ART 2007 Art History The Art History Course introduces students to selected, impactful monuments of art and architecture in the Western tradition from the prehistoric to post-modernism era studied in relation to the intellectual background of the ages and civilizations that produced them. Lectures accompanied by various visual mediums inspire discussions of assigned readings in philosophical, religious, scientific, political, literary, artistic, and cultural contexts. Ancient Art Medieval and Renaissance Art Modern Art Post-modern Art CLP 1006 Behavioral Science The Behavioral Science Course introduces students to the complexities of self-awareness, self-directed learning, and effective interpersonal interactions. Students will learn to recognize the challenges that individuals face in a world that is technologically evolving at a rapid pace. They will become equipped with new ways to address their personal motivations, and will work to improve their learning strategies and methods of interacting within the Full Sail community. Students will also enhance their ability to analyze and evaluate information. Self-Awareness Self-Regulation Motivation Empathy Social Skills This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS). CREATIVE WRITING FOR ENTERTAINMENT Bachelor of Fine Arts Degree Program 31

32 Course Descriptions General Education MGF 1213 College Mathematics The College Mathematics Course is designed to enable students to build skills and confidence in algebra that are required to succeed in future math and core courses. First-time algebra students or those needing a review will begin with basic concepts and build upon these ideas by completing work that uses algebra in practical situations. Review of Basic Arithmetic Operations with the Real Number System Measurement and Number Systems Exponents & Radical Expressions Linear Equations & Inequalities Graphing Proportions, Formulas, and Word Problems Introductory Statistics and Probability Business Applications and Mathematical Models CGS 1000 Computer Science and Internet * The Computer Science and Internet Course introduces students to the basics of computer operating systems and software, web 2.0 tools, and multimedia applications as they relate to everyday experiences of the computer user. Students initiate online collaboration as well as utilize the tools to successfully navigate common issues associated with online collaboration. Additionally, students evaluate and demonstrate knowledge of specific software applications and technologies used in today s society. Multimedia Presentations Operating Systems and Technologies Web 2.0 Tools Student Audio/Video Projects ENC 1101 English Composition I The English Composition I Course is designed to introduce students to the writing process. Special attention is given to selecting and refining topics, identifying the audience, developing a purpose, and formulating thesis statements. Grammatical conventions and their applications are heavily stressed. Students in this course learn to compose mature, logical sentences, and paragraphs in order to create rhetorical cohesion. Invention and Drafting Revising and Editing Grammar Essay Structure Audience Awareness ENC 1102 English Composition II The English Composition II Course is designed to build upon the competencies acquired in English Composition I and to further refine students writing process. Students develop proficiency in academic writing, information literacy, and critical thinking abilities. Through the study of argument, persuasive appeals, and learning to identify and avoid logical fallacies, students learn to produce sophisticated arguments of their own. Critical Analysis Argument Information Literacy Research Methods of Documentation of Sources PSC 1030 Fundamentals of Physical Science The Fundamentals of Physical Science Course teaches students how to understand the world through fundamental physical concepts such as: force and motion, energy and mechanics, electricity and magnetism, properties of solids and fluids, transmission of sound, and behavior of light. Emphasis is placed on how problems describing nature are approached in terms of physical theories and mathematical formula. Force and Motion Energy and Mechanics Electricity and Magnetism Solids and Fluids Transmission of Sound Behavior of Light Physical Theories and Mathematical Formulas GEN 251 Historical Archetypes & Mythology The Historical Archetypes and Mythology Course introduces students to the connections between history, mythology, and iconic archetypes, and the influence these relationships have had on classical and contemporary cultures of the world. Color symbolism is also explored in order to better appreciate folklores, heroes, and monsters of various cultures. In addition to composing original myths and stories, students complete a personal assessment that identifies characteristics of their individual archetypes and use this knowledge to identify, understand, and relate to mythological characters and characters of their own creation. The course also enhances students ability to analyze and evaluate information. Introduction to Archetypes, Culture and Myths Archetypes Influence on Culture Contemporary Western Myths and Archetypes Cultural Archetypes of Asia, Europe, and Latin America Cross Cultural Comparisons of World Archetypes and Myths to Western Culture This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS). * CGS 1000 is not considered a General Education class in Minnesota. CREATIVE WRITING FOR ENTERTAINMENT Bachelor of Fine Arts Degree Program 32

33 Course Descriptions General Education ECW 3111 Literary Genre I: Comedy and Tragedy The Literary Genre I: Comedy and Tragedy Course introduces students to two fundamental traditions in media and literature. Through the study of a variety of works from film, television, texts, and other media, students learn what moves an audience to laughter or tears and how character psychology and narrative structure leads to humorous or tragic stories. In this course, students conduct research, collaborate with other students, and work with instructors to write projects for comedy, drama, and romance. History of Comedy and Tragedy Character Psychology in Comedy and Tragedy Modern Genres Narrative Structure of Comedy and Drama Writing Comedy, Drama, and Romance ECW 3211 Literary Genre II: Horror, Mystery, and Suspense The Literary Genre II: Horror, Mystery, and Suspense Course introduces students to the conventions and techniques of horror, mystery, and suspense writing and to the relevance of these styles to all forms of writing. Understanding what drives mysteries; the tension that defines suspense; and the fear of death, failure, and the unknown that makes horror piquant is useful knowledge to every genre. This course presents the works of key creators of these stories in media from the short story to the monster movie to survival-themed games. Clues, Red Herrings, and Reveals Building Dramatic Tension Monster and Creative Character Development Classic Short Fiction Suspense On-Screen ECW 3311 Literary Genre III: Science Fiction and Fantasy The Literary Genre III: Science Fiction and Fantasy Course introduces students to the specific appeal and techniques of science fiction and fantasy, including hard science fiction, space opera, epic fantasy, speculative fiction, alternative history, and more. Students in this course learn about the appeal of escapist fiction and how these speculative genres draw attention to human nature and the human condition, often in ways that are difficult to do in more realistic genres. The special affinity of games and comics for sci-fi and fantasy is also considered. The Golden Age of Science Fiction and Fantasy From Myth to Tolkien New Worlds and Peoples, Old Problems Speculative Fiction On-Screen Sci-Fi Stories in Sci-Fi Media This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS). CREATIVE WRITING FOR ENTERTAINMENT Bachelor of Fine Arts Degree Program 33

34 Creative Writing Master of Fine Arts Degree Program The ability to both tell a story through the use of words and images and to distribute narratives through a variety of media formats are now standard skills required of creative writers in the entertainment industry. In the Creative Writing Master of Fine Arts Online Degree Program, storytelling is not merely taught as it relates to the typical output mediums of print and publishing, but it also teaches you the necessary skills to explore a professional creative writing career within the world of entertainment. By relating the art of storytelling and the language of different mediums, such as film, television, animation, and gaming, you ll learn the screenwriting process from concept to completion and apply the courses techniques to projects. Areas of Focus Classical Writing Fine Arts and Storytelling Modeling Research Animation Business and Marketing Effects Thesis Final Project/ Portfolio Demo Reel Creation CREATIVE WRITING Master of Fine Arts Degree Program 34

35 Areas of Focus RESEARCH BUSINESS & MARKETING THESIS PORTFOLIO CREATIVE WRITING CREATIVE WRITING CLASSICAL WRITING & STORY TELLING RESEARCH Classical Writing and Storytelling Techniques Creative writing for film, television, games, and animation relies on a writer s ability to tell a story through the use of words and accompanying images. Throughout Full Sail s Creative Writing MFA program, students will perfect their abilities to create engaging work by exploring the universal historical themes used in traditional storytelling. The visual narrative will be examined in terms of structure, character creation, storyboarding elements, script development and editing. When students emerge from the program, they will have a thorough understanding of what constitutes effective writing for multiple media genres. Research During the Creative Writing MFA program, emphasis is placed on the importance of research and character development in creating authentic compelling story lines. Motivation and backstory are given careful consideration as you interpret archetypes and psychological profiles to populate your newly created worlds. Media production cycles and genre-specific terms are studied, and the language of different media is translated and compared. RITING ING CLASSICAL WRITING & STORY TELLING BUSINESS & MARKETING CREATIVE WRITING Master of Fine Arts Degree Program 35

36 Areas of Focus RESEARCH BUSINESS & MARKETING THESIS PORTFOLIO Business and Marketing While channeling and delivering creative content is the foundation of writing, having knowledge of the business side of the entertainment industry is also vital for success. In the Creative Writing MFA program at Full Sail University, you ll learn about the business mechanics of creative writing, as well as similarities and differences among the various entertainment media genres and distribution methods. These studies will complement your writing skills with the marketing, publishing, and legal basics necessary to be a successful creative writer in the entertainment media industry. Additionally, the program addresses current issues, topics, and trends that can impact your professional career, such as the roles of literary agents and unions, new technologies, copyright laws, and new media opportunities. CREATIVE WRITING Master of Fine Arts Degree Program 36

37 WORK Areas of Focus thesis PORTFOLIO OBJECTIVE critique EDITS & rewrites RESEARCH Thesis Portfolio Through edits and continuous rewrites, you ll develop strategies to troubleshoot your stories. By analyzing the content you create, you ll learn to objectively critique projects, and resolve structural problems encountered during the creative writing process. Each student edits and formats a script for final presentation and professional submission, and you ll assemble an e-portfolio consisting a Final Draft of your completed Thesis Script along with all of the assets created throughout the program. CREATIVE WRITING CLASSICAL WRITING & STORY TELLING SCREEN WRITING BUSINESS & MARKETING SCRIPT THESIS WRITING PORTFOLIO plot LINES the ART of Story telling RESEARCH RESEARCH storyboards BUSINESS & MARKETING Market YOUR WORK multimedia THESIS PORTFOLIO thesis PORTFOLIO OBJECTIVE critique EDITS & rewrites CREATIVE WRITING Master of Fine Arts Degree Program 37

38 Overview The demand for creative writers in all types of entertainment media genres has never been so high. The ability to tell a story through the use of words and images and distribute narratives through a variety of media formats are now standard skills required of creative writers in production companies in the entertainment media industry. Professional writers are needed to craft compelling stories and writing elements that will captivate today s demanding media clients, consumers, and audiences. There are tremendous opportunities for creative writers, and the Creative Writing Master of Fine Arts Degree Program will provide students the opportunity to not only perfect their script, screen, and story writing abilities but also to incorporate visual storytelling, narrative structures, character creation and development, and storyboarding elements into their writing projects. In addition, students will further develop leadership, project-management, and research skills; sharpen their technical prowess; conduct and utilize industry research; and ultimately market their final creative writing masterpiece. The degree program equips students with the knowledge and tools necessary to be successful creative writing professionals in the fast-paced world of the entertainment media industry. Full Sail University s Career Development department will be on hand to provide support and guidance as students launch their career searches in the field of creative writing. The assistance of this department is extended to Full Sail graduates for the length of their careers. Objective The objective of the Creative Writing Master of Fine Arts Degree Program is to provide students with a focused knowledge and clear understanding of visual storytelling, narrative structures, multimedia terms and genres, character creation and development, screenwriting and storyboarding, script analysis and criticism, and script editing for a variety of niches and distribution methods in the entertainment media industry. This knowledge will equip students with editorial skills, enhance their ability to create compelling stories and writing elements, and enable them to ultimately market their creative masterpieces. The Creative Writing Master of Fine Arts Degree Program will also further develop and strengthen students leadership, project-management, and research skills necessary for the development and execution of creative writing projects. Completion of the Creative Writing Master of Fine Arts Degree Program will enable graduates to meet today s high demand for creative writers and qualify them for professional creative writing careers in the entertainment media industry. CREATIVE WRITING OVERVIEW & OBJECTIVE CREATIVE WRITING Master of Fine Arts Degree Program 38

39 Creative Writing Master of Fine Arts Degree Program PROGRAM CORE Code Course Credit Hours CWM 510 The Art of Visual Storytelling 4.00 CWM 690 The Business of Creative Writing 4.00 CWM 540 Character Creation and Development 4.00 CWM 640 Creative Writing Portfolio I 4.00 CWM 650 Creative Writing Portfolio II 4.00 CWM 630 Editing for Film, Game, and Animation Scripts 4.00 CWM 560 Film Screenwriting and Storyboarding 4.00 CWM 520 Literary Research 4.00 CWM 530 Multimedia Terms and Genres 4.00 CWM 550 Script Analysis and Criticism 4.00 CWM 620 Storytelling and Storyboarding for Animation 4.00 CWM 610 Writing for Games 4.00 Chronological Schedule by Months THE ART OF VISUAL STORYTELLING MULTIMEDIA TERMS & GENRES LITERARY RESEARCH CHARACTER CREATION & DEVELOPMENT SCRIPT ANALYSIS & CRITICISM FILM SCREENWRITING & STORYBOARDING WRITING FOR GAMES CREATIVE WRITING PORTFOLIO II THE BUSINESS OF CREATIVE WRITING STORYTELLING & STORYBOARDING FOR ANIMATION EDITING FOR FILM, GAME, & ANIMATION SCRIPTS CREATIVE WRITING PORTFOLIO I Totals: TOTAL CREDIT HOURS: 48 TOTAL WEEKS: 48 CREATIVE WRITING Master of Fine Arts Degree Program 39

40 Course Descriptions Program Core CWM 510 The Art of Visual Storytelling In The Art of Visual Storytelling Course, students study the universal themes of traditional storytelling as well as their applications to visual narrative design and new nonlinear and interactive forms of media. Students will analyze historical examples of visual narratives and then convey ideas and emotions through the use of images and traditional storytelling techniques in order to design new narratives in a variety of entertainment media formats. Introduction to Traditional Storytelling Structures and Universal Themes General Survey of Folklore with Emphasis on the Uses of Folk Motifs in Modern Films, Games, and Animation Visual Mediums Defined by Classic Examples in Each Visual Art Form The Impact of Ever-Evolving Technology on the Creation of New Visual Narratives Total Credit Hours 4.00 Course Length 4 weeks CWM 690 The Business of Creative Writing In The Business of Creative Writing Course, students will learn about the business of creative writing as well as similarities and differences among different entertainment media genres and distribution methods. This course will complement students writing skills with the marketing, publishing, and legal basics necessary to be successful creative writers in the entertainment media industry. In addition, current issues, topics, and trends that may impact the careers of graduates will be addressed, such as the roles of literary agents and unions, new technologies, and new opportunities. Business Practices of the Film, Animation, and Gaming Industries Legal Topics and Consideration CWM 540 Character Creation and Development In the Character Creation and Development Course, students are introduced to various psychological profiles for characters, create a portfolio of characters ranging from simple to complex, and give vital authenticity to characters through the creation of characters backstories. In addition to creating characters, students will explore how various types of media influence the development of characters. Various classic, traditional, and popular films, games, and animation will be reviewed and analyzed to further explore what types of characters are the best fit for each format. Overview of Development of the Character for Various Types of Media Psychology of Characters Character Backstory Character Motivation and Plot Development Hero and Villain Archetypes Adult, Adolescent and Child Personality Types and Character Development Character Conflict Body Language, Dialogue, and Subtext CWM 640 Creative Writing Portfolio I The Creative Writing Portfolio I Course requires students to select an entertainment media genre and distribution method and begin the development of a concept script for their final thesis project. The final thesis project will consist of a Creative Writing Portfolio that includes a professional, viable script with evidence of incorporated culminating components of the degree program including visual storytelling, narrative structures, character creation, and storyboarding. In addition, the Creative Writing Portfolio will document research students conducted to develop and expand authentic and compelling storylines. Students will pitch their concept scripts to faculty and peers and justify selected writing elements based on the specific entertainment media genre and distribution method of choice. Feedback will be provided within these contexts as well as application of current writing trends, authenticity, compelling qualities, and feasibility. Selection of Entertainment Media Genre and Distribution Method for Final Thesis Script Research of Storyline Script Outline Presentation to Faculty and Peers Script Approval Project Plan Development Storyboard Development Body Language, Dialogue, and Subtext Marketing Writing Elements Publishing Writing Elements The Role of Literary Agents Writers Unions Total Credit Hours 4.00 Course Length 4 weeks CREATIVE WRITING Master of Fine Arts Degree Program 40

41 Course Descriptions Program Core CWM 650 Creative Writing Portfolio II In the Creative Writing Portfolio II Course, students will reevaluate the writing elements, authenticity, compelling qualities, and feasibility of their concept scripts for their chosen entertainment media genres and distribution methods based on the feedback received from faculty and peers in the Creative Writing Portfolio I course. Students will then implement their project plans and begin the writing process. Final scripts will be properly formatted to meet the expectations of the chosen entertainment media genres and distribution methods within the entertainment media industry and will be ready to be pitched to potential employers upon graduation. Project Plan Implementation Script Writing Storyboard and Supporting Portfolio Elements Formatting Final Submittal CWM 630 Editing for Film, Game, and Animation Scripts In the Editing for Film, Game, and Animation Scripts Course, students learn how to edit, rewrite, and correct writing elements as challenges are presented in the production of various projects. Students will develop strategies for correcting these issues through learning how to troubleshoot, analyze content objectively from various viewpoints, and address structural issues that can occur during the creative writing process. Students will also learn how to properly edit and format a script for final presentation and professional submission. Editing and Formatting Practices Analysis and Objectivity Clarifying, Redirecting, and Focusing Storyline and Central Theme Troubleshooting Dialogue and Character Development Issues Techniques to Overcome Writer s Block Presentation and Submission CWM 560 Film Screenwriting and Storyboarding In the Film Screenwriting and Storyboarding Course, students will apply what they have learned in the previous courses by writing a screenplay for a short film and overseeing the storyboarding of the screenplay for production. Understanding screenwriting and storyboarding will provide students with the knowledge of the creative process that links all media components together. Other areas of focus will include the following: the screenplay from pitch to screen, structures and formats, and storyboarding and visual thinking. Film Genres Overview of the Film Industry and Production Process Screenwriting Creative Process: Transforming Ideas to Screenplay Screenwriting Structures and Formats Storyboarding Techniques and Visual Thinking for Film Visual Layout Techniques, Cinematography, Camera Placement Interactive Media Storyboards Intellectual Property and Copyright Issues Total Credit Hours 4.00 Course Length 4 weeks CWM 530 Multimedia Terms and Genres In the Multimedia Terms and Genres Course, students master the professional vocabulary of multimedia writing and study production processes required of the degree program. Students will learn basic writing techniques for film, animation, and gaming. They will create sample narratives and then structure their narratives so that they may be used in multiple media formats. Students will learn how various rules and production processes vary in multimedia presentations. An Introduction to Multimedia Terms An Overview of Media Production Cycles Creative Writing Skills for Various Multimedia Applications Multimedia Presentations Total Credit Hours 4.00 Course Length 4 weeks CWM 520 Literary Research The Literary Research Course provides students with basic instruction on provides an introduction to research techniques, methodologies, and information sources relevant to developing and expanding authentic and compelling storylines. Students will explore elements of narrative structure and approaches that work best for various entertainment media genres. In addition, students will begin writing exercises, preparing them for the advanced writing requirements of the degree program. Research Techniques and Methodologies Information Sources Narrative Structure Plot Patterns Organizing Structural Elements Total Credit Hours 4.00 Course Length 4 weeks CWM 550 Script Analysis and Criticism In the Script Analysis and Criticism Course, students will learn to recognize elements that create powerful narratives and how they can be best integrated in various multimedia formats. Students will analyze classic films, animation, and games for structure, style, and content and identify how traditional scripts differ across multimedia formats and are transformed into visual narratives. An objective of the course is for students to learn the correct questions to ask themselves when preparing scripts for production in different visual contexts. Screenwriting/Script Formats Act and Sequence Structure Spec Scripts: Formatting and Development Script Analysis: Areas for Consideration Dialogue As It Defines Character Criticism Total Credit Hours 4.00 Course Length 4 weeks CREATIVE WRITING Master of Fine Arts Degree Program 41

42 Course Descriptions Program Core CWM 620 Storytelling and Storyboarding for Animation In the Storytelling and Storyboarding for Animation Course, the creative process and writing techniques for several animation genres and formats will be explored. The history of animation and the works of legendary animators will be analyzed for style and perspective. Students will incorporate concepts of visual storytelling, narrative structures, character creation and development, scriptwriting, and storyboarding into the creation of a script for an animation short. Animation Genres and Formats History of the Animation Industry and Legendary Animators Overview of the Animation Production Process The Creative Writing Process for Animation Storyboarding for Animation Storyboarding Techniques and Visual Thinking for Animation Universal and Cross-Cultural Themes Intellectual Property and Copyright Issues Total Credit Hours 4.00 Course Length 4 weeks CWM 610 Writing for Games The Writing for Games Course provides a technical overview of how games are created and presents a variety of video games, gaming genres, and gaming platforms from a storytelling point of view. Areas of exploration will include mythology, military history and warfare, science fiction literature and films, fantasy fiction literature and films, comic books, and graphic novels. Students will formulate a gaming concept that incorporates creative processes such as developing plot, setting, characters, and interactive narrative. Gaming Genres and Platforms Overview of the Gaming Industry and Production Process Game Writing Creative Process: Interactive and Nonlinear Narrative Structures Game Strategy and Plot Development Game Storyboarding Novel and Film Adaptations Universal and Cross-Cultural Themes Intellectual Property and Copyright Issues Total Credit Hours 4.00 Course Length 4 weeks CREATIVE WRITING Master of Fine Arts Degree Program 42

43 Digital Computer Cinematography Animation Bachelor of Science Degree Program Bachelor of Science Degree Program Innovation in film and video doesn t just come from the big studios and networks anymore. Digital technology has made it possible for almost anyone with the vision, equipment, and education to create the next project that catches the imagination of media consumers. Filmmakers, news organizations, and businesses are taking advantage of the flexibility of digital production, creating a need for artists able to develop a range of narrative content for today s emerging technologies. Full Sail s Digital Cinematography Bachelor of Science Degree Program teaches you how to be a leader in digital storytelling, and helps you develop the skills needed to create compelling projects for different outlets. The cross-platform availability of digital media means you can engage and inspire viewers in many new ways, and through the Digital Cinematography degree program you ll develop the ability to meet the need for creative and innovative content for television, film, the web, mobile devices, and more. Areas of Focus Filmmaking Foundations Fine Arts Digital ModelingVideo Technology Animation Video Output Effects Final Project/ Demo Reel Creation DIGITAL CINEMATOGRAPHY Bachelor of Science Degree Program 43

44 Areas of Focus Filmmaking Foundations Filmmaking is more than a century old, and the Digital Cinematography degree program instills in students a deep understanding of traditional film theory and storytelling techniques, and how these elements apply to the production of today s digital content. TRADITIONAL FOUNDATIONS film CAMERA lighting effects film PRODUCTION TRADITIONAL FOUNDATIONS film powerful POST-PRODUCTION TOOLS CAMERA digital STORYTELLING lighting effects audio MIXING visual teach you to look at shot composition with an artist s film eye helping to add a more cinematic quality to your projects. This includes learning audio depth-of-field MIXING PRODUCTION management, filemanagement the art of cinematography and lighting design, and how to frame a scene to enhance its emotional impact. powerful audio Courses like Film Foundations, Lighting I & II, and Directing cover standard filmmaking concepts that visual Classes in Storytelling and Creative Writing round audio out this education by breaking down the elements COMMUNICATION POST-PRODUCTION COMMUNICATION of effective TOOLS story structure, which you ll be able to adapt to everything from television commercials to independent feature films. You ll also learn how to LIGHTING sequence your footage during postproduction, LIGHTING with texturing digital emphasis on pacing and narrative texturing flow. STORYTELLING f digital CONTENT CREATION lighting DIRECTING digital CONTENT CREATION PERSONAL finance lighting management DIRECTING PERSONAL finance management DIGITAL CINEMATOGRAPHY Bachelor of Science Degree Program 44

45 digital Areas STORYTELLING of Focus lighting DIRECTING texturing PERSONAL finance management digital CONTENT CREATION Digital Video Technology As a producer of digital video, you re going to need to understand the functionality and flexibility of different cameras, audio gear, and editing technologies, and helping you master this equipment in the field is a core function of the Digital Cinematography degree program. Courses like Digital Audio Production and Digital Cinematography I and II show you how to capture high-quality visuals and audio during production while understanding the nuances of the medium. You ll learn how to set up a scene in a way that translates the right look, feel, and texture to different video formats, as well as how to shoot in low-light environments and still maintain TRADITIONAL the integrity of the digital image. FOUNDATIONS film You ll also learn how to edit that footage using powerful post-production tools, giving you a working knowledge of all stages of a professional video production, and allowing CAMERA you to adapt to upcoming trends that will continue to redefine visual entertainment and media communications. lighting effects digital CONTENT CREATION film PRODUCTION powerful POST-PRODUCTION TOOLS digital STORYTELLING lighting DIRECTING audio MIXING visual COMMUNICATION LIGHTING texturing PERSONAL finance management audio filemanagement file MANAGEME TRADITIONAL filmfoundations DIGITAL CINEMATOGRAPHY Bachelor of Science Degree Program 45

46 DITIONAL FOUNDATIONS ERA hting Areas of Focus In order to be a successful producer of digital video STORYTELLING effects content, you re going to need to know how to get your media into the hands of clients and consumers. The Digital Cinematography degree program teaches ital students this final stage lighting t life of the production process CONTENT in courses like Mobility and DIRECTING Data Management. REATION You ll learn industry standards DRAWINGfor encoding and compressing data, as well as outputting it for different codecs allowing you to deliver your content to a variety of formats and distribution platforms. ling CS er ON s E TS Video Output film PRODUCTION powerful POST-PRODUCTION TOOLS digital curves The program also features SURFACES a course on Web Design, where you ll learn how to integrate streaming video into a company s website, as well as create and maintain your own site to promote your work or independent business. body By learning to be technically LANGUAGE proficient in managing data workflow and output, you ll be a more TRADITIONAL well-rounded entrepreneur, and a greater film asset FOUNDATIONS to employers and clients. realistic MOVEMENT ACTIONS CAMERA lighting effects audio MIXING visual COMMUNICATION LIGHTING texturing PERSONAL SCULPTING finance management audio anatomical MODELING character RIGGING powerful PROFESSIONAL demo REEL film PRODUCTION POST-PRODUCTION TOOLS digital STORYTELLING filemanagement LIGHTING texturing audio storyboarding MIXING visual character MODELING COMMUNICATION LIGHTING texturing texturing SPECIAL audio filemanagement file MANAGEMENT TRADITIONAL FOUNDATIONS film CAMERA lighting effects digital CONTENT CREATION film PRODUCTION powerful POST-PRODUCTIO TOOL digital STORYTELLING lighting DIRECTING DIGITAL CINEMATOGRAPHY Bachelor of Science Degree Program 46

47 Areas of Focus Overview The Digital Cinematography Bachelor of Science degree program immerses students in the art of digital video and film production for a variety of outlets. By utilizing the latest tools available to today s media developers, you ll learn how to create professional content for broadcast television, online media, mobile applications, and independent films. Throughout the program you ll take courses that help you build a comprehensive understanding of digital content creation and storytelling, with a curriculum that strikes a balance between traditional film foundations and the latest production and postproduction techniques. You ll learn how to master essential visual communication and video production methods for digital photography, HD video production, lighting, audio mixing, and nonlinear editing. Supporting classes also cover complementary career skills in computer business applications, personal finance management, production budgeting, and networking. Class projects will help you apply this knowledge as you craft your own visual and narrative pieces for different media. You ll learn to take a story through the entire creative process, including developing a script, planning the logistics of production, working on location to capture your story on camera, as well as file management, editing, and distribution. To help you make the transition into your career after graduation, we ve also got a team of Career Development professionals that can help you polish your interviewing skills and get you ready to enter the industry. In addition, our Career Development services and advisors will be available for support and assistance throughout your career not just during your education. Objective The Digital Cinematography Bachelor of Science degree program provides students with the focused knowledge and understanding of digital video and filmmaking production as it relates to current technology and media formats. Courses in the program address digital filmmaking, directing, lighting, audio postproduction, digital editing, scriptwriting, storyboarding, team management, streaming video, and mobile technology. The program is designed to provide students with the tools they need to pursue successful careers in the fields of broadcast television, web video, independent film, and more. In addition to technical proficiency and creative development, your education will help you develop critical thinking, problem solving, and analytical skills that contribute to lifelong learning, providing you with tools to help sustain a long and productive professional career in the entertainment and media industry. DIGITAL CINEMATOGRAPHY OVERVIEW & OBJECTIVE DIGITAL CINEMATOGRAPHY Bachelor of Science Degree Program 47

48 Digital Cinematography Bachelor of Science Degree Program PROGRAM CORE Code Course Credit Hours GENERAL EDUCATION Code Course Credit Hours Chronological Schedule by Months DCN 4365 Advanced Post and Story Development 4.00 DCN 3655 Art Design and Location Shooting 4.00 DCN 1106 Composition and Visual Design for Digital Cinematography 3.00 DCN 3333 Digital Audio Production 4.00 FIL 2771 Digital Cinematography I 4.50 FIL 2781 Digital Cinematography II 2.00 DCN 4815 Digital Cinematography Final Project 4.00 DCN 2441 Digital Cinematography Lighting I 3.00 DCN 2442 Digital Cinematography Lighting II 3.00 DGL 101 Digital Literacy 4.00 FLM 367 Directing 2.00 DCN 3435 Electronic Field Production 4.00 DCN 4110 Film Criticism 4.00 ART 2007 Art History 4.00 CLP 1006 Behavioral Science 4.00 MGF 1213 College Mathematics 4.00 CGS 1000 Computer Science and Internet * 4.00 CRW 2000 Creative Writing 4.00 ENC 1101 English Composition I 4.00 PPE 2110 Ethics and Psychology 4.00 PSC 1030 Fundamentals of Physical Science 4.00 Totals: TOTAL CREDIT HOURS: 123 TOTAL WEEKS: 128 DIGITAL LITERACY BEHAVIORAL SCIENCE FILM FOUNDATIONS ENGLISH COMPOSITION I STORYTELLING COLLEGE MATHEMATICS COMPUTER SCIENCE & INTERNET HISTORY OF MOTION PICTURE ARTS FUNDAMENTALS OF PHYSICAL SCIENCE ART HISTORY COMPOSITION & VISUAL DESIGN FOR DIGITAL CINEMATOGRAPHY PROJECT PLANNING & DEVELOPMENT CREATIVE WRITING ETHICS & PSYCHOLOGY DIGITAL CINEMATOGRAPHY LIGHTING I DCN 2111 Film Foundations 4.00 DCN 4915 Final Project Post-production 4.00 FIL 1034 History of Motion Picture Arts 2.50 DIGITAL AUDIO PRODUCTION DIGITAL CINEMATOGRAPHY LIGHTING II ELECTRONIC FIELD PRODUCTION INTRODUCTION TO EDITING & VISUAL EFFECTS DIRECTING ENTB 376 Intellectual Property 3.50 FLM 321 Introduction to Editing and Visual Effects 4.00 DCN 4421 Mobility and Data Management 4.00 DCN 4993 Personal Creative Development 4.00 FLM 463 Producing Independent Film DIGITAL CINEMATOGRAPHY I PROJECT MANAGEMENT & ASSESSMENT I ART DESIGN & LOCATION SHOOTING DIGITAL CINEMATOGRAPHY II ADVANCED POST & STORY DEVELOPMENT MOBILITY & DATA MANAGEMENT PROJECT MANAGEMENT & ASSESSMENT II DCB 101 Project Management and Assessment I DCB 102 Project Management and Assessment II 1.00 DCB 203 Project Management and Assessment III 1.00 DCN 3111 Project Planning and Development 4.00 FLM 223 Storytelling 3.50 WEB 4550 Web Design 4.00 Totals: Graduates of this degree may apply to continue their education with the: Game Design Master of Science Degree Program Entertainment Business Master of Science Degree Program FILM CRITICISM INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY FINAL PROJECT POST- PRODUCTION PERSONAL CREATIVE DEVELOPMENT WEB DESIGN PRODUCING INDEPENDENT FILM PROJECT MANAGEMENT & ASSESSMENT III DIGITAL CINEMATOGRAPHY FINAL PROJECT This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS). * CGS 1000 is not considered a General Education class in Minnesota. * IF YOU RE INTERESTED IN ANOTHER EDUCATIONAL TRACK, PLEASE CONTACT OUR ADMISSIONS DEPARTMENT TO EXPLORE YOUR OPTIONS. DIGITAL CINEMATOGRAPHY Bachelor of Science Degree Program 48

49 Course Descriptions Program Core DCN 4365 Advanced Post and Story Development The Advanced Post and Story Development Course is the second editing class in the Digital Cinematography program and introduces students to advanced editing techniques such as asset consideration, nesting video, creating unique transitions, compositing, and timeline management. The course also covers story techniques that take into consideration proper audio placement and the mood and pacing of a story. Successful completion of Advanced Post and Story Development will prepare the student for the Final Project Postproduction course. Asset and Timeline Management Nesting Video Tracks and Compositing Applying Transitions Proper Audio Placement Creating the Mood and Pacing DCN 3655 Art Design and Location Shooting The Art Design and Location Shooting Course introduces students to artistic considerations of using location venues as scene backdrops for production. The focus of the course is to align scenic script and/or production requirements with the process of location scouting and art direction decisions. Art Design and Location Shooting challenges students to look at location options through a camera s view to serve as sets or production venues. Design and Story Camera Considerations Scenic Stills Project DCN 1106 Composition and Visual Design for Digital Cinematography Composition and Design for Digital Cinematography introduces students to the art and craft of designing powerful photographic imagery for effective digital storytelling. Students learn the basics of composition and framing, the elements and principles of design, and the impact of designing with light, movement and space for motion media. Additionally, they learn to recognize and engage the visual qualities of the lens through an understanding of depth of field, lens selection and exposure control. Photos are edited using Adobe applications. Emphasis is placed on integrating classical design fundamentals into student work. Students will create thumbnail storyboards, complete an exercise in reportage, and engage in visual journaling through a personal photo blog. A collaborative final project will challenge students to use their individual design strengths in bringing together a picture story by the end of the course. Visual Design Fundamentals Designing Through Thumbnails Designing with Digital Video Learning to See Light and Shadow Reportage and the Visual Journal Color and Design Understanding Movement, Space and Depth Collaborative Visual Design Total credit hours 3.00 Course length 4 weeks DCN 3333 Digital Audio Production In the Digital Audio Production Course, students analyze and implement audio acquisition in stage and field production. Consideration is given to ambient control as well as creating manufactured ambience for a scene. Students learn how to enhance a story s visual representation with audio support while paying particular attention to realistic and emotive representations of audio. Sound Control and Manipulation Audio Design Project FIL 2771 Digital Cinematography I The Digital Cinematography I Course introduces students to the art and operation of digital video cameras. The course provides in-depth and practical knowledge of the differences that digital cameras offer digital filmmakers by way of control over digital images during acquisition. Digital attributes such as RGB changes, scene profiling, gamma adjustment, and black pedestal control will be explored and evaluated. Common Digital Formats and Terms Digital Compared to Film Scene Profiling and Image Control Total credit hours 4.50 Course length 4 weeks FIL 2781 Digital Cinematography II The Digital Cinematography II Course provides students an opportunity to implement concepts learned in Digital Cinematography I and Introduction to Digital Photography. Students in this course are challenged to shoot a variety of portfolio shots that demonstrate their thorough knowledge of basic cinematography as well as concepts unique to digital cinematography. Portfolio Proposal Shoot 1: Basic Camera and Lens Movement Shoot 2: Digitally Adjusted Acquisitions Portfolio Assembly and Assessment Total credit hours 2.00 Course length 4 weeks Designing for Realism and Impact Project Edit and Assessment This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS). DIGITAL CINEMATOGRAPHY Bachelor of Science Degree Program 49

50 Course Descriptions Program Core DCN 4815 Digital Cinematography Final Project The Digital Cinematography Final Project Course provides a practical implementation of the learning objectives of the degree program through the creation of a digital video project. The project will reflect students understanding of key principles such as project planning and management, digital video and audio acquisition, storytelling, and editing. Project Shoot Week 1 Project Shoot Week 3 Project Shoot Week 2 Project Shoot Week 4 DCN2441 Digital Cinematography Lighting I The preliminary lighting and camera introductory course for the Digital Cinematography Program, the Digital Cinematography Lighting I Course emphasizes professional procedures and protocol relevant to lighting for digital production. Students learn the basics of industry lighting, are introduced to various controlling devices, and trained in the safe use of electricity. This course also covers the basics of color correction and camera filtration when using tungsten, fluorescent, and daylight sources. Emphasis is placed on creative lighting design and working within a budget. Basic Electricity and Safety Camera and Lighting Fundamentals Exposure and Light Color Temperature Diversity of Lighting Source Introduction to Three-Point Lighting Interview Lighting Lighting Economics Total credit hours 3.00 Course Length 4 weeks DCN2442 Digital Cinematography Lighting II The Digital Cinematography Lighting II Course builds upon the topics introduced in Lighting I. It covers the visual and emotional qualities of light, and how to employ different strategies in lighting for character, commercial products, and narrative-style scenarios. Students are challenged to apply their lighting skills and sharpen their critical thinking in producing original images. Students learn to understand client requirements and how to apply them using professional production guidelines. Special emphasis is placed on image analysis, lighting to industry standards and developing practical techniques. Learning to Compose with Light Lighting Strategies and Image Analysis Beauty Lighting and Lighting the Closeup Learning to Light for Emotion Product Lighting Daytime Exterior Lighting Lighting: The Bigger View Total credit hours 3.00 Course Length 4 weeks DGL 101 Digital Literacy The Digital Literacy Course utilizes a collaborative learning environment to introduce software programs and web tools that will prepare students with digital skills for online learning. In addition, students will also learn the professional demands of their chosen fields and create plans that will help guide them to successful completion of their Program. Students will use various tools to complete their roadmap projects, conduct Internet research, collaborate with other students, and communicate with instructors. Mac OS and the FSO Learning Platform Planning for Your Goals and Collaborating with Peers FLM 367 Directing The Directing Course focuses on the many aspects of directing. Students learn the responsibilities of the director through all phases of the filmmaking process (preproduction, production and post production) and accurate knowledge in the areas of directing actors and understanding the actor s language. Students also gain knowledge concerning all aspects of pre-visualization, composition, and crew/set etiquette. Film Analysis/Types Composition/Shot Directing Actors The Rehearsal Process Pre-visualization/Forms The Directors Team History of Directing/Acting Total credit hours 2.00 Course length 4 weeks DCN 3435 Electronic Field Production The Electronic Field Production Course serves as an intensive study in the theory and practice of field and location shooting. Students are introduced to the challenges and uniqueness of field production as it relates to filmmaking, news media, documentaries, and commercial production. Using practices learned in Production Planning, students also research the processes required for pulling permits and securing insurance and waivers for field work. Genre Differences Field Production: Technical Challenges Field Production: Environmental Challenges Legal Considerations Connecting Your Passion to Your Chosen Industry Internet Tools for Research and Learning DIGITAL CINEMATOGRAPHY Bachelor of Science Degree Program 50

51 Course Descriptions Program Core DCN 4110 Film Criticism Through an introduction to classical and contemporary film and media theory, the Film Criticism Course explores critical approaches to the study of film in order for students to gain an understanding of how filmmakers create meaningful experiences for their audiences. Issues relating to production, audience reaction, aesthetics, and ethics are explored, as well as an analysis of films that have contributed to critical debate and challenged the existing theoretical suppositions of their time. Focus is also given to the ways aesthetics of audiovisual images both draw context from and add context to the cultural, social, and political climate in which they are made. Defining Good Filmmaking Film as Commentary Characteristics of Successful Directors Marketablity vs. Art DCN 2111 Film Foundations The Film Foundations Course examines the sociopolitical environment of the behind the scenes side of filmmaking. From above the line positions to below the line, the course familiarizes students with the roles and responsibilities of various positions in the industry, including unions. The course examines the work and contributions of men and women in the film industry who have made notable technical and artistic contributions and reflects on the future of filmmaking and storytelling. In addition, students will critically present and evaluate their role as future storytellers. Positions in Film, Commercial, and Broadcast Notable Contributors to Visual Storytelling The Future of Filmmaking Personal Observations and Goals DCN 4915 Final Project Post-production The Final Project Post-production Course provides students with a greater understanding of the imaginative and technical side of editing. In this course, students demonstrate their knowledge of the editing process from Introduction to Editing, Visual Effects, and the Post-Production courses and create a final edit of their feature project. Students examine intermediate nonlinear online editing techniques, including engineering, media management, and digital video effects, and incorporate titles and music into their finished edit. Introduction to Editing your Final Project Advanced Computerized Editing Techniques Alternative Editing Choices Production Project Completion FIL 1034 History of Motion Picture Arts The History of Motion Picture Arts Course explores motion picture as an art form, as a business, and a representation of society. Students examine how film has become a dominant force in American culture through the study of subjects like the birth of film, the golden age of silent film, World War II, non- Hollywood films, the New Cinema of the 1960s era, and the Hollywood Renaissance. The Birth of Movies The Golden Age of Silent Films Foreign Films Close-Up: Master Filmmaker Alfred Hitchcock Integration of Sound The New Cinema of the 1960 s World War II: Decline of the Studio System The Documentary The Hollywood Renaissance Final Exam Total credit hours 2.50 Course length 4 weeks ENTB 376 Intellectual Property The Intellectual Property Course examines trade secrets, trademarks, patents, and copyrights in connection with methods of protecting creative works. Students explore acquisition, licensing, sale, and transfer of rights as they relate to music, digital media, animation, gaming, film, and show production. Rights and issues related to independent contractors and work-for-hire employees are also addressed. Intellectual Property Rights Fair Use Acquisition, Licensing, Sale, and Transfer of Rights Independent Contractor vs. Work for Hire Total credit hours 3.50 Course length 4 weeks FLM 321 Introduction to Editing and Visual Effects Introduction to Editing and Visual Effects is the preliminary post-production course of the degree program. In this course, students are introduced to the concepts of aesthetic editing and the role of the editor as a storyteller. Students are also introduced to many post-production concepts, including dialogue editing, scene transitions, time and space perception, tempo, sound effects, visual effects, editing with music, and mood changes. Introduction to Editing Systems The Editor as a Storyteller Tempo, Mood, and Transitions Dialogue, Sound Effects, and Music Visual Effects This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS). DIGITAL CINEMATOGRAPHY Bachelor of Science Degree Program 51

52 Course Descriptions Program Core DCN 4421 Mobility and Data Management Mobility and Data Management is a data management course that provides students with a greater understanding of codecs involved in the video process, such as H.264 and Microsoft codecs, as well as the containers for these codecs such as QuickTime and MPEG files. Students learn how to configure their end product and how to transcode video formats for the web and mobile devices and demonstrate a practical knowledge of data management and output. Introduction to Data Management Understanding of Codecs Containing Codec Delivering End Product Transcoding for the Web and Mobile Devices DCN 4993 Personal Creative Development The Personal Creative Development Course is a final component of students final project that requires students to work independently on completing a creative project. The course is designed to help students address specific creative challenges they will face in all aspects of their career going forward. Through a series of presentations, students experiment with different types of creative approaches and learn which works best for them in specific business situations. Defining You as a Storyteller Developing a Brand Portfolio Assembly Final Assessment of Personal Goals FLM 463 Producing Independent Film The Producing Independent Film Course explores the world of line producing and the production infrastructure of independent film. Students learn all aspects of prepping for a shoot, scheduling and time management, budgeting, project pitching, script breakdowns, assembling crew positions, creating a professional brand, distribution options, and financing. The Role of the Producer Phases of Production & Pipeline Production Value Alternative Productions Music Video and Production Episodic & Reality Production Branding Commercial & Client Production Film Production Analysis Total credit hours 5.00 Course length 4 weeks DCB 101, 102, 203 Project Management and Assessment I, II, III The Project Management and Assessment Courses are concurrent courses taken alongside core curriculum in order to assist students with the development, management, and assessment of program projects. The courses provide an opportunity for students to apply analysis skills, create strategic plans, and foster professional workflow practices. Project Development and Analysis Project Management and Assessment Create/Evaluate Project Plan Professional Workflow Practices Total credit hours 1.00 each Course length 4 weeks DCN 3111 Project Planning and Development The Project Planning and Development Course provides a guided experience for the development of students final project. In this course, students design, budget, and detail their digital cinematography production. Successful completion of the course requires students to create a preproduction manual that includes a project proposal, storyboards, artistic designs, and a detailed financial plan of their production. Project Proposal: Submission 1 Project Proposal: Submission 2 Designs and Specifications The Preproduction Manual FLM 223 Storytelling The Storytelling Course uncovers the secrets behind the art, craft, and business of writing for film and television production, and fosters students to begin to think and work as a film author and to enhance scripts through the use of specific storytelling techniques. Utilizing examples from movies, past and present, students examine a multitude of structural and stylistic techniques that can be applied to a variety of film or television projects. Structure and Outline Character Development Script Formatting: First Draft Rewriting: Second Draft Pitching an Idea: Final Draft Total credit hours 3.50 Course length 4 weeks DIGITAL CINEMATOGRAPHY Bachelor of Science Degree Program 52

53 Course Descriptions Program Core General Education WEB 4550 Web Design In the Web Design Course, students explore interactive website creation as a medium for communications and a form of art. While learning the fundamentals of web design, including a basic understanding of page construction and technical skills, students explore how to use the Internet as a medium for promotion, production, and distribution. Students create outcomes by producing interactive media narrative projects and social media artwork. Web Design Aesthetics Web Functionality Media on the Web Web Design Project ART 2007 Art History The Art History Course introduces students to selected, impactful monuments of art and architecture in the Western tradition from the prehistoric to post-modernism era studied in relation to the intellectual background of the ages and civilizations that produced them. Lectures accompanied by various visual mediums inspire discussions of assigned readings in philosophical, religious, scientific, political, literary, artistic, and cultural contexts. Ancient Art Medieval and Renaissance Art Modern Art Post-modern Art CLP 1006 Behavioral Science The Behavioral Science Course introduces students to the complexities of self-awareness, self-directed learning, and effective interpersonal interactions. Students will learn to recognize the challenges that individuals face in a world that is technologically evolving at a rapid pace. They will become equipped with new ways to address their personal motivations, and will work to improve their learning strategies and methods of interacting within the Full Sail community. Students will also enhance their ability to analyze and evaluate information. Self-Awareness Self-Regulation Motivation Empathy Social Skills MGF 1213 College Mathematics The College Mathematics Course is designed to enable students to build skills and confidence in algebra that are required to succeed in future math and core courses. First-time algebra students or those needing a review will begin with basic concepts and build upon these ideas by completing work that uses algebra in practical situations. Review of Basic Arithmetic Operations with the Real Number System Measurement and Number Systems Exponents & Radical Expressions Linear Equations & Inequalities Graphing Proportions, Formulas, and Word Problems Introductory Statistics and Probability Business Applications and Mathematical Models CGS 1000 Computer Science and Internet * The Computer Science and Internet Course introduces students to the basics of computer operating systems and software, web 2.0 tools, and multimedia applications as they relate to everyday experiences of the computer user. Students initiate online collaboration as well as utilize the tools to successfully navigate common issues associated with online collaboration. Additionally, students evaluate and demonstrate knowledge of specific software applications and technologies used in today s society. Multimedia Presentations Web 2.0 Tools Operating Systems and Technologies Student Audio/Video Projects This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS). * CGS 1000 is not considered a General Education class in Minnesota. DIGITAL CINEMATOGRAPHY Bachelor of Science Degree Program 53

54 Course Descriptions General Education CRW 2000 Creative Writing The Creative Writing Course trains students to explore writing in a variety of genre forms. Building on the knowledge gained in English Composition, students in this course incorporate common literary devices and narrative structures into creative endeavors. Brainstorming Form and Function of Genre Narrative Structure and Causality Literary Devices Criticism and the Editing Process Final Revisions ENC 1101 English Composition I The English Composition I Course is designed to introduce students to the writing process. Special attention is given to selecting and refining topics, identifying the audience, developing a purpose, and formulating thesis statements. Grammatical conventions and their applications are heavily stressed. Students learn to compose mature, logical sentences, and paragraphs in order to create rhetorical cohesion. Invention and Drafting Revising and Editing Grammar Essay Structure Audience Awareness PPE 2110 Ethics and Psychology This Ethics and Psychology Course is designed to give students an opportunity to discover the many facets of their psychological identity. Students will focus on how a personal values system is developed, and how it serves as the foundation for the decisions an individual will make in his or her lifetime. Students will also explore human interaction and behavioral styles, as well as how to develop positive, productive relationships. Additionally, students will examine the psychological issues individuals deal with in their daily lives, such as stress, gender inclusion, and how to process information. Values and Moral Reasoning MBTI and Personality Archetypes Existential-Humanistic theories and Free Will Gender Issues in Entertainment Media and Marketing Ethics and Ethical Dilemmas Johari Window Communication Model Cognitive Psychology and Personal Beliefs Systems Final Group Presentations PSC 1030 Fundamentals of Physical Science The Fundamentals of Physical Science Course teaches students how to understand the world through fundamental physical concepts such as: force and motion, energy and mechanics, electricity and magnetism, properties of solids and fluids, transmission of sound, and behavior of light. Emphasis is placed on how problems describing nature are approached in terms of physical theories and mathematical formula. Force and Motion Transmission of Sound Energy and Mechanics Electricity and Magnetism Behavior of Light Physical Theories and Mathematical Formulas Solids and Fluids This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS). DIGITAL CINEMATOGRAPHY Bachelor of Science Degree Program 54

55 Education Media Design & Technology Master of Science Degree Program Whether it s a high school class or a corporate presentation room, the educator s role is one of the most important in our society. And while many core educational concepts haven t changed over the years, our ability to communicate information to each other is continuously growing and changing the challenge is to take advantage of those changes in today s learning environments. create an innovative learning experience that challenges and inspires your audience by getting them involved in the learning process. The Education Media Design & Technology program at Full Sail will show you how to implement new media literacy and facilitate bold new ideas with timetested teaching tools, creating emergent 21st century education for 21st century learners. With nearly 30 years experience incorporating innovative learning methods into our curriculum, Full Sail is uniquely qualified to help educators meet the challenge of connecting with today s students. We ll show you how to combine our digital world s vast media resources with modern teaching methods in order to Areas of Focus Areas of Focus Understanding and Motivating Fine Your Arts Audience Modeling Creating Media- Animation Rich Interactive Lessons Building Inspirational Effects Learning Final Environments Project/ Demo Reel Creation EDUCATION MEDIA DESIGN & TECHNOLOGY Master of Science Degree Program 55

56 CATION MEDIA Areas of Focus IGN & TECHNOLOGY IVATE BY UNDERSTANDING LEARNER/ IRE USING RACTIVE MEDIA ON TE DYNAMIC MEDIA NING ENVIRONMENTS & TECHNOLOGY Whether it s making interactive visual media using By studying traditional and innovative academic systems professional industry tools, shooting and editing your own and learning how to create media-rich content, you ll be films with your camcorder and MacBook Pro, recording and able to develop focused, audience-specific lessons that distributing a podcast, or using any of the other hardware EDUCATION help you MEDIA achieve your instructional goals by inspiring you and software you ll be working with during your studies, the DESIGN and & TECHNOLOGY your audience. ONLINE CORPORATE LEARNING AMIC LEARNING TRAININGtools in your hands will open management innovative and interactive ENVIRONMENTS THEORIES world of teaching possibilities. MOTIVATE BY UNDERSTANDING THE LEARNER/ INSPIRE USING INTERACTIVE MEDIA communication organizational STRATEGIES multimedia Understanding and entertainment Motivating Your TECHNOLOGIES Audience There are many different ways to instruct and inspire, and effective teachers are able to impart their ideas to many different kinds of learners. By studying the variety of ways people process information, and integrating appropriate types of interactive media into your lessons, you ll be able to reach a wide range of audiences, whether in an academic or professional environment. ONLINE Because keeping your learners LEARNING motivated and involved is fundamental to making sure your THEORIES information is received properly, it s important to understand your audience. An animated game may be a great way to teach students Y UNDERSTANDING geography, but probably isn t going to excite your sales ER/ multimedia force. Likewise, an idea-driven ING entertainment podcast may be just the E MEDIA trick for a corporate orientation, TECHNOLOGIES but might not be the best tool for getting across math concepts but then again, maybe it is. multimedia entertainment TECHNOLOGIES ENGAGING today s LEARNER INTERACTIVE VISUAL media TOOLS gaming models METHODS gaming models METHODS DESIGN & TECHNOLOGY MOTIVATE BY UNDERSTANDING THE LEARNER/ INSPIRE USING INTERACTIVE MEDIA music THEORY multimedia entertainment TECHNOLOGIES ONLINE CREATE DYNAMIC Interactive LEARNING ENVIRONMENTS LessonsLEARNING THEORIES modules gaming models METHODS Creating Media-Rich music THEORY SYSTEMS musical THEORY Understanding your audience is just one part of becoming a more effective and inspirational teacher. By implementing multimedia technology into your teaching toolbox you ll be able to redefine the traditional CORPORATE LEARNING one-way role of a teacher by getting learners TRAINING management involved in the process. When you incorporate film, music, games, modules SYSTEMS and/or a digital media component into your lesson plans, you ll be on the same media-savvy playing field as many of today s digital learners. In the Education Media Design & Technology program, you ll learn how podcasts, videos, online modules, and games can be invaluable additions to your lessons. More importantly, you ll learn how to create those elements. communication organizational STRATEGIES gaming models METHODS CORPORATE TRAINING modules communication organizational STRATEGIES ENGAGING today s LEARNER music THEORY communication organizational STRATEGIES LEARNING management SYSTEMS ENGAGING today s LEARNER INTERACTIVE VISUAL media TOOLS communication organizational STRATEGIES ENGAGING today s LEARNER INTERACTIVE VISUAL media TOOLS INTERACTIVE VISUAL EDUCATION MEDIA DESIGN media & TECHNOLOGY Master of Science Degree Program TOOLS 56

57 Areas of Focus ONMENTS ONLINE LEARNING THEORIES CORPORATE TRAINING modules LEARNING management SYSTEMS EDUCATION MEDIA DESIGN & TECHNOLOGY Building Inspirational Learning Environments multimedia entertainment TECHNOLOGIES ONLINE LEARNING THEORIES gaming models METHODS CORPORATE TRAINING modules music THEORY LEARNING management SYSTEMS MOTIVATE BY UNDERSTANDING THE LEARNER/ INSPIRE USING INTERACTIVE MEDIA CREATE DYNAMIC LEARNING ENVIRONMENTS multimedia entertainment communication TECHNOLOGIES organizational STRATEGIES ONLINE LEARNING THEORIES In the final phase of the program, you ll put together gaming music the fundamental theories and multimedia tools you ve models learned to create your own inspirational ENGAGING METHODS THEORY learning environment. Whether you decide to develop an online today s lesson or a corporate training module, the focus will be LEARNER on creating an interactive atmosphere for students that s as motivating and experiential for them as it is engaging INTERACTIVE and inspirational for you. VISUAL After choosing and developing a system LEARNING that works best for your specific environment, you ll present management your thesis and media CORPORATE TRAINING TOOLS modules SYSTEMS an educational product. After being assessed by a group of your peers, faculty members, and instructional technology specialists, this product could be the very thing you use to transform your next class into a rewarding, 21st century learning experience. com or STR EDUCATION MEDIA DESIGN & TECHNOLOGY Master of Science Degree Program 57

58 Overview The curriculum for the Education Media Design & Technology Master of Science Degree Program (EMDTMS) is based on a simple concept: providing new tools and methods to improve teaching. Today s learners are digital natives who have embraced technology s role in their dayto-day lives, but few conventional teaching practices have taken advantage of this reality. The innovative approach of the EMDTMS program is designed to give you hands-on experience with the type of dynamic media that can transform a regular educational setting into an inspirational and interactive atmosphere. It s about crafting an environment where 21st century skills and technology form the language of the classroom. Throughout the program, you ll discover how to incorporate storytelling methods and interactive educational tools to enrich the learning experience. Some of these methods include the use of tools like Apple s professional media creation applications, podcasting via itunes University and other digital media concepts, and even techniques like utilizing game strategies. You ll also explore different theories about how people learn, discover how to take advantage of different motivations, and learn how to create compelling and inspirational content for online curricula. This well-rounded education will help to hone your teaching and training skills in preparation for entering or advancing through the career fields of education, corporate training, or instructional design. To help you make a desired transition or further develop your current career, we ve got a team of Career Development professionals that will help you polish your interviewing skills and résumé. In addition, our Career Development services and advisors will be available for support and assistance throughout your career not just during your education. Objective Our goal is to provide you with focused knowledge and understanding of education theories, curriculum development, media design elements, and technology applications, allowing you to be successful in the education, corporate training, and instructional design fields. Upon completion of this master s degree program, you will have an enhanced ability to create, develop, design, and produce educational content and technology applications for a variety of academic or corporate environments. This program will also help develop your writing skills, time-management techniques, and team building skills to assist you in the development and execution of engaging educational content, innovative media design, and technology projects that respect and inspire today s learner. EDCUATION MEDIA DESIGN & TECHNOLOGY OVERVIEW & OBJECTIVE EDUCATION MEDIA DESIGN & TECHNOLOGY Master of Science Degree Program 58

59 Education Media Design & Technology Master of Science Degree Program PROGRAM CORE Code Course Credit Hours EDM 573 Digital Media and Education Applications 3.00 EDM 521 Education Design and Evaluation 3.00 EME 6972 Education Media Project Development 2.50 EDM 531 Emergent Technologies in a Collaborative Culture 3.00 EDM 561 Filmmaking Principles in Education 3.00 EME 5226 Game Strategies and Motivation 3.00 EME 6629 Learning Management Systems and Organization 3.00 EDM 613 Media Asset Creation 3.00 EDM 511 Multiple Learning Theory Applications 3.00 EDM 601 Media Literacy and Research Methodologies 3.00 MUS 5617 Musical Theory and Education Applications 3.00 EDM 651 Training and Motivational Development 3.00 Chronological Schedule by Months MEDIA LITERACY & RESEARCH METHODOLOGIES MULTIPLE LEARNING THEORY APPLICATIONS EMERGENT TECHNOLOGIES IN A COLLABORATIVE CULTURE TRAINING & MOTIVATIONAL DEVELOPMENT EDUCATION DESIGN & EVALUATION DIGITAL MEDIA & EDUCATION APPLICATIONS MUSICAL THEORY & EDUCATION APPLICATIONS MEDIA ASSET CREATION EDUCATION MEDIA PROJECT DEVELOPMENT FILMMAKING PRINCIPLES IN EDUCATION GAME STRATEGIES & MOTIVATION LEARNING MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS & ORGANIZATION Totals: TOTAL CREDIT HOURS: 35.5 TOTAL WEEKS: 48 This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS). EDUCATION MEDIA DESIGN & TECHNOLOGY Master of Science Degree Program 59

60 Course Descriptions Program Core EDM 573 Digital Media and Education Applications The Digital Media and Education Applications Course examines digital media and how it can be used in education applications. The curriculum specifically trains students on software that explores digital media techniques and introduces them to theories of specific software. Along with understanding the mechanisms of digital art, students learn how to support their design approaches with established academic theories. They also explore how to engage today s digitally savvy student into an online learning community. Academic Theories and Visual Learning Digital Media Design Principles Digital Media Software Programs Digital Media Design and Education Principles Digital Media and Education Applications Integration of Digital Media into Education Technology Products Integration of Digital Media into Corporate Training Materials Challenge-Based Research Assignment and Development Total credit hours 3.00 Course length 4 weeks EDM 521 Education Design and Evaluation In the Education Design and Evaluation Course, students explore various design strategies to effectively communicate academic objectives to learners and to employees. In addition to learning a variety of educational design approaches, students learn how to evaluate a design strategy and examine which approach is best for their academic or staff training environments. Along with traditional learning theories, the multiple learning theory and emotional intelligence theory are examined and evaluated for design and implementation in the academic and corporate learning environments. Students also learn how to manage an education or a training project utilizing media through the entire process. Examination of Education Design Creating Lessons that Engage the Digital Native Education and Psychology Theories: Established and Revolutionary Assessment Principles and Education Design Quantifying Assessment Evaluation of Design Standards Creating a Project Plan Challenge-Based Research Assignment and Development Total credit hours 3.00 Course length 4 weeks EME 6972 Education Media Project Development As the final course in the Education Media Design & Technology Degree Program, Education Media Project Development requires students to create a final education product based on their current or future career paths. In addition to the project, students are required to develop a thesis paper to record the methodologies that were required to complete this project. The paper will incorporate all the assignments and projects that the students were required to complete in each course within the degree. This course allows students to create a media-rich final project that will be evaluated by both peers and faculty. Education Project Proposal Concept Technical Proposal for Final Education Media Product Learner Evaluation Report Academic Theory Media Design Approach Technology Support and Evaluation Peer Review of Project Faculty Review of Project Challenge-Based Research Assignment and Development Total credit hours 2.50 Course length 4 weeks This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS). EDUCATION MEDIA DESIGN & TECHNOLOGY Master of Science Degree Program 60

61 Course Descriptions Program Core EDM 531 Emergent Technologies in a Collaborative Culture In this course, students will develop skills in accessing, analyzing, evaluating and creating with several types of media technologies. These skills include literacy with media, technology, learning and innovation, plus social technologies to communicate and collaborate. This course also addresses how to use social networks and tools such as virtual worlds to manage information and relationships as well as examining the role of mass media in our culture today. These tools increase interaction, learner control over content, and forming learning networks. Introduction to Media Literacy and Social Media Examining the Role of Mass Media in Culture Developing Critical Analysis Skills Examining Pedagogies and Learning Utilizing Social Media Networks Examining Communities of Practice Challenge-Based Research Assignment and Development Total credit hours 3.00 Course length 4 weeks EDM 561 Filmmaking Principles in Education This course explores the components of filmmaking and the concept of visual literacy. Students learn a variety of filmmaking techniques that can enhance their education and training modules. Along with understanding how film is developed, students examine the importance of visual literacy, visual learning, and how to create and communicate with visual images. This course also explores visionary filmmakers and how their approaches can be applied to create a compelling education product. Filmmaking Techniques and the Visual Learner Connecting Filmmaking Principles to Educational Product Development Storyboarding Techniques and Education Digital Camera and Digital Video Concepts and Techniques Multiple Learning Theory and Spatial Intelligence Development Digital Video Software Filmmaking and Online Curriculum Development Corporate Training and Filmmaking Techniques Challenge-Based Research Assignment and Development Total credit hours 3.00 Course length 4 weeks EME 5226 Game Strategies and Motivation The Game Strategies and Motivation Course teaches educators and staff trainers game-theory techniques and strategies that will motivate students to engage in a learning activity. A variety of gaming models and methods are examined, along with academic theories and psychological methods to support the game design applications. Students then design games to take learners from the beginning of a complicated topic and carefully navigate them through to academic mastery. In addition, students will explore how games can be evaluated for assessment goals. Overview of Gaming Strategies Examination of Game Structures Education Assessment and Game Design Multiple Learning Theory and Game Strategies The Individual and Game Learning Techniques Group Dynamics and Gaming Strategies Assessment in Gaming Approaches Challenge-Based Research Assignment and Development Total credit hours 3.00 Course length 4 weeks This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS). EDUCATION MEDIA DESIGN & TECHNOLOGY Master of Science Degree Program 61

62 Course Descriptions Program Core EME 6629 Learning Management Systems and Organization In the Learning Management Systems and Organization Course, students explore how to present and deliver educational content through a variety of content delivery methodologies. Students examine the tools that enable synchronous and asynchronous learning, and explore which curriculum is more suitable for each delivery method. Introduction and Conceptual Overview of Learning Management Systems Understanding the Learning Management Systems (LMS) and Learning Content Management Systems (LCMS) Evaluation of Learning Management Systems for the Learning Environment The Learner and Virtual Learning Environments Assessment and Learning Management Systems Learning Organization Skills and Content Management Development Challenge-Based Research Assignment and Development Total credit hours 3.00 Course length 4 weeks EDM 613 Media Asset Creation The Media Asset Creation Course explores the power of a variety of media assets that are available to educators and corporate trainers in developing online education products, in-class presentations, and corporate learning modules. Students examine specific techniques regarding how to create the best media for a project, while also taking into account the limitations of delivery methods and the learners technical ability. Digital Video Concepts and Techniques Digital Audio Concepts and Techniques Digital Photography Understanding Software Limitations and Computer Bandwidth Integration of Media Assets into Computer Software Challenge-Based Research Assignment and Development Total credit hours 3.00 Course length 4 weeks EDM 601 Media Literacy and Research Methodologies In the Media Literacy and Research Methodologies Course, students will review media studies literature using various resources. Utilizing the skills that they acquire from this course, students will work throughout the program to develop their thesis and media project, focusing their efforts on making changes to their personal practice or workplace. Students will start development of media research proposals, create a literature review based upon their research, examine the progress of research questions formation, and study various research methods, learning which are appropriate to various types of research questions. Media Research, Sampling, and Validity Literature Review EDM 511 Multiple Learning Theory Applications In the Multiple Learning Theory Applications Course, Howard Gardner s psychological theory of multiple intelligences is thoroughly examined as a blueprint for educators as they develop curricula and design academic strategies. Students learn how to create learning environments that respect different learning styles and facilitate deeper comprehension of academic content. This course is focused on studying how this theory enables an educator to reach out to today s digital learners and connect them to an authentic learning experience. Students also move beyond the traditional approach to teaching and explore the variety of media technologies available to today s educator. Finally, students study how to individualize training to accomplish successful assessment goals. The Theory of Multiple Intelligences An Examination of the Digital Learner Multiple Intelligences Examined The Creation of Course Content for All Learning Styles The Adult Learner and the Integration of the Multiple Theory The Application of Multiple Learning Theory to Academic Content Development Goal Setting and Multiple Learning Theory Development Challenge-Based Research Assignment and Development Total credit hours 3.00 Course length 4 weeks Online Research Databases and Tools APA Formatting and Citations Research Proposals Media Project Formation Total credit hours 3.00 Course length 4 weeks This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS). EDUCATION MEDIA DESIGN & TECHNOLOGY Master of Science Degree Program 62

63 Course Descriptions Program Core MUS 5617 Musical Theory and Education Applications The Musical Theory and Education Applications Course explores how the musical components of tone, melody, harmony, rhythm, composition, performance, and listening can connect students to a more authentic learning experience, regardless of the curriculum focus. Students learn a variety of educational techniques, such as music and memory methods and music and rhyming design applications. Music Intelligence Examined Implementation of Music Intelligences and Academic Content The Psychology of Music and the Individual Music and Language Music and Memory The Role of Music in the Corporate Learning Environment Music as an Education Application Challenge-Based Research Assignment and Development Total credit hours 3.00 Course length 4 weeks EDM 651 Training and Motivational Development The Training and Motivational Development Course examines education methodologies and media design techniques used in staff training and in the classroom. In this course, students learn to create and evaluate their presentation style and content in order to motivate students and staff. Students in this class also learn to evaluate return on investment for training and how to develop and use assessments and surveys. The Components of Staff Training Training Approaches and Evaluation The Individual and the Training Environment Design Principles in Training Materials Integrating Filmmaking, Music and Gaming in Training Challenge-Based Research Assignment and Development Total credit hours 3.00 Course length 4 weeks This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS). EDUCATION MEDIA DESIGN & TECHNOLOGY Master of Science Degree Program 63

64 Computer Entertainment Animation Business Bachelor of Science Degree Program Bachelor of Science Degree Program Artists, filmmakers, musicians they don t work alone. There are teams of talented people operating behind the scenes to help develop, market, and distribute the albums, films, and games people enjoy every day. At Full Sail, we understand that there is a unique group of passionate people who want to take on those management roles in the entertainment world whether it s at a recording studio, on a film set, in a graphic design house, or even on the road with a band. entertainment world. Whether you want to take a position in the marketing division of an entertainment company, become an agent or manager for up-and-coming talent, or any of a multitude of other career paths, this program offers a thorough business curriculum with a focus on how those concepts apply specifically to the entertainment field. Most of our students start as consumers of the media they love, and our goal with the Entertainment Business Bachelor s Degree Program is to help them translate that love into the essential skills needed to begin a career in the business side of the Areas of Focus Areas of Focus Communication Leadership & Fine Management Arts Modeling Marketing & Distribution Animation Finance & Accounting Effects Law & Contracts Final Project/ Demo Networking Reel Creation Final Project ENTERTAINMENT BUSINESS Bachelor of Science Degree Program 64

65 ENTERTAINMENT BUSINESS BS Areas of Focus COMMUNICATIONS/ LEADERSHIP & MANAGEMENT MARKETING & DISTRIBUTION/ PROMOTE FINANCE & ACCOUNTING/ Communication LAW CONTACTS distribute ENTERTAINMENT BUSINESS BS COMMUNICATIONS/ In the entertainment industry, being LEADERSHIP able to BUSINESS & MANAGEMENT communicate FINAL PROJECTyour ideas effectively PROPOSALS in person is as vital as any business outline you ll put down NEGOTIATING on paper. That s why the Entertainment Business COMMUNICATIONS/ CONTRACTS program features specialized communication MARKETING & classes DISTRIBUTION/ LEADERSHIP & MANAGEMENT where you ll learn the nuances FINANCE of communicating & ACCOUNTING/ in LAW CONTACTS a professional environment. This practical training includes such essentials MARKETING & DISTRIBUTION/ as negotiating contracts and deals, pitching ideas, FINANCE & ACCOUNTING/ FINAL PROJECT and working with talent. Other highlights include LAW CONTACTS the use of new communication technologies and learning how to create a professional identity that best reflects the skills you have to offer. BUSINESS BS EMENT UTION/ G/ FINAL PROJECT NEGOTIATING CONTRACTS deals PROMOTE distribute marketing CAMPAIGNS ENTREPRENEURSHIP deals PROMOTE distribute BUSINESS PROPOSALS ENTERTAINMENT BUSINESS BS these ideas, you ll take the role of leader in various NEGOTIATING COMMUNICATIONS/ projects all while CONTRACTS learning LEADERSHIP & MANAGEMENT deals the planning and management skills that you ll use throughout your career. MARKETING & DISTRIBUTION/ NEGOTIATING CONTRACTS professional IDENTITY FINANCIAL deals PROMOTE distribute management EXPLORING target markets LEADERSHIP skills intellectual marketing CAMPAIGNS BUSINESS PROPOSALS CAMPAIGNSENTREPRENEURSHIP Leadership & Management marketing CAMPAIGNS A great business idea is nothing without a strong personality guiding it from concept to completion. With that in mind, you ll constantly be honing your leadership skills throughout the Entertainment Business program. You ll learn effective management approaches team- by examining real-world case studies. And, with management courses teaching the BUILDING fundamental concepts of effective team building, you ll learn firsthand the different traits that inspire the best in fellow employees. Implementing all of team- BUILDING marketing team- BUILDING FINANCIAL PROPERTY team- BUILDING research METHODS NEGOTIATING team- CONTRACTS BUILDING ENTERTAINMENT deals BUSINESS BS ENTREPRENEURSHIP PLANNING management professional IDENTITY professional IDENTITY FINANCIAL FINANCIAL management EXPLORING target markets professional IDENTITY management management EXPLORING target markets professional IDENTITY LEADERSHIP skills LEADERSHIP skills intellectual intellectual PROPERTY research PROPERTY research METHODS METHODS LEADERSHIP skills LEADERSHIP intellectual skills PROPERTY intellectual ENTERTAINMENT BUSINESS Bachelor of Science Degree Program PLA ma 65

66 ENTERTAINMENT BUSINESS BS NESS BS Areas of Focus COMMUNICATIONS/ LEADERSHIP & MANAGEMENT MARKETING & DISTRIBUTION/ FINANCE & ACCOUNTING/ LAW CONTACTS FINAL PROJECT NEGOTIATING CONTRACTS deals PROMOTE distribute BUSINESS PROPOSALS NEGOTIATING CONTRACTS deals PROMOTE distribute BUSINESS PROPOSALS ENTERTAINMENT BUSINESS BS COMMUNICATIONS/ LEADERSHIP & MANAGEMENT MARKETING & DISTRIBUTION/ FINANCE & ACCOUNTING/ LAW CONTACTS FINAL PROJECT team- team- BUILDING marketing CAMPAIGNS ENTREPRENEURSHIP BUILDING NEGOTIATING CONTRACTS deals PROMOTE distribute BUSINESS PROPOSALS marketing CAMPAIGNS ENTREPRENEURSHIP Marketing & LEADERSHIP Distribution IDENTITY skills professional PLANNING management Business isn t just about great products and ideas: it s There are different legal concerns for each area of also about getting those products and ideas into the the entertainment industry, and our curriculum will FINANCIAL hands and minds of consumers. intellectual In our specialized prepare you with a wide breadth of legal topics that management marketing courses you ll learn PROPERTY how to promote cover the variety of real-world scenarios that could and distribute creations throughout the global arise in your career. Through different classroom entertainment marketplace. exercises you ll learn everything from large-scale EXPLORING target research concerns like how to protect your creative and markets You ll be responsible for creating METHODS a marketing business assets to specific topics like the liability campaign for a company based in the industry issues involved with setting up a concert in a live you re interested in entering. You ll choose your venue. Specialized courses also cover the broad uses area of focus, and then follow through with the of recorded music in all aspects of entertainment, entire distribution and promotion plan for a project, how to handle contract negotiations, and the legal following the industry s workflow processes in a way aspects of managing intellectual property. designed to teach you how to identify and connect with your target market. professional Finance team- & Accounting IDENTITY BUILDING marketing Budgeting is a critical component of any company s success, so it s important that you get a wellrounded foundation in the intricacies of sound FINANCIAL financial management. During the CAMPAIGNS management Entertainment Business program, you ll gain the tools you need to professional keep a company profit table. You ll study LEADERSHIP business IDENTITY accounting the essential money-management skills EXPLORING that include how to create and manage target finances for markets ENTREPRENEURSHIP any project or company. In addition to these business basics, you ll also explore the details of residual payments, royalties, and the break-evens on project proposals via dedicated economics, accounting, and statistics courses, as well as a blend of theoretical and applied finance exercises drawn from the entertainment field. FINANCIAL management EXPLORING target markets skills intellectual PROPERTY research METHODS Law & Contracts LEADERSHIP skills intellectual PROPERTY PLANNING management METHODS research PLANNING management ENTERTAINMENT BUSINESS Bachelor of Science Degree Program 66

67 ute Areas of Focus SS SALS Networking Entertainment Business management will present nine networking ENTREPRENEURSHIP workshops throughout the undergraduate business programs to provide students with the necessary networking skills for future success. The sessions cover topics like goal setting, professional etiquette, professional communication and establishing a personal brand. Students will create important networking pieces like business cards, resumes and online portfolios. EXPLORING target markets research METHODS team- BUILDING Final Project marketing professional IDENTITY Your last months in the Entertainment FINANCIAL Business CAMPAIGNS management program will find you bringing together the many aspects of your education to develop strategic plans for real-world business scenarios. You ll engage EXPLORING in proper research methodologies to target explore markets ENTREPRENEURSHIP your target market, differentiate yourself from competitors, and define a unique niche within your chosen field. The culmination of this research is a detailed activity that will cover the key elements of an entertainment business, giving you a practical representation of your skills to show to potential employers. In addition, if you choose to follow an entrepreneurial route after graduation, your background and training will equip you to develop and pursue a formal business plan. LEADERSHIP skills intellectual PROPERTY research METHODS PLANNING management ENTERTAINMENT BUSINESS BS COMMUNICATIONS/ LEADERSHIP & MANAGEMENT MARKETING & DISTRIBUTION/ FINANCE & ACCOUNTING/ LAW CONTACTS NEGOTIATING CONTRACTS deals PROMOTE distribute team- BUILDING marketing CAMPAIGNS professional IDENTITY FINANCIAL management FINAL PROJECT BUSINESS EXPLORING PROPOSALSENTERTAINMENT BUSINESS target markets ENTREPRENEURSHIP Bachelor of Science Degree Program 67 r

68 Areas of Focus Overview In the Entertainment Business Bachelor of Science Degree Program, you ll make your way through a challenging curriculum that combines essential business and management skills like strategic planning, event management, leadership, finance, and entrepreneurship with entertainment-specific courses like Artist Management, Intellectual Property, and Entertainment Business Models. Courses also focus on developing both your personal and professional skills, and the project-based environment recreates the same kinds of professional scenarios you ll encounter in today s business world. At the end of the program, you ll be tasked with leveraging your knowledge and experience to analyze a business scenario related to your career goals and interests and develop managerial and entrepreneurial strategies to address it. This unique marriage of business and entertainment topics is designed to give you the full range of knowledge you ll need to begin a career within an existing entertainment company or to get your own entrepreneurial idea off the ground. Objective Our goal is to provide you with the focused knowledge and understanding of essential business and management skills, further enhancing your ability to succeed in entertainment business in a variety of fields including film, music, digital media, broadcasting and gaming. In addition to technical proficiency and creative development, your education will help you develop critical thinking, problem solving, and analytical skills that contribute to life-long learning, providing you with tools to help sustain a long and productive professional career in the entertainment and media industry. In addition to business-specific skills, you ll also have courses focusing on computer business applications, personal finance management, communication skills, and how to prepare yourself for that first step into the entertainment industry. To help you make that transition, we also have a team of Career Development professionals that can help you polish your interviewing skills and résumé and get you ready to enter the industry. In addition, our Career Development services and advisors will be available for support and assistance throughout your career not just during your education. ENTERTAINMENT BUSINESS OVERVIEW & OBJECTIVE ENTERTAINMENT BUSINESS Bachelor of Science Degree Program 68

69 Entertainment Business Bachelor of Science Degree Program PROGRAM CORE Code Course Credit Hours MUB 481 Artist Management 4.0 ENTB 4211 Audience Metrics 4.0 ACG 3223 Business Accounting 4.0 ENTB 253 Business Ethics and Social Responsibility 2.5 ENTB 251 Business Law 4.0 MUM 4309 Business Technology and E-Commerce 3.0 DGL 101 Digital Literacy 4.0 ENTB 4485 Entertainment Business Models 3.0 GENERAL EDUCATION Code Course Credit Hours CLP 1006 Behavioral Science 4.0 MGF 1213 College Mathematics 4.0 ENC 1101 English Composition I 4.0 ENC 1102 English Composition II 4.0 PSC 1030 Fundamentals of Physical Science 4.0 ECO 2005 Introduction to Economics 4.0 STA 2026 Introduction to Statistics 3.5 MAN 3151 Leadership and Organizational Behavior 3.5 Chronological Schedule by Months DIGITAL LITERACY ENGLISH COMPOSITION I BEHAVIORAL SCIENCE INTRODUCTION TO THE ENTERTAINMENT INDUSTRY COLLEGE MATHEMATICS POPULAR CULTURE IN MEDIA INTRODUCTION TO MANAGEMENT FUNDAMENTALS OF PHYSICAL SCIENCE INTRODUCTION TO MARKETING ENGLISH COMPOSITION II EXCEL & DATA REPORTING BUSINESS ETHICS & SOCIAL RESPONSIBILITY INTRODUCTION TO STATISTICS MMC 4258 Entertainment Media Distribution 4.0 HUM 1505 Popular Culture in Media ENTB 410 Event Management 4.0 ENTB 2713 Excel and Data Reporting 3.0 ENTB 376 Intellectual Property 4.0 ENTB 280 International Business 2.5 ENTB 1101 Introduction to the Entertainment Industry 4.0 MAN 2020 Introduction to Management 4.0 MKT 210 Introduction to Marketing 4.0 BUL 4621 Music Business Law and Contract Negotiations 4.0 ENTB 3013 Principles of Business Finance 4.0 COM 3109 Professional Communication and Presentation 4.0 Totals: TOTAL CREDIT HOURS: 121 TOTAL WEEKS: 100 BUSINESS LAW INTRODUCTION TO ECONOMICS INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS PRINCIPLES OF DIGITAL MARKETING BUSINESS ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLES OF ENTREPRENEURSHIP PROFESSIONAL COMMUNICATION & PRESENTATION PRINCIPLES OF BUSINESS FINANCE INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY LEADERSHIP & ORGANIZATIONAL BEHAVIOR ENTERTAINMENT BUSINESS MODELS ARTIST MANAGEMENT MUSIC BUSINESS LAW & CONTRACT NEGOTIATIONS MAR 3111 Principles of Digital Marketing 4.0 ENTB 3623 Principles of Entrepreneurship 4.0 ENTB 4525 Professional Selling 4.0 ENTERTAINMENT MEDIA DISTRIBUTION AUDIENCE METRICS EVENT MANAGEMENT PROFESSIONAL SELLING STRATEGIC BUSINESS MANAGEMENT BUSINESS TECHNOLOGY & E-COMMERCE ENTB 4913 Strategic Business Management 4.0 Totals: Graduates of this degree may apply to continue their education with the: Game Design Master of Science Degree Program Entertainment Business Master of Science Degree Program This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS). * IF YOU RE INTERESTED IN ANOTHER EDUCATIONAL TRACK, PLEASE CONTACT OUR ADMISSIONS DEPARTMENT TO EXPLORE YOUR OPTIONS. ENTERTAINMENT BUSINESS Bachelor of Science Degree Program 69

70 Course Descriptions Program Core MUB 481 Artist Management The Artist Management Course explores the career path of the manager. This position plays a significant role in the entertainment business community and in the career of the artist/band. Course topics include: the artist/manager relationship, launching an artist s career, management contracts, development of an artist s career path, and sustaining an artist s career. Overview of the Artist Manager Developing the Artist/ Manager Relationship Launching the Artist s Career The Management Contract Planning the Artist s Career Making the Career Plan Work Career Maintenance and Control ENTB 4211 Audience Metrics The Audience Metrics Course examines how companies in the entertainment industry use key measurements and data sources to make business decisions. Students assess how audience data is used for content development and media buying. Students also learn how companies collect, analyze, summarize, and interpret real-world data related to media. Metrics in the Entertainment Industry Sources of Audience Metrics Audience Measurement Techniques Emerging Technologies in Audience Metrics Entertainment Industry Decision- Making Based on Metrics ACG 3223 Business Accounting The Business Accounting Course examines the accounting cycle and the preparation and interpretation of basic financial statements. Students learn the concept of profitability, principles of cost models and controls, and various operational planning techniques that are used to evaluate the performance of a company. The role of accountants in the entertainment industry is examined throughout the course. Students use real-world accounting software to apply concepts learned. The Accounting Cycle Preparation of Basic Financial Statements Interpretation of Basic Financial Statements Cost Models and Cost Control Decision-Making and Operational Planning ENTB 253 Business Ethics and Social Responsibility The Business Ethics and Social Responsibility Course presents students with complex, real-world ethical problems associated with the management of a business. Through the study of historical and current case studies, students will debate the responsibilities of managers, broaden their awareness of personal, professional, and business ethics, and address the social responsibility of the entertainment industry. Ethics Historical and Current Event Case Studies Examination of Social Responsibility Business Issues Total credit hours 2.50 Course length 4 weeks ENTB 251 Business Law The Business Law Course provides an overview of general business practices, including entity formation, insurance, taxes, and accounting. Students study the laws protecting intellectual property in relation to protecting their own work and legally incorporating the works of others. Students study the law and practices of contracts and negotiations. All concepts are explored through legal case studies and applied business projects. Overview of Entertainment Industries Business Practices An Introduction to Intellectual Property Clearances and Licensing Contracts and Business Law MUM 4309 Business Technology and E-Commerce The Business Technology and E-Commerce Course addresses emerging technologies and their impacts on business management within the music and entertainment industry. In this course, students explore the proliferation of new technologies and how they are utilized to achieve business goals. Students also learn how to leverage new technologies to reach customers, manage customer relationships, increase revenue and profitability, and optimize their business practices. They learn how to evaluate competing technologies to achieve business goals, and they explore resources that will help them stay current with emerging technologies that can change the industry. Current Technology Platforms and Trends in the Industry Innovation and Adoption Models Quantifying Usage and Value Total credit hours 3.00 Course length 4 weeks This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS). ENTERTAINMENT BUSINESS Bachelor of Science Degree Program 70

71 Course Descriptions Program Core DGL 101 Digital Literacy The Digital Literacy Course utilizes a collaborative learning environment to introduce software programs and web tools that will prepare students with digital skills for online learning. In addition, students will also learn the professional demands of their chosen fields and create plans that will help guide them to successful completion of their Program. Students will use various tools to complete their roadmap projects, conduct Internet research, collaborate with other students, and communicate with instructors. Mac OS and the FSO Learning Platform Connecting Your Passion to Your Chosen Industry Planning for Your Goals and Collaborating with Peers Internet Tools for Research and Learning ENTB 4485 Entertainment Business Models The Entertainment Business Models Course is a detailed study of the various ways that entertainment organizations operate and generate profit from operations. Students analyze traditional and emerging business models in various segments of the industry. Students explore career opportunities based on current and evolving models. Traditional Business Models Emerging Business Models The Role of Media Conglomerates Business Development Strategies Career Opportunities Based on Business Models Total credit hours 3.00 Course length 4 weeks MMC 4258 Entertainment Media Distribution The Entertainment Media Distribution Course explores various avenues of publishing, including publishing rights, international publishing issues, the role of publishing companies in the entertainment business industry, the mechanics of publishing companies, and their impact on the entertainment business professional. Forms of distribution are evaluated in relation to their effectiveness for various entertainment products. In addition, students are introduced to various royalty structures and methods of collection. Publishing and Distribution Principles and Terminology Publishing Companies Forms of Distribution Principles of Pricing Merchant Accounts and Credit Cards Royalty Structures and Collection ENTB 410 Event Management The Event Management Course examines the business of event management, which has developed into a vital marketing tool for a variety of businesses. The many topics of study for event management include researching the product and company brand, identifying the target audience, creating an event concept, and developing a project management plan. This course covers the application of project management tools for successful event planning and management. Overview of Event Management Event Concept Design Project Plan Management and Development Target Audience Research Location Scouting and Logistics Technical Event Development ENTB 2713 Excel and Data Reporting The Excel and Data Reporting Course teaches students to use Microsoft Excel for common business purposes, including analysis and reporting. Course topics include: working with formulas and functions, formatting spreadsheets for effective analysis, creating charts, selecting appropriate chart types, and analyzing entertainment business data. Students identify trends in data and leverage data to convey various business messages. Formulas and Functions Tables and Charts Data Analysis Data Reporting Total credit hours 3.00 Course length 4 weeks ENTB 376 Intellectual Property The Intellectual Property Course examines trade secrets, trademarks, patents, and copyrights in connection with methods of protecting creative works. Students explore acquisition, licensing, sale, and transfer of rights as they relate to music, digital media, animation, gaming, film, and show production. Rights and issues related to independent contractors and work-for-hire employees are also addressed. Intellectual Property Rights Fair Use Acquisition, Licensing, Sale, and Transfer of Rights Independent Contractor vs. Work for Hire This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS). ENTERTAINMENT BUSINESS Bachelor of Science Degree Program 71

72 Course Descriptions Program Core ENTB 280 International Business The International Business Course addresses the complexity and the diversity of business practices in the international business marketplace. A variety of related topics are addressed, including: consumer differences across key international markets; international marketing strategies; economic policies; political and cultural environments and their effect on international business; the impact of geography on business transactions and distribution; and laws, treaties and international labor issues that affect international business. International Business Consumer Marketing Strategies for International Business International Economics Political and Cultural International Environments Geographical Issues Legal Issues International Labor Issues Total credit hours 2.50 Course length 4 weeks ENTB 1101 Introduction to the Entertainment Industry The Introduction to the Entertainment Industry Course examines the various sectors of the entertainment industry, providing students with a view of the industry from the perspective of a business professional. Students learn fundamental business terminology and are introduced to the primary business models prevalent in the entertainment business. Students examine current industry trends and the variety of careers available in the entertainment business. Sectors of the Entertainment Industry Entertainment Business Terminology Business Models Prevalent in the Entertainment Industry Current Trends in the Entertainment Industry Careers in the Entertainment Industry MAN 2020 Introduction to Management The Introduction to Management Course analyzes the management principles that lead to a successful company, as well as the nature of business decisions. Students learn about creating and maintaining organizational structure within leadership and legal contexts, and further examine human resource principles. The course also contains an introduction to risk management principles and practices, provides different types of risks and the strategies used to minimize them in relation to physical assets, legal liability, employee benefit programs, taxes, and retirement costs. Creating and Maintaining Organizational Structure in a Leadership vs. Legal Context Human Resource Principles Employee Benefit Programs and Taxes Local and National Labor Laws Risk Management Entertainment Business Management Case Studies MKT 210 Introduction to Marketing The Introduction to Marketing Course explores general marketing concepts as they relate to the nuances of the entertainment business field. Students construct strategic plans in the selection and development of media products, and are introduced to entertainment licensing concepts and promotional avenues, such as trade shows, trade publications, and the Internet. In addition, this course strengthens students understanding of analytical tools and strategic analysis of the entertainment business, knowledge that can facilitate the success of their creative work. Consumer behavior and its effect on the success of entertainment products are also examined. Marketing Principles and Terminology Advertising Competitive Tactics Entertainment Licensing and Promotion Merchandising Public Relations BUL 4621 Music Business Law and Contract Negotiations Music Business Law and Contract Negotiations revisits and further expands on business law as it relates to the entertainment industry. Students are introduced to contract writing strategies as they examine strengths and weaknesses of realworld entertainment contracts. Students are then given the opportunity to focus on their chosen creative industry and explore specific contract issues. Finally, the role of lawyers, business managers, and agents in the entertainment business industry is addressed. Specific Legal Terminology Relating to the Music Business Industry Contract Writing and Negotiation Industry Contract Issues Lawyers, Business Managers, and Agents ENTB 3013 Principles of Business Finance The Principles of Business Finance Course provides students with the skills needed to make financial decisions in a business environment. Students examine the process of financial analysis, financing operations and growth, and the concept of risk versus return. In addition, fundamental financial topics are covered, such as the time value of money, capital budgeting, business valuation, risk management, and personal finance. Financial Analysis Time Value of Money Debt vs. Equity Financing Budgeting and Forecasting Capital Budgeting Techniques Business Valuation Risk Management Personal Finance Marketing Plan Development Branding This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS). ENTERTAINMENT BUSINESS Bachelor of Science Degree Program 72

73 Course Descriptions Program Core General Education MAR 3111 Principles of Digital Marketing The Principles of Digital Marketing Course examines the role of marketing in the 21st century. Students explore digital and mobile marketing, discussing the most prevalent types of tools, their purposes and their effectiveness in relation to the entertainment industry. Comparison to traditional marketing tactics and examples of current marketing mixes are addressed. In addition, this course builds student understanding of search engine optimization and social media marketing tools. Digital Marketing Trends Role of Mobile Marketing Social Media Marketing Search Engine Optimization ENTB 3623 Principles of Entrepreneurship The Principles of Entrepreneurship Course examines the role of entrepreneurs in the entertainment industry and their effect on the global economy. The behaviors and motivations of entrepreneurs are explored. Students learn the steps required to launch a start-up company. Other topics covered include types of business entities and tax implications, business licenses, competitive advantage, and operations. This course provides an examination of the challenges and benefits of choosing entrepreneurship as a career path. Role of the Entrepreneur The Entrepreneurial Mindset Case Studies in Entrepreneurship Entrepreneurship as a Career ENTB 4525 Professional Selling The Professional Selling Course teaches students the importance of the business development and client relationship management roles in both large and small companies, which are critical to the success of a business. Students learn best practices in a professional sales environment and develop methods to overcome common hurdles in meeting sales objectives. Course topics include building the customer relationship, distinguishing types of sales, the relationship and differences between sales and marketing, and methods of sales forecasting and reporting. Students also learn how to deliver an effective sales presentation and explore the multitude of related career opportunities within the industry. Role of the Sales Department Customer Buying Process Sales Proposals Leveraging Social Media in Sales Ethics in Selling ENTB 4913 Strategic Business Management The Strategic Business Management Course presents students with complex, real-world business scenarios related to the entertainment industry. Students analyze the scenarios, assess potential action steps, and develop strategic plans to address the scenarios. Through this process, students evaluate the management, marketing, financial, legal, and ethical decisions that affect real-world business decisions. Students also assess external entrepreneurial opportunities that these scenarios could generate. Business Problem Analysis Strategic Management Decisions CLP 1006 Behavioral Science The Behavioral Science Course introduces students to the complexities of self-awareness, self-directed learning, and effective interpersonal interactions. Students will learn to recognize the challenges that individuals face in a world that is technologically evolving at a rapid pace. They will become equipped with new ways to address their personal motivations, and will work to improve their learning strategies and methods of interacting within the Full Sail community. Students will also enhance their ability to analyze and evaluate information. Self-Awareness Self-Regulation Motivation Empathy Social Skills MGF 1213 College Mathematics The College Mathematics Course is designed to enable students to build skills and confidence in algebra that are required to succeed in future math and core courses. First-time algebra students or those needing a review will begin with basic concepts and build upon these ideas by completing work that uses algebra in practical situations. Review of Basic Arithmetic Operations with the Real Number System Measurement and Number Systems Exponents & Radical Expressions Linear Equations & Inequalities Graphing Proportions, Formulas, and Word Problems Introductory Statistics and Probability Business Applications and Mathematical Models This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS). ENTERTAINMENT BUSINESS Bachelor of Science Degree Program 73

74 Course Descriptions General Education ENC 1101 English Composition I The English Composition I Course is designed to introduce students to the writing process. Special attention is given to selecting and refining topics, identifying the audience, developing a purpose, and formulating thesis statements. Grammatical conventions and their applications are heavily stressed. Students in this course learn to compose mature, logical sentences, and paragraphs in order to create rhetorical cohesion. Invention and Drafting Revising and Editing Grammar Essay Structure Audience Awareness ENC 1102 English Composition II The English Composition II Course is designed to build upon the competencies acquired in English Composition I and to further refine students writing process. Students will develop proficiency in academic writing, information literacy, and critical thinking abilities. Through the study of argument, persuasive appeals, and learning to identify and avoid logical fallacies, students will learn to produce sophisticated arguments of their own. Critical Analysis Argument Information Literacy Research Methods of Documentation of Sources PSC 1030 Fundamentals of Physical Science The Fundamentals of Physical Science Course teaches students how to understand the world through fundamental physical concepts such as: force and motion, energy and mechanics, electricity and magnetism, properties of solids and fluids, transmission of sound, and behavior of light. Emphasis is placed on how problems describing nature are approached in terms of physical theories and mathematical formula. Force and Motion Energy and Mechanics Electricity and Magnetism Solids and Fluids Transmission of Sound Behavior of Light Physical Theories and Mathematical Formulas ECO 2005 Introduction to Economics The Introduction to Economics Course examines the principles of economics that influence decision-makers, both consumers and producers, within the global economic system. Students examine the features of and reasons for different economic systems throughout the world. Supply and demand, fiscal and monetary policies, and international trade benefits and costs are discussed. The course provides a solid understanding of economics and how economics affects the entertainment business industry. Supply and Demand Consumer Behavior International Economics Role of Government Monetary Policy STA 2026 Introduction to Statistics The Introduction to Statistics Course introduces statistics as a tool for decision-making. The first part of this course reviews how to collect, present, and organize data. It explores measures of central tendency and dispersion and how to calculate them. The course concentrates on representing data visually by creating and interpreting charts and graphs, exploring relationships found in data through correlation analysis, and assigning probability and calculating the likelihood of the occurrence of events. This knowledge is applied in solving problems and making decisions based on quantifiable data. Overview of Business Statistics Business Statistics Terminology Collecting and Organizing Data Presentation of Statistical Data Problem-solving Using Statistics Total credit hours 3.50 Course length 4 weeks MAN 3151 Leadership and Organizational Behavior The Leadership and Organizational Behavior Course consists of an inquiry into the characteristics essential in inspiring others to action. Students identify their personal strengths and weakness through self-assessment, expanding their awareness of these qualities to include their effect on other individuals and group behavior. The course provides strategies for decision-making and building effective teams, and encourages students to explore the difficulties, compromises, and rewards of the collaboration process. Leadership Group Dynamics Motivating Building Effective Teams Decision-making Conflict Resolution Total credit hours 3.50 Course length 4 weeks This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS). ENTERTAINMENT BUSINESS Bachelor of Science Degree Program 74

75 Course Descriptions General Education HUM 1505 Popular Culture in Media The Popular Culture in Media Course examines the role and importance of popular culture, providing a rich background for students to understand the historical and social impact of popular culture. Students are introduced to media milestones in popular culture history, and they explore the influence of popular culture on social trends. Course topics include genre studies, the uses of celebrity, the power of the audience, the effects of new technology and new media, and much more. Students develop a critical approach to analyzing broadcasts, advertisements, films, print, audio recordings, games, and web sites that make up and shape our popular culture. Popular Culture As Social Phenomena Popular Culture and Media Technology Approaches to Understanding Popular Culture Popular Culture and The Consumer/Audience COM 3109 Professional Communication and Presentation The Professional Communication and Presentation Course exposes students to various forms of written and oral communication through technical, electronic, and creative-writing activities. In addition, students develop competency in visual presentation design. Through practice and development of written and oral skills, students sharpen their abilities to craft effective documents and presentations, while gaining confidence in both the content of their message and their ability to clearly convey it. Modes of Written and Oral Presentation Presence and Image of Written Communication Generating Ideas, Identifying Purpose, and Developing Content Audience Analysis Presentation Strategies Technical Development of a Presentation Personal Image This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS). ENTERTAINMENT BUSINESS Bachelor of Science Degree Program 75

76 Entertainment Business Master of Science Degree Program Entertainment has a wider reach than ever before just check your pockets for your smartphone, MP3 player, or handheld game system. The delivery options available today have broadened the ways we can enjoy media both at home or on the go. And as technology continues to open new avenues for the way we consume music, movies, games, and the web, the entertainment industry has become one of the most exciting fields for creative professionals. This evolution has also brought the need for a specific kind of talent to lead the next wave, which is why Full Sail s Entertainment Business Master s program is designed to provide a higher level of real-world education to students who want to position themselves for leadership roles in the media landscape. As you cover advanced business courses related to media products and distribution, you ll gain a focused understanding of the tools used by managers, leaders, organizers, and innovators who make the decisions that help drive the success of the industry. Areas of Focus Areas of Focus Advanced Business Fine Arts Training Modeling Entertainment Focus Animation Capstone Projects Effects Final Project/ Demo Reel Creation ENTERTAINMENT BUSINESS Master of Science Degree Program 76

77 Areas of Focus ADVANCED BUSINESS TRAINING BUSINESS THEORY ENTERTAINMENT BUSINESS MS SKILL development NETWORKING ENTERTAINMENT FOCUS ADVANCED BUSINESS TRAINING guest SPEAKERS BUSINESS THEORY entertainment SKILL INDUSTRYcareers development artist NETWORKING EXECUTIVE PERSPECTIVE LEA CAPSTONE PROJECTS SKILL development ENTERTAINMENT FOCUS CAPSTONE PROJECTS professional NETWORKING guest SPEAKERS DEVELOPMENT professional DEVELOPMENT LEADERSHIP NEGOTIATING skills entertainment MULTIMEDIA keynote INDUSTRYcareers presentations MULTIMEDIA keynote artist EXECUTIVE DIGITAL PERSPECTIVE storyboarding Advanced Business Training DIGITAL storyboarding presentations The Entertainment Business Master s program takes your education beyond the classroom by having you interact with the entertainment business and traditional business communities. You might meet with a commercial banker about getting business loans and other bank services, or talk with a private investor and find out what they look for when investing in new companies. In addition to expanding your knowledge of business theory, these meetings allow you to hone the personal skills it takes to be an engaging leader and negotiator in the entertainment world. m D entertainment INDUSTRYcareers artist EXECUTIVE PERSPECTIVE ENTERTAINMENT BUSINESS Master of Science Degree Program 77

78 INESS EORY Areas of Focus SKILL development NETWORKING LEADERSHIP NEGOTIATING skills st EAKERS entertainment INDUSTRYcareers artist EXECUTIVE PERSPECTIVE onal OPMENT MULTIMEDIA keynote presentations Entertainment Focus With decades of experience preparing graduates for careers in the entertainment industry, we have a unique perspective on the specific skills you ll need to excel in the entertainment world. That experience has enabled us to craft a curriculum that focuses on the business needs of the media world, bridging its creative, technical, and commercial aspects. DIGITAL storyboarding marketing DISTRIBUTION INESS EORY During your coursework, you ll spend time studying the companies that are relevant to your field of interest both from an artist s and executive s SKILL perspective and the daily work processes that go into making them thrive. More than just a focused curriculum, the program also features guest speakers from successful companies who talk about their experiences and relate them to your career goals. development NETWORKING LEADERSHIP NEGOTIATING skills est EAKERS entertainment INDUSTRYcareers artist EXECUTIVE PERSPECTIVE ENTERTAINMENT BUSINESS Master of Science Degree Program 78

79 T Areas of Focus guest ENTERTAINMENT SPEAKERS FOCUS entertainment INDUSTRYcareers guest SPEAKERS artist EXECUTIVE PERSPECTIVE entertainment INDUSTRYcareers JECTS CAPSTONE PROJECTS professional DEVELOPMENT MULTIMEDIA keynote professional presentations DEVELOPMENT DIGITAL storyboarding MULTIMEDIA keynote marketing DISTRIBUTION presentations INESS ORY SKILL development NETWORKING LEADERSHIP NEGOTIATING skills st EAKERS onal Capstone Project OPMENT entertainment Your Master s program is highlighted by a business plan capstone project designed to showcase the skills you ve learned throughout the program. INDUSTRYcareers Adhering to a standard industry format, you ll create a detailed proposal for your own entertainment or media company covering all the financial aspects that an investor would want to see. Your business plan will demonstrate that you know how to and plan think like a professional, including how to budget and control your finances, market and distribute your product, and plan for top organizational performance. MULTIMEDIA keynote presentations artist EXECUTIVE PERSPECTIVE DIGITAL storyboarding marketing DISTRIBUTION ENTERTAINMENT BUSINESS Master of Science Degree Program 79

80 Areas of Focus Overview Objective Our Entertainment Business Master of Science Degree Program is an advanced exploration of the specific business and management skills you need to excel and lead in the entertainment world. This balanced and in-depth curriculum will take you through courses such as Executive Leadership, Advanced Entertainment Law, Entertainment Business Finance, Business Storytelling and Brand Development, and Negotiation and Deal Making as you expand your knowledge of the way the business world works. Through this specialized education, you ll learn the strategies of top executives and apply those to exercises that develop your own leadership abilities. As a conclusion to the program, you ll be responsible for a business plan which will require you to make practical use of important entertainment business concepts like project management, financial planning, business plan development, contract negotiation, digital marketing, branding, and global business strategy. This well-rounded education will help to hone your leadership and business skills in preparation for entering or advancing through the entertainment industry. To help you make that transition, we ve got a team of Career Development professionals that will help you polish your interviewing skills and résumé and get you ready to enter the industry. In addition, our Career Development services and advisors will be available for support and assistance throughout your career not just during your education. Our goal is to provide you with the focused knowledge and understanding of essential business skills necessary to be successful in a variety of entertainment business industries such as recording arts, show production and touring, digital media and web, game design and development, computer animation, and film & television. The curriculum in this degree program encompasses courses that address executive leadership skills, project and team management, entertainment business finance, negotiation techniques, product and artist management, entertainment law, media publishing, media distribution, digital marketing, and business plan development. This program is designed to foster the development of highly trained individuals who want to develop careers in the business side of the entertainment field. The training you receive in this program will provide you with the tools to help sustain a long and productive career in the entertainment and media industry. ENTERTAINMENT BUSINESS OVERVIEW & OBJECTIVE ENTERTAINMENT BUSINESS Master of Science Degree Program 80

81 Entertainment Business Master of Science Degree Program PROGRAM CORE Code Course Credit Hours BUL 5628 Advanced Entertainment Law 3.50 GEB 611 Business Plan Development 3.50 MAR 628 Business Storytelling and Brand Development 3.50 MAR 680 Digital Marketing 3.50 GEB 650 Entertainment Business Finance 3.50 MMC 6256 Entertainment Media Publishing and Distribution 3.50 MAN 629 Executive Leadership 3.50 EBM 691 Final Project: Business Plan 3.50 EDM 601 Media Literacy and Research Methodologies 3.00 MAN 6446 Negotiation and Deal-Making 3.50 EBM 590 Product and Artist Management 3.50 MAN 602 Project and Team Management 3.50 Chronological Schedule by Months MEDIA LITERACY & RESEARCH METHODOLOGIES EXECUTIVE LEADERSHIP PROJECT & TEAM MANAGEMENT BUSINESS STORYTELLING & BRAND DEVELOPMENT ENTERTAINMENT BUSINESS FINANCE NEGOTIATION & DEAL-MAKING PRODUCT & ARTIST MANAGEMENT BUSINESS PLAN DEVELOPMENT FINAL PROJECT: BUSINESS PLAN ADVANCED ENTERTAINMENT LAW ENTERTAINMENT MEDIA PUBLISHING & DISTRIBUTION DIGITAL MARKETING Totals: TOTAL CREDIT HOURS: 41.5 TOTAL WEEKS: 48 This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS). ENTERTAINMENT BUSINESS Master of Science Degree Program 81

82 Course Descriptions Program Core BUL 5628 Advanced Entertainment Law This course explores advanced topics related to entertainment law, with an emphasis on entertainment contracts and intellectual property protection. Students explore, through lectures and case studies, how the digital revolution has impacted the entertainment industry and learn strategies for protecting and exploiting rights within the digital domain, with a focus on the role that entertainment law has played in the industry s evolution. Students also have the opportunity to understand the impact of entertainment law on their specific entertainment field and examine how evolving trends are affecting the way contracts are structured within their respective industry sector. Overview of Intellectual Property Principles Evolution of Entertainment Law Protection of Rights In the Digital Domain Role of Changing Technology Trends Affecting Entertainment Contracts Case Studies in Entertainment Law Total credit hours 3.50 Course length 4 weeks GEB 611 Business Plan Development The Business Plan Development Course requires students to incorporate the business skills students have developed over their course of study into research for their own business plan. In this course, students draw on their business, management, and technical knowledge to create and develop a formal presentation of a business plan. Students then receive feedback from their instructors and peers concerning the viability of their business plan in the entertainment industry. Review of Business Concepts Presentation of Business Plan to Include: Research Report on the Chosen Industry Financial Plan Marketing Plan Management Plan Total credit hours 3.50 Course length 4 weeks MAR 628 Business Storytelling and Brand Development This course covers the two main aspects to building a strong presence in the business and consumer market: storytelling and brand development. In this course, students learn how to implement brand development strategies that help companies become icons within their industry. Students also learn how to use storytelling principles to strengthen a business and deliver a superior customer experience. Finally, students develop their own personal brand identity and create tools for realworld business use. MAR 680 Digital Marketing The Digital Marketing Course focuses on the development of effective marketing plans that promote entertainment within a dynamic digital environment. The course takes an integrated approach to digital marketing through a combination of hands-on exercises, case analysis, and current industry research. Students will explore how to coordinate marketing initiatives across online and offline channels and between desktop and mobile audiences. In addition to understanding the tools and techniques required to create a digital marketing plan, students will develop the skills to manage their own professional presence online. Overview of Digital Media Digital Revenue Models Mobile Trends and Technologies Measurements and Analytics Search Engine Marketing Digital Advertising and Promotion Social Media and Customer Engagement Total credit hours 3.50 Course length 4 weeks Brand Development Overview Brand Development Principles and Techniques Brand Development Case Studies Storytelling and Leadership Storytelling and Brand Personal Brand Identity Construction of a Story Total credit hours 3.50 Course length 4 weeks This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS). ENTERTAINMENT BUSINESS Master of Science Degree Program 82

83 Course Descriptions Program Core GEB 650 Entertainment Business Finance The Entertainment Business Finance Course focuses on the financial decisions and issues facing the entertainment industry professional. During this course, students identify and evaluate entertainment business opportunities and projects using financial principles, while also learning how to raise the necessary finances to fund an entertainment company and/or project. Students develop financial projections including startup funds and pro forma income statements for their chosen business. Additional topics in the course include the development of financial decision-making skills, financial planning, capital management, operations expense management and personal finance Identifying Entertainment Business Opportunities Development of Financial Decisionmaking Strategies Financial Planning Funding Entertainment Business Plans and/or Projects Pro Forma Financial Projections Capital Funding and Management Operations Expense Management Personal Finance Total credit hours 3.50 Course length 4 weeks MMC 6256 Entertainment Media Publishing and Distribution The Entertainment Media Publishing and Distribution Course focuses on issues currently affecting media publishing and distribution. Students will study traditional as well as new digital publishing and distribution models. The course also addresses issues within the industry such as piracy, social media, digital rights management and legislation. Students will explore strategies for protecting and monetizing their creative content and will utilize traditional as well as new distribution models to develop a publishing and distribution plan for their chosen business. Overview of Traditional Publishing and Distribution Methods Exploration of New Digital Publishing and Distribution Models Publishing and Distribution Case Studies Digital Rights Management Social Media and Piracy Issues Development of a Publishing/ Distribution Plan Total credit hours 3.50 Course length 4 weeks MAN 629 Executive Leadership This course examines the qualities necessary to be an executive leader in today s entertainment business field. Various industries are examined to ensure an understanding of a given industry s leadership styles and traits. Students explore effective decision-making processes, power and influence, mentoring, leading organizational change, negotiation skills, and investing in and managing relationships to achieve business goals. Executive Leadership Qualities Leaders in the Entertainment Business Field Mentoring Leading in Change EBM 691 Final Project: Business Plan The Business Plan is a comprehensive academic examination of a topic selected by the student. The project encompasses academic objectives and concepts learned from each course in the degree program. In their final course, students complete the written business plan and present the plan to faculty and peers. The completion of the Final Project Business Plan is a requirement of graduation for the Entertainment Business Master of Science Degree Program. Finalize Startup Funding and Financial Pro Forma Executive Summary Development Completion of Written Business Plan Business Plan Presentation Total credit hours 3.50 Course length 4 weeks EDM 601 Media Literacy and Research Methodologies In the Media Literacy and Research Methodologies Course, students will review media studies literature using various resources. Utilizing the skills that they acquire from this course, students will work throughout the program to develop their thesis and media project focusing their efforts on making changes to their personal practice or workplace. Students will start development of media research proposals, create a literature review based upon their research, examine the progress of research questions formation, and study various research methods, learning which are appropriate to various types of research questions. Media Research, Sampling, and Validity Online Research Databases and Tools APA Formatting and Citations Literature Review Research Proposals Media Project Formation Total credit hours 3.00 Course length 4 weeks Personal Assessments Executive Leadership Case Studies Power and Influence Total credit hours 3.50 Course length 4 weeks This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS). ENTERTAINMENT BUSINESS Master of Science Degree Program 83

84 Course Descriptions Program Core MAN 6446 Negotiation and Deal-making Negotiation and deal-making are essential business skills that enable entertainment business professionals to grow companies, establish a strong business presence, and enhance product development. In this course, students explore the skills needed to become a strong negotiator and deal-maker, through instruction in topics like deal-structuring skills, self-awareness and negotiation skill development, tools and concepts for negotiation preparation, negotiation and deal-making role-playing, and critiquing the role-playing scenarios. An Overview of Negotiation Techniques Deal-making Structures and Outlines Self-awareness and Negotiation Skill Development Role-playing Negotiation Deal Memos and Contracts Negotiation and Deal-making Case Studies Total credit hours 3.50 Course length 4 weeks EBM 590 Product and Artist Management The Product and Artist Management Course addresses management issues and scenarios that apply to artist management and gives students tools and strategies to help resolve these issues. Students in this course also address product management and its unique issues, the interconnectivity of artist and product management divisions. Finally, students have the opportunity to apply these advanced management techniques to their specific entertainment field and examine how these principles can be applied to their business projects. Overview of Artist Management Strategic Artist Management Techniques Overview of Product Management Strategic Product Management The Integration of the Artists and the Media Product Current Issues Affecting Artist and Product Management Problem-solving Techniques for Artists Case Studies in Artist and Product Management Total credit hours 3.50 Course length 4 weeks MAN 602 Project and Team Management Students in the Project and Team Management Course are responsible for two main objectives. The first involves learning the principles of project management, including: creating a project management plan, correctly ordering tasks, understanding and considering all factors that contribute to a successful project, and staying within budget. The second objective requires students to explore the various factors of team management and creating a productive team, including: matching project objectives to team member skill sets, motivating a team to accomplish project goals, empowering team members to take ownership of a project s success, and providing mentorship to aid the team s success. Section 1: Project Management: Creating a Project Plan Project Plan Development and Execution Project Management Budget Management Section 2: Team Management: Aligning Project Tasks with Team Talent Team Management Concepts and Theories Team Management Case Studies Managing Team Morale Managing Team Time Management Confronting Team Conflict Inspiring a Team Total credit hours 3.50 Course length 4 weeks This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS). ENTERTAINMENT BUSINESS Master of Science Degree Program 84

85 Entertainment Business Sports Management Elective Track Master of Science Degree Program Teams and leagues on the amateur, collegiate, and professional level are supported by the organizations that operate their venues and facilities, the marketing and promotion groups that generate interest in the game and its athletes, the companies that sell the tickets, the broadcast outlets who bring the games to fans, and the executives who coordinate these multiple elements. Full Sail University s Entertainment Business Master s with a Sports Management Elective Track is designed to provide you with an advanced business education that addresses the specific needs of the sports industry, preparing you for a career in one of its many professional branches. The Sports Management Elective Track is specifically tailored to the needs of the sports industry, and you ll explore concepts such as Sports Management and Operations, Legal Issues in Sports, and Sports Marketing and Sponsorship Sales, in addition to the advanced business concepts like Project and Team Management, Executive Leadership, Entertainment Business Finance, and Negotiation and Deal-Making that are a part of Full Sail s Entertainment Business Master s Degree Program. Areas of Focus Areas of Focus Sports Management Fine Arts and Operations Modeling Legal Issues In Sports Animation Negotiation and Deal-Making Effects Sports Final Project/ Marketing Demo Reel Creation and Sponsorship ENTERTAINMENT BUSINESS Master of Science Degree Program 85

86 INMENT Areas BUSINESS of Focus MS BUSINESS ENT ROJECTS SKILL development entertainment INDUSTRYcareers BUSINESS THEORY guest SPEAKERS professional DEVELOPMENT SKILL MULTIMEDIA keynote ENTERTAINMENT BUSINESS presentations MS ENTERTAINMENT NETWORKING NETWORKING artist business presence EXECUTIVE within the industry. PERSPECTIVE issues is important to one s success in the field. Beyond the traditional legal aspects of BUSINESS sports Sports Marketing ADVANCED management, BUSINESS the digital revolution has also SKILL TRAINING THEORY and Sponsorship impacted the industry, so you ll learn strategies development for protecting and exploiting rights in the digital The roles that sponsorships and the media play domain and analyze case studies to understand in the sports management industry are huge. how the sports industry has evolved LEADERSHIP in light of In this course, you ll be placed real-world guest NEGOTIATING changing technologies and the law. You ll also scenarios that will entertainment require you to apply problemsolving techniques to resolve sports marketing SPEAKERS INDUSTRYcareers FOCUS have the opportunity to focus on the impact of the law on sports and examine how evolving skills and sponsorship issues. You ll also examine trends are affecting the way sports agreements sports organizations, advertisers, and the media, CAPSTONE are PROJECTS structured. professional learning how each approaches MULTIMEDIAconcepts like marketing, promotions, and sponsorship sales. artist EXECUTIVE PERSPECTIVE Sports Management and Operations In this course, you ll explore the management practices of the sports and entertainment industry, with an emphasis on sports development management practices and operational scenarios that frequently occur in the industry. You ll learn about professional and amateur athletics, organizational structures, sports operations and logistics, and sports business models as you entertainment work to formulate a sports management plan for INDUSTRYcareers your Business Plan project. Legal Issues In Sports The legal issues that impact the sports industry are a fundamental aspect of the business. From contracts and licensing to risk management, a strong awareness and understanding of these DEVELOPMENT Negotiation and Deal-Making Deal making is a vital part of the entertainment industry, and strong negotiating skills can help secure the best deals for you and your clients. This course explores the essential and practical skills that will help prepare you to have a strong In this important course, you ll learn how to structure common types of entertainment deals while practicing negotiation techniques during role-playing scenarios. It s your chance to explore deal-making case studies to learn which DIGITAL negotiation concepts actually work best within the industry. storyboarding keynote presentations LEADERSHIP NEGOTIATING skills marketing DISTRIBUTION NETWORKING artist EXECUTIVE PERSPECTIVE DIGITAL storyboarding ENTERTAINMENT BUSINESS Master of Science Degree Program 86

87 Overview The Entertainment Business Master of Science Degree with a Sports Management Elective Track is an advanced exploration of the specific sports management and business skills you need to excel in the entertainment and sports business industry. This balanced and in-depth curriculum includes courses such as Executive Leadership, Sports Management and Operations, Project and Team Management, Legal Issues in Sports, Negotiation and Deal-making, Sports Marketing and Sponsorships, Entertainment Business Finance, and Business Plan Development. Throughout this specialized education, you ll learn the strategies of top executives and apply those exercises to develop your own leadership abilities. You ll also complete two capstone projects a leadership portfolio and a business plan thesis which will require you to make practical use of important business concepts like project management, contract negotiation, sports marketing, financial planning, and business plan development. Objective Our goal is to provide you with the focused knowledge and understanding of essential business skills necessary to be successful in the entertainment and sports industry. This program is designed to foster the development of highly trained individuals who want to develop careers in the sports and entertainment business fields. The curriculum in this degree program encompasses courses that address executive leadership skills, project and team management, sports management and operations, legal issues in sports, negotiation and deal-making, sports marketing, internet marketing, and business plan development. In addition to business proficiency, your education will help you develop critical-thinking, problem-solving, and analytical skills that contribute to lifelong learning, providing you with tools to help sustain a long and productive professional career. This well-rounded education will help to hone your leadership and business skills in preparation for entering or advancing through the entertainment and sports industry. To help you make that transition, Full Sail University has a team of Career Development professionals that can help you polish your interviewing skills and résumé and get you ready to enter the industry. In addition, our Career Development services and advisors are available for support and assistance throughout your career not just during your education. ENTERTAINMENT BUSINESS OVERVIEW & OBJECTIVE ENTERTAINMENT BUSINESS Master of Science Degree Program 87

88 Entertainment Business Master of Science Degree Program with a Sports Management Elective Track PROGRAM CORE Code Course Credit Hours GEB 611 Business Plan Development 3.50 MAR 628 Business Storytelling and Brand Development 3.50 MAR 680 Digital Marketing 3.50 GEB 650 Entertainment Business Finance 3.50 MAN 629 Executive Leadership 3.50 EBM 691 Final Project: Business Plan 3.50 BUL 5581 Legal Issues in Sports 3.50 EDM 601 Media Literacy and Research Methodologies 3.00 MAN 6446 Negotiation and Deal-Making 3.50 MAN 602 Project and Team Management 3.50 MAN 6223 Sports Management and Operations 3.50 MAR 6111 Sports Marketing and Sponsorship Sales 3.50 Chronological Schedule by Months MEDIA LITERACY & RESEARCH METHODOLOGIES EXECUTIVE LEADERSHIP PROJECT & TEAM MANAGEMENT BUSINESS STORYTELLING & BRAND DEVELOPMENT ENTERTAINMENT BUSINESS FINANCE NEGOTIATION & DEAL-MAKING SPORTS MANAGEMENT & OPERATIONS BUSINESS PLAN DEVELOPMENT FINAL PROJECT: BUSINESS PLAN LEGAL ISSUES IN SPORTS SPORTS MARKETING & SPONSORSHIP SALES DIGITAL MARKETING Totals: TOTAL CREDIT HOURS: 41.5 TOTAL WEEKS: 48 This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS). ENTERTAINMENT BUSINESS Master of Science Degree Program 88

89 Course Descriptions Program Core GEB 611 Business Plan Development The Business Plan Development Course requires students to incorporate the business skills students have developed over their course of study into research for their own business plan. In this course, students draw on their business, management, and technical knowledge to create and develop a formal presentation of a business plan. Students then receive feedback from their instructors and peers concerning the viability of their business plan in the entertainment industry. Review of Business Concepts Presentation of Business Plan to Include: Relative Entertainment Portfolio Items Research Report on the Entertainment Economy of Chosen Entertainment Industry Financial Plan Marketing Plan: Traditional, Internet and Mobile Management Plan Website Plan Total credit hours 3.50 Course length 4 weeks MAR 628 Business Storytelling and Brand Development This course covers the two main aspects to building a strong presence in the business and consumer market: storytelling and brand development. In this course, students learn how to implement brand development strategies that help companies become icons within their industry. Students also learn how to use storytelling principles to strengthen a business and deliver a superior customer experience. Finally, students develop their own personal brand identity and create tools for realworld business use. Brand Development Overview Personal Brand Identity Brand Development Principles and Techniques Creating a Mission Statement Brand Development Case Studies Construction of a Story Creative Writing Overview Examination of Joseph Campbell, Myth and Archetype Storytelling and Leadership Storytelling and Brand Total credit hours 3.50 Course length 4 weeks MAR 680 Digital Marketing The Digital Marketing Course focuses on the development of effective marketing plans that promote entertainment within a dynamic digital environment. The course takes an integrated approach to digital marketing through a combination of hands-on exercises, case analysis, and current industry research. Students will explore how to coordinate marketing initiatives across online and offline channels and between desktop and mobile audiences. In addition to understanding the tools and techniques required to create a digital marketing plan, students will develop the skills to manage their own professional presence online. Overview of Digital Media Digital Revenue Models Mobile Trends and Technologies Measurements and Analytics Search Engine Marketing Search Engine Marketing Digital Advertising and Promotion Social Media and Customer Engagement Media Planning, Buying, and Campaign Management Storytelling and Brand Total credit hours 3.50 Course length 4 weeks ENTERTAINMENT BUSINESS Master of Science Degree Program 89

90 Course Descriptions Program Core GEB 650 Entertainment Business Finance The Entertainment Business Finance Course focuses on the financial decisions and issues facing the entertainment industry entrepreneur. During this course, students identify and evaluate entertainment business opportunities and projects using financial principles, while also learning how to raise the necessary finances to fund an entertainment company and/or project. Students also explore financial contracts with a focus on how contracts can minimize risk for the entertainment business enterprise. Additional topics in the course include the development of financial decision-making skills, financial planning, leasing, acquisitions, capital management, and operations expense management. Identifying Entertainment Business Opportunities Raising Finances to Fund Entertainment Business Plans and/or Projects Understanding Financial Contracts Development of Financial Decisionmaking Strategies Financial Planning Leasing Acquisitions Capital Funding and Management Entertainment Leadership Portfolio Total credit hours 3.50 Course length 4 weeks MAN 629 Executive Leadership This course examines the qualities necessary to be an executive leader in today s entertainment business field. Various industries are examined to ensure an understanding of a given industry s leadership styles and traits. Students explore effective decision-making processes, power and influence, mentoring, leading organizational change, negotiation skills, and investing in and managing relationships to achieve business goals. Executive Leadership Qualities Personal Assessments The Examination of the Various Entertainment Industries Power and Influence Mentoring Leading in Change Executive Leadership Case Studies Leaders in the Entertainment Business Field Total credit hours 3.50 Course length 4 weeks EBM 691 Final Project: Business Plan In the Entertainment Business Master of Science Degree Program, the completion of a capstone project is required for graduation. The Business Plan is a comprehensive academic examination of a topic selected by the student. The project encompasses academic objectives and concepts learned from each course in the degree program. In their final course, students complete the written business plan and present the plan to faculty and peers. Finalize Startup Funding and Financial Pro Forma Completion of Written Business Plan BUL 5581 Legal Issues in Sports This course provides an overview of the legal issues that impact the sports industry, with an emphasis on contracts, licensing, and risk management. Students in this course explore how the digital revolution has impacted the industry and learn strategies for protecting and exploiting rights in the digital domain. Students also analyze case studies to understand how the sports industry has evolved in light of changing technologies and the law. Finally, students in this course have the opportunity to focus on the impact of the law on sports and examine how evolving trends are affecting the way sports agreements are structured. Overview of Intellectual Property and Licensing Risk Management in Sports Overview of Contract Law Role of Changing Technology Case Studies in Sports Law Total credit hours 3.50 Course length 4 weeks EDM 601 Media Literacy and Research Methodologies In the Media Literacy and Research Methodologies Course, students will review media studies literature using various resources. Utilizing the skills that they acquire from this course, students will work throughout the program to develop their thesis and media project focusing their efforts on making changes to their personal practice or workplace. Students will start development of media research proposals, create a literature review based upon their research, examine the progress of research questions formation, and study various research methods, learning which are appropriate to various types of research questions. Media Research, Sampling, and Validity Literature Review Executive Summary Development Business Plan Presentation Online Research Databases and Tools Research Proposals Total credit hours 3.50 Course length 4 weeks APA Formatting and Citations Media Project Formation Total credit hours 3.00 Course length 4 weeks ENTERTAINMENT BUSINESS Master of Science Degree Program 90

91 Course Descriptions Program Core MAN 6446 Negotiation and Deal-making Negotiation and deal-making are essential business skills that enable entertainment business professionals to grow companies, establish a strong business presence, and enhance product development. In this course, students explore the skills needed to become a strong negotiator and deal-maker, through instruction in topics like deal-structuring skills, self-awareness and negotiation skill development, tools and concepts for negotiation preparation, negotiation and deal-making role-playing, and critiquing the role-playing scenarios. An Overview of Negotiation Techniques Deal-making Structures and Outlines Self-awareness and Negotiation Skill Development Tools and Concepts to Prepare for Negotiation Role-playing Negotiation Scenarios and Critiquing Negotiation and Deal-making Case Studies Total credit hours 3.50 Course length 4 weeks MAN 602 Project and Team Management Students in the Project and Team Management Course are responsible for two main objectives. The first involves learning the principles of project management, including: creating a project management plan, correctly ordering tasks, understanding and considering all factors that contribute to a successful project, and staying within budget. The second objective requires students to explore the various factors of team management and creating a productive team, including: matching project objectives to team member skill sets, motivating a team to accomplish project goals, empowering team members to take ownership of a project s success, and providing mentorship to aid the team s success. Section 1: Project Management Creating a Project Plan Understanding Project Planning Software Project Plan Development and Execution Project Management and Budget Management Section 2: Team Management Aligning Project Tasks with Team Talent Team Management Concepts and Theories Team Management Case Studies Managing Team Morale Managing Team Time Management Confronting Team Conflict Inspiring a Team Total credit hours 3.50 Course length 4 weeks MAN 6223 Sports Management and Operations This course addresses management practices within the sports and entertainment industry, with an emphasis on sports management practices and operational scenarios. Students in this course explore professional and amateur athletics, organizational structures, sports operations and logistics, and sports business models. Students also formulate a sports management plan for their Business Plan Thesis project. Overview of the Sports Industry Professional and Amateur Athletics Operational Issues: Athletes, Facilities, and the Media Ticketing, Facilities, and Event Logistics Sports Management Plan Case Studies in Sports Management Total credit hours 3.50 Course length 4 weeks MAR 6111 Sports Marketing and Sponsorship Sales This course explores topics and concepts pertaining to sports marketing and the role of sports sponsorships and the media. Student are placed in real-world scenarios requiring the application of problem-solving techniques to resolve sports marketing and sponsorship issues. Student also examine sports organizations, advertisers, and the media and each one s approach to marketing, promotions, and sponsorship sales. Students then apply their knowledge to develop a sports marketing plan for their Business Plan Thesis project. Overview of Sports Marketing and Promotion Sports Marketing Case Studies Sponsorship Sales and Media Sports Marketing Plan Customer Relationship Management Total credit hours 3.50 Course length 4 weeks This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS). ENTERTAINMENT BUSINESS Master of Science Degree Program 91

92 Game Art Bachelor of Science Degree Program Game visuals have come a long way since the monotone pixels of Pong and Space Invaders. Looking at the video games of today, it s obvious that each successive generation of hardware has opened the doors for more realistic gaming experiences. And with technology continually expanding the storytelling possibilities of the medium, the gaming industry now demands a specific kind of digital artist to define the limits of what s capable on screen. By focusing our training on the specific needs of the gaming industry, Full Sail s Game Art Bachelor of Science Degree Program is designed to open the gaming world to you, helping you develop the skills to become part of a specialized group of artists. These artists help to create the next generation of video games, innovating in visuals as well as in gameplay, and helping to shape the future of one of the world s fastest-growing forms of entertainment. Areas of Focus Art Creation Demo Reel Collaborative Development Modeling GAME ART Bachelor of Science Degree Program 92

93 artistic FUNDAMENTALS Areas of Focus ANIMATION concepts modeling STRATEGIES OPTIMIZATION tic NTALS VISUAL depth Art Creation STORYBOARD SCRIPTING ANIMATION concepts LIGHTING SHADING texturing team After grasping the basics of computer art, it s time to add the visual depth that defines great animation. You ll learn how to use lighting, shading, and texturing to breathe realistic qualities into your characters and how to combine those elements to create industry-ready real-time graphics. Building on the essentials you ve already learned, you ll apply those skills on projects that will see you creating objects, characters, 3Dand landscapes for expansive and imaginative 3D game worlds. BUILDING modeling STRATEGIES objects CHARACTERS landscapes TEXTURING special EFFECTS CONTENT OPTIMIZATION AL pth OARD IPTING LIGHTING SHADING texturing team BUILDING GAME DEV objects TEXTURING CHARACTERS landscapes ANIMATION FOUNDATION ART CREATION special EFFECTS COLLABORATIVE DEV/ DEMO REEL artistic FUNDAMENTALS VISUAL depth STORYBOARD SCRIPTING 3D ANIMATION concepts LIGHTING SHADING texturing team BUILDING modeling STRATEGIES objects CHARACTERS landscapes TEXTURING special EFFECTS CONTENT OPTIMIZATION GAME ART Bachelor of Science Degree Program 93

94 depth Areas of Focus LIGHTING SHADING texturing STORYBOARD SCRIPTING team BUILDING SHADING texturing objects team CHARACTERS landscapes BUILDING TEXTURING special EFFECTS TEXTURING CHARACTERS landscapes Collaborative Development special After EFFECTS mastering the world of game art creation you ll work together with students from Full Sail s Game Development Degree Program to design and produce an original game project from start to finish. This collaborative environment will help you learn to deliver content on a deadline as well as how to work within guidelines set by a real-world production team. GAME DEV You ll storyboard and script with a team of artistic programmers, and work with them to define the ANIMATION FOUNDATION FUNDAMENTALS visual qualities and requirements for the game. Then you ll go to work using the skills and techniques learned throughout the program to develop the graphics and environments for a fully playable game. VISUAL In addition to learning industry workflow and how ART CREATION to operate in a team setting, this integrated project setting will allow you to see your graphics as part of a final product and test how they hold up in a practical application. All of these factors give you the COLLABORATIVE advantage of coming DEV/ out of school as an artist who DEMO has already REEL worked on a fully functional game. depth STORYBOARD SCRIPTING Demo Reel By the end of the Game Art program you will have amassed a wealth of content that shows an employer the comprehensive skills and artistic techniques you ve mastered. During your final months, you ll collect all of these assets and put them together for your personal demo reel. In a dedicated Demo Reel Creation course, your instructors will re-evaluate what you ve created throughout your classes, and help you gear your portfolio to the area of the industry you re most 3D interested in pursuing. The reel will show off your ANIMATION artistic strengths and technical concepts proficiency in such areas as character modeling, animation, texturing, and special effects, offering a well-rounded demonstration of your talents to help launch your career. LIGHTING SHADING texturing team BUILDING modeling STRATEGIES objects CHARA lands TEXTURING specia EFFECT GAME ART Bachelor of Science Degree Program 94

95 D GAME DEV Areas of Focus ANIMATION FOUNDATION ART CREATION IMATION concepts HTING Modeling ADING exturing COLLABORATIVE DEV/ DEMO REEL eam modeling STRATEGIES objects CHARACTERS landscapes Game content follows fundamental artistic guidelines even when you re working within the expanse of 3D digital graphics. The modeling foundations covered in the Game Art program will help you draw a parallel between TEXTURING traditional art and modeling techniques and today s special leading digital art software the way EFFECTS characters, objects, and environments look and act in real life, and how you can capture that same realism when recreating them in the digital world. BUILDING To further introduce you to the world of game graphics, the program also emphasizes the core 3D animation concepts that are essential to the industry. As you explore the latest game platforms, you ll learn the strategies of professional modelers and discover how to create great-looking content and optimize it to the standards of today s hardware. GAME DEV artistic FUNDAMENTALS ANIMATION FOUNDATION ART CREATION VISUAL CONTENT depth OPTIMIZATION COLLABORATIVE DEV/ DEMO REEL STORYBOARD SCRIPTING GAME DEV ANIMATION FOUNDATION ART CREATION artistic 3D FUNDAMENTALS ANIMATION concepts VISUAL depth LIGHTING SHADING texturing STORYBOARD SCRIPTING team BUILDING artistic FUNDAMENTALS VISUAL depth 3D ANIMATION modeling concepts STRATEGIES LIGHTING SHADING objects texturing team 3D ANIMATION concepts LIGHTING SHADING texturing CHARACTERS landscapes BUILDING TEXTURING special EFFECTS modeling CONTE OPTIMIZAT STRATEGIES objects TEXTURING modeling STRATEGIES objects CHARACTERS landscapes special EFFECTS CHARACTERS landscapes GAME ART Bachelor of Science Degree Program 95

96 Overview Full Sail s Game Art Bachelor s Degree Program is designed to develop artists well-versed in 3D asset creation for game development. With a focus on 3D content for consoles and computers, you ll work your way through project-based classes that follow a clear progression from the basics of digital art creation up through the latest trends and tools. Along the way classes like Character Animation, Game Production, Production Modeling, Level Design, and Shading and Effects will help you gain the skills necessary to move and improve content through the production pipeline. Each of these specialized classes is based around the same workflow processes found at professional gaming studios including such core concepts as animation, character modeling, lighting and shading, and texturing. Supporting these industry-specific foundations are classes focusing on the fine art aspects of game content development as well as courses focusing on computer business applications, personal finance management, communication skills, and how to prepare yourself for that first step into the gaming industry. To help you make that transition, we ve also got a team of Career Development professionals that can help you polish your interviewing skills and résumé, and get you ready to enter the industry. In addition, our Career Development services and advisors will be available for support and assistance throughout your career not just during your education. Objective Our goal is to provide you with the focused knowledge and understanding of 3D computer environmental modeling, game textures, and character animation needed to qualify for entry-level positions in the game industry as game artists, scene builders, character designers, technical directors, motion animators, and animators. Besides the program s strong 3D computer graphics focus, you will build other skills in peripheral media and digital courses that will enhance your opportunities in related fields. In addition to technical proficiency and creative development, your education will help you develop critical thinking, problem solving, and analytical skills that contribute to life learning, providing you with tools to help sustain a long and productive professional career in the entertainment and media industry. GAME ART OVERVIEW & OBJECTIVE GAME ART Bachelor of Science Degree Program 96

97 Game Art Bachelor of Science Degree Program PROGRAM CORE Code Course Credit Hours GENERAL EDUCATION Code Course Credit Hours Chronological Schedule by Months CGA 221 2D Animation 4.0 CGA 121 3D Foundations 4.0 CGG 442 Advanced Game Characters 4.0 ART 2006 Art History 4.0 MGF 1213 College Mathematics 4.0 ENC 1101 English Composition I 4.0 ENGLISH COMPOSITION I ART HISTORY FUNDAMENTALS OF ART I 3D FOUNDATIONS FUNDAMENTALS OF ART II CGA 251 Art Creation for Games 4.0 CGA 223 Character Animation I 3.0 PPE 2110 Ethics and Psychology 4.0 PHY 1000 Fundamentals of Physics CGA 235 Character Animation II 4.0 CGA 342 Character Design and Creation 4.0 MTG 1205 Geometry and Measurement 4.0 SPC 2140 Interpersonal Communications 4.0 MODEL CREATION ETHICS & PSYCHOLOGY SHADING & LIGHTING COLLEGE MATHEMATICS METHODS OF DESIGN CGA 433 Character Rigging I 3.0 SPC 1606 Public Speaking 4.0 CGA 435 Character Rigging II CGA 241 Compositing Fundamentals 4.0 CGA 131 Fundamentals of Animation 3.0 CGA 101 Fundamentals of Art I 3.0 CGA 102 Fundamentals of Art II 3.0 CGG 333 Game Animation 4.0 Totals: 32.0 TOTAL CREDIT HOURS: 123 TOTAL WEEKS: 128 CHARACTER DESIGN & CREATION GEOMETRY & MEASUREMENT PRODUCTION MODELING FUNDAMENTALS OF PHYSICS PROJECT MANAGEMENT & ASSESSMENT I 2D ANIMATION CGG 390 Game Portfolio I 3.0 CGG 400 Game Portfolio II 3.0 COMPOSITING FUNDAMENTALS FUNDAMENTALS OF ANIMATION CHARACTER RIGGING I CHARACTER RIGGING II CHARACTER ANIMATION I CGG 381 Game Production 4.0 CGG 452 Level Assembly and Lighting CGA 112 Methods of Design 4.0 DIG 1302 Model Creation 4.0 CGA 482 Portfolio Assembly 4.0 CHARACTER ANIMATION II PROJECT MANAGEMENT & ASSESSMENT II ART CREATION FOR GAMES PUBLIC SPEAKING GAME ANIMATION TEXTURE PAINTING & SCULPTING CGA 352 Production Modeling 4.0 GAB101 Project Management and Assessment I 1.0 GAB102 Project Management and Assessment II 1.0 GAB203 Project Management and Assessment III 1.0 GRA 1161 Shading and Lighting 4.0 CGG 432 Texture Painting and Sculpting 3.0 Totals: 91.0 Graduates of this degree may apply to continue their education with the: Game Design Master of Science Degree Program Entertainment Business Master of Science Degree Program LEVEL ASSEMBLY & LIGHTING INTERPERSONAL COMMUNICATIONS PROJECT MANAGEMENT & ASSESSMENT III GAME PORTFOLIO II PORTFOLIO ASSEMBLY ADVANCED GAME CHARACTERS GAME PRODUCTION GAME PORTFOLIO I This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS). * IF YOU RE INTERESTED IN ANOTHER EDUCATIONAL TRACK, PLEASE CONTACT OUR ADMISSIONS DEPARTMENT TO EXPLORE YOUR OPTIONS. GAME ART Bachelor of Science Degree Program 97

98 Course Descriptions Program Core CGA 221 2D Animation The 2D Animation Course develops students appreciation of the technique and craft involved in hand-drawn 2D animation, and promotes the understanding and successful application of the fundamental principles of traditional animation. Using pencil and paper to explore this art form, students are physically responsible for controlling and manipulating a subject s volume, weight, proportion, acting, and movement, thus gaining a more thorough understanding of the animation process. This foundation of traditional animation broadens students skills as computer animators and enhances their creative ability. Animation Fundamentals Principles of Animation Timing Charts Character Animation Advanced Character Principles Clean Up Character Personality CGA 121 3D Foundations The 3D Foundations Course familiarizes students with the fundamentals of creating 2D and 3D computer graphics using Autodesk Maya and Adobe Photoshop. Students learn the interface and controls of both programs as they learn basic animation skills that prepare them for the more advanced courses later in the Game Art Bachelor of Science Degree Program. Introduction to Operating Systems Introduction to Digital Imagery Photoshop Interface and Tools Digital Concept Art Introduction to the Maya Interface Working in the 3D World Geometry and Surface Types Working with Objects and Components CGG 442 Advanced Game Characters The Advanced Game Characters Course concentrates on the creation of a gaming character from top to bottom. Students create character mesh and textures, and use animation techniques to test characters for efficiency within game and resource limitations. The course helps students to understand the constraints of geometry and textures in a game engine. Character Creation Texture Map Swappable Character Parts Exporting to Game Engine Limits and Resource Management Game Animation and Testing CGA 251 Art Creation for Games The Art Creation for Games Course provides students with a strong knowledge of the way real time 3D content is modeled and textured. Students develop game models of buildings, vehicles, or characters, which includes modeling of high and lowresolution geometry. In addition to modeling, students paint color, generate normal maps, and specular maps for created geometry. Students finish with a low-resolution game model with the visual fidelity needed for next generation games. Preproduction and Concept Modeling Techniques Reduction Techniques Effective UV Mapping Normal Map Generation Texture Painting in Photoshop Practical and Presentation CGA 223 Character Animation I The Character Animation I Course focuses on the basics of creating strong character animation in 3D software. Students develop methods for planning an animation, which helps them learn to create work effectively and efficiently. Students also explore what is important in creating movement that appears lifelike and believable for a character. The goal of this course is to teach students to create bi-pedal animation that implements strong posing, good staging, and the basic mechanics of motion using a rigged character. Animation Fundamentals to Complex Movement Scene Composition and Staging Entertainment Analysis Acting Theory, Development, and Techniques Group Participation and Critique Total credit hours 3.00 Course length 4 weeks CGA 235 Character Animation II The Character Animation II Course continues to strengthen students animation skills by exploring methods for creating movement that is not only entertaining and appealing, but also depicts actions that are driven by the characters emotions and personality. Students will also analyze methods for creating solid acting choices that are unique and interesting. By using discussion and analysis, students are introduced to the importance of evaluating their own work as well as the work of their peers. This enables them to critique each other s projects with the intent of implementing what they have learned into their own animation. This class is designed to prepare students for situations they will encounter in the real world. Animation Fundamentals to Complex Movement Scene Composition and Staging Entertainment Analysis Acting Theory, Development, and Technique Group Participation and Critique GAME ART Bachelor of Science Degree Program 98

99 Course Descriptions Program Core CGA 342 Character Design and Creation The Character Design and Creation Course builds upon the skills learned in the Model Creation and Shading and Lighting courses by applying knowledge to 3D characters. Students begin with preproduction of a character, developing concept art and character sheets. Students complete a fully textured organic 3D model for possible use in film or high-resolution game technology. Character Design NURBS Modeling Sub Division Surface Modeling Surface Flow and Anatomy Painting Character Textures Generating Textures for Characters Character Rendering CGA 433 Character Rigging I The Character Rigging I Course introduces students to the foundations of rigging. Through exposure to the core rigging toolset, students develop a strong understanding of how a joint hierarchy works. While exploring these course concepts, students are also introduced to the basics of scripting. Students also explore how 3D software operates, using that knowledge to create scripts to aid in the interface between the animator and the software. Students learn the principles of mechanical rigging, focusing on topics such as set driven keys, constrains, and expressions. Students then apply these techniques while exploring rigging of inorganic objects such as cars and machines. Biped Skeleton Rig Design Inverse Kinematics Control Muscle and Skin Deformation Mathematical Expressions Set Driven Key Controls Scripted Controls Alternative Skeleton Set Up Techniques Total credit hours 3.00 Course length 4 weeks CGA 435 Character Rigging II The Character Rigging II Course builds upon the skills learned in the Character Rigging 1 course. Students explore advanced rigging techniques, binding and weighting models to deform in an organic manner based on concept art and storyboard direction. Students also explore advanced rigging techniques such as dynamic cloth, hair and fur simulation, and how to integrate their capabilities into a production workflow. This course also expands students knowledge of higher-level scripting, challenging them to create a character interface for their advanced rig. Biped Skeleton Rig Design Inverse Kinematics Control Muscle and Skin Deformation Mathematical Expressions Set Driven Key Controls Scripted Controls Alternative Skeleton Set Up Techniques CGA 241 Compositing Fundamentals The Compositing Fundamentals Course introduces students to beginning and intermediate compositing and integration techniques commonly utilized by film and video professionals. The course focuses on the seamless integration of computer-generated elements with real-world live-action video footage. Students learn how to accurately reconstruct and composite computer generated elements to properly match a high-definition film or video source while working in a node-based compositing environment. Matte Creation Techniques Photoshop Fundamentals 3D Card Systems and Camera Mapping Node-based Compositing CGA 131 Fundamentals of Animation The Fundamentals of Animation Course provides students with the animation tools required to create, manipulate, and refine any computer-animated sequence. Building on the traditional animation fundamentals of motion and timing, the course teaches students computer animation techniques and applies them to the process of animating modeled projects. The course focuses on positional animation and control with the use of keyframing, timing curves, dope sheets, and dependency graphs, as well as the tools to manipulate them. Keyframe Animation Motion Timing and Analysis Dope Sheet and Action Graphs Hierarchical Animation Camera and Light Positional Animation Animation Rendering Total credit hours 3.00 Course length 4 weeks CGA 101 Fundamentals of Art I The Fundamentals of Art I Course prepares students for the virtual world by having them step away from the computer and observe, touch, and create in the real world. These courses suggest that real-world observation and touch is invaluable in the planning of 3D computer graphics. Object Observation Textures and Lighting Color Theory Composition and Space Total credit hours 3.00 Course length 4 weeks GAME ART Bachelor of Science Degree Program 99

100 Course Descriptions Program Core CGA 102 Fundamentals of Art II The Fundamentals of Art II Course prepares students for the virtual world by having them step away from the computer and observe, touch, and create in the real world. These courses suggest that real-world observation and touch is invaluable in the planning of 3D computer graphics. Life Drawing Animal and Environment Observation Character Development Sculpting Total credit hours 3.00 Course length 4 weeks CGG 333 Game Animation The Game Animation Course provides students with their first opportunity to produce animated sequences and cycles for game play. Students develop an overall understanding of animation as it applies to the game industry with a focus on game engine constraints and requirements. Students in this course pay special attention to character anatomy, rigging constraints, and reusability within all aspects of a game. Character Anatomy Rigging Application of Animation Motion Analysis Timing Development Reusability and Blending CGG 390 Game Portfolio I The Game Portfolio I Course helps students review and continue advancing their overall knowledge of game art asset development. Students use their artistic skills and technical knowledge to demonstrate artistic strength in a defined area of specialization. Assets created for use in the students demo reels are evaluated by staff art directors while students continue to generate new content. Environment Workflow Character Strategies Dailies, Evaluations, and Critique Asset Management Total credit hours 3.00 Course length 4 weeks CGG 400 Game Portfolio II The Game Portfolio II Course concentrates on the planning and creation of high-resolution visual assets demonstrating artistic strength and direction. Students will create detailed characters, environments, or animations based on areas of interest with guidance from staff. Through regular critiques and review the students will produce a final quality high-end asset required for the demo reel. Environment Modeling Character Modeling Lighting and Staging Render Techniques Total credit hours 3.00 Course length 4 weeks CGG 381 Game Production The Game Production Course continues to expand students knowledge, utilizing tools and concepts learned in the completion of a game production. The course builds on all the Game Art foundation courses that precede it, and parallels industry production workflow while concentrating on the aspects of character and environment creation, texture and lighting effects, and animation. Production Modeling Techniques Advanced Animation Concepts Environment Strategies Asset Management Concept Integration CGG 452 Level Assembly and Lighting The Level Assembly and Lighting Course continues to expand students understanding of game requirements with a focus on constructing a playable level. As a team, students design, build, texture, light, and add effects for a level. Successful completion of this course provides students with the necessary knowledge to develop content for game environments. Level Design Concepts Playability and Usability Space Planning Environmental Modeling Palette Construction Player Interactions GAME ART Bachelor of Science Degree Program 100

101 Course Descriptions Program Core CGA 112 Methods of Design The Methods of Design Course focuses on the extensive and complex ideas and implications of basic design to help students understand that design is deliberate, allowing them to intellectually connect artistic intention and compositional conclusion. In this course, students plan, organize, and control hands-on projects using various media. They also use gained knowledge to design environments and simple characters throughout the course. Critical Thinking Elements and Principles of 3D Aspects and Elements of Time Narrative and Non-narrative Architecture and Scenery Character Design and Development DIG 1302 Model Creation The Model Creation Course explores the beginning of the computer animation process by creating hard-surface models from concept art to final computergenerated imagery. During an in-depth exploration of the NURBS modeling tool set, comparisons of the relative differences between polygon, NURBS, and subdivision surface definitions are made. Students will develop techniques and strategies for creation of efficient virtual surfaces. Surface Creation Methods Building Strategies 3D Modeling Basics Curves and Surfaces Surface Continuity Trimming and Blending Modeling Optimization CGA 482 Portfolio Assembly The Portfolio Assembly Course provides students with the time to develop a demo reel commonly expected during interviews. During this time, students take the content developed throughout their degree program and assemble it into a presentable package. Prior to the creation of the demo reel, a student s content is reviewed in an effort to help the student determine the best material for showcasing his or her talent. Content Review and Assembly Audio Assembly Demo Reel Output Demo Reel Review Package Presentation Development CGA 352 Production Modeling The Production Modeling Course develops students understanding of model development as it applies to the animation production industry. The course builds on all the computer animation foundation courses that precede it, and parallels industry production workflow to develop portfolio models for presentation. Students explore a variety of topics including developing surface flow, anatomical models, and production modeling techniques. Advanced Modeling Techniques Production Modeling Geometry Parameterization Anatomical Modeling Surface Flow GAB 101, 102, 203 Project Management and Assessment I, II, III The Project Management and Assessment Courses are concurrent courses taken alongside core curriculum in order to assist students with the development, management, and assessment of program projects. The courses provide an opportunity for students to apply analysis skills, create strategic plans, and foster professional workflow practices. Project Development and Analysis Project Management and Assessment Create/Evaluate Project Plan Professional Workflow Practices Total credit hours 1.00 each Course length 4 weeks GRA 1161 Shading and Lighting The Shading and Lighting Course investigates the mood and lighting, look and feel, shadows and shading, reflections and atmospheres that bring scenes and models to life. During this second of three 3D fundamental courses, students develop an eye for texturing and lighting modeled objects and scenes that parallel the real world. This course builds on the concepts established in the Object Perspective Course, including surface lighting and shadow observations and techniques. Textures and Shaders Image Manipulation Reflection and Refraction Lighting Strategies Highlights and Shadows Rendering and Raytracing Optimization This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS). GAME ART Bachelor of Science Degree Program 101

102 Course Descriptions Program Core General Education CGG 432 Texture Painting and Sculpting The Texture Painting and Sculpting Course teaches students advanced techniques in texturing, shading, lighting, and animated visual effects for games. The course will pay special attention to ensuring that the textures and effects are reusable and efficient as they share resources with all aspects of the game. Texturing and Lighting for Real Time Hardware Shaders Normal Mapping Real Time Effects Total credit hours 3.00 Course length 4 weeks ART 2006 Art History The Art History Course introduces students to selected, impactful monuments of art and architecture in the Western tradition from the prehistoric to post-modernism era studied in relation to the intellectual background of the ages and civilizations that produced them. Lectures accompanied by various visual mediums inspire discussions of assigned readings in philosophical, religious, scientific, political, literary, artistic, and cultural contexts. Ancient Art Medieval and Renaissance Art Modern Art Post-modern Art MGF 1213 College Mathematics The College Mathematics Course is designed to enable students to build skills and confidence in algebra that are required to succeed in future math and core courses. First-time algebra students or those needing a review will begin with basic concepts and build upon these ideas by completing work that uses algebra in practical situations. Review of Basic Arithmetic Operations with the Real Number System Measurement and Number Systems Exponents & Radical Expressions Linear Equations & Inequalities Graphing Proportions, Formulas, and Word Problems Introductory Statistics and Probability Business Applications and Mathematical Models ENC 1101 English Composition I The English Composition I Course is designed to introduce students to the writing process. Special attention is given to selecting and refining topics, identifying the audience, developing a purpose, and formulating thesis statements. Grammatical conventions and their applications are heavily stressed. Students will learn to compose mature, logical sentences, and paragraphs in order to create rhetorical cohesion. Invention and Drafting Revising and Editing Grammar Essay Structure Audience Awareness PPE 2110 Ethics and Psychology This Ethics and Psychology Course is designed to give students an opportunity to discover the many facets of their psychological identity. Students will focus on how a personal values system is developed, and how it serves as the foundation for the decisions an individual will make in his or her lifetime. Students will also explore human interaction and behavioral styles, as well as how to develop positive, productive relationships. Additionally, students will examine the psychological issues individuals deal with in their daily lives, such as stress, gender inclusion, and how to process information. Values and Moral Reasoning MBTI and Personality Archetypes Existential-Humanistic theories and Free Will Ethics and Ethical Dilemmas Johari Window Communication Model Cognitive Psychology and Personal Beliefs Systems Gender Issues in Entertainment Media and Marketing Final Group Presentations This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS). GAME ART Bachelor of Science Degree Program 102

103 Course Descriptions General Education PHY 1000 Fundamentals of Physics The Fundamentals of Physics Course teaches students how to understand the world through physics. Real-world phenomena such as light, mechanics, motion, collisions, and magnetism are introduced. Emphasis is placed on how problems, in describing nature, are approached in terms of physical theories and mathematical formulae. Kinematics Motion Energy and Mechanics Electricity and Magnetism Electromagnetic Spectrum Survey of Light Physical Theories and Formulae MTG 1205 Geometry and Measurement The Geometry and Measurement Course teaches students a wide spectrum of geometric concepts that are designed to build upon the math learned in earlier coursework. The curriculum will emphasize Euclidean geometry and its relationship to logic, trigonometry, and coordinate geometry. The measurements, constructions, graphs, and problems involve angles, triangles, polygons, areas and volumes. Geometry and trigonometric skills are developed exploring problem-solving through the logic calculations. A Brief History of Geometry Inductive and Deductive Reasoning Foundations of Geometry Triangles Circles Areas of Polygons and Circles Solid Geometry Analytic Geometry SPC 2140 Interpersonal Communication The Interpersonal Communications Course examines the nature of the communication process, variables affecting the process, and the individuals involved. Additionally, this course includes individual analysis of behavior processes that may impede and/or enhance communication processes. Topics include perception, nonverbal behavior, persuasive communication, identity management, intercultural communication and computer mediated communication. This course also enhances students ability to analyze and evaluate information. Assessment and Evaluation Research and Planning Writing Résumés and Other Documents Networking and Interviewing SPC 1606 Public Speaking The Public Speaking Course is designed to train students in understanding and implementing oral communication skills. Learning is centered on student participation in a variety of speaking/listening situations, which are designed to increase the understanding of the interpersonal nature of all speech communication. Students study and participate in the creation and delivery of at least three types of speeches. Target-audience identification, surveys, body language, effective speaking techniques, and pre-speech planning are investigated and used to create speeches. Impromptu Speeches Researching for Speech Manuscripts Creation and Delivery of Persuasive and Demonstrative Speeches Speech Outlines Audience Surveys and Evaluation Parallel Lines and Polygons Quadrilaterals Trigonometry Polar Coordinates Similar Triangles and the Pythagorean Theorem This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS). GAME ART Bachelor of Science Degree Program 103

104 Game Design Bachelor of Science Degree Program Video games aren t just great entertainment, they re one of the most dynamic areas of the entertainment world, with successful games generating revenue that rivals some of the biggest film and album releases. It takes the right kind of leaders to help manage the titles that innovate and inspire gamers, and keep the industry growing both creatively and financially. Today s top game development houses thrive on the leadership of a great production staff to oversee their multimillion dollar titles, and Full Sail s Game Design Bachelor of Science Degree Program will help you become one of these creative decision makers. With curriculum based on the processes used at the most respected studios in the world, this Bachelor s program is designed to prepare you to meet the design, leadership, and management needs of this creative industry. Areas of Focus Team Leadership Fine Arts Project Modeling Management Animation Design Game Effects Capstone Project Final Project/ Demo Reel Creation GAME DESIGN Bachelor of Science Degree Program 104

105 GAME DESIGN MASTERS BS Areas of Focus GAME DESIGN MASTERS BS STERS BS TEAM LEADERSHIP TEAM LEADERSHIP T Team Leadership PROJECT MANAGEMENT PROJECT MANAGEMENT Game development is an intensely collaborative process with designers, artists, animators, programmers, and audio specialists working together to produce high-quality assets based around a unified vision. As a game producer, being able to understand these different roles and help them DESIGN work together efficiently is the key to developing a creative and successful production environment. DESIGN The Game Design Bachelor s program puts you in a leadership role, as you learn to coordinate a large, diverse team and help them operate as an integrated unit. Dedicated classes help you develop Project Management Video games are one of the most complex art forms in entertainment, bringing audio, visual, and tactile elements together in one interactive package. With so many different assets being created across multiple departments, effective organization and administration is essential to keeping a game on schedule and under budget. strong leadership skills, teaching you to streamline a This Bachelor s program covers the entire scope of GAME CAPSTONE PROJECT development process that supports the needs of a development cycle. After taking core classes in both your team and the studio. The end result GAME is CAPSTONE Asset PROJECT Management, Production Methodologies, and a leadership approach that s both inspirational Quality Assurance, you ll collaborate with artists and and productive. programmers and work with that team throughout production to delegate tasks, problem-solve, and hit milestones. You ll also learn the best practices of industry-standard project management, scheduling, and bug-tracking software that will keep your game on schedule while maintaining the quality of the product. creating EXPERIENCES for PLAYERS creating for EXPERIENCES PLAYERS creating for EXPERIENCES PLAYERS GAME DESIGN Bachelor of Science Degree Program 105

106 ENT Areas of Focus creating EXPERIENCES for PLAYERS creating EXPERIENCES for PLAYERS OJECT Design The classic games you grew up with started as just simple concepts ideas that were later brought to life by a dedicated team of designers, artists, and producers. Supporting innovative new concepts is one of the responsibilities of a producer at a game studio, and to produce successful products, you ll need to understand the precise balance of story and gameplay that makes for a well-designed game. Our specialized Bachelor s curriculum teaches the elements of great design. Courses in Game Design and Design Mechanics stress the importance of developing a unified approach to gameplay in the initial design stage, and maintaining that standard throughout production. There s a real craft to bringing all the components of a game together to develop a finely tuned experience these courses will show you how to implement design standards in a way that best serves the needs of the project. GAME DESIGN Bachelor of Science Degree Program 106

107 ANAGEMENT Areas of Focus DESIGN creating EXPERIENCES for PLAYERS creating EXPERIENCES for PLAYERS GAME CAPSTONE PROJECT Game Capstone Project The program culminates with the Game Capstone Project. You ll be joining a game production team STONE PROJECT as a leader, coordinating a group of artists and programmers as they design and code the graphics, gameplay, and audio for a fully playable game. This real-world studio scenario will require you to draw on every element of your design and production education as you guide and support the team through every stage of production. You ll develop game documents to guide the project, create a project plan, organize and gather assets, coordinate integration between departments, develop marketing strategies, and finally work to prepare the game for delivery. GAME DESIGN Bachelor of Science Degree Program 107

108 Areas of Focus Overview The curriculum in the Game Design Bachelor of Science Degree Program is comprised of high-level game design and production courses that take you deep into the game development pipeline. You ll expand and advance your project and design skills through hands-on exercises in leadership, team management, game design, and marketing while you learn the skills you ll need to advance your career in the game production industry. During the course of the program, you will be responsible for completing a design document, an academic capstone project, and a presentation. The Capstone Project is designed to help you develop the project and team management skills you ll need to succeed in the game development field. In this project you will be paired with a group of undergraduate programmers and game artists to plan the genre and scope of a fully playable game. You will be acting as a Producer on this project, helping guide the team through the gameplay design, determining technological issues, as well as managing assets and the production timeline. This well-rounded education will help to hone your leadership, design, and project management skills in preparation for entering or advancing through the game industry. To help you make that transition, we ve got a team of Career Development Professionals that will help you polish your interviewing skills and résumé and get you ready to enter the industry. In addition, our Career Development services and advisors will be available for support and assistance throughout your career not just during your education. Objective Our goal is to provide you with the focused knowledge and understanding of game development necessary to be successful in qualifying for entry-level design and production positions. Completion of this degree program will greatly enhance your ability to work in the fast-paced environment of a game studio in an entrylevel production role. The curriculum in this program develops your executive leadership skills, project and team management abilities, and teaches the production methodologies, as well as the marketing and media relations concepts used by major game studios. In addition to technical proficiency, a Full Sail education is designed to foster the development of highly trained individuals who want to develop careers in the game and entertainment industries. The training you receive in this program will provide you with the tools to help sustain a long and productive career in the game and entertainment industries. GAME DESIGN OVERVIEW & OBJECTIVE GAME DESIGN Bachelor of Science Degree Program 108

109 Game Design Bachelor of Science Degree Program PROGRAM CORE Code Course Credit Hours GENERAL EDUCATION Code Course Credit Hours Chronological Schedule by Months GDN 4340 Aesthetics and Immersion 4.00 GDN 2130 Design and Development Analysis 3.00 GDN 3140 Design Project 4.00 GEN 2140 Anthropology and Sociology 4.00 DEP 2004 Developmental Psychology 4.00 ENC 1101 English Composition I 4.00 DIGITAL LITERACY ENGLISH COMPOSITION I GAME HISTORY PROJECT MANAGEMENT & ASSESSMENT I FINITE MATH DESIGN TOOLS I GDN 3430 Design Tools I 3.00 DGL 101 Digital Literacy 4.00 MGF 1040 Finite Math 4.00 PHY 1000 Fundamentals of Physics GDN 1440 Economics 4.00 GDN 4630 Game Design Final Project I 3.00 GEN 251 Historical Archetypes and Mythology 4.00 SPC 2140 Interpersonal Communications 4.00 FUNDAMENTALS OF PHYSICS GAME DESIGN I HISTORICAL ARCHETYPES & MYTHOLOGY STORYTELLING STATISTICS GDN 4730 Game Design Final Project II 3.00 MGF 1340 Statistics 4.00 GDN 4840 Game Design Final Project III GDN 1230 Game Design I 3.00 GDN 4240 Game Design II 4.00 GDN 1130 Game History 3.00 GDN 4440 The Game Industry 4.00 GDN 3340 Game Mechanics 4.00 GDN 2340 Leadership 4.00 GDN 3630 Level Design I 3.00 GDN 3740 Level Design II 4.00 Totals: TOTAL CREDIT HOURS: 123 TOTAL WEEKS: 128 ECONOMICS DESIGN & DEVELOPMENT ANALYSIS USABILITY DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY LEADERSHIP TEAM BUILDING DESIGN PROJECT ANTHROPOLOGY & SOCIOLOGY PROJECT MANAGEMENT & ASSESSMENT II GAME MECHANICS PROGRAMMING FOUNDATIONS GDN 3240 Programming Foundations GDN 111 Project Management and Assessment I 1.00 GDN 112 Project Management and Assessment II 1.00 GDN 223 Project Management and Assessment III 1.00 LEVEL DESIGN I LEVEL DESIGN II PROTOTYPING I PROTOTYPING II GAME DESIGN II GDN 3840 Prototyping I 4.00 GDN 4140 Prototyping II 4.00 GDN 4540 Research and Marketing 4.00 GDN 1340 Storytelling 4.00 GDN 2430 Team Building 3.00 GDN 2240 Usability 4.00 Totals: Graduates of this degree may apply to continue their education with the: Game Design Master of Science Degree Program Entertainment Business Master of Science Degree Program INTERPERSONAL COMMUNICATIONS AESTHETICS & IMMERSION GAME DESIGN FINAL PROJECT II GAME DESIGN FINAL PROJECT III THE GAME INDUSTRY RESEARCH & MARKETING PROJECT MANAGEMENT & ASSESSMENT III GAME DESIGN FINAL PROJECT I This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS). * IF YOU RE INTERESTED IN ANOTHER EDUCATIONAL TRACK, PLEASE CONTACT OUR ADMISSIONS DEPARTMENT TO EXPLORE YOUR OPTIONS. GAME DESIGN Bachelor of Science Degree Program 109

110 Course Descriptions Program Core GDN 4340 Aesthetics and Immersion The Aesthetics and Immersion Course examines the latest research in immersion, addiction, and basic learning theories as they apply to game design. These techniques are a growing discipline within the game design world as they can influence sales and game enjoyment through paradigms such as the aesthetic usability effect. This course outlines the constructs of aesthetics and immersion as separate yet intertwined disciplines. In this course, the psychology of aesthetic design is traced back to its historic roots while also giving the student a current understanding of the field. Historical Aesthetics Changing Times Current Aesthetics Aesthetic Tendencies Current Immersion Techniques Immersion Research Basic Learning Theory Reward Systems and Addiction GDN 2130 Design and Development Analysis The Design and Development Analysis Course teaches the student techniques used to deconstruct, reproduce, and improve existing games based on a thorough analytical process. The ability to critically analyze other s work is essential to the design phase of any project, and the video game industry is no exception to this. By playing and deconstructing games, students will learn the complicated design systems running behind the scenes in games and will compose documents to support their findings. Game Analysis Techniques Game Mechanics Analysis Reward Systems Analysis Interface/Input Analysis Advanced Game Systems (Combat, etc.) Document Recreation Total credit hours 3.00 Course length 4 weeks GDN 3140 Design Project The Design Project Course challenges students to apply what they have learned in the first half of this program in design classes such as Game Design I and Storytelling, personal development courses like Team Building and Leadership, and critical and analytical classes such as Economics and Usability. In studentled teams, participants take on various design roles to generate ideas, design playable components around those ideas, and document their decisions through a collaborative analytical process. Focus is placed on the mechanics, flow, and fun factors of their analog game prototype. The goal of the project is for students to appreciate the complexity of collaborative game design, to fine-tune their technical design skills, and to ensure their design is well-suited to an intended market and meets specific milestones. Design Document Review Game Feature Breakdowns Refactoring Designs Design Mechanic Review Design Reviews & Feedback Independent Work GDN 3430 Design Tools I In the Design Tools I Course, students examine the various development tools used to create games. Students explore game engines, asset libraries, graphic art tools, and level editing tools. The intention of the course is not to fine-tune the use of all the game creation tools discussed; it is to provide a working knowledge of the tools so that designers can bring their designs to life as well as create a single level in an actual game engine. Intro to Design Tools Game Engines Modeling & Design Packages Textures Level Review Wikis Total credit hours 3.00 Course length 4 weeks DGL 101 Digital Literacy The Digital Literacy Course utilizes a collaborative learning environment to introduce software programs and web tools that will prepare students with digital skills for online learning. In addition, students learn the operation and management of the Apple Mac Operating System, Apple hardware, and applicable technology. Students use these tools to complete various projects, conduct Internet research, collaborate with other students, and communicate with instructors. Mac OS and Computer Hardware Sound, Visual, and Business Software Applications Web Technology and Software Applications Internet Tools for Research and Learning GDN 1440 Economics The Economics Course examines how people make choices and use resources. This course focuses specifically on game economics and will examine how markets are created and maintained in game worlds. Students will learn how players allocate their resources in a limited market, while trying to satisfy their wants and needs. This is maintained through economic balance and fluctuations that are controlled by the designer and must be maintained throughout the development process. Topics of study include basic economic theory, inflation, supply & demand, poverty & inequality, and market stability. Real-World vs. Game Economics Supply & Demand Market Equilibrium Market Creation & Maintenance MMO Economies Player Motives Inequality and Balance GAME DESIGN Bachelor of Science Degree Program 110

111 Course Descriptions Program Core GDN 4630 Game Design Final Project I In the Game DesignFinal Project I Course, students are placed into groups and will plan the genre and scope of their final projects. Students will assign roles and responsibilities, generate feature lists, and outline a production plan. Each team is responsible for composing a formal Design Document, detailing the process and tools that will be used to create the intended game prototype. Focus will be on originality, creativity, overall fun of the game, team collaboration, and work ethic. Mechanic Review Prototype Review Design Pitfalls Teamwork & Project Management Review Design Critiques & Feedback In Practicum Total credit hours 3.00 Course length 4 weeks GDN 4730 Game Desgin Final Project II In the Game Design Final Project II Course, the final project serves as the culmination of skills developed during the Game Design Online program. Teams will focus on turning their Final Project I documented designs into full working prototypes. Prototypes can consist of multiple game levels, card games, pen & paper games, board games, and game mods. Students will be evaluated on their design decisions, creativity, and look and feel of the prototype, playability, and overall fun. Upon completion of this course, teams will have a working prototype that is ready to be tested and polished. Tool Usage Review Feedback and Critique In Practicum Total credit hours 3.00 Course length 4 weeks GDN 4840 Game Design Final Project III In the Game Design Final Project III Course, the final project serves as the culmination of skills developed during the Game Design Online program. Teams will continue working on Final Project II prototypes, testing and polishing their game designs. Upon completion of this course, teams will have concrete examples of their designs that are polished and professionally formatted and ready to be presented and shared with prospective employers or investors. Quality Assurance Testing In Practicum Game Presentation GDN 1230 Game Design I The Game Design I Course examines the common design approaches used in the game industry and examines the purpose and function of written documentation. Providing a memorable experience for a player in any given game requires a thorough design, and for a design to be effectively communicated and adhered to during the development process, it must be well documented. Students will design and document an original game concept, beginning with traditional and creative brainstorming techniques, concept mapping, and outlining. They will further hone their descriptive and technical writing skills through composition, revision, and editing of their design documentation. Conceptual Design Defined Brainstorming Techniques & Outlining Design Processes Documentation Format and Requirements Feedback and Revision Total credit hours 3.00 Course length 4 weeks GDN 4240 Game Design II The Game Design II Course teaches students how to prioritize game features and develop successful plans of implementation. Design is not only creating what is in a game but also deciding how and when certain features will be implemented and accomplished. The goal is to create a complete gaming experience for the player, and students will learn to appreciate this through a deeper examination of core aspects such as point of view, feedback, player challenge, and player choices. Defining Core Game Systems Game Systems Implementing Usability Advanced Feedback Input/Camera Assessment of Difficulty GDN 1130 Game History The Game History Course examines the history of game development, the changes in game systems, and the evolution of genres and interactivity elements. The course explores why people play games and which games revolutionized the various game genres. Important milestones in the industry s history have resulted in changes to the way people create and play games, and designers need to understand these. Students will learn about influential and innovative titles and what impact they had or continue to have on the games of today. Industry Milestones Influential Games Innovative Games Gaming Systems Genre and Interactivity Development Total credit hours 3.00 Course length 4 weeks GAME DESIGN Bachelor of Science Degree Program 111

112 Course Descriptions Program Core GDN 4440 The Game Industry The Game Industry Course is an opportunity to expose students to some external and related influences on the design process that are outside of the scope of gameplay and entertainment. Primary topics include the development of games for education, health, and military training, social network games, cellphone applications, handling community relations and events, and methods for deriving income from the game through retail, subscription, advertising revenue, and fremium models. This class helps broaden the student s understanding of the game industry and other external influences on design and development that they will encounter in a production environment. Serious Games and Simulations Social Games Mobile Games Alternate Reality Games Community and Forum Development Monetization Methods GDN 2340 Leadership The Leadership Course is designed to facilitate students discovery, direction, development and demonstration of their leadership skills. Emphasis is placed on students constructing a personal leadership development plan for professional application. The importance of translating leadership theory into real-world practice is amplified throughout the course. The leadership principles and knowledge that will be acquired are transferable to any industry. Leadership Theories/Models Leadership Challenges and Solutions Leadership Types and Traits Mission, Vision, Values, Purpose Leading Change: In the Video Game Industry Roles and Responsibilities Team Leadership GDN 3740 Level Design II The Level Design II Course teaches students how to create a level based on game interactions and features. Designing a level by interaction allows the game designer to map out the perfect game scenarios to give to the player. Since games allow a degree of free will, it is the designer s responsibility to present the player with optimal situations to utilize and master game features. This is achieved by linking well thought out interactive scenarios. Using the tools learned in Level Design 1, students follow simple steps to creating an interaction-driven level. Advanced concepts such as modularity and combat scenarios are also covered in this class. Defining Game Interactions Mapping Interactions Level Creation with Interactions Facilitating Scenarios Creating Modularity GDN 3340 Game Mechanics The Game Mechanics Course explores the theories and principles employed in game rule-based systems. Students will learn how pacing and thematic structures incorporate conflict resolution and generate a plausible challenge and reward system. Students will understand the use of feedback mechanisms by employing a heuristic testing process to determine which of the design elements may or may not be fun or unbalanced during actual play. Students leaving this course will have a better idea about how to better sync gameplay decisions to a specified target audience. Concept Presentations Game Design Documentation Game Genres and Classifications Game Design Theories Conflict Resolution Conventions Pacing and Thematic Constructs Heuristic Testing Process GDN 3630 Level Design I The Level Design I Course teaches students how to analyze game levels and break them down into their basic components. Students will learn to ask the right questions when designing a level. What purpose does a particular object in a level serve? Is it functional, or is it there for purely aesthetic reasons? What sort of guidance (if any) should a player receive? Does this level have any ties to previous or future levels? Students will also learn about such concepts as level pacing and flow, setting clear goals for a player, and the importance of visuals. The ever-elusive fun factor will also be covered, as a way of tying the individual components together. Level Purpose and Theme Level Goals and Objectives Pacing and Flow Player Navigation and Rewards Aesthetics and Visuals Total credit hours 3.00 Course length 4 weeks GDN 3240 Programming Foundations The Programming Foundations Course examines the underlying technical details of a game. General knowledge of simple object-oriented concepts will help a designer plan out the various systems of a game. These skills will also help a designer break down aspects of a game into their core components. Scripting languages will also be introduced as a means of giving the designer higher-level access to the data and functionality of a game. Introduction to Variables Information Storage and Retrieval Systems Object Oriented Programming Languages (Java, C#) Scripting (Python, Lua) Core Game Elements GAME DESIGN Bachelor of Science Degree Program 112

113 Course Descriptions Program Core GDN 111, 112, 223 Project Management and Assessment I, II, III The Project Management and Assessment Courses are concurrent courses taken alongside core curriculum in order to assist students with the development, management, and assessment of program projects. The courses provide an opportunity for students to apply analysis skills, create strategic plans, and foster professional workflow practices. Project Development and Analysis Project Management and Assessment Create/Evaluate Project Plan Professional Workflow Practices Total credit hours 1.00 each Course length 4 weeks GDN 3840 Prototyping I The Prototyping I Course provides students with the theory and practices used to design and execute a testing process to both validate and improve a game during the preproduction phase of development. Simplified versions of the final product called prototypes allow for the proving and refinement of a game as well as reducing both costs and risks associated with the actual development cycle. Students will ultimately propose their own product in this course to be tested in the following course, Prototyping II. Process: From Concept to Prototype to Preproduction Material Models Levels of Fidelity Bug-Tracking Plan Defect Determination Testing Methodologies GDN 4140 Prototyping II The Prototyping II Course demonstrates the testing of viability and variation of the game concept, employing a heuristic process that provides personal insight for each student. This course utilizes the game concept proposed in the previous course (Prototyping I) to experience a testing and revision process that will improve the overall quality of a game. A range of testing methods will be employed to improve iterations of the game product. Execution of Test Methods Iterative Design Tracking Software Configuration Bug Tracking and Allocation Integrating Experience into the Preproduction GDN 4540 Research and Marketing The Research and Marketing Course examines the research and documentation process and helps students develop the skills required to gather information, organize data, and deliver a concise and credible product. The billiondollar video game industry is fueled by successful marketing campaigns that engage loyal enthusiasts as well as capture new customers. Topics of study will include technical and player documentation, consumer research, advertising, product planning, culture and language, and media relationships. The materials and process in this course apply directly to final project development in this program. Game Design Documentation User Documentation Localization Intellectual Property and Copyright Marketing and Media Gathering and Using Metrics GDN 1340 Storytelling The Storytelling Course introduces students to the history of storytelling in all its manifestations: from ancient tribal performance and cave paintings to the modern impact of story in various entertainment media. Students will examine storytelling as a practical tool for communicating information and ideas, including storyboarding techniques. There will be particular attention paid to how storytelling operates through modern technologies including cinema and games and how it can be used in video games to build narrative depth, emotional impact, and theme, which all work toward greater player immersion. History of Storytelling Narrative Patterns Storytelling Techniques Dramatization & Character Relationships Storytelling & Technology GDN 2430 Team Building The Team Building Course investigates the collaborative techniques and communication methods essential to team problem solving, decision-making, and conflict resolution. Cohesive teams understand that a clear vision, a common goal, well-defined roles, and established rules are the successful team s core building blocks. This course provides persistent opportunities for practical application of teambuilding techniques to promote accountability and bolster interpersonal skills. Through collaborative exercises, team projects, and ongoing, rigorous discussion, team members develop a greater mastery of active listening and feedback skills. By leveraging their skill set with other team members, students have the opportunity to mentor one another and conduct team self-assessments critical to team success. Stages of Team Development Team Collaboration Methods Individual and Team Personalities and Interactions Communication, Problem Solving, and Feedback Decision Making and Conflict Resolution Total credit hours 3.00 Course length 4 weeks GAME DESIGN Bachelor of Science Degree Program 113

114 Course Descriptions Program Core General Education GDN 2240 Usability The Usability Course explores the theoretical and practical methods used to improve game interfaces. Usability inspection is aimed at finding usability problems and providing design relevant information to designers and engineers in the effort of making products easier to interact with and more efficient to use. In this course, students will understand usability and its considerations defining the usability trade-offs involved in the game design world. Some of the topics will include generations of user interfaces, the usability engineering lifecycle, design process, usability heuristics, usability testing methodologies, four fun keys, and design of a game controller. What is Usability? Generations of User Interfaces Engineering Lifecycle Design Process Heuristics Usability Testing Methodologies Four Fun Keys Design of a Game Controller GEN 2140 Anthropology and Sociology The Anthropology and Sociology Course explores how groups of humans tend to interact, and how these interactions impact and shape people on an individual level. This course will also examine the impact that technological advancements and globalization have had in regards to the formation of societies. Students will learn about the role diversity plays in the shaping of the psyche on an individual and collective level, and will explore belief systems, values, and behaviors within and between cultures. This course will increase students understanding regarding how culture is shaped, from the largest national identities to the smallest social groups. Introduction to Anthropology Cultural Anthropology Introduction to Sociology Group Dynamics Social Psychology DEP 2004 Developmental Psychology The Developmental Psychology Course course is designed to examine the ways in which the basic elements of psychological development serve to either enhance or detract from personal growth. Students will explore both current and historical theory to give them the broadest possible framework with which to enhance their understanding of identity development and expression. Paradigms Imagination and Conscience ENC 1101 English Composition I The English Composition I Course is designed to introduce students to the writing process. Special attention is given to selecting and refining topics, identifying the audience, developing a purpose, and formulating thesis statements. Grammatical conventions and their applications are heavily stressed. Students will learn to compose mature, logical sentences, and paragraphs in order to create rhetorical cohesion. Invention and Drafting Revising and Editing Grammar Essay Structure Audience Awareness MGF 1040 Finite Math The Finite Math Course provides a foundation of mathematical analysis techniques used in the working world. Students will explore a collection of topics including Probability Theory, Linear Programming, Matrices & Determinates, Logic, and Number Theory. The topics explored will provide valuable experience with organizing information and analytical thinking. Students will use the skills gained in this course to successfully navigate future courses and projects that call on logical and analytical assessments. Algebraic Operations Combinatorics Proactive and Reactive Behavior Time Management Logic & Probability Theory Sets & Number Theory Efficacy, Shadow, Shame Perception and Communication Linear Programming Digital Geometry Cognitive Dissonance Matrices & Determinants Proofs and Ordered Sets This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS). GAME DESIGN Bachelor of Science Degree Program 114

115 Course Descriptions General Education PHY 1000 Fundamentals of Physics The Fundamentals of Physics Course examines real-world physics and how those rules can be modeled in mathematical theories. Students will explore the fundamentals of momentum and energy, force and motion, gravity, particles, temperature, electricity, magnetism, and light. Students will use the learned concepts to design mathematical models representing the physics environments. The students will use this knowledge to communicate concisely the behavioral characteristics of the natural phenomena. Nomenclature Basic Collision Reaction SPC 2140 Interpersonal Communication The Interpersonal Communications Course examines the nature of the communication process, variables affecting the process, and the individuals involved. Additionally, this course includes individual analysis of behavior processes that may impede and/or enhance communication processes. Topics include perception, nonverbal behavior, persuasive communication, identity management, intercultural communication and computer mediated communication. This course also enhances students ability to analyze and evaluate information. Assessment and Evaluation Writing Résumés and Other Documents Newtonian Physics Application of Physics Research and Planning Networking and Interviewing Basic Collision Detection GEN 251 Historical Archetypes & Mythology The Historical Archetypes and Mythology Course introduces students to the connections between history, mythology, and iconic archetypes, and the influence these relationships have had on classical and contemporary cultures of the world. Color symbolism is also explored in order to better appreciate folklores, heroes, and monsters of various cultures. In addition to composing original myths and stories, students complete a personal assessment that identifies characteristics of their individual archetypes and use this knowledge to identify, understand, and relate to mythological characters and characters of their own creation. The course also enhances students ability to analyze and evaluate information. Introduction to Archetypes, Culture, and Myths Cultural Archetypes of Asia, Europe, and Latin America MGF 1340 Statistics The Statistics Course teaches students how to examine data, determine where things are, and predict where things will go. By determining market trends and behavioral trends, the student can leverage the data so that it connects directly with an intended target. Students will examine the central tendency, variability, and skew of data in effort to locate correlations and regressions and will use this information to predict trends or see where problems could arise. Descriptive Statistics & Data Collection Mathematics of Statistics Probability & Distribution Central Limit Theorem Mean & Variance Statistical Analysis & Application Archetypes Influence on Culture Cross Cultural Comparisons of World Archetypes and Myths to Western Culture Contemporary Western Myths and Archetypes This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS). GAME DESIGN Bachelor of Science Degree Program 115

116 Graphic Design Bachelor of Science Degree Program Graphic design is everywhere. In almost every aspect of our lives, art is used to convey a message, and everything that we buy has some amount of design that goes into it. Whether it s a t-shirt, magazine, billboard, website, or a company logo, we are constantly surrounded by visuals that tell a story or express an idea. The vision driving these images is one that shapes the world and the way that we see it. When you enter Full Sail s Graphic Design program, you join the ranks of those who choose to spread their vision on a wider scale. It s about combining the beauty and wonder of art with the mechanics of design to deliver a client s message in a compelling way. It s about communicating a story through visual means. And regardless of how you choose to tell that story, you ll be immersed in a world of creativity, where the only limitation is your own imagination. Areas of Focus Digital Storytelling Fine Arts Design Modeling Fundamentals Animation Branding/ Identity Effects Personal Final Project/ Identity Demo Reel Project Creation GRAPHIC DESIGN Bachelor of Science Degree Program 116

117 DESIGN architecture Areas of Focus IMAGES design erspective ELEMENTS COLOR ITY ITY DESIGN lements typography brand ELEMENTS IMAGES design OLOR Digital Storytelling delivering YOUR MESSAGE DESIGN architecture SUPPORT FOUNDATIONperspective delivering COLOR typography elements YOUR COLOR MESSAGE typography CAREER CORPORATE advancement BRANDING/IDENTITY DESIGN Design Fundamentals BRAND OBJECTIVES elements perspective ELEMENTS brand architecture ELEMENTS COLOR DESIGN FUNDAMENTALS DIGITAL STORYTELLING DIGITAL STORYTELLING typography design THEORY Art is about self-expression and aesthetic satisfaction. Design incorporates those elements, but its purpose is more direct to convey a client s message. To be able to do this effectively, you ll need to have SUPPORT a firm grasp on how a story or message can be conveyed by images and design, a concept that elements has existed since art s beginnings. CORPORATE BRANDING/IDENTITY DESIGN FUNDAMENTALS CREATING A PERSONAL IDENTITY CORPORATE BRANDING/IDENTITY elements ofdesign By studying art s historical context through selected monuments of design and architecture in the Western CAREER tradition and the effect they had on the civilizations advancement that produced them, you ll develop a better understanding of how to apply similar theories to aid you in delivering your message, whatever it may be. You ll combine this understanding with the software tools that allow you to easily produce personal digital content that communicates a story or theme whether it s your own, a client s, or that of the entire world. typography GN CREATING A PERSONAL IDENTITY DESIGN DESIGN elements DESIGN FUNDAMENTALS DIGITAL CONTENT design THEORY SUPPORT elements BRAND OBJECTIVES CAREER ofdesign architecture DESIGN IMAGES IMAGES elements design design software Having a healthy design vocabulary helps ensure that there are no barriers to your ability to take on projects and assignments. CREATING That s A PERSONAL why the IDENTITY Graphic Design program starts with key concepts that will inform all of your design work. You ll study the psychological impact and importance of color and learn to use typography as an effective design element. You ll also study the best logos and symbols in the field of graphic design and explore their meaning and technique, elements all in preparation for creating a personalized logo that works. advancement delivering YOUR MESSAGE You ll also work to develop your skills with software applications that are used every day in the design world, such as Adobe Photoshop, Illustrator, and After Effects. The combination of design theory and knowledge of powerful software will give you the foundation you need to start creating great design. design THEORY ELEMENTS brand SUPPORT elements ELEMENTS CAREER advancement CONTENT software FOUNDATION MESSAGE DESIGN design architecture THEORY architecture DESIGN BRAND DIGITAL elements DESIGN OBJECTIVES elements elements perspective ELEMENTS ofdesign perspective ELEMENTS brand ELEMENTS brand ELEMENTS DIGITAL CONTENT software FOUNDATION delivering delivering software YOUR FOUNDATION YOUR MESSAGE MESSAGE design THEORY design THEORY BRAND OBJECTIVES BRAND elements OBJECTIVES ofdesign elements ofdesign ING IMAGES design SUPPORT DESIGN architecture perspective delivering YOUR MESSAGE DIGITAL CONTENT BRAND GRAPHIC DESIGN Bachelor of Science Degree Program 117

118 DING/IDENTITY ORT nts EER NAL IDENTITY ment IMAGES design COLOR typography SUPPORT elements CAREER dvancement Areas of Focus SUPPORT perspective elements ELEMENTS Branding/Identity brand CAREER advancement ELEMENTS elements THEORY BRAND ELEMENTS OBJECTIVES elements A brand is more than just a logo; it s a set of values that the public can believe in and associate with a name or company. From a designer s perspective, it involves sitting down with a client and being able to DESIGN offer up insight for every piece of collateral, package design, sponsorship, and event architecture that you re involved in, explaining how each element supports the company s brand objectives. In the eyes of the client, you re no longer just doing contract DESIGN work you re now a partner in their endeavors. Of course, aside from any design work, there are other important skills you need to learn to be able to relate to and communicate with a client, and we cover those topics, too, as you gain experience with all aspects of the corporate branding process. perspective ELEMENTS brand ELEMENTS perspective brand ofdesign ELEMENTS delivering Personal YOUR Identity Project DIGITAL CONTENT MESSAGE Just as a company s brand is an essential component of its success, your own personal brand is just as crucial to the advancement of your career. The final portion of design the Graphic Design program will task you software THEORY FOUNDATION to complete a Personal Identity Project that will bring together all the disparate elements of design that form your personal brand. BRAND By creating a portfolio, you ll collect your existing pieces of work OBJECTIVES into a professional, impressive cache that can turn an average job interview into a great one. And throughout the portfolio process, you ll be exposed elements to a series of innovative personal brands in the industry, studying everything from the design of successful logos to the type of letterhead used in documents. In the end, you ll use all this knowledge to pull together a powerful and unique expression of your identity. ofdesign BRAND OBJECTIVES CREATING A PERSONAL IDENTITY elements ofdesign CAREER advancement brand ELEMENTS ele ofd GRAPHIC DESIGN Bachelor of Science Degree Program 118

119 Areas of Focus Overview Our Graphic Design curriculum gives you hands-on experience that will prepare you for a career in the field of design. You ll create projects for assignments where no two submissions are alike from print publishing, to package design, to interface design, and more. Along the way, your projects will be documented in a design diary, logging both instructor feedback on various assignments and your own notes indicating what was done to improve the work. This will become a valuable reference tool for the program s final project, when you ll assemble all you ve learned along the way to put together a piece of work that will be the highlight of a diverse and stylized portfolio. In addition to art and design skills, you ll also have courses in real-world topics like corporate branding and identity, client relations, and how to give and receive work critique, as well as courses focusing on communication skills, art history, and how to prepare yourself for that first step into the design industry. To help you make that transition, we ve also got a team of Career Development professionals that can help you polish your interviewing skills and get you ready to enter the industry. In addition, our Career Development services and advisors will be available for support and assistance throughout your career not just during your education. Objective Our goal is to provide you with the focused knowledge and understanding of graphic arts production needed to qualify for entry-level, industry positions as graphic designers, media designers, web designers, digital image processors, art directors, and various other positions in graphic arts production. Additional skills you acquire in customer relations, copyright law, and corporate branding will broaden your opportunities for a variety of positions in the industry. In addition to technical proficiency and creative development, your education will help you develop critical thinking, problem solving, and analytical skills that contribute to life learning, providing you with tools to help sustain a long and productive professional career in the entertainment and media industries. GRAPHIC DESIGN OVERVIEW & OBJECTIVE GRAPHIC DESIGN Bachelor of Science Degree Program 119

120 Graphic Design Bachelor of Science Degree Program PROGRAM CORE Code Course Credit Hours GENERAL EDUCATION Code Course Credit Hours Chronological Schedule by Months DGT 241 Advanced Computer Graphics 4.00 DGT 441 Advanced Motion Graphics 4.00 GRD 273 Client Relations 3.00 ART 2006 Art History 4.00 MGF 1213 College Mathematics 4.00 DEP 2004 Developmental Psychology 4.00 ENGLISH COMPOSITION I ART HISTORY DESIGNING COMPUTER GRAPHICS ADVANCED COMPUTER GRAPHICS COLLEGE MATHEMATICS GRD 124 Color Theory 3.00 GRD 254 Corporate Branding 3.00 ENC 1101 English Composition I 4.00 VIC 2003 History of Visual Communication ART 1201 Design and Art Theory 4.00 DGT 112 Designing Computer Graphics 4.00 SPC 2140 Interpersonal Communications 4.00 MMC 2000 Media and Society 4.00 DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY DESIGN & ART THEORY COLOR THEORY DIGITAL STORYTELLING LOGOS & SYMBOLS DGT 345 Digital Audio Design 4.00 COM 2041 Psychology of Human Interaction 4.00 GRD 244 Digital Publishing DGT 117 Digital Storytelling 3.00 DGT 361 Digital Studio 4.00 DGT 252 Digital Video 4.00 DGT 262 Editing Digital Video 4.00 DGT 275 Flash Media 4.00 DGT 273 Graphic Web Design 4.00 PLA 2412 Intellectual Property and Law 3.00 DGT 272 Interactive Media Design and Usability 3.00 Totals: TOTAL CREDIT HOURS: 123 TOTAL WEEKS: 128 HISTORY OF VISUAL COMMUNICATION TYPOGRAPHY & PAGE LAYOUT DIGITAL PUBLISHING STUDIO MAINTENANCE CLIENT RELATIONS DIGITAL AUDIO DESIGN PROJECT MANAGEMENT & ASSESSMENT I MOTION GRAPHICS ADVANCED MOTION GRAPHICS DIGITAL VIDEO PROJECT MANAGEMENT & ASSESSMENT II EDITING DIGITAL VIDEO GRD 156 Logos and Symbols DGT 341 Motion Graphics 4.00 DGT 491 Personal Identity Project 5.00 DGT 482 Portfolio Creation 4.00 INTERPERSONAL COMMUNICATIONS INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY & LAW CORPORATE BRANDING MEDIA & SOCIETY PROJECT MANAGEMENT & ASSESSMENT III PSYCHOLOGY OF HUMAN INTERACTION DGT 351 Production Management 4.00 GRB 101 Project Management and Assessment I GRB 102 Project Management and Assessment II 1.00 GRB 203 Project Management and Assessment III 1.00 DGT 321 Studio Maintenance 3.00 DGT 232 Typography and Page Layout 3.00 Totals: Graduates of this degree may apply to continue their education with the: Game Design Master of Science Degree Program Entertainment Business Master of Science Degree Program INTERACTIVE MEDIA DESIGN & USABILITY GRAPHIC WEB DESIGN PORTFOLIO CREATION PERSONAL IDENTITY PROJECT FLASH MEDIA DIGITAL STUDIO PRODUCTION MANAGEMENT This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS). * IF YOU RE INTERESTED IN ANOTHER EDUCATIONAL TRACK, PLEASE CONTACT OUR ADMISSIONS DEPARTMENT TO EXPLORE YOUR OPTIONS. GRAPHIC DESIGN Bachelor of Science Degree Program 120

121 Course Descriptions Program Core DGT 241 Advanced Computer Graphics The Advanced Computer Graphics Course trains students in advanced levels of graphics creation through the use of software programs utilized by design and animation companies worldwide. This course emphasizes design from a problem-solving point of view, and introduces the production timeline and graphical requirements for the manipulation of digital images in a studio environment. Advanced Graphics Tools Advanced Design and Color Layout and Composition Digital Imaging and Manipulation Special Effects DGT 441 Advanced Motion Graphics The Advanced Motion Graphics Course teaches students advanced techniques of motion graphics creation by building on concepts learned in the Motion Graphics course. This course emphasizes design from a problem-solving point of view, and continues the production timeline and graphical requirements of a multimedia project by demonstrating the manipulation of digital images in a studio environment. Students receive a thorough understanding of advanced techniques in continuing exploration of special effects, image compositing, and motion graphics. Advanced Motion Graphics Tools Design and Critique Advanced Movement and Composition Advanced Special Effects GRD 273 Client Relations The Client Relations Course introduces students to normal business practices and how to navigate them, providing an understanding of how the complex client/ designer relationship is critical for success. Students are exposed to many techniques for gaining and keeping the trust of the client. Concepts of negotiation and how to use it effectively in business are explored. Students participate in groups simulating real-world client/designer business scenarios. The Business Process The Client Relationship Gaining the Client s Trust Client Relationship Workshop Total credit hours 3.00 Course length 4 weeks GRD 124 Color Theory The Color Theory Course exposes students to the theories and application of color, as they relate to both print and screen. Historical and geographical perspectives are discussed as well as methods and techniques of the use of color to create impact, combined with the necessary color correction for many delivery options. In this course, students also explore color calibration, both with software and hardware tools. Color Theory in Principle Applied Color Theory Psychology of Color Color Calibration Total credit hours 3.00 Course length 4 weeks GRD 254 Corporate Branding The Corporate Branding Course builds upon the concepts learned in prior courses and focuses on what makes an effective brand. Students are exposed to many of the best-known brands and their impact on our world. Concepts of branding and how to use it effectively in the corporate market are explored, and students are tasked with creating their own Corporate Brand portfolio. Understanding Corporate Branding Great Branding Campaigns The Branding Process Corporate Branding Project Total credit hours 3.00 Course length 4 weeks ART 1201 Design and Art Theory The Design and Art Theory Course provides an understanding of composition, design, art, basic color, and graphics through a study of varied artistic styles and their sociological and psychological effects throughout history. This course is essential in the multimedia world where traditional art forms are often blended with current imagery to create a new and significant artistic genre. Introduction to Visual Thinking Drawing Workshop, Color and Value, Perspective Elements and Composition of Art and Graphics Cartooning, Animation, and Storyboarding This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS). GRAPHIC DESIGN Bachelor of Science Degree Program 121

122 Course Descriptions Program Core DGT 112 Designing Computer Graphics The Designing Computer Graphics Course trains students in basic levels of graphics creation through the use of software programs utilized by design and animation companies worldwide. This course emphasizes design from a problemsolving point of view, as students receive instruction in color theory and correction, input/output techniques, and tools for graphic design and image compositing. Computer Graphics Tools Design and Color Layout and Composition Digital Imaging and Manipulation DGT 345 Digital Audio Design In the Digital Audio Design Course, students explore the creation of audio elements for multimedia, with an emphasis on the design and production of a quality audio product. Students go through the process of producing audio that is compatible with various forms of delivery, from DVD to the Internet. Students gain the skills required to produce quality audio elements and also learn to master those elements to CD-ROM or another comparable format. Audio Basics Audio Design and Structure Assembly and Testing with Authoring Programs Mastering to CD/DVD Format GRD 244 Digital Publishing The Digital Publishing Course mirrors the professional graphic art industry workflow model. Students work in teams with a lead designer, designers, production artists, an illustrator, and a digital pre-press artist, cycling through the responsibilities for each project. For the duration of the course, each student gains team-publishing experience using Adobe Acrobat in a document review cycle with a client. Students have the opportunity to produce a CD/DVD cover and sleeve, a poster, a magazine cover and 16-page signature, a brochure, and an e-book. Digital Publishing Cycle Digital Pre-press Concepts and Techniques Design and Production of Online Documents Interactive Online Documents DGT 117 Digital Storytelling The Digital Storytelling Course leads students through the methods and techniques of creating personal digital content using various applications, including social networking tools. In this course, students are asked to explore a powerful suite of tools to create many pieces of personal expression, including podcasts, movies, and informative blogs. The design concepts reinforced in this course show that they could be used across all types of media. Concepts of Digital Storytelling Learning Social Networking Tools Learning Presentation Techniques Storytelling Project Total credit hours 3.00 Course length 4 weeks DGT 361 Digital Studio While creating digital content throughout the program, students get an opportunity for a one-on-one portfolio review. The Digital Studio Course introduces students to the process of being art directed as they receive feedback and suggestions for improvement of their work. Students work on their pieces after their critique and have a final review in preparation for the creation of their final portfolio. Individual content review Studio time I Studio time II Final content review DGT 252 Digital Video The Digital Video Course is a preliminary production course for the Graphic Design program. In this course, students are introduced to the primary concepts of storytelling, sound design, imaging, and editing. This course also introduces students to the production model, media types (text, image, and sound), and the technologies of multimedia architectures. Storytelling Media Types Design and Production GRAPHIC DESIGN Bachelor of Science Degree Program 122

123 Course Descriptions Program Core DGT 262 Editing Digital Video The Editing Digital Video Course covers the art and science of non-linear editing. In this course, students learn how editing choices impact how the project will be perceived and ultimately affect its success. Students are introduced to the advanced concepts of imaging and editing, as well as the production model of editing video in the industry. Students also participate in group discussions about editing choices and audience. Editing Techniques Production Workflow Editing with Final Cut Pro DGT 275 Flash Media The Flash Media Course focuses on the creation of engaging interactive content for the Internet utilizing Adobe Flash, an industry-standard Web authoring software package. In addition to learning the key elements of the Flash interface, students explore how to create and edit rich media for deployment on the Web. Optimization and publishing techniques for audio, video, and animation will be addressed to ensure smooth performance within the Web environment. Flash Authoring Environment Drawing Tools Flash Animation Techniques Optimizing and Publishing DGT 273 Graphic Web Design The Graphic Web Design Course examines the process of creating exciting, functional content for the Internet. Students expand on the design skills that they have learned throughout the degree program by creating interactive Web pages through the use of industry-standard Web authoring software. Students receive an understanding of HTML and web-standards related to the development of websites. This course demonstrates how to create, edit, manage, and design a professional website within a Web authoring tool and complementary software applications. Graphic Optimization HTML Dreamweaver Content Integration PLA 2412 Intellectual Property and Law The Intellectual Property and Law Course is designed to introduce the student to general business practices including finance, accounting, insurance, taxes, management, marketing, and negotiation. Students are provided a foundation that addresses the complexities of intellectual property, copyright, and basic business and contract law as it pertains to digital content. Case studies will be used to examine the impact of these laws on our industry. Overview of the Industries Business Practices Intellectual Property Contracts Business Law Total credit hours 3.00 Course length 4 weeks DGT 272 Interactive Media Design and Usability The Interactive Media Design and Usability Course introduces students to the tools and concepts of User Interface (UI) design combined with a method of project development utilizing an industry-proven production process. The course explores both behavioral and structural patterns of UI design along with Information Architecture (IA) for interactive deployment, user navigation techniques, and page layout for the interactive medium. Students gain an extensive knowledge of usability patterns as well as production methodologies as they implement project documentation for the milestones of a User Interface design. Production Process User Patterns UI Design and Usability Patterns Project Documentation Methodologies Total credit hours 3.00 Course length 4 weeks GRD 156 Logos and Symbols The Logos and Symbols Course builds upon the concepts learned in both Designing Computer Graphics and Advanced Computer Graphics courses. Students examine the work of the best graphic designers and explore what makes a logo or symbol work and become instantly recognizable. The design concepts reinforced in this course can be used across all types of media. The Graphic Display of Information Exploration of Symbols and their Meaning Creating a Logo that Works Logos and Symbols Project Total credit hours 3.00 Course length 4 weeks This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS). GRAPHIC DESIGN Bachelor of Science Degree Program 123

124 Course Descriptions Program Core DGT 341 Motion Graphics The Motion Graphics Course trains students in basic techniques of motion graphics creation through the use of software programs utilized by design and animation companies worldwide. This course emphasizes design from a problemsolving point of view, and continues the production timeline and graphical requirements of a multimedia project by demonstrating the manipulation of digital images in a studio environment. In this course, students gain a thorough understanding of input/output techniques, special effects, image compositing, and motion graphics. Motion Graphics Tools Design and Color Movement and Composition Special Effects DGT 491 Personal Identity Project The Personal Identity Project Course gives students the opportunity to create their own personal brand across multiple types of media. This skill is a critical part of marketing yourself to a client or employer and encompasses all of the concepts and techniques learned in prior courses. Students are exposed to many of the most innovative and effective personal brands and explore concepts of creating a powerful personal identity that will transcend multiple media types. Students fully integrate 2D, 3D, and motion graphics pieces into a personal brand portfolio that includes examples of personal logos, marketing material, multimedia, and a Web presence. Concept of Personal Branding Branding for Multimedia DGT 482 Portfolio Creation The Portfolio Creation Course prepares students for presenting their work to the professional graphic arts industry. Students work with existing assets they have created during the Graphic Design program as they develop a professional portfolio. Students will have the opportunity to create signature pieces to help them represent their skill level to the industry. For the duration of the course, students will individually polish both their graphics and the look of their portfolio in order to succeed when being interviewed for a position in the industry. Portfolio Design Fundamentals Asset Creation Portfolio Assembly Portfolio Review DGT 351 Production Management The Production Management Course mirrors the professional graphic art industry workflow model. Students work to define the scope of their final project, the range of assets needed to complete it, the technology required to assemble the final project into an executable format, and the time required to get all the work done. By the end of the course, students develop an intimate knowledge of standard industry project management practices. Fundamentals of Project Management Learning MS Project Creating a Plan for Success Asset Management GRB 101, 102, 203 Project Management and Assessment I, II, III The Project Management and Assessment Courses are concurrent courses taken alongside core curriculum in order to assist students with the development, management, and assessment of program projects. The courses provide an opportunity for students to apply analysis skills, create strategic plans, and foster professional workflow practices. Project Development and Analysis Project Management and Assessment Create/Evaluate Project Plan Professional Workflow Practices Total credit hours 1.00 each Course length 4 weeks DGT 321 Studio Maintenance The Studio Maintenance Course leads students through the methods and techniques of building and maintaining a digital studio. In this course, students are introduced to the principles of working with asset management, file structures, and version control, to ensure client files are archived for output correctly. The knowledge gained can be used to enhance students ability to work in an industry that has employs differing levels of technology. Types Asset Management Types of Version Control Integrating Proper File Structure Overview of Media Buying Techniques Total credit hours 3.00 Course length 4 weeks Psychological Implications of the Personal Identity Preproduction Personal Branding Project Applied Personal Branding Total credit hours 5.00 Course length 4 weeks GRAPHIC DESIGN Bachelor of Science Degree Program 124

125 Course Descriptions Program Core General Education DGT 232 Typography and Page Layout The Typography and Page Layout Course introduces students to the world of professional fonts. Students learn how to use typography as a critical part of page layout, as they continue to build upon the concept of design introduced in previous courses. This course also trains students to define how the printed or viewed page looks as an integrated graphic element. Students participate in group discussions and critiques as they work through the projects using the latest publishing software. Fundamentals of Typography Typography and the Page The Page as Design Press Considerations Total credit hours 3.00 Course length 4 weeks ART 2006 Art History The Art History Course introduces students to selected monuments of art and architecture in the Western tradition from the prehistoric era to post-modernism studied in relation to the intellectual background of the ages and civilizations that produced them. Lectures accompanied by various visual mediums assist in propagating discussions of assigned readings in philosophical, religious, scientific, political, literary, and artistic contexts. Ancient Art Medieval and Renaissance Art Modern Art Post-modern Art MGF 1213 College Mathematics The College Mathematics Course is designed to enable students to build skills and confidence in algebra that are required to succeed in future math and core courses. First-time algebra students or those needing a review will begin with basic concepts and build upon these ideas by completing work that uses algebra in practical situations. Review of Basic Arithmetic Operations with the Real Number System Measurement and Number Systems Exponents & Radical Expressions Linear Equations & Inequalities Graphing Proportions, Formulas, and Word Problems Introductory Statistics and Probability Business Applications and Mathematical Models DEP 2004 Developmental Psychology The Developmental Psychology Course course is designed to examine the ways in which the basic elements of psychological development serve to either enhance or detract from personal growth. Students will explore both current and historical theory to give them the broadest possible framework with which to enhance their understanding of identity development and expression. Paradigms Proactive and Reactive Behavior Efficacy, Shadow, Shame Cognitive Dissonance Imagination and Conscience Time Management Perception and Communication ENC 1101 English Composition I The English Composition I Course is designed to introduce students to the writing process. Special attention is given to selecting and refining topics, identifying the audience, developing a purpose, and formulating thesis statements. Grammatical conventions and their applications are heavily stressed. Students will learn to compose mature, logical sentences, and paragraphs in order to create rhetorical cohesion. Invention and Drafting Revising and Editing Grammar Essay Structure Audience Awareness This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS). GRAPHIC DESIGN Bachelor of Science Degree Program 125

126 Course Descriptions General Education VIC 2003 History of Visual Communication The History of Visual Communications Course presents an historic account of humanity s communicating life events through visual arts. Starting with cave drawings, stories and ideas have been presented and told using visual techniques. As time passes and society changes, avant-garde artists and scientists have pushed the envelope of their respective disciplines and brought about the dissolution of boundaries that traditionally exist between the artistic and media. In the past 25 years, the intersection of art and human-computer interactivity has emerged as a mass medium, triggering new forms of artistic, entertainment, and educational content. The student will follow the evolution of the various convergent disciplines, setting up a forum for informed discussions about the implications for the future. Art as a Communication Tool Human Interfaces Historical References History of Design Artistic Tools Future Applications and Implications SPC 2140 Interpersonal Communication The Interpersonal Communications Course examines the nature of the communication process, variables affecting the process, and the individuals involved. Additionally, this course includes individual analysis of behavior processes that may impede and/or enhance communication processes. Topics include perception, nonverbal behavior, persuasive communication, identity management, intercultural communication and computer mediated communication. This course also enhances students ability to analyze and evaluate information. Assessment and Evaluation Writing Résumés and Other Documents MMC 2000 Media and Society The Media and Society Course explores media s impact on society and culture, historically through present day. Areas of concentration including advertising, ethics, censorship, and globalization are examined from psychological and sociological perspectives. The use of discussion, lecture, visual media, research, and project-based assignments allow students to develop life skills. Understanding Media Representation and Research Advertising and Ethics Censorship and Media Theory Globalization COM 2041 Psychology of Human Interaction The Psychology of Human Interaction Course is designed to introduce students to the psychology of human interactions and the science that regulates them. This course provides information on the complex types of relationships that form when people engage in activities together, utilizing case studies to illustrate outcomes of these interactions. In this course, students focus on types of human interactions and ways to effectively manage those activities. Teams And Teamwork Communication Power Decision-Making Leadership Research and Planning Networking and Interviewing This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS). GRAPHIC DESIGN Bachelor of Science Degree Program 126

127 Innovation& Computer Entrepreneurship Animation Bachelor of Science Degree Program Master of Science Degree Program If you have a concept for a tech-based business that you think would thrive in the digital realm or a relentless creative drive you want to bring to the business world the online Innovation & Entrepreneurship master of science degree program can introduce you to planning tools and forward-thinking strategies to help you build out your dream venture. Since successful ventures are born from creative ideas, this 12-month master s program will show you how to develop a process for recognizing and building upon those breakthrough moments as they happen. The program leads students from the initial conceptual stage of a tech or creative product or service, all the way to a full-fledged business plan that can be pitched to potential investors. The difference between having a great idea and a successful business in today s economy is a comprehensive strategy fueled by the creative process that considers factors such as profitability, sustainability, and the needs of the target market. You ll learn how to identify, research, and evaluate potential opportunities, while referencing case studies of innovative tech businesses in recent history. As collaboration is key to any innovative enterprise, you ll learn what goes into designing a creative work environment, and how to establish workflow processes that are suited for the unique needs of your business. You ll also explore the legal issues involved in innovative entrepreneurship, including those related to product design, intellectual property, patents, trade secrets, copyright law, and more. Areas of Focus Ideation & the Creative Process Research & Development Digital Marketing Strategies Business Planning in an Evolving Market Financing Entrepreneurial Ventures INNOVATION & ENTREPRENEURSHIP Master of Science Degree Program 127

128 Entrepenuership Areas of Focus IDEATION & THE CREATIVE PROCESS RESEARCH & DEVELOPMENT ideation CREATIVITY understanding CUSTOMER needs generating exploring EVALUATING new ideas INNOVATION product development COMPETITIVE advantage prototyping DEVELOPMENT feasibility STUDIES competitive PRODUCT POSITIONING BUILDING breakthrough ideas DIGITAL MARKETING STRATEGIES BUSINESS PLANNING IN AN EVOLVING MARKET FINANCING ENTREPRENEURIAL VENTURES integrated MARKETING strategies adaptable BUSINESS plan profitability VIABILITY LEVERAGING new MEDIA RESEARCH analysis POSITIONING funding ownership STRUCTURES marketing FUNDAMENTALS business ENVIRONMENT design BUSINESS valuation collect Ideation REVIEW & the analyze DATA Creative Process Ideation collaborative the process team of generating, exploring, and SUPPORT evaluating new ideas is key to understanding a business venture s competitive advantage. Throughout the Innovation & Entrepreneurship exit master s degree program, you will explore the STRATEGIES role of ideation and creativity in the development of business ideas, learn how research benefits innovation, and understand how the rapidly evolving technological landscape demands flexibility in successful organizations. ion COMPETITIVE advantage ATIVITY prototyping DEVELOPMENT standing Innovation & Entrepenuership IDEATION & THE CREATIVE PROCESS Innovation & generating Entrepenuership STUDIES IDEATION RESEARCH & THE CREATIVE & DEVELOPMENT PROCESS generating BUILDING feasibility ideation breakthrough exploring CREATIVITY EVALUATING new COMPETITIVE ideas ideas feasibility competitive advantage STUDIES ideas INNOVATION PRODUCT understanding generating product ideation CUSTOMER needs exploring COMPETITIVE POSITIONING development CREATIVITY EVALUATING new competitive advantage product prototyping ideas exploring EVALUATING new INNOVATION In courses such as Theories on Innovation and Creativity and Ideation and Feasibility Studies, you ll learn the ideation process, explore case studies of innovative businesses, and develop their own methodologies for finding opportunities and building out their own breakthrough ideas. COMPETITIVE advantage prototyping DEVELOPMENT feasibility STUDIES feasibi BUILDING STUDIE breakthrough ideas INNOVATION & ENTREPRENEURSHIP Master of Science Degree Program competiti PRODUC POSITIONIN 128

129 advantage STUDIES ideas EVALUATING Innovation & CREATIVITY new IDEATION Areas & THE of CREATIVE Focus Entrepenuership generating ideas BUILDING PROCESS ideation exploring COMPETITIVE feasibility breakthrough CREATIVITY EVALUATING INNOVATION advantage STUDIES competitive new RESEARCH & DEVELOPMENT understanding product prototyping ideas PRODUCT ideas CUSTOMER needs generating development DEVELOPMENT IDEATION & THE CREATIVE PROCESS POSITIONING ideation COMPETITIVE competitive feasibility INNOVATIONInnovation & exploring Research & Development RESEARCH & DEVELOPMENT understanding CREATIVITY EVALUATING product prototyping advantage STUDIES Entrepenuership new PRODUCT CUSTOMER integrated needs development DEVELOPMENT ideas DIGITAL MARKETING STRATEGIES LEVERAGING new marketing collect Understanding customer needs, market conditions, financial MARKETING POSITIONING FUNDAMENTALS REVIEW considerations, and product usability are strategies all elemental to a MEDIA INNOVATION analyze competitive RESEARCH & DEVELOPMENT understanding integrated product prototyping new venture. The Innovation & Entrepreneurship master s generating DIGITAL MARKETING STRATEGIES LEVERAGING new marketing collect DATA PRODUCT CUSTOMER needsideation & THE CREATIVE PROCESS MARKETING development DEVELOPMENT COMPETITIVE program emphasizes the value of research and how it relates to ideation FUNDAMENTALS REVIEW exploring POSITIONING strategies MEDIA RESEARCH businesscreativity EVALUATING advantage innovation and product development. analyze new BUSINESS PLANNING IN adaptable collaborative DATA team analysis ENVIRONMENT ideas AN EVOLVING MARKET As you flesh out your business idea, you ll BUSINESS be taught the planintegrated SUPPORT POSITIONING design DIGITAL MARKETING STRATEGIES LEVERAGING new marketing collect MARKETING importance of user-friendly design, product development, and RESEARCH business FUNDAMENTALSINNOVATION REVIEW BUSINESS PLANNING IN adaptable strategies RESEARCH & collaborative team analysismedia DEVELOPMENT understanding product prototyping what goes into introducing new products and services within ENVIRONMENT analyze AN EVOLVING MARKET CUSTOMER needs DATA BUSINESS plan SUPPORT POSITIONING profitability funding designbusiness exit development DEVELOPMENT a changing economy. You ll then explore how customer needs and feedback FINANCING are incorporated into design, how to integrate VIABILITY ownership valuation STRATEGIES ENTREPRENEURIAL VENTURES BUSINESS PLANNING IN adaptable Digital STRUCTURES Marketing RESEARCHStrategies business manufacturing, marketing, and distribution, as well as what collaborative team AN EVOLVING MARKET profitability BUSINESS funding analysis integratedenvironment DIGITAL MARKETING STRATEGIES LEVERAGING new plan BUSINESS Innovation & exit SUPPORT marketing goes into prototyping and development. Innovative business ventures POSITIONING especially those in the design MARKETING FUNDAMENTALS FINANCING VIABILITY ownership valuation strategies technological and creative industries need adaptable, STRATEGIES MEDIA Any ENTREPRENEURIAL entrepreneur generating needs VENTURES to have a deep understanding of the STRUCTURES Entrepenuership integrated marketing strategies that consider BUILDING the nature market they are breaking into. Your courses exploring COMPETITIVE will instruct you BUILDING on feasibility PETITIVE feasibility today s consumer and fully breakthrough EVALUATING new advantage breakthrough profitability funding leverage the capabilities of methods for assessing consumer needs and estimating market BUSINESS STUDIES RESEARCH exit antage STUDIES FINANCING new media. ideas VIABILITY BUSINESS PLANNING ownership IN ideas business demand, while exploring pricing trends, competitive product adaptable valuation STRATEGIES generating ENTREPRENEURIAL VENTURES ideas AN EVOLVING STRUCTURES analysis ENVIRONMENT MARKET positioning, and branding. IDEATION & THE CREATIVE PROCESS In the Innovation & Entrepreneurship master s BUSINESS degree program, plan POSITIONING ideation designexploring INNOVATION competitive CREATIVITY EVALUATING new g productcompetitive otyping prototyping you ll learn how to effectively brand your product or service, s so that its PRODUCT unique story can resonate with consumers and development PRODUCT LOPMENT DEVELOPMENT potential POSITIONING investors. You ll explore marketing fundamentals profitability funding BUSINESS POSITIONING INNOVATION such as product FINANCING positioning, pricing strategy, advertising VIABILITY and ownership RESEARCH & DEVELOPMENT understanding valuationproduct generating ENTREPRENEURIAL VENTURES STRUCTURES promotion, sales, BUILDING CUSTOMER needs ESS LEVERAGING TING ideation new exploring marketing collect and the importance of digital marketing. arketing collect COMPETITIVE feasibility FUNDAMENTALS REVIEW breakthrough MENTALS CREATIVITY EVALUATING MEDIAREVIEW new advantage You ll also cover principles of market analyze STUDIES research, and be analyze DATA ideas introduced to tools DATA and techniques to collect, review, and ideas integrated analyze data with the end goal of learning how to create DIGITAL plans MARKETING STRATEGIES MARKETING INNOVATION competitive strategies understanding RESEARCH ess business and forecasts that consider trends that relate to your business. product prototyping collaborative team PRODUCT CUSTOMER needs analysis collaborative team ENVIRONMENT ENVIRONMENT development DEVELOPMENT SUPPORT POSITIONING n SUPPORT design POSITIONING INNOVATION & ENTREPRENEURSHIP Master of Science Degree Program 129 RESEARCH BUSINESS PLANNING IN adaptable BUILDING breakthr ide ideas developmen LEVERAGING new MEDIA

130 tegrated MARKETING tegies ptable NESS plan Areas of Focus LEVERAGING new FINANCING MEDIA ENTREPRENEURIAL VENTURES ofitability funding ABILITYBusiness Planning ownershipin an STRUCTURES Evolving Market erating ploring COMPETITIVE Today s innovative entrepreneurs need to be UATING new advantage as flexible as they are creative, as the global ideas economy ebbs and flows and consumer habits change at a lightning pace. In this degree program, ATION you ll develop an adaptable plan that serves as a product prototyping foundation for your business. elopment DEVELOPMENT In the Innovation & Entrepreneurship program, you ll lay the groundwork for your idea and consider AGING new factors such as research, analysis, marketing and positioning for competitive advantage. FUNDAMENTALS Since changing conditions DIArequire constant adaptation in the business world, you ll learn how to reevaluate your business model as it evolves into your final business plan. ARCH analysis business ENVIRONMENT Having a work environment that suits the needs of SITIONING your business and encourages design collaboration is vital to the tech and creative industries. You ll learn how to design a business environment that communicates nding the entrepreneurial vision, supports BUSINESS collaborative ership teams, is open to intra-organizational valuationcritique, and sustains a culture of creativity and innovation. CTURES development RESEARCH analysis POSITIONING BUSINESS DEVELOPMENT plan POSITIONING design marketing profitability funding FUNDAMENTALS VIABILITY ownership REVIEW STRUCTURES analyze DATA Financing Innovation business Entrepreneurial & Ventures collaborative team Entrepenuership ENVIRONMENT design To ensure that your concept can evolve SUPPORT into a successful business venture, you need to assess its ability to generate revenue. Throughout the IDEATION Innovation BUSINESS & THE & Entrepreneurship CREATIVE PROCESS master s degree ideation exit program, students are taught to consider profitability valuation CREATIVITY and viability at every stage of the development process. BUILDING feasibility STUDIES breakthrough You will be taught not only what goes into financing RESEARCH and investing & DEVELOPMENT in a start-up, but also how to evolve CUSTOMER needs funding and ownership structures as a company grows competitive and matures. In the Entrepreneurial Finance course, you will learn how to quantify sales and PRODUCT expense estimates, and create financial integrated DIGITAL MARKETING STRATEGIES projections. POSITIONING MARKETING You ll also explore sources of funding such as bank strategies loans, angel investors, and venture capitalists. REVIEW collect Creating a viable financial plan is essential to an innovative business plan, so you ll examine concepts BUSINESS analyze PLANNING such as short-term DATA IN adaptable AN EVOLVING MARKET and long-term financial planning, business valuation, and exit strategies as they relate to your enterprise. collaborative team SUPPORT FINANCING ENTREPRENEURIAL VENTURES exit STRATEGIES POSITIONING collect STRATEGIES understanding ideas BUSINESS plan profitability VIABILITY BUSINESS valuation generating exploring EVALUATING new ideas INNOVATION product development LEVERAGING new MEDIA RESEARCH analysis POSITIONING funding ownership STRUCTURES exit STRATEGIES COMPETITIVE advantage prototyping DEVELOPMENT marketing FUNDAMENTALS business ENVIRONMENT design BUSINESS valuation INNOVATION & ENTREPRENEURSHIP Master of Science Degree Program fea STU comp PRO POSIT c REVIE analyz collabo SUPP exit STRA 130

131 Areas of Focus Overview The Innovation & Entrepreneurship master of science degree program will provide students with a solid foundation in the concepts and disciplines essential for the creation of innovative ideas, products, services, and businesses that respond to the needs of a rapidly changing global marketplace. Whether launching a new creative or technologybased venture or using entrepreneurial talent within a successful business, this online master s program is designed for students with a passion for innovation and entrepreneurship who seek to use their creativity and vision to contribute to the success of the organization. Objective The Innovation and Entrepreneurship master of science degree program is designed for students interested in creating technology-based entrepreneurial projects and companies, as well as those who seek leadership roles in established companies with a goal of creating new visionary opportunities within those organizations. The program supports the goals and aspirations of traditional entrepreneurs, as well as intrapreneurs who will promote innovation and change within companies (or even inventrepreneurs who create new products for handoff to others). Whether innovating within companies or creating new business ventures powered by unique ideas, entrepreneurs understand that the only true constant is change and that creativity and innovation are the key to sustainable and successful businesses. INNOVATION & ENTREPRENEURSHIP OVERVIEW & OBJECTIVE INNOVATION & ENTREPRENEURSHIP Master of Science Degree Program 131

132 Innovation and Entrepreneurship Master of Science Degree Program PROGRAM CORE Code Course Credit Hours IEN 640 Business Model Innovation 4.00 IEN 650 Business Plan Research and Development 4.00 IEN 610 Designing the Creative Work Environment 4.00 IEN 630 Entrepreneurial Finance 4.00 IEN 520 High Tech Entrepreneurship 4.00 IEN 530 Ideation and Feasibility Studies 4.00 IEN 699 Innovation and Entrepreneurship Final Business Plan and Thesis 4.00 IEN 560 Legal Issues in Entrepreneurship 4.00 IEN 550 Market Research for Entrepreneurs 4.00 IEN 620 Marketing Strategies for Entrepreneurs 4.00 IEN 540 Product Design and Development 4.00 IEN 510 Theories on Innovation and Creativity 4.00 Chronological Schedule by Months THEORIES ON INNOVATION & CREATIVITY HIGH TECH ENTREPRENEURSHIP IDEATION & FEASIBILITY STUDIES PRODUCT DESIGN & DEVELOPMENT MARKET RESEARCH FOR ENTREPRENEURS LEGAL ISSUES IN ENTREPRENEURSHIP DESIGNING THE CREATIVE WORK ENVIRONMENT BUSINESS PLAN RESEARCH & DEVELOPMENT INNOVATION & ENTREPRENEURSHIP FINAL BUSINESS PLAN & THESIS MARKETING STRATEGIES FOR ENTREPRENEURS ENTREPRENEURIAL FINANCE BUSINESS MODEL INNOVATION Totals: 48.0 TOTAL CREDIT HOURS: 48 TOTAL WEEKS: 48 INNOVATION & ENTREPRENEURSHIP Master of Science Degree Program 132

133 Course Descriptions Program Core IEN 640 Business Model Innovation A business model outlines how a company generates sales and achieves profitability. In the Business Model Innovation Course, students examine how the development of an innovative business model helps entrepreneurs create a sustainable competitive advantage. The course will explore the range and diversity of successful business models for technology and creative companies with a focus on the key elements that contribute most to the success of the business. This course exposes students to the wide array of skills, perspectives, tools, and concepts necessary to identify and create new revenue streams. Since sustainable and profitable businesses require constant adaptation, change, and growth, students will learn how to reevaluate the model in the context of the overall business plan. Topics include the elements of strategic research, analysis, and positioning for competitive advantage. Development of the business model will form the basis for the student s final business plan and thesis. Overview of Business Models for Technology and Creative Companies Key Elements for Developing and Reevaluating the Business Model Business Model Case Studies Development of a Business Model for Final Business Plan IEN 650 Business Plan Research and Development In the Business Plan Research and Development Course, students learn the value of creating a comprehensive business plan for a creative or technology-based company. Students review the structure of a business plan, which includes sections on market research, industry analysis and trends, competitive analysis, strategic positioning, and demonstration of financial viability. Drawing from prior courses in research, marketing, and finance, students complete their research and analysis and develop an outline for a detailed business plan for a new venture. In addition to creating an optimal organization structure and management team, students write and assemble their business plan with consideration for technological change, flexibility to respond to customer and market demands, social responsibility and sustainability, suitability for external funding, potential for future growth and expansion, and consideration of possible exit strategies. Students review the benefits and drawbacks associated with each type of business formation structure, including sole proprietorships, partnerships, limited liability companies, corporations and nonprofits. The Purpose and Function of a Business Plan Overview of Essential Business Plan Components Conducting Business Plan Research Development of a Business Plan Outline Business Formation Structures Legal and Financial Implications of Various Business Structures IEN 610 Designing the Creative Work Environment Innovative companies foster an environment where creativity, unconventional thinking, and collaboration are nurtured and rewarded. Successful technologydriven organizations create a workplace that supports continuous innovation through creative teams that challenge the status quo and actively debate and examine future trends. The Designing the Creative Work Environment Course focuses on establishing a creative environment that supports constant innovation by communicating the entrepreneurial vision, developing collaborative teams, supporting active debate and intra-organizational critique, and creating a culture of creativity and innovation. During the course, students learn strategies for managing innovation, design, concept creation, and workflow in a collaborative context. Students will explore how workplace design supports creativity, innovation, and communication and fosters the development of new products, services, and revenue streams. Students will explore the challenges and opportunities created through collaboration in virtual organizations and across diverse groups, especially in technology-based and creative organizations. Establishing a Work Environment that Inspires Creativity and Innovation Designing Workplaces for Creativity and Effective Workflow Creativity in the Virtual Work Environment Fostering Teamwork and Collaboration in the Creative Environment INNOVATION & ENTREPRENEURSHIP Master of Science Degree Program 133

134 Course Descriptions Program Core IEN 630 Entrepreneurial Finance The Entrepreneurial Finance Course reviews the unique financial issues facing technology-based and creative entrepreneurial enterprises. Entrepreneurial finance concerns not only the processes of financing and investing in start-up companies but also reviews the changes to the initial funding and ownership structure that may be required as start-up companies grow and mature. Topics include debt versus equity financing, how businesses are valued, the decision to go public or remain private, methods for alternative financing, and personal financial issues facing entrepreneurs. During the course, students will learn how to quantify sales and expense estimates and create pro forma financial projections. Related topics include the different types of business organizations, sources of funding such as bank loans, angel investors, and venture capitalists. Students will also examine short-term and long-term financial planning, business valuation, exit strategies, and other issues relating to the creation of a viable financial plan as part of a comprehensive business plan. Overview of Entrepreneurial Finance Principles Business Formation and Ownership Structures Financing Options for Entrepreneurial Ventures Formulating Revenue and Expense Projections Development of a Financial Plan for a Comprehensive Business Plan IEN 520 High Tech Entrepreneurship Creating a new technology-based business venture presents several special challenges. The rapid pace of technological change requires innovative entrepreneurs to look well into the future and ensure that the organization can react quickly to the ever-changing market demands. The High Tech Entrepreneurship Course is designed to help students develop their skills to understand the unique aspects of technology-based ventures and provide the tools to research and evaluate the viability of high tech products and services. The course is designed to help students understand how to use their creative energies to facilitate the entrepreneurial process. In the course, students examine a variety of innovation strategies and models, review opportunities for monetizing technological innovation through the introduction of innovative products and technologies, and discuss issues relative to intellectual property and licensing. Students review case studies of high tech companies that successfully managed innovation and shorter product life cycles, as well as those who failed to respond quickly enough and lost market share or discontinued operation as a result. Introduction to High Tech Entrepreneurship The Process of Innovation and Entrepreneurship Research Skills for High Tech Entrepreneurs Case Studies of Innovative High Tech Companies IEN 530 Ideation and Feasibility Studies Ideation is the process of forming and relating ideas. For a business, ideation means conceiving and generating an idea and successfully implementing it with the goal of satisfying an unmet need in the marketplace. The Ideation and Feasibility Studies Course focuses on how to identify, research, and evaluate opportunities for potential new business ventures. Students will learn to assess the viability of these opportunities by understanding key industry factors, market and competitive factors, and customer needs. In the course, students evaluate new technology-based ideas associated with the application of technology to commercial enterprises and explore related case studies. Students develop an understanding of how to assess the feasibility of applying new technologies to address current or future market needs. Overview of Ideation The Role of Research in Ideation Feasibility Studies in Entrepreneurship Identifying and Evaluating New Opportunities INNOVATION & ENTREPRENEURSHIP Master of Science Degree Program 134

135 Course Descriptions Program Core IEN 699 Innovation and Entrepreneurship Final Business Plan and Thesis In the Innovation and Entrepreneurship Master of Science Degree Program, the completion of a capstone course is required for graduation. The Innovation and Entrepreneurship Final Business Plan and Thesis Course requires students to complete the business plan that was researched and developed during the program. Since the ability to clearly communicate an innovative vision is the key to gaining access to capital markets and project funding, the course requires students to tell the story of their proposed plan through a series of concise pitches, written proposals, and formal presentations. In the course, students consider sources and uses of funds, working capital requirements, and the launch timetable. Students also prepare their plan for presentation and execution. During the course, students consider the various audiences to which they will present the details regarding their company and its products and services. The presentation and information for each will differ, and audiences may include potential investors, lenders, current or prospective employees, advisory or other boards, industry groups, the press and other media representatives, and current or prospective clients. Finalizing a Business Plan Creating an Executive Summary Formulating a Company Storyline Developing Presentation Materials Business Plan Presentation IEN 560 Legal Issues in Entrepreneurship Entrepreneurs face a myriad of legal issues, including those associated with business formation, contract negotiation, intellectual property protection, employment law, and many others. The Legal Issues in Entrepreneurship Course provides an overview of the legal aspects of product design, intellectual property including patents, trade secrets, trademarks, and copyright, and issues related to licensing and royalties. The course also examines the numerous legal challenges organizations face as they commercialize technology in a global environment. In addition to studying the basic regulatory requirements for intellectual property and patent protection, students gain an understanding of the process of technology and product licensing, royalties, and methods for protection and valuation of intellectual property. Students develop strategies and plans through which they will prepare to form, staff, launch, manage, and protect the intellectual assets of a technology venture. Overview of Legal Issues in Entrepreneurship Intellectual Property Protection Product Licensing and Royalties Contracts and Negotiation Techniques Managing Intellectual Property Assets in the Global Environment IEN 550 Market Research for Entrepreneurs By their very nature, innovative entrepreneurs develop and implement creative solutions in response to the needs of the marketplace. The Market Research for Entrepreneurs Course focuses on the challenges of conducting research in a rapidly changing environment, including analyzing emerging technologies and considering social, economic, market, and consumer trends to forecast the future performance of specific technologies and industries. Topics covered include methods for assessing consumer needs, estimating market demand, trends relative to product and service pricing, competitive positioning, and branding. Students will explore the variety of available research resources, tools, and techniques for the analysis of the research data. Students will also provide methods and processes for interpreting the information for the purposes of creating effective plans and forecasts that consider the identified trends and evolving markets. The course also surveys the ethical problems faced by researchers and business entrepreneurs in dealing with each other, with the organizations for which they may be developing products, and with competitors and other industries. Topics covered include issues involving plagiarism, trade secret protection, and intellectual property infringement. Introduction to Market Research Analyzing Emerging Technologies and Opportunities Estimating Market Demand and Consumer Trends Strategies for Competitive Positioning and Branding Ethical Issues in Market Research INNOVATION & ENTREPRENEURSHIP Master of Science Degree Program 135

136 Course Descriptions Program Core IEN 620 Marketing Strategies for Entrepreneurs The Marketing Strategies for Entrepreneurs Course addresses the marketing challenges facing today s entrepreneur, including the introduction and marketing of new products and services without the benefit of an established reputation, distribution channel, or customer base. In this course, students explore the development of marketing strategies, product and service positioning, distribution channels, competitive pricing strategies, advertising and promotion, and sales strategies and techniques including the importance of digital marketing. Students learn business development and client management methods for technology and creative ventures, including principles and concepts dealing with client acquisition, client management, and retention. The course stresses the importance of differentiation and brand development in presenting and communicating the story of a company s products and services. Overview of Marketing Strategies for Entrepreneurs Business Development and Client Management Product Differentiation and Brand Development Strategies for Presenting and Communicating the Brand Story IEN 540 Product Design and Development The Product Design and Development Course focuses on the design, development, and introduction of new products and services within a rapidly changing technological and economic environment. The course will address the process of new product and service development, examining the entrepreneur s role in coordinating and managing functional areas such as marketing, research and development, finance, and manufacturing to develop products and services that customers need and want. Topics include how customer needs and feedback are incorporated into product and service design; the integration of manufacturing, marketing, and distribution functions; rapid prototyping and development; and developing methods to capture customer feedback. During the course, students will analyze actual case studies and create plans to launch new products or services for their new or existing business. The Process of New Product Design and Development The Role of Research and Customer Feedback Manufacturing, Marketing, and Distribution Considerations Case Studies in Product Design and Development Development of New Product and Service Plans IEN 510 Theories on Innovation and Creativity Incorporating creativity and innovation in the creation of new business ventures or new products and services in existing companies requires that entrepreneurs consider the challenges that creative and innovative people face in entrepreneurial endeavors. The Theories on Innovation and Creativity Course examines various innovation and creativity theories as they relate to the development of new products, services, and business methodologies. The course provides a framework for understanding principles of theory and research through a variety of historical and contemporary examples. The importance of innovation on economic growth and development among businesses and other organizations is also explored. During the course, students will develop an understanding of the process through which innovation benefits from research. Students will also be encouraged to see how creativity and innovation create opportunities as well as challenges. The course will also address how rapid technological change demands constant innovation, change, and flexibility in order for organizations to survive and prosper over time. Principles of Creativity Methods for Creating Breakthrough Ideas Innovation Theories Technological Change and Disruptive Innovations Case Studies in Creativity and Innovation INNOVATION & ENTREPRENEURSHIP Master of Science Degree Program 136

137 Internet Marketing Bachelor of Science Degree Program Organizations are increasingly reliant on the Internet and other digital media to connect with and engage potential customers, reflecting the fact that we, as consumers, are living our lives online more and more each day. With the growth of the Internet, the way experiences and products come to our attention has also become more dynamic and complex. Long gone are the days when a marketing campaign was designed around three television stations, a handful of radio spots, and an ad in the local newspaper. media and entertainment, allowing you to design and execute plans that successfully merge marketing fundamentals with the next big trends in consumer behavior. As the world of marketing becomes more integrated, the future leaders in the field are the professionals that will take advantage of every marketing channel at their disposal. This program can start you on the path to becoming that leader. Areas of Focus Full Sail University s Internet Marketing Bachelor s Degree is designed to show you how to take advantage of all the marketing options available in the evolving world of Global Internet Marketing Traditional Fine Arts Marketing Modeling Foundations Animation Multi-Channel Marketing Building Effects an Final Online Project/ Consumer Demo Reel Creation Experience INTERNET MARKETING Bachelor of Science Degree Program 137

138 Areas of Focus Areas of Focus TRADITIONAL MARKETING AND INTERNET MARKETING public RELATIONS WEBSITE DESIGN AND TECHNOLOGY FUNDAMENTALS ofweb design ERNET MARKETING BS DITIONAL MARKETING INTERNET MARKETING SITE DESIGN TECHNOLOGY TI-CHANNEL KETING MANAGEMENT INTERNET MARKETING BS web TRADITIONAL MARKETING AND INTERNET MARKETING INTERFACES WEBSITE DESIGN AND TECHNOLOGY MULTI-CHANNEL MARKETING AFFILIATE marketing public RELATIONS FUNDAMENTALS of WEB design intellectual PROPERTY STATISTICS public scripting LANGUAGES RELATIONS STATISTICS communications scripting MULTI-CHANNEL MARKETING BUILDING AN ONLINE CONSUMER EXPERIENCE business ETHICS web MANAGEM DIGITAL storytelling PAY-PER-CLICK FUNDAMENTALS search search web campaign ofweb AFFILIATE design ENGINE LANGUAGES ENGINE From the fundamentals of web design, to online communications INTERFACE SOCIAL optimization marketing communications and marketing the usability of Web interfaces, media development development that will ensure you know how to utilize search search a range of current and upcoming Internet technologies. PAY PER CLICK search ENGINE ENGINE search campaign & AFFILIA optimization optimization ENGINE + ENGINE development marketing optimization marketing marketing SOCIAL media business ETHICS IT search MANAGEMENT IT search PAY PER CLICK campaign Global Internet Marketing When creating multi-channel marketing campaigns, you ll be working with a team of diverse design and technical professionals. INTERFACES It s important that you re able to speak the same language when implementing Web site concepts, viral marketing campaigns, and the many other creative options made possible by the Internet. this curriculum teaches the technical aspects of web development INTERNET MARKETING Bachelor of Science Degree Program intellectu PROPER marketin 138

139 NET MARKETING BS Areas of Focus RADITIONAL MARKETING IONAL MARKETING ND INTERNET MARKETING TERNET MARKETING public RELATIONS public RELATIONS STATISTICS STATISTICS business ETHICS business ETHICS MANAGEMENT MANAGEMENT intellectual PROPERTY public LATIONS Traditional Marketing Foundations FUNDAMENTALS STATISTICS E EBSITE DESIGN DESIGN Although social networks and video-sharing sites CHNOLOGY design ND TECHNOLOGY may be recent additions to the marketing landscape, the foundation of branding and messaging remain the same. That s why Full Sail s Internet Marketing UNDAMENTALS HANNELINTERNET MARKETING scripting BS bachelor s program begins by teaching you the basic TING ofweb ULTI-CHANNEL design LANGUAGES components that are the core of campaign any successful ARKETINGmarketing plan. G AN ONLINE MER EXPERIENCE FUNDAMENTALSbusiness scripting of WEB ETHICS LANGUAGES ofweb design scripting LANGUAGES IT communications PAY-PER-CLICK search search PAY PER CLICK communications INTERFACES AFFILIATE ENGINE ENGINE search search SOCIAL development optimization marketing marketing campaign media AFFILIATE ENGINE ENGINE public development business optimization marketing marketing In this phase of the degree program, you ll study TRADITIONAL MARKETING search STATISTICS RELATIONS search ETHICS MANAGEMENT intellec PAY PER CLICK search concepts such as public relations, statistics, search business PROPE campaign AND INTERNET MARKETING AFFILIATE ENGINE ENGINE ENGINE ENGINE SOCIAL ethics, management, and intellectual property development optimization marketing marketing optimization & search optimization + media search efforts that have always driven successful marketing campaigns. But you ll also learn how to integrate marketingengine marketing ENGINE newer Internet marketing concepts into search FUNDAMENTALS scripting optimization & IT optimization + web WEBSITE DESIGN ENGINE your search campaigns to create a plan that takes advantage of WEB ENGINE LANGUAGES marketing AND TECHNOLOGY design communicationsmarketing & INTERFACES of everything today s media has to offer. optimization optimization + marketing marketing DIGITAL social CONSUMER storytelling engrossing media behavior ENVIRONMENTS STUDIES MULTI-CHANNEL PAY-PER-CLICK search outreach search MARKETING DIGITAL campaign AFFILIATE IGITAL social ENGINE CONSUMERENGINE social SOCIA CO storytelling engrossing storytelling engrossing development media optimization behavior marketingmedia marketing behav media ENVIRONMENTS outreach ENVIRONMENTS STUDIES outreach search search ENGINE ENGINE optimization & optimization + marketing marketing UILDING AN ONLINE ONSUMER EXPERIENCE IT MANAGEMENT web intellectual PROPERTY IT web INTERFACES communications web INTERFACES INTERNET MARKETING Bachelor of Science Degree Program 139

140 MULTI-CHANNEL PAY PER CLICK search MULTI-CHANNEL ETING BS PAY PER CLICK search MARKETING search campaign search AFFILIATE MARKETING ENGINE ENGINE SOCIAL campaign AFFILIATE development optimizationengine marketing ENGINE marketing media development optimization marketing marketing INTERNET MARKETING BS search search search search public ENGINE business STATISTICS RELATIONS ETHICS search ENGINE MANAGEMENT intellectual optimization & AFFILIATE optimization + search ENGINE ENGINE ENGINE ENGINE SOCIAL public marketing marketing business PROPERTY TRADITIONAL MARKETING optimization & STATISTICS optimization marketing marketing RELATIONS optimization + media ETHICS AND INTERNET MARKETING marketing marketing Multi-Channel Marketing BUILDING FUNDAMENTALS AN ONLINE DIGITALscripting ofweb IT social web CONSUMER Successful marketing campaigns use outlets such CONSUMER search EXPERIENCE storytelling design LANGUAGES search engrossing FUNDAMENTALS communications media scripting INTERFACES behavior as websites, applications, and , but they also Building ENVIRONMENTS STUDIES WEBSITE DESIGNan Online IT of WEB BUILDING AN ONLINE outreach LANGUAGES DIGITAL AND TECHNOLOGY design social communications find ways to make ENGINE those channels as effective as CONSU CONSUMER EXPERIENCE Consumer ENGINE Experience possible. Internet-specific storytelling engrossing optimization marketing models & such as media behavior ENVIRONMENTS pay-per-click campaign development, search engine optimization + Marketing has always been about knowing your outreach optimization (SEO), PAY search PER engine CLICK marketing, affiliate marketing audience. MULTI-CHANNEL The Internet search search Marketing program s curriculum PAY-PER-CLICK search search marketing, and social media are constantly coming MARKETING campaign expands on that core idea and focuses on enhancing AFFILIATE ENGINE campaign ENGINE SOCIAL development optimization development marketing marketing ENGINE ENGINE into play in this new media landscape, and you ll need the consumer s online experience. By devoting time and optimization media marketing to understand how to recognize these opportunities attention to digital storytelling, you ll be able to create and use them to your advantage. a captivating environment that supports your message search search search search while keeping your audience engaged. By understanding the fundamentals of a multi-channel ENGINE ENGINE social ENGINE ENGINE optimization & optimization marketing strategy, you ll be able to utilize the outlets + In this part of the degree optimization program, & you ll learn how optimization to + CONSUMER marketing marketing at your disposal engrossing as you strive to reach your audience improve the way you communicate media marketing your brand s story, marketing in the most effective way. behavior explore ways of reaching your audience through social STUDIES TING ETING CE Areas of Focus scripting WEBSITE DESIGN AND AND TECHNOLOGY LANGUAGES ENVIRONMENTS DIGITAL storytelling FUNDAMENTALS ofweb ofweb design design IT communications outreach scripting LANGUAGES media, and study consumer behavior so that you know you re BUILDING reaching AN ONLINE the right audience with the right message. CONSUMER EXPERIENCE engrossing ENVIRONMENTS scripting LANGUAGEScommunications webcommunications INTERFACES DIGITAL storytelling social media outreach IT IT web INTERFACES web INTERFACES social media engrossing ENVIRONMENTS CONSUMER outreach behaviorstudies INTERNET MARKETING Bachelor of Science Degree Program MA 140

141 Areas of Focus Overview The Internet Marketing Bachelor of Science Degree addresses the complex worlds of Internet marketing, search engine optimization, web design, and consumer psychology, giving you the skills you need to meet the challenges of an industry affected by rapid advances and changes in technology. In this program, you ll learn how to create a viable marketing and strategic plan for selling products, develop and cultivate a brand, and protect that entity within the Internet community. During the course of this program, you ll study a full range of Internet marketing subjects, including search engine optimization, interactive advertising design, Internet law, web design, web metrics, and public relations. The program s curriculum culminates in the final capstone project, where you ll be tasked with developing and implementing a complete Internet marketing campaign. In addition to courses developing your marketingspecific skills, you ll also have courses focused on computer business applications, personal finance management, communication skills, and how to prepare yourself for that first step into the industry. To help you make that transition, we ve got a team of Career Development professionals that can help you polish your interviewing skills and get you ready to enter the industry. In addition, our Career Development services and advisors will be available for support and assistance throughout your career not just during your education. Objective The goal of the Internet Marketing bachelor s degree program is to provide students with the focused knowledge and understanding needed to pursue entry-level positions in contemporary marketing organizations. This program is designed to develop marketing leaders who can adapt to the ever-changing business model of the Internet, and who understand how the fluid nature of the medium affects consumer behavior. Upon completion of the Internet Marketing bachelor of science degree, students will have the ability to develop and implement a cohesive Internet marketing strategy. In addition to technical proficiency and theoretical knowledge, the program helps students to develop critical thinking, problem solving, and analytical skills that contribute to a lifetime of learning, providing them with tools needed to sustain a productive career path in the world of marketing. INTERNET MARKETING OVERVIEW & OBJECTIVE INTERNET MARKETING OVERVIEW Bachelor & of Science OBJECTIVE Degree Program 141

142 Internet Marketing Bachelor of Science Degree Program PROGRAM CORE Code Course Credit Hours IMK 444 Affiliate Marketing 4.00 IMK 321 Content Strategy, Development and Marketing 4.00 DGL 101 Digital Literacy 4.00 IMK 127 Digital Storytelling & Branding 4.00 IMK 464 Display Advertising 4.00 IMK 452 Marketing Principles 4.00 IMK 341 Fundamentals of Digital Entrepreneurship 4.00 IMK 241 Fundamentals of Web Design 4.00 IMK 411 Global Internet Marketing Strategies 4.00 IMK 214 Internet Business Models 4.00 IMK 334 Internet Law and Legal Issues 4.00 IMK 497 Internet Marketing Final Project 4.00 IMK 323 Internet Marketing Research Strategies 4.00 IMK 112 Introduction to Internet Marketing 4.00 IMK 272 Introduction to Mobile Advertising 4.00 IMK 254 Introduction to Web Interface and Usability 4.00 IMK 222 New Media Distribution Channels 4.00 IMK 132 Online Communications 4.00 IMK 263 Principles of Interactive Media 4.00 IMK 484 Principles of Online Campaign Development 4.00 IMK 372 Public Relations 4.00 IMK 481 Search Engine Optimization 4.00 IMK 432 Social Media Optimization 4.00 IMK 473 Web Analytics and Reporting 4.00 GENERAL EDUCATION Code Course Credit Hours ART 2007 Art History 4.00 CLP 1006 Behavioral Science 4.00 MGF1213 College Mathematics 4.00 IMK 302 Cultural Studies and the Web 4.00 ENC 1101 English Composition I 4.00 PSC 1030 Fundamentals of Physical Science 4.00 STA 2026 Introduction to Statistics 3.50 MAN 3151 Leadership and Organizational Behavior 3.50 COM 3109 Professional Communication and Presentation 4.00 Totals: TOTAL CREDIT HOURS: 131 TOTAL WEEKS: 112 Chronological Schedule by Months DIGITAL LITERACY BEHAVIORAL SCIENCE INTRODUCTION TO INTERNET MARKETING ENGLISH COMPOSITION INTERNET BUSINESS MODELS DIGITAL STORYTELLING & BRANDING COLLEGE MATHEMATICS FUNDAMENTALS OF WEB DESIGN FUNDAMENTALS OF PHYSICAL SCIENCE INTRODUCTION TO WEB INTERFACE & USABILITY ONLINE COMMUNICATIONS PRINCIPLES OF INTERACTIVE MEDIA ART HISTORY NEW MEDIA DISTRIBUTION CHANNELS INTRODUCTION TO MOBILE ADVERTISING INTERNET MARKETING RESEARCH STRATEGIES INTRODUCTION TO STATISTICS PROFESSIONAL COMMUNICATION & PRESENTATION CONTENT STRATEGY, DEVELOPMENT & MARKETING FUNDAMENTALS OF DIGITAL ENTREPRENEURSHIP LEADERSHIP & ORGANIZATIONAL BEHAVIOR AFFILIATE MARKETING SEARCH ENGINE OPTIMIZATION PRINCIPLES OF ONLINE CAMPAIGN DEVELOPMENT DISPLAY ADVERTISING MARKETING PRINCIPLES WEB ANALYTICS & REPORTING PUBLIC RELATIONS SOCIAL MEDIA OPTIMIZATION Totals: Graduates of this degree may apply to continue their education with the: INTERNET LAW & LEGAL ISSUES CULTURAL STUDIES & THE WEB GLOBAL INTERNET MARKETING STRATEGIES INTERNET MARKETING FINAL PROJECT Game Design Master of Science Degree Program Entertainment Business Master of Science Degree Program This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS). * IF YOU RE INTERESTED IN ANOTHER EDUCATIONAL TRACK, PLEASE CONTACT OUR ADMISSIONS DEPARTMENT TO EXPLORE YOUR OPTIONS. INTERNET MARKETING Bachelor of Science Degree Program 142

143 Course Descriptions Program Core IMK 444 Affiliate Marketing Affiliate marketing is a powerful and longstanding marketing method for the Internet. This type of marketing promotes Internet businesses in which affiliates are rewarded for every visitor, subscriber, customer, and/or sale provided by their efforts. Methodologies that assist the affiliate marketing structure are: search engine optimization, paid search engine marketing, marketing, and displayed advertising. The goal of the Affiliate Marketing Course is to teach students to evaluate whether affiliate marketing is the appropriate type of marketing for their product/service. Students will also evaluate and create financial overviews for an affiliate marketing campaign. The History of Affiliate Marketing Compensation Methods Affiliate Management Strategic Analysis Current Issues with Affiliate Marketing Case Studies Final Project Development IMK 321 Content Strategy, Development and Marketing The Content Strategy, Development and Marketing Course examines the complete lifecycle of content creation and delivery, from developing strategies and processes to evaluating results. Students learn how to create and distribute relevant and valuable content to defined targeted audiences in order to achieve specific marketing goals. Students examine a variety of content marketing techniques, learn how to create editorial calendars, assess which distribution channels can best help them to reach their audiences and evaluate the success of their content marketing strategy. Defining Marketing Goals and Creating a Strategic Content Plan Identifying Target Audiences Assessing current content for effectiveness and re-purposing Understanding the various types of content and the importance of content mix Producing Content in a Variety of Formats Creating a Publishing Schedule and Editorial Calendar Determining which channels to use to distribute the content Analyzing and evaluating results DGL 101 Digital Literacy The Digital Literacy Course utilizes a collaborative learning environment to introduce software programs and web tools that will prepare students with digital skills for online learning. In addition, students will also learn the professional demands of their chosen fields and create plans that will help guide them to successful completion of their Program. Students will use various tools to complete their roadmap projects, conduct Internet research, collaborate with other students, and communicate with instructors. Mac OS and the FSO Learning Platform Planning for Your Goals and Collaborating with Peers IMK 127 Digital Storytelling & Branding The Digital Storytelling & Branding Course leads the student through the methods and techniques of creating personal digital content using the Apple ilife Suite. In this course, students are asked to explore this powerful suite of tools to create many pieces of personal expression, including Podcasts, movies, and websites. The design concepts reinforced in this course show that they could be used across all types of media. iphoto and iweb imovie and Garage Band idvd and itunes ilife Project IMK 464 Display Advertising The Display Advertising Course explores the influence of the Internet and websearch optimization on the entertainment business industry, and how understanding and exploiting these strategies can help an entertainment business become a strategic force on the web. Students explore the advantages of understanding these concepts and the potential impact of the Internet on his or her entertainment business, while also learning the best strategic methods for positioning a product for success on the Internet. Introduction to Internet Marketing Search Engine Marketing (SEM) Operations Internet Marketing Assessment Internet Marketing Strategy Web Search Optimization Overview Search Engine Optimization (SEO) Operations Search Engine Ranking Systems The Customer Experience Entertainment Leadership Portfolio Connecting Your Passion to Your Chosen Industry Internet Tools for Research and Learning INTERNET MARKETING Bachelor of Science Degree Program 143

144 Course Descriptions Program Core IMK 452 Marketing Principles marketing is a form of direct marketing that uses electronic mail as a means to communicate a message. The goal of the Marketing Principles Course is to teach students how to determine if an marketing campaign is correct for their audience and products/services, and how to produce and create an effective campaign. Additional topics that will be covered include developing s with a creative purpose that facilitate sales and develop customer loyalty; creating s that attract new customers and encourage timely sales; and developing campaigns that perpetuate and strengthen a company s brand. Overview of Marketing Advantages of Marketing Disadvantages of Marketing Proper Writing Etiquette (Writing Composition) CAN-spam Compliance Opt-in Advertising Legal and Ethical Issues Final Project Development IMK 341 Fundamentals of Digital Entrepreneurship The Fundamentals of Digital Entrepreneurship Course examines the behaviors and motivations of entrepreneurs. Students learn the steps required to start a business, including types of business entities, tax implications and business licenses. The course also considers key characteristics of successful entrepreneurs and the importance of entrepreneurialism in the economy. Role of the Entrepreneur Case Studies in Entrepreneurship The Entrepreneurial Mindset Building Effective Teams IMK 241 Fundamentals of Web Design The Fundamentals of Web Design Course overviews the process of Web page creation and it importance within Internet marketing. This course expands on the knowledge presented in the Introduction to Scripting Languages course by teaching students to identify CSS (Cascading Style Sheets) and how they are used to add style to Web documents. This course examines how graphics are used within Web pages and the various image file formats used on the Web. A brief overview of the Web page creation process is also covered. Introduction to CSS Graphics and the Web Web Image File Formats Web Page Creation Process IMK 411 Global Internet Marketing Strategies One of the most powerful components of the Internet is its ability to connect products and services to the global consumer. In the Global Internet Marketing Strategies Course, students learn how to evaluate the global Internet market through a variety of methodologies and incorporate them into a cohesive Internet marketing plan that will reach the global consumer. Course topics include: global Internet marketing concepts, campaign development, cultural assessments, global consumer behavior, marketing research methodologies, and ethical and legal issues. Global Internet Marketing Concepts Campaign Development Cultural Assessments Global Consumer Behavior Marketing Research Methodologies Ethical Issues Legal Issues Final Project Development IMK 214 Internet Business Models When examining the Internet, a prospective entrepreneur must understand a variety of business models that apply to the Internet and e-commerce. The Internet Business Models Course covers both traditional and unique Internet business models that can facilitate the growth of a company s product and/or services. This knowledge assists students in evaluating the model that works best for their product/ services, and will encourage consumers to buy and become loyal customers. Historical Perspective of Business Models Business Models Specific to the Internet Evaluation of Internet Business Models Product/Services Pricing and Strategies Integration of Internet Business Models and the Internet Marketing Campaign Development Final Project Development IMK 334 Internet Law and Legal Issues The Internet is a complicated world when it comes to law and legal issues. In the Internet Law and Legal Issues Course, students examine a variety of course topics covering all of the subject areas related to this complex digital medium. It is vital that students understand how to protect their company and how to respect their consumer. A large portion of this course consists of examining case studies and analyzing controversial legal decisions regarding the Internet. Overview of Internet Law Current Internet Legal Issues Jurisdiction and Sovereignty Issues Freedom of Speech Issues Intellectual Property Issues Governance Global Internet Issues Case Studies Final Project Development INTERNET MARKETING Bachelor of Science Degree Program 144

145 Course Descriptions Program Core IMK 497 Internet Marketing Final Project The Internet Marketing Final Project Course teaches students how to assimilate skills, knowledge and expertise gained throughout the program to conceptualize, build a business prototype, and launch and evaluate the performance of a micro-business. Students work in groups to develop a visual business strategy, to develop a product or service to be offered, to generate and convert leads and to deliver real-world value to clients/customers. The final project entails a comprehensive review of students entire academic experience, including the application of previously learned concepts and demonstration of technical skills. Visualizing Your Micro-Business Strategy Building Your Micro-Business Prototype Launching Your Micro-Business Measuring & Communicating Your Micro-Business Performance Final Project Development IMK 323 Internet Marketing Research Strategies In the Internet marketing field, it s vital to know how to extract from business resources data that will provide information about your product/service, as well as your consumer s behavior. The Internet Marketing Research Strategies Course focuses on accomplishing these goals through research and understanding research methodologies that are specific to the Internet. Internet marketers must be able to conduct research that constructs a marketing vision substantiated by data and facts, ultimately validating the financial investment of the company. Topics that will be covered in this course include: researching competitors, consumer behaviors, proper messaging, correct pricing, market behavior, and exit strategies. Internet Research Strategies Demographic and Consumer Research Strategies Validation of Financial Investment Understanding Primary Online Marketing Objectives Through Proper Market Research Identifying Primary and Secondary Target Markets Through Research Final Project Development IMK 112 Introduction to Internet Marketing The Introduction to Internet Marketing Course presents an overview of the exciting and effective world of marketing of products/services over the Internet. This course addresses all of the creative and technical aspects of maintaining a marketing website, including the importance of web design, web development, advertising, public relations, and sales. This course also defines key terms, such as: search engine marketing, display advertising, marketing, affiliate marketing, interactive advertising, new media distribution, blog and viral marketing, and search engine optimization. Traditional Marketing Components Introduction to Internet Marketing Internet Marketing Terminology Elements of Internet Marketing Final Project Development IMK 272 Introduction to Mobile Advertising The Introduction to Mobile Advertising Course covers creating mobile advertisements, as well as evaluating this type of advertising for an Internet product/service. In addition to understanding this business model, students must learn how to integrate and strategically develop their products/services for the mobile market. The main goal of this course is to address the specific topics related to advertising for mobile phones and other mobile products. Other topics covered include privacy issues and legal issues. Evaluation of the Types of Mobile Advertising Advertising and Mobile Games Mobile Phone Rings and Advertising Click-to-Call Functionality Sending Marketing Information via Test (SMS), Picture, Audio or Video Message (MMS) Introduction to Mobile TV Advertising Mobile Advertising Metrics Final Project Development IMK 254 Introduction to Web Interface and Usability The Introduction to Web Interface and Usability Course teaches students the concepts and strategies needed to create successful web interfaces. In this course, students examine the foundation of creating logical, intuitive, and clear web interfaces used by companies worldwide. This course examines design principles relating from usability, visualization, and functionality constructs. Interface Usability Concepts Interface Visualization Elements Interface Functionality Interface Accessibility IMK 222 New Media Distribution Channels The New Media Distribution Channels Course teaches students how to analyze new media distribution channels to determine how to market and deploy their products/services over a multitude of platforms. Students examine a variety of advanced media components; assess which distribution channels can best help them to accomplish their marketing goals, and then integrate their product/service into those channels, making alterations as needed. The course will take students over the following new media distribution channels: Web 2.0, mobile devices, video games, virtual worlds, Web mash-ups, blogs and wikis, , social media, interactive TV, and podcasting. New Media Distribution Channels Defined New Media Distribution Strategic Development New Media Distribution Channel Evaluation This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS). INTERNET MARKETING Bachelor of Science Degree Program 145

146 Course Descriptions Program Core IMK 132 Online Communications In the Online Communications Course, students learn how to properly communicate with the information technology (IT) team. Students in this course gain foundational knowledge that will assist them in considering the technological limitations of their company. This course also addresses technical topics that must be considered when creating a marketing website and user interface. IT Structural Overviews IT Terminology and Concepts IT and Website Design Limitations Internet Security Issues Final Project Development IMK 263 Principles of Interactive Media The Principles of Interactive Media Course explores various interactive technologies used in online, mobile, and digital television environments and how to best leverage interactive media for marketing campaigns. Students will learn how to determine the appropriate technologies and channels to use when creating interactive media campaigns, and will practice using tools to create interactive media. Explore Online Interactive Media Campaign Environments Tools for Interactive Media Campaigns Marketing Channels Multimedia Marketing Deployments IMK 484 Principles of Online Campaign Development Pay per click is an online advertising model in which advertisers bid against one another for ad space and positioning, and only pay when their ad is clicked. Google AdWords is the dominant platform in the pay per click space, and students work towards becoming an AdWords Certified Partner throughout the course. Significant focus is placed on crucial elements of pay per click advertising including; Quality Score, ad copy writing, keyword relevance, and bid amounts across both the search and content networks. Students will also be exposed to relevant industry software to build expertise that will help in their career. Pay Per Click Advertising Model Overview Keyword Research and Development Search vs. Content Networks Quality Score Pay Per Click Metrics Pay Per Click Campaign Training IMK 372 Public Relations In the Public Relations Course, students examine the topic of public relations (PR) and how this marketing component is different within the Internet community. Students evaluate their products and services and research how the public will perceive these products and services. Students also evaluate PR challenges and strategize how to enhance PR opportunities for their Internet marketing campaign. In this course, students are responsible for creating a variety of PR tools such as media releases, media kits, blogs, and Internet placements. Overview of Public Relations Legal Considerations IMK 481 Search Engine Optimization The Search Engine Optimization Course introduces students to the complex topic of search engine optimization (SEO), the process of improving the volume and quality of consumer traffic to a website from search engines through search results. This course addresses topics such as link building, site structure improvements, conversion tracking, strategic keyword development and understanding barriers to SEO. The main goal of the course is to examine Search Engine Optimization strategies and to develop methodologies to increase quality website traffic. Introduction to Search Engines and Search Engine Optimization Keyword Research and Selection On-Site and Off-Site Optimization Factors Link Building SEO s Interrelationships With Other Internet Marketing Tactics Public Relations and Internet Marketing Public Relations Writing and The Internet Social Media Releases Final Project Development Ethics and Objectivity INTERNET MARKETING Bachelor of Science Degree Program 146

147 Course Descriptions Program Core General Education IMK 432 Social Media Optimization Social Media Optimization (SMO) is a set of methods for generating publicity through social media, online communities, and community websites. The course topics for Social Media Optimization include adding RSS feeds, adding blogging opportunities, and incorporating third-party community functionalities such as photo slides, galleries, and video sharing. Social media optimization is an integral part of a successful Internet marketing campaign. A progressive aim of any social media effort is to add value to the web community experience and to strengthen the brand s presence within these communities. Evaluating the consumer s mindset and altering the Internet marketing efforts to match these demands completes this complicated task. The goal in this course is to teach students how to incorporate these methodologies into their Internet marketing campaign to create a strong presence in online communities. Social Media Optimization Overview Social Media Optimization Techniques RSS Feeds, Blogging, Third- Party Communities, Social Media Optimization, and Viral Marketing Strategic Implementation Legal Issues Linkability - Increasing Inbound Links Final Project Development IMK 473 Web Analytics and Reporting The Web Analytics and Reporting Course shows students how to evaluate whether a website is accomplishing its marketing objectives, and how to report the productivity of the website to the company/client. This data is critical to financial investment in a website, and to forecasting where future monetary investments should go towards strengthening the website s marketing presence online. This course shows students to correct problems that will in turn strengthen the website s Internet marketing presence and productivity. Web Analytics Overview and Technologies Web Server Logfile Analysis Advantages Page Tagging Advantages Website Traffic Reporting and Data Analysis Response Rates Data Analysis Direct Mail Campaign Data Analysis Sales and Lead Information Analysis User Performance Data Web Analytics and Financial Reporting Final Project Development ART 2007 Art History The Art History Course introduces students to selected, impactful monuments of art and architecture in the Western tradition from the prehistoric to post-modernism era studied in relation to the intellectual background of the ages and civilizations that produced them. Lectures accompanied by various visual mediums inspire discussions of assigned readings in philosophical, religious, scientific, political, literary, artistic, and cultural contexts. Ancient Art Medieval and Renaissance Art Modern Art Post-modern Art CLP 1006 Behavioral Science The Behavioral Science Course introduces students to the complexities of self-awareness, self-directed learning, and effective interpersonal interactions. Students will learn to recognize the challenges that individuals face in a world that is technologically evolving at a rapid pace. They will become equipped with new ways to address their personal motivations, and will work to improve their learning strategies and methods of interacting within the Full Sail community. Students will also enhance their ability to analyze and evaluate information. Self-Awareness Empathy Self-Regulation Social Skills Motivation INTERNET MARKETING Bachelor of Science Degree Program 147

148 Course Descriptions General Education MGF 1213 College Mathematics The College Mathematics Course is designed to enable students to build skills and confidence in algebra that are required to succeed in future math and core courses. First-time algebra students or those needing a review will begin with basic concepts and build upon these ideas by completing work that uses algebra in practical situations. Review of Basic Arithmetic Operations with the Real Number System Measurement and Number Systems Exponents & Radical Expressions Linear Equations & Inequalities Graphing Proportions, Formulas, and Word Problems Introductory Statistics and Probability Business Applications and Mathematical Models IMK 302 Cultural Studies and the Web The Cultural Studies and the Web Course emphasizes the relationship between cultural context and promotional content on the web. This analysis will examine the significance of cross-cultural variation to web content, web access, and consumer behavior. Case studies and empirical research will be evaluated to explore the costs and benefits of cultural relevance as a component of strategic planning and Internet marketing practice. Cultural Variation Consumer Behavior and Culturally Relevant Promotional Content Geo-demographics, Cultural Context, and Internet Marketing Practice Technology and Consumerism ENC 1101 English Composition I The English Composition I Course is designed to introduce students to the writing process. Special attention is given to selecting and refining topics, identifying the audience, developing a purpose, and formulating thesis statements. Grammatical conventions and their applications are heavily stressed. Students will learn to compose mature, logical sentences, and paragraphs in order to create rhetorical cohesion. Invention and Drafting Revising and Editing Grammar Essay Structure Audience Awareness PSC 1030 Fundamentals of Physical Science The Fundamentals of Physical Science Course teaches students how to understand the world through fundamental physical concepts such as: force and motion, energy and mechanics, electricity and magnetism, properties of solids and fluids, transmission of sound, and behavior of light. Emphasis is placed on how problems describing nature are approached in terms of physical theories and mathematical formula. Force and Motion Energy and Mechanics Electricity and Magnetism Solids and Fluids Transmission of Sound Behavior of Light Physical Theories and Mathematical Formulas STA 2026 Introduction to Statistics The Introduction to Statistics Course introduces statistics as a tool for decision-making. The first part of this course reviews how to collect, present, and organize data. It explores measures of central tendency and dispersion and how to calculate them. The course concentrates on representing data visually by creating and interpreting charts and graphs, exploring relationships found in data through correlation analysis, and assigning probability and calculating the likelihood of the occurrence of events. This knowledge is applied in solving problems and making decisions based on quantifiable data. Overview of Business Statistics Business Statistics Terminology Collecting and Organizing Data Presentation of Statistical Data Problem-solving Using Statistics Total credit hours 3.50 Course length 4 weeks MAN 3151 Leadership and Organizational Behavior The Leadership and Organizational Behavior Course consists of an inquiry into the characteristics essential in inspiring others to action. Students identify their personal strengths and weakness through self-assessment, expanding their awareness of these qualities to include their effect on other individuals and group behavior. The course provides strategies for decision-making and building effective teams, and encourages students to explore the difficulties, compromises, and rewards of the collaboration process. Leadership Group Dynamics Motivating Building Effective Teams Decision-making Conflict Resolution Total credit hours 3.50 Course length 4 weeks This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS). INTERNET MARKETING Bachelor of Science Degree Program 148

149 Course Descriptions General Education COM 3109 Professional Communication and Presentation The Professional Communication and Presentation Course exposes students to various forms of written and oral communication through technical, electronic, and creative-writing activities. In addition, students develop competency in visual presentation design. Through practice and development of written and oral skills, students sharpen their abilities to craft effective documents and presentations, while gaining confidence in both the content of their message and their ability to clearly convey it. Modes of Written and Oral Presentation Presence and Image of Written Communication Generating Ideas, Identifying Purpose, and Developing Content Audience Analysis Presentation Strategies Technical Development of a Presentation Personal Image This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS). INTERNET MARKETING Bachelor of Science Degree Program 149

150 Internet Marketing Master of Science Degree Program The Internet s role in the new world of marketing means that online strategy has become more than just an optional enhancement to existing plans. Internet marketing has become its own entity, rebuilding traditional marketing concepts to fit an interactive context. As successful companies and businesses look to thrive in this constantly evolving landscape, the ability to think strategically about the Internet has become an essential skill for professional marketers. Full Sail s Internet Marketing Master of Science Degree program is specifically designed to provide you with skills to help you take advantage of the multi-channel opportunities of the Internet. Our curriculum delves into the details of Internet marketing with in-depth research and advanced academic studies that will provide you with the ability to develop and implement your own effective and cohesive Internet marketing campaign. Areas of Focus Advanced Fine Arts SEO Strategic Modeling Analysis Animation Advanced Effects Internet Final Project/ Marketing Demo Reel Creation Strategies INTERNET MARKETING Master of Science Degree Program 150

151 Areas of Focus INTERNET MARKETING MS ADVANCED SEO Advanced SEO INTERNET MARKETING MS One of the most important aspects of marketing is making sure that your product, service, or brand WEB METRICS message is easy for the public to find. The best way to achieve that on the web is through effective search engine optimization (SEO), a tool that can help an organization become a strategic force on the web. It s not only about maximizing the power of organic search methods, directory listings, and ADVANCED SEO paid placement tactics, but also having a website that s both user-friendly and search-engine friendly. INTERNET MARKETING CAMPAIGN DEVELOPMENT Through the study of advanced strategic methods, beneficial web design fundamentals, new trends in search engine marketing, and case studies, you ll be able to strategically position your company for maximum exposure. WEB METRICS INTERNET MARKETING Master of Science Degree Program 151

152 Areas of Focus Areas of Focus INTERNET MARKETING MS ADVANCED SEO WEB METRICS Strategic Analysis INTERNET MARKETING CAMPAIGN DEVELOPMENT The data-driven nature of the Internet can instantly link a company with millions of potential consumers, and it can also provide you with an invaluable amount of information about the strength and success of your websites and marketing campaigns. But in order to be able to draw such conclusions, you need to have a firm understanding of how to interpret and respond to the results. By utilizing web metrics, you will be able to measure trends and behaviors within a company s Internet marketing structure. The Internet Marketing master s program delves deeply into this facet of the industry, teaching you the skills needed to translate your findings into a plan of action to increase the effectiveness of your organization s web, advertising, and marketing strategies. INTERNET MARKETING Master of Science Degree Program 152

153 S Areas of Focus INTERNET MARKETING CAMPAIGN DEVELOPMENT Advanced Internet Marketing Strategies Today s marketing professionals have boundless opportunities to spread a company s message. Whether it s campaigns, pay-per-click advertising, or social media, today s businesses can utilize a wide array of outlets in their marketing campaigns. What sets successful marketers apart is the ability to create a cohesive and complementary strategy that utilizes this variety of elements effectively. In this segment of the degree program, you ll study mobile technology, interactive television, social media networks, and more, addressing the concepts of developing a campaign through numerous case studies. You ll use this research, as well as your experience throughout the degree program, to select a subject and construct a complete marketing campaign that makes use of the variety and scope of marketing possibilities. INTERNET MARKETING Master of Science Degree Program 153

154 Areas of Focus Overview The Internet Marketing Master of Science Degree addresses the concepts of Internet marketing, search engine optimization, new media distribution channels, branding, technology, and psychology. The demands on the Internet marketing professional are more intense than ever due to rapid advances in technology, the complexities of web design, Internet marketing campaign development, social media networks, Internet public relations, advertising, and sales. This program addresses advanced marketing topics that will help give you the tools to create powerful marketing and strategic plans for selling products, developing and cultivating a brand, and protecting a company s reputation within the Internet community. The program s curriculum focuses on a variety of advanced principles, including Internet marketing theories, search engine optimization, interactive advertising design principles, Internet law, web design, web metrics, public relations, and global and cultural Internet issues. Your education culminates in the final capstone project, where you ll be tasked with creating and producing a complete integrated Internet marketing campaign. This well-rounded education will help you advance your marketing and strategic skills in preparation for entering or advancing through the Internet marketing industry. To help you make that transition, we ve got a team of Career Development Professionals that will help you polish your interviewing skills and résumé and get you ready to enter the industry. In addition, our Career Development services and advisors will be available for support and assistance throughout your career not just during your education. Objective The goal of the Internet Marketing master of science degree program is to develop marketing leaders who can adapt to the ever-changing business model of the Internet and who understand how the fluid nature of the medium affects consumer behavior. The program s advanced academic phases provide students with a focused knowledge and understanding of Internet marketing, search engine optimization, e-commerce, and the psychology of the online consumer. Completion of this degree program will greatly enhance your ability to develop and implement a cohesive Internet marketing strategy and campaign. This program is designed to foster the development of highly trained individuals who want to develop careers in the field of Internet marketing. The instruction received in this program provides students with the tools to help sustain a productive career path in the world of marketing. INTERNET MARKETING OVERVIEW & OBJECTIVE INTERNET MARKETING Master of Science Degree Program 154

155 Internet Marketing Master of Science Degree Program PROGRAM CORE Code Course Credit Hours IMK 511 Advanced Internet Marketing Strategies 3.00 IMK 621 Advanced Search Engine Optimization 3.00 MAR 629 Business Storytelling and Brand Development 2.50 IMK 671 Internet and the Law 3.00 IMK 591 Internet Consumer Behavior and Analysis 3.50 IMK 691 Internet Marketing Campaign Development 3.00 MAR 510 Internet Marketing Fundamentals 3.00 EDM 601 Media Literacy and Research Methodologies 3.50 IMK 521 New Media Marketing 3.00 IMK 641 Strategic Internet Public Relations 3.00 IMK 661 Web Analytics and Optimization 3.00 IMK 541 Web Design and Usability 3.00 Chronological Schedule by Months MEDIA LITERACY & RESEARCH METHODOLOGIES INTERNET MARKETING FUNDAMENTALS BUSINESS STORYTELLING & BRAND DEVELOPMENT INTERNET CONSUMER BEHAVIOR & ANALYSIS WEB DESIGN & USABILITY NEW MEDIA MARKETING ADVANCED INTERNET MARKETING STRATEGIES INTERNET & THE LAW INTERNET MARKETING CAMPAIGN DEVELOPMENT ADVANCED SEARCH ENGINE OPTIMIZATION STRATEGIC INTERNET PUBLIC RELATIONS WEB ANALYTICS & OPTIMIZATION Totals: TOTAL CREDIT HOURS: 36.5 TOTAL WEEKS: 48 INTERNET MARKETING Master of Science Degree Program 155

156 Course Descriptions Program Core IMK 511 Advanced Internet Marketing Strategies The Advanced Internet Marketing Strategies Course addresses all of the marketing strategies that are particular to this extremely competitive digital arena. The goal of this course is to identify the many components of Internet marketing and to examine each one of these component s unique marketing approach. This course explores the following: affiliate marketing, marketing, global Internet marketing, social media marketing, and search engine marketing. A thorough understanding of each one of these aspects is necessary to cultivate a successful Internet marketing campaign. Advanced topics are discussed within each type of marketing strategy, and companion case studies align with the course content. Internet Marketing Defined Internet Marketing Strategies Overview Affiliate Marketing Marketing Global Internet Marketing Social Media Marketing Search Engine Marketing Case Studies Final Project Application Total credit hours 3.00 Course length 4 weeks IMK 621 Advanced Search Engine Optimization The Advanced Search Engine Optimization Course builds on previous course content and expands into strategic approaches for search engine optimization (SEO). Organic search methods, directory listings, and paid placement tactics are analyzed for their effectiveness in attaining search-marketing goals. New trends in search engine marketing and search engine optimization are explored through course curriculum and case studies. Additional inherent complexities of the Internet are examined that impact the development of effective search engine optimization practices, for example, websites with abundant content, advanced technology, and more personalization capabilities. Advanced SEO Techniques Organic Search Methods Directory Listings Paid Placements New Trends Case Studies Final Project Development Total credit hours 3.00 Course length 4 weeks MAR 629 Business Storytelling and Brand Development The Business Storytelling and Brand Development Course covers the two main aspects to building a strong presence in the business and consumer market. In this course, students learn how to implement brand-development strategies that help companies emerge as icons within their industries. Students also learn how to use storytelling principles to strengthen a business and deliver a superior customer experience. Finally, students develop their own personal brand identities and create tools for real-world business use. Brand Development Overview Personal Brand Identity Brand Development Principles and Techniques Creating a Mission Statement Brand Development Case Studies Construction of a Story Creative Writing Overview Examination of Joseph Campbell, Myth, and Archetype Storytelling and Leadership Storytelling and Brand Final Project Application Total credit hours 2.50 Course length 4 weeks INTERNET MARKETING Master of Science Degree Program 156

157 Course Descriptions Program Core IMK 671 Internet and the Law The Internet and the Law Course addresses emerging topics relating to the legal aspects of the Internet. Topics covered include intellectual property, copyright, domain names, trademark issues, and the First Amendment. From a marketing approach, legal considerations are presented that can potentially affect the development of an Internet marketing campaign. Students explore, through the course content and case studies, the Internet s impact on the legal arena. The course traces regulatory issues concerning the Federal Trade Commission and the Federal Communications Commission, among others. Overview of Internet Law Issues Domain Names Intellectual Property Website Linking Legal Issues Online Communication Copyrights The Role of the First Amendment Federal Trade Commission, Federal Communications Commission, and Other Regulatory Agencies Privacy Issues Case Studies Final Project Application and Development Total credit hours 3.00 Course length 4 weeks IMK 591 Internet Consumer Behavior and Analysis The Internet Consumer Behavior and Analysis Course explores consumer behavior that is specific to the Internet and analyzes methods that motivate consumers to purchase products and/or services. The emphasis of this course is to identify specific Internet marketing campaigns and gauge their success and/or failure in inspiring the consumer to purchase the product or service. One approach studied is personalized marketing a valuable tactic which allows an Internet marketer to track specific consumer interests and make suggestions on future purchases. This course examines how to develop Internet marketing plans that incorporate a consumer behavioral analysis. Examination of the Internet Consumer Consumer Behavior and Design Principles Personalized Marketing and its Interactive Components Analysis Methodologies Internet Consumer Behavior Case Studies Final Project Application Total credit hours 3.50 Course length 4 weeks IMK 691 Internet Marketing Campaign Development The Internet Marketing Campaign Development Course addresses how to analyze the best campaign strategies and how to create these campaigns. The goals of this course are to understand the strategic value of all types of Internet marketing campaigns and to be able to create a successful campaign. Along with understanding the various campaign models, the psychology of the consumer is analyzed to determine if a campaign will be effective with its target market. A variety of Internet marketing campaign case studies also correspond to reinforce the concepts of the course. Internet Campaign Overview An Examination of the Various Campaign Strategies Viral Marketing Pay-Per-Click Marketing Social Media Marketing Marketing Banner Marketing Affiliate Marketing Final Project Application Total credit hours 3.00 Course length 4 weeks INTERNET MARKETING Master of Science Degree Program 157

158 Course Descriptions Program Core MAR 510 Internet Marketing Fundamentals The Internet Marketing Fundamentals Course introduces students to the growing influence of Internet marketing and search engine optimization (SEO) and illustrates how harnessing the power of the Internet can help an organization become a strategic force on the web. Students explore the advantages of understanding these concepts and the potential impact of the Internet on business while also learning the best strategic methods for success in the ever-changing Internet industry. Introduction to Internet Marketing Internet Marketing Assessment Search Engine Optimization Overview Search Engine Optimization (SEO) Operations Search Engine Marketing (SEM) Operations Search Engine Ranking Systems The Customer Experience Final Project Application Total credit hours 3.00 Course length 4 weeks EDM 601 Media Literacy and Research Methodologies In the Media Literacy and Research Methodologies Course, students will review media studies literature using various resources. Utilizing the skills that they acquire from this course, students will work throughout the program to develop their thesis and media project focusing their efforts on making changes to their personal practice or workplace. Students will start development of media research proposals, create a literature review based upon their research, examine the progress of research questions formation, and study various research methods, learning which are appropriate to various types of research questions. Media Research, Sampling, and Validity Online Research Databases and Tools APA Formatting and Citations Literature Review Research Proposals Media Project Formation Total credit hours 3.50 Course length 4 weeks IMK 521 New Media Marketing The New Media Marketing Course addresses how a company establishes which new media approach will accomplish its marketing goals and further the company s success. The types of new media examined include mobile technology, social media networks, interactive television, viral marketing, online video, and location-based technologies. Other topics addressed include how to identify and engage influencers to reach a company s target market. Financial Development and Planning for New Media Marketing Identifying a Company s New Media Marketing Goals New Media Marketing Project Planning Examination of Various New Media Distribution Channels Final Project Application Total credit hours 3.00 Course length 4 weeks INTERNET MARKETING Master of Science Degree Program 158

159 Course Descriptions Program Core IMK 641 Strategic Internet Public Relations When a bad product review arises on a blogger s website, how can a company reach out to this consumer and correct the problem? How do you combat this potentially harmful issue in a proactive way that will strengthen your brand and protect your company? Internet public relations requires an individual who understands the open community of the Internet and how to initiate positive public relations strategies. The Strategic Internet Public Relations Course examines proactive public relations methods that are unique to the Internet. In addition, the course addresses how a publicist can become an integral part of protecting the image of a company and how relationship management must be aggressive in this highly accessible medium. Interactive Public Relations Defined Online Media Relations Proactive Internet Public Relations Strategies Internet Public Relations Writing Case Studies Final Project Application Total credit hours 3.00 Course length 4 weeks IMK 661 Web Analytics and Optimization The goal of analyzing web metrics is to create and provide a measuring system that defines a trend or a characteristic within a company s Internet marketing structure. As presented in the Web Analytics and Optimization Course, web metrics can be used to explain an outcome, correct a problem, chart a future trend, and/or gauge the success of a marketing endeavor. Understanding web metrics and being able to craft reporting structures that meaningfully analyze this data will assist a marketing team to make productive decisions that facilitate growth and strengthen the company s marketing goals. Web Metrics Overview Web Metrics and Analysis Principles Search Analytics Strategic Analysis Reporting Techniques Case Studies Final Project Application and Development Total credit hours 3.00 Course length 4 weeks IMK 541 Web Design and Usability The goals of any website are to provide a user-friendly experience for the consumer and a search engine-friendly experience for the site. The way a company designs its website and how the text is developed within a website directly impact the website s search engine optimization (SEO) capabilities. It is important for an Internet marketing specialist to understand the web design principles used to enhance search engines to find a website and to accomplish marketing goals. The following topics are addressed in the Web Design and Usability Course: an overview of web standards, web design fundamentals, web interface and usability, search engines overviews, understanding a company s SEO marketing plans, and web design issues. Lastly, case studies are analyzed for web design and search engine optimization effectiveness. Overview of Web Design Principles Web Design and SEO An Overview of Web Standards Examination of Search Engines Proactive SEO Web Design Principles Case Studies SEO Ethics Final Project Development Total credit hours 3.00 Course length 4 weeks INTERNET MARKETING Master of Science Degree Program 159

160 Media Computer Animation Bachelor of Science Degree Program Communications Bachelor of Science Degree Program Skilled communicators are needed within every industry and especially within the world of entertainment and media. Communications professionals can wear many hats from reporting the news, to writing marketing plans, to managing creative projects but their common thread is a deep understanding of how to interpret, craft, and relay messages for different audiences. In the online Media Communications bachelor s degree program, you ll build your skills in written and verbal communication, while also understanding the principles of graphic design, web design, digital video, and sound. You ll also explore the theories and psychology behind communication and its impact on society, and familiarize yourself with new media technology. At the heart of good media communications is good storytelling, and this program will introduce you to the narratives found throughout many forms of entertainment media, including animation and games. Using digital media creation tools, you ll develop projects throughout the program that will reside in your online portfolio. You ll also maintain a blog and build your own personal brand so that you can market yourself to prospective employers. Written & Visual Communications Fine Arts Digital Modeling Audio & Video Production Animation Areas of Focus New Media Tools Transmedia Effects Storytelling Final Project/ Demo Reel Creation MEDIA COMMUNICATIONS Bachelor of Science Degree Program 160

161 ons AL NS Communications Areas of Focus WRITTEN & VISUAL COMMUNICATIONS editingtechniques traditional WEB-BASED DIGITAL AUDIO & mediachannels VIDEO PRODUCTION NEW MEDIA TOOLS adaptable COMMUNICATION STYLES message crafting MESSAGE distribution supporting a narrative Media Communications MEDIA psychology, anthropology, LAW recording, producing, EDITING GENERATED media TRANSMEDIA STORYTELLING media CHANNELS WRITTEN & VISUAL adaptable COMMUNICATIONS DIGITAL AUDIO & supporting a NARRATIVE VIDEO PRODUCTION adaptable COMMUNICATION STYLES MEDIA psychology, anthropology, LAW DIGITAL AUDIO & VIDEO PRODUCTION Media Communications Written & Visual Communications Being able to effectively communicate is a skill that is valued throughout the business world. Throughout all of your coursework in the Media Communications degree program, you ll build an understanding of what goes into being a concise, clear communicator. You ll refine your writing skills and learn how to adapt your communication style for different audiences. editingtechniques Most communication-oriented paths in today s market use media beyond the written word, and that s why the Media Communications program includes courses in graphic design, web design, video editing, and the theories behind aesthetics as they relate to communication. traditional WEB-BASED mediachannels You ll also learn the impact of media and communications on society through courses that focus on media psychology, media anthropology, and media law. Digital Audio & Video Production WRITTEN & VISUAL adaptable COMMUNICATION COMMUNICATIONS In the Media Communications STYLES bachelor s program, you ll learn how to craft messages across many media types, and use creative tools to develop multimedia projects that are enhanced by video and audio. COMMUNICATION message Your digital audio STYLES course will introduce crafting you to the technology and techniques involved in recording, producing, and editing digital sound, which can be used in a variety of projects from enhancing audio on a digital video, to producing news stories. MESSAGE message crafting NEW MEDIA TOOLS There s an art and science behind distribution turning source video into a cohesive communication piece, and through your digital video class, you ll learn how editing techniques can help your video projects tell an effective story. supporting a narrative MEDIA psychology, anthropology, LAW MEDIA psychology, recording, anthropology, producing, LAW EDITING consumer- recording, consumer- GENERATED producing, EDITING MEDIA COMMUNICATIONS Bachelor of Science Degree Program TRANSMEDIA STORYTELLING media MESSAGE media CHANNELS 161

162 W Areas of Focus VIDEO PRODUCTION EDITING ording, cing, DITING editingtechniques NEW MEDIA TOOLS MESSAGE distribution consumer- GENERATED media nsumer- RATED media traditional WEB-BASED mediachannels Media Communications supporting a narrative TRANSMEDIA STORYTELLING media CHANNELS edia New Media Tools NNELS With the emergence of the Internet and social media, communication professionals can distribute messages and reach audiences on a faster and more personal level. Understanding and embracing these innovations is central to your curriculum in the Media Communications bachelor s program. You ll receive an introduction to online-based and consumer-generated media such as social networks, blogs, consumer review sites, microblogging services, and mobile applications and learn how to navigate the rapidly changing nature of today s media environment. Through courses such as new media journalism and public relations, you ll learn how journalists and PR pros use new media to connect with audiences, and the differences in messaging between traditional and web-based media channels. WRITTEN & VISUAL COMMUNICATIONS DIGITAL AUDIO & VIDEO PRODUCTION NEW MEDIA TOOLS adaptable COMMUNICATION STYLES message crafting MESSAGE distribution supporting a narrative supporting a NARRATIVE MEDIA psychology, anthropology, LAW recording, producing, EDITING consumer- GENERATED media TRANSMEDIA STORYTELLING media CHANNELS MEDIA COMMUNICATIONS Bachelor of Science Degree Program editin trad WEB me 162

163 ia munications L AUDIO & PRODUCTION Areas of Focus supporting a narrative ELLING MEDIA media EN & VISUAL adaptable psychology, COMMUNICATION UNICATIONS Transmedia Storytelling STYLES anthropology, LAW Thanks to the new ways entertainment media is integrated, a brand, organization, or product s story can live and develop across multiple channels. In the Media Communications program, you ll be introduced to the concept of transmedia storytelling and how different types of media have unique ways of supporting a narrative. supporting a NARRATIVE message crafting recording, producing, EDITING CHANNELS editingtechniques Through courses on the gaming industry and animation, you will explore the creative MESSAGE process behind these types of visually captivating entertainment media and how they tell their stories. You ll learn how a single project idea can thrive across many different media channels, such as movies, music, video games, and the web. EDIA TOOLS distribution supporting a narrative consumer- GENERATED media SMEDIA STORYTELLING media CHANNELS traditional WEB-BASED mediachannels supporting a NARRATIVE MEDIA COMMUNICATIONS Bachelor of Science Degree Program 163

164 Areas of Focus Overview The Media Communications bachelor of arts degree program at Full Sail University prepares graduates with the knowledge to understand the field of media communications and to use new media communication technologies. Students of the program survey critical approaches to contemporary media-related issues and communication theory, while working within a project-based learning curriculum. They will be immersed in a supportive environment that fosters development of the strategies and skills necessary to succeed in today s dynamic media industries. The courses in the Media Communications bachelor of arts degree program are designed to prepare students for a wide variety of careers in media and associated fields where media knowledge and skills are an integral part of their operations. Objective Dramatic changes in communication and technology have influenced every aspect of human culture, including family life, politics, business, international relations, religion, education, entertainment, and recreation. The Media Communications bachelor of arts degree program prepares students to recognize, embrace, and manage the inevitable changes in the media. Students acquire the skills they need to best use today s media and share knowledge and information. Along the way, students practice proper research methods and articulate abstract concepts, expressing their media communication skills via progressive projects in a variety of courses. Changes in the media industry are contemplated and reflected throughout the degree s curriculum. MEDIA COMMUNICATIONS OVERVIEW & OBJECTIVE MEDIA COMMUNICATIONS Bachelor of Science Degree Program 164

165 Media Communications Bachelor of Science Degree Program PROGRAM CORE Code Course Credit Hours MCM 3771 Animation and Storytelling 4.00 MCM 4911 Career Development Skills: Media Communications 4.00 MCM 3231 Digital Audio Applications 4.00 DGL 101 Digital Literacy 4.00 MCM 3011 Digital Video and Editing Principles 4.00 MCM 2855 Graphic Design and Communications 4.00 MCM 1001 Introduction to Media Communications and Technologies 4.00 MCM 4821 Media Anthropology 4.00 MCM 4231 Media Communications and Public Relations 4.00 MCM 1099 Media Communications Portfolio Project MCM 2099 Media Communications Portfolio Project MCM 3099 Media Communications Portfolio Project MCM 4099 Media Communications Portfolio Project MCM 2313 Media Communications Project Management 4.00 MCM 4441 Media Entrepreneurship 4.00 MCM 4353 Media Law and Telecommunications Policies 4.00 MCM 4111 Media Psychology 4.00 MCM 4613 Media Publishing and Distribution 4.00 MCM 3823 New Media Journalism and Communications 4.00 MCM 1203 New Media Tools 4.00 MCM 3522 Principles of the Gaming Industry 4.00 MCM 2651 Research in Media Communications 4.00 MCM 1401 Theories of Communications and Aesthetics 4.00 MCM 3415 Web Design Principles and Practices 4.00 GENERAL EDUCATION Code Course Credit Hours ART 2007 Art History 4.00 CPS 1006 Behavioral Science 4.00 MGF 1213 College Mathematics 4.00 ENC 1101 English Composition I 4.00 ENC 1102 English Composition II 4.00 PHY 1030 Fundamentals of Physical Science 4.00 COM 3109 Professional Communication and Presentation 4.00 ENC 2110 Technical Writing 4.00 Totals: TOTAL CREDIT HOURS: 120 TOTAL WEEKS: 112 Chronological Schedule by Months DIGITAL LITERACY INTRODUCTION TO MEDIA COMMUNICATIONS & TECHNOLOGIES ENGLISH COMPOSITION I NEW MEDIA TOOLS BEHAVIORAL SCIENCE THEORIES OF COMMUNICATIONS & AESTHETICS MEDIA COMMUNICATIONS PORTFOLIO PROJECT 1 ENGLISH COMPOSITION II TECHNICAL WRITING COLLEGE MATHEMATICS MEDIA COMMUNICATIONS PROJECT MANAGEMENT FUNDAMENTALS OF PHYSICAL SCIENCE RESEARCH IN MEDIA COMMUNICATIONS MEDIA COMMUNICATIONS PORTFOLIO PROJECT 2 DIGITAL VIDEO & EDITING PRINCIPLES DIGITAL AUDIO APPLICATIONS GRAPHIC DESIGN & COMMUNICATIONS ART HISTORY WEB DESIGN PRINCIPLES & PRACTICES MEDIA COMMUNICATIONS PORTFOLIO PROJECT 3 PRINCIPLES OF THE GAMING INDUSTRY ANIMATION & STORYTELLING NEW MEDIA JOURNALISM & COMMUNICATIONS MEDIA PSYCHOLOGY MEDIA COMMUNICATIONS & PUBLIC RELATIONS MEDIA LAW & TELECOMMUNICATIONS POLICIES MEDIA COMMUNICATIONS PORTFOLIO PROJECT MEDIA PUBLISHING & DISTRIBUTION MEDIA ANTHROPOLOGY CAREER DEVELOPMENT SKILLS: MEDIA COMMUNICATIONS MEDIA ENTREPRENEURSHIP PROFESSIONAL COMMUNICATIONS & PRESENTATION Totals: This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS). MEDIA COMMUNICATIONS Bachelor of Science Degree Program 165

166 Course Descriptions Program Core MCM 3771 Animation and Storytelling The Animation and Storytelling Course provides an overview of the field of animation, its rich history, and its connection to visual storytelling. The course will explore the animator s ability to use visual storytelling as an effective media communications vehicle to achieve a variety of social and political messages. Students will learn the principles and techniques associated with traditional, stop motion, computer, motion capture, 2D, and 3D animation. The course will explore the production process of the animation medium, as well as analyze animation s ability to develop emotional connections with an audience through story development. Students will examine case studies and explore how to use a wide variety of animations for effective communication in media projects and presentations. An Overview of Animation Animation as a Communication Tool Principles of Storytelling and Visual Imagery Classical and Emerging Techniques in Animation Overview of the Animation Production Process Connecting Animation and Media Communications Projects Course and Project Academic Research Skills Development MCM 4911 Career Development Skills: Media Communications The Career Development Skills: Media Communications Course will assist the student in understanding all of the various career fields available to today s media communications professional. The course will review career sources and various types of employment information that students can use to research their desired career field. Along with this course, the student will begin to work with Full Sail s Career Development Department. The Career Development Department specializes in providing specific career support skills and assists the student with the job-seeking process. An Overview of Media Communications Professions Media Professional Communities and Organizations Introduction to Media Communications Career Internet Sources and Job Data Sources Independent Contract Employment vs. Full-Time Employment Career Trends in Media Communications Course and Project Academic Research Skills Development MCM 3231 Digital Audio Applications In the Digital Audio Applications Course, students will explore technologies and techniques for producing and manipulating digital audio for a variety of media communications applications. Topics include digital representation of sound, audio recording and production, real-time performance issues, and the application of digital audio to multimedia, streaming media, video games, and other forms of interactive content. Basics of Sound Introduction to Digital Audio Production Digital Audio Application Principles Digital Editing Digital Audio The Power of Sound Course and Project Academic Research Skills Development DGL 101 Digital Literacy The Digital Literacy Course utilizes a collaborative learning environment to introduce software programs and web tools that will prepare students with digital skills for online learning. In addition, students will also learn the operation and management of the Apple Mac Operating System, Apple hardware, and applicable technology. Students will use these tools to complete various projects, conduct Internet research, collaborate with other students, and communicate with instructors. Mac OS and Computer Hardware Sound, Visual, and Business Software Applications Web Technology and Software Applications Internet Tools for Research and Learning MCM 3011 Digital Video and Editing Principles The Digital Video and Editing Principles Course covers the fundamental techniques and concepts of digital video, editing principles, and visual storytelling. The concept of visual storytelling will be explored and analyzed within various media applications to demonstrate the importance of constructing a fully developed idea using images. The course will review the process of video editing throughout the entire development of a media project. There is an emphasis on image sequencing and story continuity, the use of visual effects, color correction, media management, narration, and industry terminology. Students will apply these concepts to a digital video project that showcases effective storytelling through the use of technology. Traditional Editing Concepts and Theories The Discipline of the Frame Video Aesthetics as a Communication Tool Visual Storytelling Course and Project Academic Research Skills Development MEDIA COMMUNICATIONS Bachelor of Science Degree Program 166

167 Course Descriptions Program Core MCM 1001 Introduction to Media Communications and Technologies The Introduction to Media Communications and Technologies Course provides students with an overview and brief history of the field of media communications. The course surveys the main topics in the field to introduce students to the study of contemporary forms of media communications, as well as enable them to examine a variety of analytical perspectives. Areas of study include a technical analysis of visual mediums, data distribution, music and sound, the production pipeline, economics of media production, the impact of media on individual attitudes, values and behaviors, the role of media professionals, and the impact of new media technologies. History of Media, Technology, and Communications Overview of the Types of Technology Used to Produce Different Types of Media Introduction to Various Communication Channels Convergence of Data Communications and Digital Media Course and Project Academic Research Skills Development MCM 4821 Media Anthropology The Media Anthropology Course uses an anthropological approach to examine the role of media technologies in contemporary cultural and global transformations. Students will focus on how social worlds are formed and inhabited through the production, circulation, and consumption of media technologies. Drawing on case studies from around the world, students will explore the politics of media representation, how visual media reconfigures modern experiences of social interaction, and the social and virtual worlds created through diverse kinds of contemporary media. An Exploration of Anthropology and Media Brief History of Cultures through a Media Viewpoint Cultural Sensitivities and Media Representations Modern Anthropology and Cultural Viewpoints Media Anthropology Case Studies Course and Project Academic Research Skills Development MCM 4231 Media Communications and Public Relations The Media Communications and Public Relations Course field of public relations and its connection to media communications. Students will explore the arranging, handling, and evaluating of public relations and media communications programs. The course will convey to students how the effective use of media can strengthen a public relations strategy. Students will work with relevant case histories and deal with contemporary topics using media in public relations. Ethics and Responsibility Media Case Studies in Public Relations MCM 1099, MCM 2099, MCM 3099, MCM 4099 Media Communications Portfolio Project 1, 2, 3, & 4 Students in the Media Communications Bachelor of Science degree program will complete a four-part Media Communications Portfolio Project Course as part of their degree requirements. Portfolio projects will apply the knowledge learned in the program. The portfolio process enables faculty to assist the student in areas of weakness, support areas of strength, and provide additional support throughout the student s academic and creative development. Faculty members will be able to talk with students about their progress and provide mentoring regarding their program, career, and life goals. A portfolio project will be judged on both the quality and presentation of the material. Students will display accuracy, creativity, and technical expertise in the work presented, along with enthusiasm and professionalism of delivery. New vs. Traditional Media Impact and Application of New Media Designing a Portfolio Portfolio Analysis and Comparisons Completion of Portfolio Design Refining and Uploading Portfolio Samples Establishing a Portfolio Design and Concept Course and Project Academic Research Skills Development Total credit hours 2.00 each Course length 4 weeks Public Relations and Propaganda Press Releases and Public Relations Campaigns Global Media and Communications Course and Project Academic Research Skills Development MEDIA COMMUNICATIONS Bachelor of Science Degree Program 167

168 Course Descriptions Program Core MCM 2313 Media Communications Project Management A project is an independent mission that has many developmental components beyond just a beginning and an end. It is imperative that today s media professional understands the processes involved in executing comprehensive media projects. In the Media Communications Project Management Course, students learn to create and manage project plans from the concept, to the script, and through production. Project-management specifics that will be examined include team leadership, creating templates, budgets, invoicing, treatments, presentations, and considerations related to specific delivery platforms. Students will also learn how to evaluate their project design through reflective research methods. Overview of Media Project Management Spreadsheet Basics Online Collaboration Techniques Media Project Management Case Studies Roles in Project Management Project Team Leadership Course and Project Academic Research Skills Development MCM 4441 Media Entrepreneurship The Media Entrepreneurship Course introduces students to the basics of entrepreneurship and the evolving business models for media. The course investigates general concepts of entrepreneurship and how digital technologies and the Internet are transforming media economics. Students will use recent news and communication start-ups as case studies for applying entrepreneurial principles. Changing Media Economics Overview of Media Business Models Media Business Ideas and Case Studies Course and Project Academic Research Skills Development MCM 4353 Media Law and Telecommunications Policies The Media Law and Telecommunications Policies Course explores legal topics that communication professionals need to understand in order to do their job effectively. Students will learn how to evaluate slander, libel, and defamation issues. Copyright, trademark, and privacy laws will be addressed, including the fair use doctrine that may allow the use of excerpt materials on and off the Internet under certain circumstances. First Amendment issues will also be covered, including the government regulation of advertising and speech in the media. Introduction to Media Law Overview of Telecommunication Policies First Amendment Issues Slander, Libel, and Defamation Issues Copyright, Trademark, and Privacy Laws Course and Project Academic Research Skills Development MCM 4111 Media Psychology The Media Psychology Course teaches the students how to evaluate the psychological aspects of media. A fundamental understanding of media psychology is necessary to comprehend the psychological impacts of media technologies on the individual viewer and on society. This field of psychology encompasses the full range of human experiences of media, including affect, cognition, and behavior. Students will study multiple forms of mediated communication, such as pictures, sound, graphics, content, and emerging technologies. Students will also use their research skills to investigate examples of contemporary media communication from a variety of media. Overview of Media Psychology Media and Perception Media and Thinking Media and Emotion Applications of Media Psychology Course and Project Academic Research Skills Development MCM 4613 Media Publishing and Distribution The goal of the Media Publishing and Distribution Course is to introduce students to the complex world of media publishing and new media distribution methodologies. With the advent of digital information systems and the Internet, the scope of publishing has expanded to include a variety of electronic resources, such as the electronic versions of books and periodicals, micropublishing, websites, blogs, and video games. This course focuses on contemporary issues affecting media publishing and distribution. Students will study new digital publishing and distribution models, as well as traditional models. History of Publishing and Distribution Exploration of New Media Publishing and Distribution Models Digital Rights Management Legal Issues and Distribution Course and Project Academic Research Skills Development MCM 3823 New Media Journalism and Communications The New Media Journalism and Communications Course explores new media journalism and the role of journalism in today s digital landscape. Students will examine the latest media content creation technologies and techniques, as well as review how today s journalist uses these tools to effectively communicate to different media communities. Journalism will be studied in terms of its influence and cultural significance among communities. A variety of writing, reporting, and editing techniques used in new media communications will be reviewed. An Overview of New Media Journalism Traditional Journalism vs. New Media Journalism Ethics and New Journalism Journalism as a Cultural Influence Styles of Great Journalists, Past and Present Voice Legal Issues in Journalism Course and Project Academic Research Skills Development This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS). MEDIA COMMUNICATIONS Bachelor of Science Degree Program 168

169 Course Descriptions Program Core MCM 1203 New Media Tools In the New Media Tools Course, students will examine and evaluate new media tools along with past methods and reflect upon the various ways each has been effectively used. Students will explore a variety of media that are used in digital and online environments to accomplish course projects and further their understanding of new media tools, including images, text, and streaming video and audio. Students will gain an understanding of the unique possibilities and challenges of new media by learning the technology, techniques, and methods of storytelling on multimedia platforms. Through studying examples of existing interactive programs, students will develop strategies to solve real-world problems, which will assist them in their future media careers. An Examination of Traditional Media Tools vs. New Media Tools An Overview of Digital Video Digital Audio Applications Multimedia Storytelling and New Media Tools Applications Course and Project Academic Research Skills Development MCM 3522 Principles of the Gaming Industry The Principles of the Gaming Industry Course is an introduction to the gaming industry, its history, and relevance as a media communication tool. In the course, students will explore how today s games address a variety of social and political topics. In addition to these messages, students will explore how cultures, gender, and specific age groups are drawn to specific types of games and how this type of information is important in the development of a successful game. Console and online video games, massive multiplayer online games, mobile games, and social online games will be examined with the goal of introducing the student to a variety of gaming formats and exploring their impacts on certain communications strategies. Storytelling in games and transmedia approaches to marketing games will also be addressed within the curriculum. An Overview of the Game Industry Games and Storylines An Introduction to Gaming Formats Games as a Communication Tool Video Game History Components of a Game Types and Uses of Digital Games Professions in the Game Industry Course and Project Academic Research Skills Development MCM 2651 Research in Media Communications The Research in Media Communications Course covers how to conduct academic and professional research that will assist students with their academic coursework. Students will design basic data-gathering instruments, collect data, and assimilate information from various sources to substantiate and support their media communications projects. Students will be introduced to the major research methodologies, communication theories, and topics of study within media research. These theories, models, and methods will then be applied toward the development of students research projects in order to stress the importance of research. Students will discuss and examine qualitative and quantitative methods of media research employed within the industry. Along with specific media communication research, students will also review and utilize academic research strategies to support their findings. Sources of Media and Communication Research Qualitative Research Methods Quantitative Research Methods Descriptive Statistics Course and Project Academic Research Skills Development This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS). MEDIA COMMUNICATIONS Bachelor of Science Degree Program 169

170 Course Descriptions Program Core General Education MCM 1401 Theories of Communications and Aesthetics In the Theories of Communication and Aesthetics Course, students will consider the important role aesthetics play in engaging and appealing to an audience. The course will examine the theories of sight, sound, and motion as applied to the design of communication products for different media formats. Students will learn strategies for creative composition and consider the psychological and physiological implications of images. Lastly, the course will examine differences in aesthetics across cultures and how these differences impact their professional media projects. Communication Theories and Aesthetics An Overview of Human Interaction Design Effective Media Design Organizational Aesthetics Media Aesthetic Strategies Media Aesthetics Across Cultures Course and Project Academic Research Skills Development MCM 3415 Web Design Principles and Practices The Web Design Principles and Practices Course serves as a general introduction to web design for the communications student. Students will explore various web design theories through multiple activities, which will require the students to evaluate form versus function as the concept relates to website design and communications strategies. Topics will include embedded media; page, site, and content design; usability; and emerging technologies. Students will investigate how to develop a content strategy and learn the importance of adhering to web standards. Introduction to Web Design Principles Web Design and Communications Strategies Multimedia Asset Production and Content Management Principles of Effective Web Design Web Design and Communications Case Studies Evolution of Web Design and Future Trends Course and Project Academic Research Skills Development ART 2007 Art History The Art History Course introduces students to selected, impactful monuments of art and architecture in the Western tradition from the prehistoric to post-modernism era studied in relation to the intellectual background of the ages and civilizations that produced them. Lectures accompanied by various visual mediums inspire discussions of assigned readings in philosophical, religious, scientific, political, literary, artistic, and cultural contexts. Art History Medieval and Renaissance Art Modern Art Post-Modern Art Audience Awareness CPS 1006 Behavioral Science The Behavioral Science Course introduces students to the psychology of self-evaluation, self-motivation, self-awareness, and self-focus. This course provides an overview on current and historical theory as it pertains to the abovementioned areas. Students are also introduced to techniques of time management, organization, active listening, and creating effective presentations. Self-awareness Empathy Self-regulation Social Skills Motivation This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS). MEDIA COMMUNICATIONS Bachelor of Science Degree Program 170

171 Course Descriptions General Education MGF 1213 College Mathematics The College Mathematics Course is designed to enable students to build skills and confidence in algebra and applied mathematics that are required to succeed in future math and core courses. First-time algebra students or those needing a review will begin with basic concepts and build upon these ideas by completing work that uses mathematics in practical situations. Review of Basic Arithmetic Operations with the Real Number System Measurement and Number Systems Exponents & Radical Expressions Linear Equations & Inequalities Graphing Proportions, Formulas, and Word Problems Introductory Statistics and Probability Business Applications and Mathematical Models ENC 1101 English Composition I The English Composition I Course is designed to introduce students to the writing process. Special attention is given to selecting and refining topics, identifying the audience, developing a purpose, and formulating thesis statements. Grammatical conventions and their applications are heavily stressed. Students will learn to compose mature, logical sentences, and paragraphs in order to create rhetorical cohesion. Invention and Drafting Revising and Editing Grammar Essay Structure Audience Awareness ENC 1102 English Composition II The English Composition II Course is designed to build upon the competencies acquired in English Composition I and to further refine students writing process. Students will develop proficiency in academic writing, information literacy, and critical thinking abilities. Through the study of argument, persuasive appeals, and learning to identify and avoid logical fallacies, students will learn to produce sophisticated arguments of their own. Critical Analysis Argument Information Literacy Research Methods of Documentation of Sources PHY 1030 Fundamentals of Physical Science The Fundamentals of Physical Science Course teaches students how to understand the world through fundamental physical concepts such as: force and motion, energy and mechanics, electricity and magnetism, properties of solids and fluids, transmission of sound, and behavior of light. Emphasis is placed on how problems describing nature are approached in terms of physical theories and mathematical formula. Force and Motion Energy and Mechanics Electricity and Magnetism Solids and Fluids Transmission of Sound Behavior of Light Physical Theories and Mathematical Formulas COM 3109 Professional Communication and Presentation The Professional Communication and Presentation Course exposes students to various forms of written and oral communication through technical, electronic, and creative-writing activities. In addition, students develop competency in visual presentation design. Through practice and development of written and oral skills, students sharpen their abilities to craft effective documents and presentations, while gaining confidence in both the content of their message and their ability to clearly convey it. Modes of Written and Oral Presentation Generating Ideas, Identifying Purpose, and Developing Content Audience Analysis Personal Image Presence and Image of Written Communication Presentation Strategies ENC 2110 Technical Writing The Technical Writing Course teaches students to write and organize effective technical documents for specialized audiences. The ability to clearly put into words how products are installed, configured, customized, and deployed is essential in launching new products. Careful consideration must be taken to identify specific audiences and develop documentation to meet their individual needs. This course covers various styles of technical writing as well as the drafting and revising techniques involved with each.. Document Copywriting Development Life Cycle Internet Support Sites Document Publishing Collaboration This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS). MEDIA COMMUNICATIONS Bachelor of Science Degree Program 171

172 Media Design Master of Fine Arts Degree Program As more and more companies depend on design and branding strategies for success, those plans require more integrated and sophisticated solutions. Utilizing multiple forms of visual media print, web, television means that ideas must be conceived and implemented by creative professionals who understand the big picture and can meet the demands of both the boardroom and the design studio. Before a designer ever picks up a pencil (or mouse), an entire strategic process takes place, as creative directors bridge the gap between inspiration and effective messaging, looking for ways to maximize the impact that a single picture or just a few well-placed words can have on an audience. Bridging that gap means taking your design skills and creative intuition and channeling them into a plan that is strategically effective. The Media Design Master of Fine Arts program at Full Sail is designed to equip you with the branding and strategy tools creative professionals need to handle those key projects. Areas of Focus Theory of Design Fine Arts Production Modeling Workflow Animation Design Document/ Effects Thesis Final Project/ Demo Reel Creation MEDIA DESIGN Master of Fine Arts Degree Program 172

173 STRATEGIC SOLUTIONS CONNECTING with the AUDIENCE Areas of Focus Theory of Design In the Media Design MFA program, you ll dive into the strategic solutions needed for the complex challenges that companies encounter throughout the creative process. A fundamental understanding of the theories behind effective visual messaging is an integral part of finding those solutions. Connecting with an audience is the goal of any communications, and your design campaigns will need to be rooted in the fundamental concepts storytelling, defining client needs, consumer psychology, and more that allow you to understand reach out to your audience. Those elements, along with design theory concepts such as brand brand DEVELOPMENT development design ethics, will better enable understanding you to create outstanding the PROCESS communications and experiences. ATISFY DESIGN OBJECTIVES design E T H I C S EFFECTIVE visual messaging design SOLUTIONS brand DEVELOPMENT SATISFY DESIGN OBJECTIVES STRATEGIC SOLUTIONS CONNECTING with the AUDIENCE STYLE GUIDES CAMPAIGNS CONCEPTS pitch ideas CAMPAIGNS COMMUNICATIONS understanding the PROCESS design E T H I C S EFFECTIVE visual messaging design SOLUTIONS brand DEVELOPMENT DEVELOPMENT STRATEGIC SOLUTIONS STYLE GUIDES SATISFY DESIGN OBJECTIVES CAMPAIGNS CONCEPTS pitch ideas CONNECTING with the AUDIENCE CAMPAIGNS COMMUNICATIONS understanding the PROCESS understanding the PROCESS design E T H I C S EFFECTIVE visual messaging design SOLUTIONS STYLE GUI CAMPAIGN SATISFY DESIGN OBJECTIVES MEDIA DESIGN Master of Fine Arts Degree Program 173

174 Areas of Focus brand DEVELOPMENT SATISFY DESIGN OBJECTIVES STRATEGIC SOLUTIONS CONNECTING with the AUDIENCE Production Workflow To understand the strategy behind any design solution, you also need to understand the process that branding studios and design houses go through in creating media projects. During the program, you ll learn how to move a project from the conceptual stage, through production, and into a finished state that satisfies its design objectives. You ll study the production workflow for a variety of different media types and platforms as you explore the inner workings of producing professional quality deliverables. It s an approach to production that is designed to give you a wide array of skills that can be utilized in the creative direction of any project you may encounter. brand DEVELOPMENT understanding the PROCESS design E T H I C S EFFECTIVE visual messaging design SOLUTIONS understanding the PROCESS STYLE GUIDES CAMPAIGNS CONCEPTS pitch ideas CAMPAIGNS COMMUNICATIONS brand DEVELOPMENT SATISFY DESIGN OBJECTIVES STRATEGIC STYLE GUIDES SOLUTIONS CAMPAIGNS STRATEGIC SOLUTIONS CONNECTING with the AUDIENCE understanding the PROCESS design E T H I C S MEDIA DESIGN Master of Fine Arts Degree Program des E T H I C EFFECTIVE visual design SOLUT 174

175 Areas of Focus brand DEVELOPMENT rstanding SATISFY DESIGN OBJECTIVES he PROCESS STRATEGIC design SOLUTIONS E T H I C S aging CONNECTING with the AUDIENCE FFECTIVE visual messaging STYLE GUIDES brand CAMPAIGNS understanding DEVELOPMENT SATISFY DESIGN OBJECTIVES CONCEPTS the PROCESS STRATEGIC SOLUTIONS design STYLE GUIDES CONNECTING CAMPAIGNS with the AUDIENCE pitch E T H I C S EFFECTIVE CONCEPTS visual messaging design ideas CAMPAIGNS pitch ideas COMMUNICATIONS SOLUTIONS understanding the PROCESS design E T H I C S EFFECTIVE visual messaging CONCEPTS design STYLE GUIDES CAMPAIGNS SOLUTIONS pitch ideas CAMPAIGNS COMMUNICATIONS STYLE GUIDES CAMPAIGNS CONCEPTS Design Document/Thesis pitch As you work your way throughout the Media Design MFA Degree Program, you ll be required to choose ideas a complex media design challenge that you ll work towards solving over the course of the program. CAMPAIGNS Everything you learn and work on will be entered into your own Design Document, a reference guide COMMUNICATIONS and log of the skills and knowledge that you ll accumulate during the program. That document will be an integral part of your Thesis/Final Project, where you ll formally present a Design Solution Project to a panel of professionals and peers. Your presentation will include the Design Document, a style guide, and a campaign that will make a case for your idea. Your Design Document will also serve as a working template that you can use to pitch ideas and concepts to future employers. MEDIA DESIGN Master of Fine Arts Degree Program 175

176 Overview Full Sail s Media Design Master of Fine Arts Degree Program (MDMFA) provides you with an in-depth look at design and the role that it plays in bridging the gap between the design studio and the boardroom. As today s successful companies rely heavily on strong visual representation to deliver their message to the public, the ability to direct those visuals is an increasingly vital asset to employers everywhere. The program begins with focusing on the theory behind effective media design. You ll study concepts that drive successful design campaigns, including research, client communications, and team dynamics. You ll also get hands-on experience with design production while learning the steps of the production process used by companies worldwide. Along the way, you ll gather your work into a Design Document that represents everything you ve learned. you ll be prepared to handle whatever key projects you encounter in the fast-paced world of media design. To help you make the transition into the design industry or further develop your current career, we ve got a team of Career Development professionals that will help you polish your interviewing skills and résumé. In addition, our Career Development services and advisors will be available for support and assistance throughout your career not just during your education. Objective Our goal is to provide you with a focused knowledge and understanding of design research, psychological and motivational theories, ethics of design, media design elements, and technology applications to enhance your ability to solve complex design problems in academic, entertainment, and corporate environments. Upon completion of this master s degree program, you ll also have writing, time management, and team-building skills that you can use in the development and execution of compelling design solutions. This combination of skills and knowledge can be used to propel your career in the multiple fields of the media design industry. Finally, you ll be responsible for creating a Design Solution Project that makes use of your knowledge of branding, strategy, and workflow, then presenting that project to a panel of professionals and peers. By channeling your artistic skills into a vision that s both creative and professional, MEDIA DESIGN OVERVIEW & OBJECTIVE MEDIA DESIGN Master of Fine Arts Degree Program 176

177 Media Design Master of Fine Arts Degree Program PROGRAM CORE Code Course Credit Hours MDM 530 Brand Development 5.00 MDM 525 Defining Client Needs 5.00 MDM 620 Design Integration 5.00 MDM 565 Design Research 5.00 MDM 615 Design Strategies and Motivation 5.00 MDM 510 Designing Success 5.00 MDM 555 Effective Copywriting 5.00 MDM 645 Ethics of Design 5.00 MDM 640 Measuring Design Effectiveness 5.00 MDM 650 Multi-Platform Delivery 5.00 MDM 570 Organizational Structures 5.00 MDM 690 Thesis: Presentation of Design Solution 5.00 Chronological Schedule by Months DESIGNING SUCCESS DEFINING CLIENT NEEDS BRAND DEVELOPMENT EFFECTIVE COPYWRITING DESIGN RESEARCH ORGANIZATIONAL STRUCTURES DESIGN STRATEGIES & MOTIVATION THESIS: PRESENTATION OF DESIGN SOLUTION ETHICS OF DESIGN DESIGN INTEGRATION MULTI-PLATFORM DELIVERY MEASURING DESIGN EFFECTIVENESS Totals: TOTAL CREDIT HOURS: 60 TOTAL WEEKS: 48 MEDIA DESIGN Master of Fine Arts Degree Program 177

178 Course Descriptions Program Core MDM 530 Brand Development The Brand Development Course explores the process of structuring the values of an entity and then making sure that all materials support and further those values. Students examine the process and complexity of brand development and learn how to create their own personal brand. In this course, students also explore the process of SWOT (Strength, Weakness, Threat, Opportunity) analysis, giving additional insights into their research and contributing to strategic knowledge building for their design projects. The SWOT Analysis is also a major factor in developing an effective creative brief and will help to identify opportunities for creative solutions. Brand Development Issues Supporting the Strategic Message Conduct a SWOT Analysis Introduction to the Creative Brief Total credit hours 5.0 Course length 4 weeks MDM 525 Defining Client Needs The Defining Client Needs Course helps students develop the skills necessary to acquire and keep a client in the competitive landscape of the design industry. In this course, students learn industry proven research techniques that allow them to create solid strategic foundation for clients. Students also review client etiquette, practice evaluating a current design style, complete a client profile template and a client checklist, and develop their presentation skills. Working with Clients Defining Goals and Objectives Understand Design Research Understand Industry Trends Total credit hours 5.0 Course length 4 weeks MDM 620 Design Integration In the Design Integration Course, topics such as the role and techniques of innovation are explored as students further refine ideas for their multimedia campaign. Research into design luminaries and their techniques, past and present, help give students a solid foundation from which to proceed with their own design work. In this course, students also document all of their previous work and then incorporate everything into a process manual format. The process manual contains the entire project history, from initial research to developing the strategic positioning to hand drawn concepts and finally the design application system. Convergence and Design Research Paper Completion Completion Checklist Thesis Documentation Total credit hours 5.0 Course length 4 weeks MDM 565 Design Research In the Design Research Course, students learn how to think about the big picture when working on a design solution, as they begin to implement the techniques of researching for design. This is the first of the four primary design courses in the Media Design program: in this course, students begin to visually interpret the strategic building blocks developed in earlier classes to create a wide range of visual solutions. Numerous creative resources will be used to fuel this creative process. Design Research Implementation Graphic Exploration Sketches Initiate Preliminary Design System Sketches Explore Personal Website Look and Feel Total credit hours 5.0 Course length 4 weeks MDM 615 Design Strategies and Motivation The Design Strategies and Motivation Course focuses on the refinement of the concepts developed in the Design Research course. In this course, students refine their creative ideas with an eye towards maximizing the impact and effect of their communications. Utilizing the rendering power of the computer, along with online creative resources, students are asked to create a range of professional visualizations of their concepts and ideas. This exploration of different design strategies and how best to employ them in the service of the overall message teaches critical skills needed in the design industry. Refine the Logo / Graphics Refine the Application System Refine Personal Website Refine Message of Multimedia Campaign Total credit hours 5.0 Course length 4 weeks MDM 510 Designing Success In the Designing Success Course, students receive an introduction to the design industry and its practices. This initial course also provides an overview of the Media Design program, preparing students to create their own multimedia campaign, a project that will be developed during subsequent courses. During the course, students explore guidelines, resources, examples, and technology that will help them be successful throughout the program. Introduction and Overview of Program Review Finished Thesis Examples Identify Resources Including Books and Materials Review Course Schedules and Work Plan Total credit hours 5.0 Course length 4 weeks MEDIA DESIGN Master of Fine Arts Degree Program 178

179 Course Descriptions Program Core MDM 555 Effective Copywriting The Effective Copywriting Course helps students learn to create copy that produces results. Students also begin developing their creative brief, which documents prior research, SWOT Analysis, and other strategic details developed in previous courses. The creative brief acts as a guideline for developing creative ideas; students learn how to rely on this information as a valuable resource for creative ideas and as a tool for measuring the effectiveness of various creative solutions. Throughout this course students will be required to polish their writing skills in order to extend the power of their design and craft effective communication. Developing a Creative Brief Finalize Unique Selling Position Create Research Paper template Write Copy for the Design Projects Total credit hours 5.0 Course length 4 weeks MDM 645 Ethics of Design The Ethics of Design Course provides students with a broad view of the media design industries, exploring areas such as the licensing of media and fonts, contracts, copyright and trademark protection, and ethical responsibilities when dealing with commercial interests. Students also explore the power of intellectual property and its effects on shaping the world s opinions and buying decisions, and some of the consequences of bad design. This course also provides an opportunity for students to complete many of the items worked on throughout the program, as they begin to finalize their multimedia campaign, which will be presented in the final month. Students also begin designing materials to leave behind with the client after they deliver their multimedia campaign, including branded contact items and the final deliverable. Ethical Decision Making The Designer s Role in Protecting Intellectual Property Research Paper Completed Design Leave Behind Total credit hours 5.0 Course length 4 weeks MDM 640 Measuring Design Effectiveness In the Measuring Design Effectiveness Course, students explore the different ways to measure the success of media design. To capture a holistic perspective of the media design experience, students are encourages to examine multiple points of view, outside research, and critical thinking, through a variety of assignments and discussions. Basic concepts regarding metrics such as R.O.I. and marketing strategies are also introduced. In this course, students also learn to effectively use words, audio, and visuals in conjunction with sound reasoning to create persuasive and compelling presentations. This course challenges students to aggregate information from previous courses with the goal of creating a professional presentation and furthering the completion of their multimedia campaign. Marketing Strategies Effective Pitching and Time Management Metrics of Design Effectiveness Style Guide Draft Total credit hours 5.0 Course length 4 weeks MDM 650 Multi-Platform Delivery The Multi-Platform Delivery Course helps students polish their professional quality deliverables across a variety of possible platforms. This class is the opportunity for students to create the most effective professional quality presentation possible. They will be working on finishing their campaign, making sure that all the issues defined in the creative brief have been addressed effectively and with professional polish. Finish Design of Campaign Review and Update Research Paper Effective Presentation Techniques Finalize and Deliver Campaign via Website Total credit hours 5.0 Course length 4 weeks MDM 570 Organizational Structures In the Organizational Structures Course, students explore the professional workflow and organization of a media design firm. Understanding the roles and goals of each position of a successful media design operation puts students in a position of greater value to their employer. Secondly, all of the students creative work is brought to a professional level of style, rendering, and innovation. Every possible source of creative expression will be utilized in order to make sure that students work will have the greatest impact and impression. Organization of Design Firms Final Logo / Graphics Draft of Process Manual Concepts of ROI Total credit hours 5.0 Course length 4 weeks MDM 690 Presentation of Design Solution In the Presentation of Design Solution Course, students simulate the conditions of a professional environment in which they are required to make an online presentation of their work. In addition, students deliver all their design work and process pieces, academic research and presentation for review. The entire Media Design Course Director staff will critique this presentation and design work. The results will represent the student s final grade and evaluation. Final Preparation of Deliverables Delivery of All Work Presentation of Multimedia Campaign Review and Revision of Campaign Total credit hours 5.0 Course length 4 weeks MEDIA DESIGN Master of Fine Arts Degree Program 179

180 Mobile Development Bachelor of Science Degree Program Mobile devices have become an integral part of our lives, perhaps more than we often realize. To put it in perspective, just think about how disconnected you felt the last time you forgot your cell phone or tablet computer at home. This technology keeps us connected to massive amounts of information wherever we go, with customizable applications that provide real-time data, productivity, and global communication at the touch of a button. Developers have only scratched the surface of what mobile devices are capable of, and companies are looking for talented programmers and designers to fill the demand for innovative software. Through Full Sail s Mobile Development Bachelor of Science degree program, you ll learn the programming and interactive design skills needed to create applications and games for the industry s most popular formats. This growing market offers a wide range of creative possibilities, and this program is designed to prepare you for a career shaping the future of these platforms. Areas of Focus Fine Arts Design Modeling Usability Animation Effects Programming Final Project/ Demo Reel Creation MOBILE DEVELOPMENT Bachelor of Science Degree Program 180

181 Areas of Focus Design The versatility of modern mobile devices offers unlimited potential for engaging consumers with original content. It s more than just having a great idea for an application or game, though; the challenge comes from being able to maximize the design and user experience, while also playing to the functionality of the device it will run on. In the Mobile Development degree program, you ll learn how to strike that balance in dedicated design courses that teach creative theories in art direction, user experience, and playability as they relate to different platforms. These concepts include the importance of giving your application or game a strong visual identity and appropriate sense of pacing, as well as supporting that aesthetic with layout, color palettes, and audio design. You ll put those design theories to work by developing simple applications that are conceptually strong, and can engage the imagination of users with their presentation and interactivity. MOBILE DEVELOPMENT DESIGN MOBILE DEVELOPMENT Bachelor of Science Degree Program 181

182 Areas of Focus DESIGN DESIGN USABILITY USABILITY PROGRAMMING Usability PROGRAMMING How many times have you downloaded an application, only to find out that the interface is confusing and unresponsive? Whether you re using productivity software or playing a game, there s nothing more frustrating than a poor sense of control. The Mobile Development degree program addresses these concerns as they relate to different components of application design, such as menu navigation, user input, and access to saved information and media. Classes like Mobile User Experience and Immersive Application Development teach students to fine tune a program s input response to each kind of hardware configuration, including touchscreens and keypads. The Mobile Player Experience class addresses the importance of usability as it relates to different types of mobile games where intuitive controls are as important to the gameplay as the story and level design. By mastering the subtleties of the mobile user experience, you ll be able to create engaging software that plays to the unique strengths of different interactive formats. MOBILE DEVELOPMENT Bachelor of Science Degree Program 182

183 Areas of Focus USABILITY PROGRAMMING Programming Despite their size, mobile devices are powerful pieces of hardware capable of handling increasingly complicated functions. Being able to master their architecture is key to becoming an effective software developer, and core MOBILE DEVELOPMENT classes in the Mobile Development program teach the same programming tools that are used to create professional applications and games. You ll be introduced to languages like Java, Objective C, DESIGN PHP, MySQL, and XHTML, which are the basic tools of mobile developers. As you progress through the degree, you ll learn increasingly powerful functions of these languages, which will be applied to small applications that you design and code from scratch. Since portable technology depends heavily on online USABILITY interaction, the program also provides an in-depth study of how to integrate that connectivity into your software. This is taught in courses that cover proprietary development tools for popular consumer products like the iphone, ipad, and Android-based devices. PROGRAMMING MOBILE DEVELOPMENT Bachelor of Science Degree Program 183

184 Overview The Mobile Development Bachelor of Science degree program addresses the need for professional software developers who can create innovative mobile and web-based applications for today s cell phones, tablet computers, and other portable devices. As a student in the program you ll be presented with a thorough, evolving curriculum that provides a complete study of the processes used in professional application production. You ll be taught how to locate potential industry needs, research your user base, design the visual aesthetics and interactivity of your application, and use that research to create a comprehensive software plan. Technical courses cover the actual production of that concept, and you ll learn standard programming languages like Java, Objective C, MySQL, and XHTML to develop the engine your application will run on. You ll expand on that architecture by learning how to implement audio and visual assets, and balance the usability of your interface whether it s a business application or a game to create the perfect user experience. Students also benefit from business and management courses that cover topics in marketing, professional communication and presentation, software copywriting, publishing, and technical writing. The combination of this material will help you build a foundation as a well-rounded software developer capable of working on a variety of mobile content. To help you make that transition into your career after graduation, we ve also got a team of Career Development professionals that can help you polish your interviewing skills and get you ready to enter the industry. In addition, our Career Development services and advisors will be available for support and assistance throughout your career not just during your education. Objective The objective of the Mobile Development Bachelor of Science degree program is to provide students with the focused knowledge and understanding of software design and development, mobile and web-based applications, and the usability concepts needed to qualify for entry-level industry positions as software application designers and developers, ios and Android mobile application designers and developers, entertainment, education, and banking application programmers, and a variety of other positions in the mobile and web-based software field. In addition to technical proficiency and creative development, your education will help you develop critical thinking, problem solving, and analytical skills that contribute to lifelong learning, providing you with tools to help sustain a long and productive professional career in the entertainment and media industry. MOBILE DEVELOPMENT OVERVIEW & OBJECTIVE MOBILE DEVELOPMENT Bachelor of Science Degree Program 184

185 Mobile Development Bachelor of Science Degree Program PROGRAM CORE Code Course Credit Hours MDV 3330 Advanced Scalable Data Infrastructures 4.0 MDV 2210 Advanced Visual Frameworks 4.0 MDV 2550 Apple Programming Language: Objective C I 4.0 MDV 3550 Apple Programming Language: Objective C II 4.0 MDV 4210 Application Deployment I: iphone and ipad 4.0 MDV 4330 Application Deployment II: Android 4.0 MDV 4510 Cross-Platform Mobile Development 4.0 MDV 4710 Immersive Application Deployment 4.0 MDV 4910 Integrated Product Development 4.0 MDV 4920 Integrated Product Deployment 4.0 MDV 2830 Java I 4.0 MDV 3830 Java II 4.0 MDV 3910 Mobile Business and Marketing 4.0 MDV 3630 Mobile Development Frameworks I 4.0 MDV 3730 Mobile Development Frameworks II 4.0 MDV 3850 Mobile Development Frameworks III 4.0 MDV 4630 Mobile Game Design 4.0 MDV 1630 Mobile Interfaces and Usability 4.0 MDV 1310 Mobile Media Design I 4.0 MDV 1410 Mobile Media Design II 4.0 MDV 4110 Mobile Player Experience 4.0 MDV 3110 Mobile User Experience 4.0 PMA101 Project Management and Assessment I 1.0 PMA102 Project Management and Assessment II 1.0 PMA203 Project Management and Assessment III 1.0 PMA204 Project Management and Assessment IV 1.0 PMA305 Project Management and Assessment V 1.0 PMA306 Project Management and Assessment VI 1.0 PMA407 Project Management and Assessment VII 1.0 PMA408 Project Management and Assessment VIII 1.0 MDV 2330 Scalable Data Infrastructures 4.0 MDV 1830 Visual Frameworks 4.0 Totals: GENERAL EDUCATION Code Course Credit Hours GEN 2140 Anthropology and Sociology 4.0 ART 2006 Art History 4.0 ENC 1101 English Composition I 4.0 MGF 1040 Finite Math 4.0 PSC 1030 Fundamentals of Physical Science 4.0 SPC 1606 Public Speaking 4.0 MGF 1340 Statistics 4.0 ENC 2110 Technical Writing 4.0 Totals: TOTAL CREDIT HOURS: 136 TOTAL WEEKS: 128 Graduates of this degree may apply to continue their education with the: Game Design Master of Science Degree Program Entertainment Business Master of Science Degree Program Chronological Schedule by Months ENGLISH COMPOSITION I PROJECT MANAGEMENT & ASSESSMENT I MOBILE MEDIA DESIGN I ART HISTORY MOBILE MEDIA DESIGN II FINITE MATH PROJECT MANAGEMENT & ASSESSMENT II SCALABLE DATA INFRASTRUCTURES VISUAL FRAMEWORKS MOBILE INTERFACES & USABILITY STATISTICS PROJECT MANAGEMENT & ASSESSMENT III ADVANCED SCALABLE DATA INFRASTRUCTURES ANTHROPOLOGY & SOCIOLOGY ADVANCED VISUAL FRAMEWORKS APPLE PROGRAMMING LANGUAGE: OBJECTIVE C I PROJECT MANAGEMENT & ASSESSMENT IV FUNDAMENTALS OF PHYSICAL SCIENCE APPLE PROGRAMMING LANGUAGE: OBJECTIVE C II MOBILE DEVELOPMENT FRAMEWORKS I MOBILE USER EXPERIENCE PROJECT MANAGEMENT & ASSESSMENT V MOBILE DEVELOPMENT FRAMEWORKS II TECHNICAL WRITING APPLICATION DEPLOYMENT I: IPHONE & IPAD JAVA I PROJECT MANAGEMENT & ASSESSMENT VI JAVA II MOBILE DEVELOPMENT FRAMEWORKS III APPLICATION DEPLOYMENT II: ANDROID MOBILE PLAYER EXPERIENCE PROJECT MANAGEMENT & ASSESSMENT VII CROSS-PLATFORM MOBILE DEVELOPMENT MOBILE GAME DESIGN INTEGRATED PRODUCT DEVELOPMENT INTEGRATED PRODUCT DEPLOYMENT IMMERSIVE APPLICATION DEPLOYMENT PUBLIC SPEAKING PROJECT MANAGEMENT & ASSESSMENT VIII MOBILE BUSINESS & MARKETING This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS). * IF YOU RE INTERESTED IN ANOTHER EDUCATIONAL TRACK, PLEASE CONTACT OUR ADMISSIONS DEPARTMENT TO EXPLORE YOUR OPTIONS. MOBILE DEVELOPMENT Bachelor of Science Degree Program 185

186 Course Descriptions Program Core MDV 3330 Advanced Scalable Data Infrastructures The Advanced Scalable Data Infrastructures Course builds on the Scalable Data Infrastructures course by introducing database concepts and expanding the programming base of students. Students build larger web applications using standard design patterns and group development strategies. Students enable team participation utilizing source control and industry standard revision control software. Web Application Development Architecture Databases and Query Languages Source Control Application Design Refactoring MDV 2210 Advanced Visual Frameworks The Advanced Visual Frameworks Course teaches students advanced concepts of document structure and annotation through the use of standardized markup languages. This course emphasizes document optimization for advanced mobile devices and search engine optimization. Students balance nascent technological advances in document structure and markup with established standards. Current and Future Markup Standards Advanced Style Sheet Selectors Absolute Positioning and Layout Optimizing for Automated Content Transfer MDV 2550 Apple Programming Language: Objective C I The Apple Development Language: Objective C I Course focuses on application development utilizing the Objective C language while building on prior knowledge that students gained in Scalable Data Structures courses and building small applications and widgets. Core object oriented programming concepts such as encapsulation, inheritance, and polymorphism are discussed as well as the core C constructs that Objective C employs. Upon successful completion of the course, students will be able to create basic applications using Objective C and will be armed with a foundational understanding of the Objective C language. Objective C Language Overview Objective C Syntax Pointers and References Control Structures MDV 3550 Apple Programming Language: Objective C II The Apple Development Language: Objective C II Course reinforces and builds upon concepts and techniques presented in the Objective C I course. Students further their understanding of the core language elements of Objective C while incorporating new data sources and building configurable applications. Students complete this course with a deeper understanding of the Objective C language and the ability to develop applications with it. Objective Communication Event Handling XML Parsing Web Service Integration MDV 4210 Application Deployment I: iphone and ipad The Application Deployment I: iphone and ipad Course requires students to create and deploy an application to an ios device by building upon concepts introduced in the Mobile Frameworks and Objective C courses. Upon successful completion of the ios Application course, students produce an interactive application that can be deployed on Apple s ios devices. Project Management Interface Design Asset Creation Integration and Testing Milestone Delivery Application Packaging MDV 4330 Application Deployment II: Android The Application Deployment II: Android Course requires students to create and deploy an application to an Android powered device. Students build upon concepts introduced in the previous programming courses and work through the processes involved by researching and implementing project management techniques. Project Management Interface Design Asset Creation Integration and Testing Milestone Delivery Application Packaging MOBILE DEVELOPMENT Bachelor of Science Degree Program 186

187 Course Descriptions Program Core MDV 4510 Cross-Platform Mobile Development The Cross-Platform Mobile Development Course explores techniques and concepts involved in developing applications for multiple devices on different platforms. In this course, students create basic applications that can be deployed to different devices and experience the possibilities and challenges of developing applications for multiple platforms while gaining an understanding of the complications and opportunities that a fragmented mobile market provides. Cross-Platform Options Device Considerations Device Testing Multiple Device Deployment MDV 4710 Immersive Application Deployment The Immersive Application Deployment Course reinforces and builds upon previous courses by challenging students with designing and developing their own mobile game. Students apply project management principles as they build their game and complete the course with an understanding of the processes involved in creating a game in mobile space. Project Management Interface Design Asset Creation Integration and Testing Milestone Delivery MDV 4910 Integrated Product Development The Integrated Product Development Course helps students polish their professional quality mobile-based deliverables on multiple platforms as required in today s mobile design world. This course provides an opportunity for students to create the most effective and professional quality products as possible. Students work on creating an integrated approach for presenting their mobilebased work and show their abilities by creating multiple products across various mobile application platforms. Critical Analysis of Mobile Applications Creation of Project Plan Integration/Migration Techniques Finalize Mobile Applications MDV 4920 Integrated Product Deployment The Integrated Product Deployment Course simulates the conditions of a professional environment in which students will be required to deploy their mobile applications for multiple handheld and web-based devices. In addition, students deliver all of their design work and process pieces, academic research, and code for review. The Mobile Development team then critiques students work for product functionality and design. The results represents students final grade and evaluation. Final Preparation of Deliverables Delivery of All Mobile-Based Applications Delivery of Supporting Materials Final Review and Revision of Campaign MDV 2830 Java I Java has been a steady hand in the mobile world for some time. The Java I Course is designed to help students transfer existing programming knowledge to the Java language. Students in this course explore the fundamentals of the language and existing Java API as it applies to the mobile world. The Java I course prepares students for development on a myriad of mobile devices. Java Constructs Language Fundamentals Language APIs Creating User Interfaces MDV 3830 Java II The Java II Course expands upon topics covered in Java I while incorporating best practices for the Java language. Students become reacquainted with Object Oriented concepts previously explored as they apply these concepts to the Java language. Students also examine the processes involved in consuming a myriad of data sources. Exceptions Applying OOP Concepts Data Handling Web Service Integration MOBILE DEVELOPMENT Bachelor of Science Degree Program 187

188 Course Descriptions Program Core MDV 3910 Mobile Business and Marketing The Mobile Business and Marketing Course teaches students that the success of mobile media design can be measured and marketed in several ways. To capture a holistic perspective of the mobile media design experience, multiple points of view, outside research, and critical thinking are encouraged within assignments and discussions. Basic concepts regarding metrics such as R.O.I. and mobile application marketing strategies are also introduced. Students learn to effectively use words, audio, and visuals in conjunction with sound reasoning to create persuasive and compelling presentations of their work. In addition, the course challenges students to aggregate information from previous courses into making a professional presentation and furthering the completion of their mobile applications. Marketing Strategies Effective Presentation Techniques Metrics of Design Effectiveness Understanding the Mobile Marketplace MDV 3630 Mobile Development Frameworks I The Mobile Development Frameworks I Course focuses on the development of frameworks which can often speed up development time but also introduce an initial learning curve. In this course, students explore the basic techniques and concepts involved in developing mobile applications using the CocoaTouch Framework. By using these techniques, students begin to develop mobile applications that incorporate accepted usability standards. Frameworks Overview Notifications MDV 3730 Mobile Development Frameworks II In the Mobile Development Frameworks II Course, students continue to explore the benefits of using the CocoaTouch framework while relying on the concepts of the Mobile Development Frameworks I course. Students research and use advanced techniques to further integrate their applications into the ios operating system. Upon completion of the Mobile Development Frameworks II course, students are prepared to develop applications for the ios operating system. Architecture Sandboxes Multitasking Advanced Device Integration MDV 3850 Mobile Development Frameworks III The Mobile Development Frameworks III Course presents techniques and concepts involved in developing mobile applications using the Android SDK. By using these techniques, students begin to develop usable mobile applications for the Android operating system. In addition, students research advanced techniques to further integrate their applications into the Android operating system. Frame Overview User Interface Controls Architecture Advanced Device Integration MDV 4630 Mobile Game Design The Mobile Game Design Course focuses on what it takes to make an application immersive as they research how to design games for mobile space. In this course, students gain the skills required to add the element of fun into their applications. Game Animation Device Interactivity Features Performance Techniques Connectivity MDV 1630 Mobile Interfaces and Usability The Mobile interfaces and Usability Course teaches students the concepts and strategies needed to create usable interfaces optimized for handheld devices. In this course, students examine the foundation of creating logical, intuitive, and clear interfaces. The course examines interaction principles, experiential, and gestural design patterns relating from usability, visualization, and functionality constructs associated with human factors that drive touch screen interfaces. Usability Theories Interaction Principles Visualization Concepts Ergonomic Design Principles User Interface Controls Gestures MOBILE DEVELOPMENT Bachelor of Science Degree Program 188

189 Course Descriptions Program Core MDV 1310 Mobile Media Design I The Mobile Media Design I Course is designed to teach students basic levels of graphics creation through the use of software programs used by design, animation, and interactive media companies worldwide. The course emphasizes vector graphic design from a mobile web-specific point of view and provides students with a thorough understanding of the basic techniques and tools used for designing compelling interfaces for mobile applications. Working with Vector Graphics Compression Techniques Understanding Color Theory Interface Design Concepts MDV 1410 Mobile Media Design II The Mobile Media Design II Course teaches students advanced levels of graphics creation through the use of software programs used by design, animation, and interactive media companies worldwide. The course emphasizes raster graphic design from a mobile web-specific point of view and expands the knowledge of digital color models and interface composition to create a more visual compelling aesthetic optimized for handheld delivery. Advanced Vector Graphics Handheld Aesthetics Advanced Color Theory for Mobile Devices Advanced Interface Design for Mobile Applications MDV 4110 Mobile Player Experience The Mobile Player Experience Course focuses on the fun factor incorporated into casual game play on mobile devices. Unlike user experience in that it focuses on increasing efficiency and ease-of-use of task-oriented, productivity applications, player experience focuses on increasing player engagement and enjoyment with immersive applications. In this course students gain a fundamental understanding of game mechanics to help set the pace for players on mobile devices. Students examine and utilize the four fun keys to develop short rewarding mobile games that create immersive and emotionally engaging player experiences. Understanding of Gaming Theory Analysis of Game Play Development of Player Experience Profiles Emotional Strategy for Mobile Games MDV 3110 Mobile User Experience The Mobile User Experience Course focuses on the overall experience and satisfaction rating users have while interacting with a product or computer based system. As users interact with these systems via a collection of combined interfaces, the process for accomplishing a task or achieving a goal is created. In this course, students learn to approach each problem by identifying its parts and then break up those parts into a collection of smaller tasks. Through closer examination of each task, students leverage their understanding of usability and interaction design. The results improve users experiences by increasing the efficiency and productivity of handheld devices. Understanding of Project Analysis Fundamental Interaction Design PMA 101, 102, 203, 204, 305, 306, 407, 408 Project Management and Assessment I to VIII The Project Management and Assessment Courses are concurrent courses taken alongside core curriculum in order to assist students with the development, management, and assessment of program projects. The courses provide an opportunity for students to apply analysis skills, create strategic plans, and foster professional workflow practices.. Project Development and Analysis Project Management and Assessment Create/Evaluate Project Plan Professional Workflow Practices Total credit hours 1.00 each Course length 4 weeks each MDV 2330 Scalable Data Infrastructures The Scalable Data Infrastructures Course teaches students the concepts and strategies needed to create web services which function as data sources for mobile applications. In this course, students examine the foundation of creating functional, service-oriented application programming interfaces. Students learn standard data typing and flow control methodologies as well as basic networking concepts. Networking and Internet Protocols Programming Variables and Data Types Program Flow and Control Program Logic Structures Task Analysis Development of Usability/ Interaction Strategy MOBILE DEVELOPMENT Bachelor of Science Degree Program 189

190 Course Descriptions Program Core General Education MDV 1830 Visual Frameworks The Visual Frameworks Course teaches students basic concepts of document structure and annotation through the use of standardized markup languages. The course enables students to deconstruct raster and vector designs into documents that are styled for visual effect, but also machine-readable for optimum content extraction on mobile devices, search engines, and assistive software. History of Hypertext Markup Standards Cascading Style Sheet Selector Basics Relative Positioning and Layout Web Asset Creation GEN 2140 Anthropology and Sociology The Anthropology and Sociology Course explores how groups of humans tend to interact, and how these interactions impact and shape people on an individual level. This course will also examine the impact that technological advancements and globalization have had in regards to the formation of societies. Students will learn about the role diversity plays in the shaping of the psyche on an individual and collective level, and will explore belief systems, values, and behaviors within and between cultures. This course will increase students understanding regarding how culture is shaped, from the largest national identities to the smallest social groups. Introduction to Anthropology Cultural Anthropology Introduction to Sociology Group Dynamics Social Psychology ART 2006 Art History The Art History Course introduces students to selected, impactful monuments of art and architecture in the Western tradition from the prehistoric to post-modernism era studied in relation to the intellectual background of the ages and civilizations that produced them. Lectures accompanied by various visual mediums inspire discussions of assigned readings in philosophical, religious, scientific, political, literary, artistic, and cultural contexts. Ancient Art Medieval and Renaissance Art Modern Art Post-modern Art ENC 1101 English Composition I The English Composition I Course is designed to introduce students to the writing process. Special attention is given to selecting and refining topics, identifying the audience, developing a purpose, and formulating thesis statements. Grammatical conventions and their applications are heavily stressed. Students learn to compose mature, logical sentences, and paragraphs in order to create rhetorical cohesion. Invention and Drafting Revising and Editing Grammar Essay Structure Audience Awareness MGF 1040 Finite Math The Finite Math Course provides a foundation of mathematical analysis techniques used in the working world. Students explore a collection of topics including Probability Theory, Linear Programming, Matrices & Determinates, Logic, and Number Theory. The topics explored provide valuable experience with organizing information and analytical thinking. Students use the skills gained in this course to successfully navigate future courses and projects that call on logical and analytical assessments. Algebraic Operations Logic & Probability Theory Linear Programming Matrices & Determinants Combinatorics Sets & Number Theory Digital Geometry Proofs and Ordered Sets This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS). MOBILE DEVELOPMENT Bachelor of Science Degree Program 190

191 Course Descriptions General Education PSC 1030 Fundamentals of Physical Science The Fundamentals of Physical Science Course teaches students how to understand the world through fundamental physical concepts such as: force and motion, energy and mechanics, electricity and magnetism, properties of solids and fluids, transmission of sound, and behavior of light. Emphasis is placed on how problems describing nature are approached in terms of physical theories and mathematical formula. Force and Motion Energy and Mechanics Electricity and Magnetism Solids and Fluids Transmission of Sound Behavior of Light Physical Theories and Mathematical Formulas SPC 1606 Public Speaking The Public Speaking Course is designed to train students in understanding and implementing oral communication skills. Learning is centered on student participation in a variety of speaking/listening situations, which are designed to increase the understanding of the interpersonal nature of all speech communication. Students study and participate in the creation and delivery of at least three types of speeches. Target audience identification, surveys, body language, effective speaking techniques, and prespeech planning are investigated and used to create speeches. Impromptu Speeches Researching for Speech Manuscripts Speech Outlines Audience Surveys MGF 1340 Statistics The Statistics Course teaches students how to examine data, determine where things are, and predict where things will go. By determining market trends and behavioral trends, students can leverage data so that it connects directly with an intended target. Students examine the central tendency, variability, and skew of data in effort to locate correlations and regressions and will use this information to predict trends or where problems could arise. Descriptive Statistics and Data Collection Mathematics of Statistics Probability and Distribution Central Limit Theorem Mean and Variance Statistical Analysis and Application ENC 2110 Technical Writing The Technical Writing Course teaches students to write and organize effective technical documents for specialized audiences. The ability to clearly put into words how products are installed, configured, customized, and deployed is essential in launching new products. Careful consideration must be taken to identify specific audiences and develop documentation to meet their individual needs. This course covers various styles of technical writing as well as the drafting and revising techniques involved with each. Document Copywriting Development Life Cycle Internet Support Sites Document Publishing Collaboration Creation and Delivery of Persuasive Speeches Creation and Delivery of Expository and Demonstrative Speeches Evaluation of Speaking Effectiveness This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS). MOBILE DEVELOPMENT Bachelor of Science Degree Program 191

192 Music Business Bachelor of Science Degree Program The music business has undergone some seismic shifts in the past few years, but one thing hasn t changed: it takes an army of talented and well-prepared people working behind the scenes to get artists the attention they deserve. That army needs to be equipped to provide their clients with the logistical assistance, financial arrangements, and promotional prowess they need to maximize the impact of their artistic creations. Of course, the music business world goes far beyond just number crunching. The Music Business curriculum at Full Sail dives into the jobs, skills, and talents needed to be part of the team that gets music heard the tour managers, label employees, promoters, producers, merchandisers, lawyers, publishers, and, yes, accountants that help to keep the wheels of commerce turning so artists and their fans can connect on stage, online, on TV, on mobile phones, on the radio, and all over the world. Areas of Focus Law Fine Management Arts Modeling Marketing Animation Distribution Networking Effects Critical Final Listening Project/ Demo Final Project Reel Creation MUSIC BUSINESS Bachelor of Science Degree Program 192

193 Areas of Focus Law Contracts in the music business can range from a letter of agreement to an inches-thick document, but regardless of their size, you ll need to have an understanding of how to protect your (or your client s) interests. You ll learn how best to do this in courses that examine subjects like music business law and contract negotiations, copyright protection, and more. You ll also explore the many different areas of the business in which legal knowledge is important, from the rules that guide agents, managers, and attorneys to the art of negotiating a sweetheart deal. Management As either a studio manager or an industry executive, an in-depth knowledge of the protocol, etiquette, and professionalism you ll need to thrive in the music business is essential. Skills like effective communication, strategic planning, and an understanding of the various structures in the music business are all learned in the Music Business Bachelor s program, helping you to understand how to successfully nurture a client s career or even navigate your own way to the top of the corporate ladder. MUSIC BUSINESS Bachelor of Science Degree Program 193

194 Areas of Focus MARKETING LAW/MANAGEMENT DISTRIBUTION/ FINAL PROJECT MARKETING DISTRIBUTION/ FINAL PROJECT strategic PLANNING RETAIL promotions TRADE shows artist AUDIENCE CONNECTION contract successful PROMOTION NEGOTIATIONS artist AUDIENCE MMBS CONNECTION LAW/MANAGEMENT successful PROMOTION MARKETING DISTRIBUTION/ FINAL PROJECT marketing plan ANALYSIS effective DISTRIBUTION artist AUDIENCE CONNECTION PUBLICITY merchandising COPYRIGHT PROTECTION Marketing market research successful PROMOTION RETAIL promotions TRADE shows marketing PLANS Finding and connecting an artist with an audience is one of the main reasons the music business exists. Whether marketing you re an artist looking for exposure or a record company trying to provide it, the Music Business curriculum will teach you how to analyze ANALYSIS and predict customer behavior and then turn that analysis into a marketing plan. You ll learn how to effectively use publicity, merchandising, retail promotions, touring, trade shows, online outlets, and effective contract other marketing tools to get music in front of the right people, as a step towards growing and NEGOTIATIONS PROTECTION energizing an artist s fan base. plan DISTRIBUTION COPYRIGHT Distribution marketing communication plan SKILLS PUBLICITY merchandising market research Like a tree falling in a forest, the best music in the world can remain unheard ANALYSIS if nobody ever gets a chance to listen. Next to successful promotion, effective distribution is the best way to give as many people as possible that chance. Whether overseeing the production of a physical product and getting that effective product into traditional retail channels, or pursuing DISTRIBUTION the expanding opportunities afforded by online outlets, you ll develop a keen understanding of the various distribution methods vital to a successful career in the music business. MUSIC BUSINESS Bachelor of Science Degree Program commu PUBL merch ma res 194

195 S NING ANAGEMENT ETING IBUTION/ PROJECT Areas of Focus DISTRIBUTION/ aesthetic FINAL PROJECT TECHNICAL MIXING elements contracttechniques Networking NEGOTIATIONS Music Business management will present nine networking workshops throughout the undergraduate business programs to provide students with the necessary networking skills for future artist success. The sessions cover topics like AUDIENCE goal setting, professional etiquette, professional communication CONNECTION and establishing a personal brand. Students will create important networking pieces like business cards, resumes and online portfolios. successful effective PROMOTION COPYRIGHT DISTRIBUTION SONG structure PROTECTION NETWORKING GOAL professional marketing personal setting etiquette BRAND Critical Listening successful PROMOTION Students develop their ability to listen to music with the critical ear of a music industry professional, learning to discuss MMBS the aesthetic and technical elements of live and recorded music with a variety of music business professionals, from engineers to artists. They learn to differentiate and identify by sound various instruments and mixing techniques. Students learn how to optimize the listening experience, explore song structure, and evaluate and discuss music at a professional level. LAW/MANAGEMENT plan ANALYSIS effective DISTRIBUTION elements market music evaluation communication contract NEGOTIATIONS research SKILLS PUBLICITY merchandising market research techniques marketing PLANS strategic PLANNING RETAIL promotions TRADE shows marketing PLANS COPYRIGHT PROTECTION structure GOAL professional personal setting etiquette BRAND communication SKILLS ct ONS t E N ful TION Final COPYRIGHT Project communication PROTECTION SKILLS Your final project is your chance to prove you re prepared to take all the knowledge you ve gained throughout the Music MARKETING Business Bachelor s program and combine it with the drive, imagination, marketing and love for music that brought you to Full Sail in the first place. You ll be responsible for analyzing a real-world music business merchandising scenario and working through all the details and components ANALYSIS necessary to make it successful from researching the current plan effective DISTRIBUTION PUBLICITY DISTRIBUTION/ FINAL PROJECT market conditions and commercial viability, to identifying your sources of funding and investment strategy, to creating a marketing plan and accounting for distribution. market research strategic PLANNING RETAIL promotions TRADE shows marketing PLANS artist AUDIENCE CONNECTION successful PROMOTION marketing plan ANALYSIS effective DISTRIBUTION PUBLICITY merchandising market research MUSIC BUSINESS Bachelor of Science Degree Program 195

196 Overview Although every job in the music business is unique, they all need to work in harmony to maximize an artist s potential. This real world approach is at the heart of Full Sail s Music Business Bachelor of Science Degree program, which will assist you with in-depth knowledge of multiple aspects of the business to include the need for music business professionals working with major record labels, film, TV, sports media, video game developers, online streaming sites, advertising agencies and more. To be an effective player in the music business, it s not just important to be good at what you do, but also to be well-versed in the many different roles within the industry. For example, a band s publicist may not need to book a tour, but being aware of how and why that tour is routed a certain way is invaluable knowledge when it comes to forming a media strategy. By teaching you about the many different roles in the business, the Music Business curriculum allows you to not only focus on what you do best, but also to ensure that your contributions to the big picture are as effective as possible. You ll learn these roles through courses in music-specific business subjects like Artist Management, Music Copyright and Publishing, Concert Management and Publicity, and Record Label Development, as well as general business concepts like marketing, distribution, and law. After you ve absorbed all the necessary knowledge from these varied courses, the Music Business Bachelor of Science Degree program culminates in a final project in which you analyze a music business company problem and develop managerial and entrepreneurial strategies to address it. In addition to businessspecific topics, you ll also have courses focusing on communication skills, business statistics, professional presentation, and how to prepare yourself for that first step into the music business industry. To help you make that transition, we ve also got a team of Career Development professionals that can help you polish your interviewing skills and résumé and get you ready to enter the industry. In addition, our Career Development services and advisors will be available for support and assistance throughout your career not just during your education. Objective The goal is to provide the student with the focused knowledge and understanding of essential business and management skills, further enhancing the student s ability to become a successful music business professional in a variety of fields, including recording, artist management, concert management, music publishing, music marketing, music supervision, merchandising, distribution, and e-commerce. Completion of the Music Business Bachelor of Science Degree provides graduates with a portfolio of real-world projects to further careers as entrepreneurs and leaders in the music industry, and for entry-level business positions with record labels, music publishers, artist management firms, concert promoters and music technology companies. MUSIC BUSINESS OVERVIEW & OBJECTIVE MUSIC BUSINESS Bachelor of Science Degree Program 196

197 Music Business Bachelor of Science Degree Program PROGRAM CORE Code Course Credit Hours MUB 481 Artist Management 4.0 ACG 3223 Business Accounting 4.0 ENTB 251 Business Law 4.0 MUM 4309 Business Technology and E-Commerce 3.0 MUB 461 Concert Management and Publicity 4.0 MUB 2513 Critical Listening for Music Professionals 4.0 DGL 101 Digital Literacy 4.0 ENTB 2713 Excel and Data Reporting 3.0 MAN 2020 Introduction to Management 4.0 MKT 210 Introduction to Marketing 4.0 BUL 4621 Music Business Law and Contract Negotiations 4.0 MUB 131 Music Business Management 4.0 MUM 3733 Music Business Marketing 4.0 MUM 3308 Music Copyright and Publishing 4.0 MUM 4305 Music Distribution 3.0 REC 2051 Music History 4.0 MUB 4361 Music Merchandising and Retail Promotions 2.5 MUB 4715 Music Supervision 4.0 ENTB 3013 Principles of Business Finance 4.0 ENTB 3623 Principles of Entrepreneurship 4.0 MUB 343 Record Label Development 4.0 ENTB 4913 Strategic Business Management 4.0 GENERAL EDUCATION Code Course Credit Hours CLP 1006 Behavioral Science 4.0 MGF 1213 College Mathematics 4.0 ENC 1101 English Composition I 4.0 ENC 1102 English Composition II 4.0 PSC 1030 Fundamentals of Physical Science 4.0 ECO 2005 Introduction to Economics 4.0 STA 2026 Introduction to Statistics 3.5 MAN 3151 Leadership and Organizational Behavior 3.5 HUM 1505 Popular Culture in Media 4.0 COM 3109 Professional Communication and Presentation 4.0 Totals: TOTAL CREDIT HOURS: TOTAL WEEKS: 112 Chronological Schedule by Months DIGITAL LITERACY BEHAVIORAL SCIENCE MUSIC BUSINESS MANAGEMENT ENGLISH COMPOSITION I COLLEGE MATHEMATICS INTRODUCTION TO MANAGEMENT MUSIC HISTORY INTRODUCTION TO MARKETING EXCEL & DATA REPORTING INTRODUCTION TO STATISTICS CRITICAL LISTENING FOR MUSIC PROFESSIONALS ENGLISH COMPOSITION II BUSINESS LAW FUNDAMENTALS OF PHYSICAL SCIENCE POPULAR CULTURE IN MEDIA INTRODUCTION TO ECONOMICS MUSIC BUSINESS MARKETING BUSINESS ACCOUNTING RECORD LABEL DEVELOPMENT PRINCIPLES OF ENTREPRENEURSHIP MUSIC COPYRIGHT & PUBLISHING PROFESSIONAL COMMUNICATION & PRESENTATION MUSIC MERCHANDISING & RETAIL PROMOTIONS LEADERSHIP & ORGANIZATIONAL BEHAVIOR MUSIC DISTRIBUTION PRINCIPLES OF BUSINESS FINANCE MUSIC BUSINESS LAW & CONTRACT NEGOTIATIONS CONCERT MANAGEMENT & PUBLICITY Totals: 83.5 Graduates of this degree may apply to continue their education with the: ARTIST MANAGEMENT MUSIC SUPERVISION BUSINESS TECHNOLOGY & E-COMMERCE STRATEGIC BUSINESS MANAGEMENT Entertainment Business Master of Science Degree Program This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS). * IF YOU RE INTERESTED IN ANOTHER EDUCATIONAL TRACK, PLEASE CONTACT OUR ADMISSIONS DEPARTMENT TO EXPLORE YOUR OPTIONS. MUSIC BUSINESS Bachelor of Science Degree Program 197

198 Course Descriptions Program Core MUB 481 Artist Management The Artist Management Course explores the career path of the manager. This position plays a significant role in the entertainment business community and in the career of the artist/band. Course topics include: the artist/manager relationship, launching an artist s career, management contracts, development of an artist s career path, and sustaining an artist s career. Overview of the Artist Manager Developing the Artist/ Manager Relationship Launching the Artist s Career The Management Contract Planning the Artist s Career Making the Career Plan Work Career Maintenance and Control ACG 3223 Business Accounting The Business Accounting Course examines the accounting cycle and the preparation and interpretation of basic financial statements. Students learn the concept of profitability, principles of cost models and controls, and various operational planning techniques that are used to evaluate the performance of a company. The role of accountants in the entertainment industry is examined throughout the course. Students use real-world accounting software to apply concepts learned. The Accounting Cycle Preparation of Basic Financial Statements Interpretation of Basic Financial Statements Cost Models and Cost Control Decision-Making and Operational Planning ENTB 251 Business Law The Business Law Course provides an overview of general business practices, including entity formation, insurance, taxes, and accounting. Students study the laws protecting intellectual property in relation to protecting their own work and legally incorporating the works of others. Students study the law and practices of contracts and negotiations. All concepts are explored through legal case studies and applied business projects. Overview of Entertainment Industries Business Practices An Introduction to Intellectual Property Clearances and Licensing Contracts and Business Law MUM 4309 Business Technology and E-Commerce The Business Technology and E-Commerce Course addresses emerging technologies and their impacts on business management within the music and entertainment industry. In this course, students explore the proliferation of new technologies and how they are utilized to achieve business goals. Students also learn how to leverage new technologies to reach customers, manage customer relationships, increase revenue and profitability, and optimize their business practices. They learn how to evaluate competing technologies to achieve business goals, and they explore resources that will help them stay current with emerging technologies that can change the industry. Current Technology Platforms and Trends in the Industry Innovation and Adoption Models Quantifying Usage and Value Total credit hours 3.00 Course length 4 weeks MUB 461 Concert Management and Publicity The Concert Management and Publicity Course covers a variety of topics that are specific to concert production and the touring industry. This course takes a ground-level approach to concert promotion basics, including how to develop and execute an artist s tour and production management. Other topics explored in this course include public safety guidelines, contract riders, unions, staff and equipment booking, and the daily execution of tour schedules. Concert Promotion Basics Examination of the Touring Team for the Artist/Band Working with the Local Team Touring Production Manager Booking Staff and Equipment Public Safety Guidelines and Issues Preparing the Show for the Road Daily Scheduling and Management of the Schedule Contract Riders Vendor Contracts MUB 2513 Critical Listening for Music Professionals Students develop their ability to listen to music with the critical ear of a music industry professional, learning to discuss the aesthetic and technical elements of live and recorded music with a variety of music business professionals, from engineers to artists. They learn to differentiate and identify by sound various instruments and mixing techniques. Students learn how to optimize the listening experience, explore song structure, and evaluate and discuss music at a professional level. Basics of Music: Pitch, Rhythm, Melody, Harmony, Texture, Form, Dynamics Mix Elements and Techniques Optimizing the Listening Experience Identification of Musical Instruments and Variations Past and Current Trends and Sounds in Popular Music This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS). MUSIC BUSINESS Bachelor of Science Degree Program 198

199 Course Descriptions Program Core DGL 101 Digital Literacy The Digital Literacy Course utilizes a collaborative learning environment to introduce software programs and web tools that will prepare students with digital skills for online learning. In addition, students will also learn the professional demands of their chosen fields and create plans that will help guide them to successful completion of their Program. Students will use various tools to complete their roadmap projects, conduct Internet research, collaborate with other students, and communicate with instructors. Mac OS and the FSO Learning Platform Connecting Your Passion to Your Chosen Industry Planning for Your Goals and Collaborating with Peers Internet Tools for Research and Learning ENTB 2713 Excel and Data Reporting The Excel and Data Reporting Course teaches students to use Microsoft Excel for common business purposes, including analysis and reporting. Course topics include: working with formulas and functions, formatting spreadsheets for effective analysis, creating charts, selecting appropriate chart types, and analyzing entertainment business data. Students identify trends in data and leverage data to convey various business messages. Formulas and Functions Tables and Charts Data Analysis Data Reporting Total credit hours 3.00 Course length 4 weeks MAN 2020 Introduction to Management The Introduction to Management Course analyzes the management principles that lead to a successful company, as well as the nature of business decisions. Students learn about creating and maintaining organizational structure within leadership and legal contexts, and further examine human resource principles. The course also contains an introduction to risk management principles and practices, provides different types of risks and the strategies used to minimize them in relation to physical assets, legal liability, employee benefit programs, taxes, and retirement costs. Creating and Maintaining Organizational Structure in a Leadership vs. Legal Context Human Resource Principles Employee Benefit Programs and Taxes Local and National Labor Laws Risk Management Entertainment Business Management Case Studies MKT 210 Introduction to Marketing The Introduction to Marketing Course explores general marketing concepts as they relate to the nuances of the entertainment business field. Students construct strategic plans in the selection and development of media products, and are introduced to entertainment licensing concepts and promotional avenues, such as trade shows, trade publications, and the Internet. In addition, this course strengthens students understanding of analytical tools and strategic analysis of the entertainment business, knowledge that can facilitate the success of their creative work. Consumer behavior and its effect on the success of entertainment products are also examined. Marketing Principles and Terminology Advertising Entertainment Licensing and Promotion Merchandising BUL 4621 Music Business Law and Contract Negotiations Music Business Law and Contract Negotiations revisits and further expands on business law as it relates to the entertainment industry. Students are introduced to contract writing strategies as they examine strengths and weaknesses of realworld entertainment contracts. Students are then given the opportunity to focus on their chosen creative industry and explore specific contract issues. Finally, the role of lawyers, business managers, and agents in the entertainment business industry is addressed. Specific Legal Terminology Relating to the Music Business Industry Contract Writing and Negotiation Industry Contract Issues Lawyers, Business Managers, and Agents MUB 131 Music Business Management The Music Business Management Course provides students with an overview of music business corporate structure and the support companies that assist in the development and distribution of music. The course also covers management configuration for each type of entity, from organizational structure to specific job responsibilities of various positions within these companies. Music Business Management Record Companies Production Companies Concert Production Companies Touring Companies Copyright Administration Companies Performing Rights Organizations The Unions Publicity Companies Distribution Companies Competitive Tactics Marketing Plan Development Public Relations Branding This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS). MUSIC BUSINESS Bachelor of Science Degree Program 199

200 Course Descriptions Program Core MUM 3733 Music Business Marketing This course explores general marketing concepts as they relate to the nuances of the music business. Students construct strategic plans in the selection and development of media products and are introduced to entertainment licensing concepts and promotional avenues such as trade shows, trade publications, and the Internet. In addition, this course strengthens students understanding of analytical tools and strategic analysis of the music business, providing them with knowledge that can facilitate the success of their creative work. Consumer behavior and its effect on the success of entertainment products are also examined. Marketing Principles and Terminology Advertising Competitive Tactics Marketing Plan Development Entertainment Licensing and Promotion Merchandising Public Relations Branding MUM 3308 Music Copyright and Publishing The Music Copyright and Publishing Course teaches students how to protect their creative works and provides an overview of the business mechanisms that can affect the use of their songs and those of their clients. Along with the global topics of copyright and music publishing, the course also covers the history of the music publishing industry, royalties, the songwriter s contract, publishing options, and an overview of publishing companies. Historical Overview of the Music Publishing Industry Music Publishing Overview and Concepts Copyright Law Copyright Requirements and Regulations Copyright Protection Copyright and Digital Technology Royalties MUM 4305 Music Distribution The Music Distribution Course focuses on the distribution process and the various distribution channels available in the music business industry. This course addresses various distribution components, such as the manufacturing process of music products, the examination of distribution companies, and the influence of the Internet as a distribution channel. Distribution Principles and Terminology Publishing Companies Forms of Distribution Principles of Pricing Merchant Accounts and Credit Cards Royalty Structures and Collection Total credit hours 3.00 Course length 4 weeks REC 2051 Music History The American music industry has generated hits and new style combinations through every decade. The Music History Course surveys this rich evolution from its roots through modern times, through sound and video, while examining each musical style s respective sociological and technological precedents. Folk and Country Music Popular Music of America Blues, Soul Gospel, and Jazz MUB 4361 Music Merchandising and Retail Promotions One of the biggest economic generators for the music business is merchandising and retail promotions. This course delves into this critical business component and helps students learn how to determine retail strategies that will benefit their clients. This course examines the importance of branding and how it relates to product presentation at the retail level. Students also explore the timeline of product development and learn how to take their product to retail. All types of distribution channels are examined in this course, from traditional big-box retailers to e-commerce and the Internet. Product Assessment Merchandise Design Trademark Protection Pricing and Cost Analysis Types of Retail Outlets Direct Marketing and Non-store Sales Internet Distribution Live Productions and Music Merchandising Total credit hours 2.50 Course length 4 weeks MUB 4715 Music Supervision Students learn how to serve as a creative liaison between the music industry and the visual media industries, including film, television, video games, and advertising. Students develop their ability to determine the musical vision, tone, and style that best suit a given multimedia project. They learn to identify, secure and supervise music-related talent, including composers, songwriters, recording artists, musicians and producers, and to effectively communicate and negotiate with talent representation to obtain necessary clearances. Role and Responsibilities of the Music Supervisor Trends and Players in the Visual Media Industries Identification of Musical Vision, Tone, and Style of a Project Securing Legal Rights of Recordings Working Within an Established Budget to Deliver Music Elements This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS). MUSIC BUSINESS Bachelor of Science Degree Program 200

201 Course Descriptions Program Core General Education ENTB 3013 Principles of Business Finance The Principles of Business Finance Course provides students with the skills needed to make financial decisions in a business environment. Students examine the process of financial analysis, financing operations and growth, and the concept of risk versus return. In addition, fundamental financial topics are covered, such as the time value of money, capital budgeting, business valuation, risk management, and personal finance. Financial Analysis Time Value of Money Debt vs. Equity Financing Budgeting and Forecasting Capital Budgeting Techniques Business Valuation Risk Management Personal Finance ENTB 3623 Principles of Entrepreneurship The Principles of Entrepreneurship Course examines the role of entrepreneurs in the entertainment industry and their effect on the global economy. The behaviors and motivations of entrepreneurs are explored. Students learn the steps required to launch a start-up company. Other topics covered include types of business entities and tax implications, business licenses, competitive advantage, and operations. This course provides an examination of the challenges and benefits of choosing entrepreneurship as a career path. Role of the Entrepreneur The Entrepreneurial Mindset Case Studies in Entrepreneurship Entrepreneurship as a Career MUB 343 Record Label Development The Record Label Development Course is designed to familiarize students with the various departments within both major and independent record labels. Students in this course delve into specific departments of a record label and learn the role that each plays in its success. The course examines all departments ranging from A&R to Business Affairs. Legal Department Marketing Department Promotions Department Publicity Sales ENTB 4913 Strategic Business Management The Strategic Business Management Course presents students with complex, real-world business scenarios related to the entertainment industry. Students analyze the scenarios, assess potential action steps, and develop strategic plans to address the scenarios. Through this process, students evaluate the management, marketing, financial, legal, and ethical decisions that affect real-world business decisions. Students also assess external entrepreneurial opportunities that these scenarios could generate. Business Problem Analysis Strategic Management Decisions CLP 1006 Behavioral Science The Behavioral Science Course introduces students to the complexities of self-awareness, self-directed learning, and effective interpersonal interactions. Students will learn to recognize the challenges that individuals face in a world that is technologically evolving at a rapid pace. They will become equipped with new ways to address their personal motivations, and will work to improve their learning strategies and methods of interacting within the Full Sail community. Students will also enhance their ability to analyze and evaluate information. Self-Awareness Self-Regulation Motivation Empathy Social Skills MGF 1213 College Mathematics The College Mathematics Course is designed to enable students to build skills and confidence in algebra that are required to succeed in future math and core courses. First-time algebra students or those needing a review will begin with basic concepts and build upon these ideas by completing work that uses algebra in practical situations. Review of Basic Arithmetic Operations with the Real Number System Measurement and Number Systems Graphing Proportions, Formulas, and Word Problems Introductory Statistics and Probability Exponents & Radical Expressions Business Applications and Mathematical Models This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS). MUSIC BUSINESS Bachelor of Science Degree Program 201

202 Course Descriptions General Education Linear Equations & Inequalities ENC 1101 English Composition I The English Composition I Course is designed to introduce students to the writing process. Special attention is given to selecting and refining topics, identifying the audience, developing a purpose, and formulating thesis statements. Grammatical conventions and their applications are heavily stressed. Students in this course learn to compose mature, logical sentences, and paragraphs in order to create rhetorical cohesion. Invention and Drafting Revising and Editing Grammar Essay Structure Audience Awareness ENC 1102 English Composition II The English Composition II Course is designed to build upon the competencies acquired in English Composition I and to further refine students writing process. Students will develop proficiency in academic writing, information literacy, and critical thinking abilities. Through the study of argument, persuasive appeals, and learning to identify and avoid logical fallacies, students will learn to produce sophisticated arguments of their own. Critical Analysis Argument Information Literacy Research Methods of Documentation of Sources PSC 1030 Fundamentals of Physical Science The Fundamentals of Physical Science Course teaches students how to understand the world through fundamental physical concepts such as: force and motion, energy and mechanics, electricity and magnetism, properties of solids and fluids, transmission of sound, and behavior of light. Emphasis is placed on how problems describing nature are approached in terms of physical theories and mathematical formula. Force and Motion Energy and Mechanics Electricity and Magnetism Solids and Fluids Transmission of Sound Behavior of Light Physical Theories and Mathematical Formulas ECO 2005 Introduction to Economics The Introduction to Economics Course examines the principles of economics that influence decision-makers, both consumers and producers, within the global economic system. Students examine the features of and reasons for different economic systems throughout the world. Supply and demand, fiscal and monetary policies, and international trade benefits and costs are discussed. The course provides a solid understanding of economics and how economics affects the entertainment business industry. Supply and Demand Consumer Behavior International Economics Role of Government Monetary Policy STA 2026 Introduction to Statistics The Introduction to Statistics Course introduces statistics as a tool for decision-making. Students learn how data is utilized in the entertainment and music industries. They explore statistical principles such as measures of central tendency and dispersion and learn how to calculate them. Students create and interpret charts and graphs, exploring relationships found in data through correlation analysis, and assign probability and calculate the likelihood of the occurrence of events. This knowledge is applied in solving problems and making decisions based on quantifiable data. Statistics Terminology Usage of Statistics in the Industry Graphic Presentation and Analysis of Statistics Problem-Solving Using Statistics Total credit hours 3.50 Course length 4 weeks MAN 3151 Leadership and Organizational Behavior The Leadership and Organizational Behavior Course consists of an inquiry into the characteristics essential in inspiring others to action. Students identify their personal strengths and weakness through self-assessment, expanding their awareness of these qualities to include their effect on other individuals and group behavior. The course provides strategies for decision-making and building effective teams, and encourages students to explore the difficulties, compromises, and rewards of the collaboration process. Leadership Group Dynamics Motivating Building Effective Teams Decision-making Conflict Resolution Total credit hours 3.50 Course length 4 weeks This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS). MUSIC BUSINESS Bachelor of Science Degree Program 202

203 Course Descriptions General Education HUM 1505 Popular Culture in Media The Popular Culture in Media Course examines the role and importance of popular culture, providing a rich background for students to understand the historical and social impact of popular culture. Students are introduced to media milestones in popular culture history, and they explore the influence of popular culture on social trends. Course topics include genre studies, the uses of celebrity, the power of the audience, the effects of new technology and new media, and much more. Students develop a critical approach to analyzing broadcasts, advertisements, films, print, audio recordings, games, and web sites that make up and shape our popular culture. Popular Culture As Social Phenomena Popular Culture and Media Technology Approaches to Understanding Popular Culture Popular Culture and The Consumer/Audience COM 3109 Professional Communication and Presentation The Professional Communication and Presentation Course exposes students to various forms of written and oral communication through technical, electronic, and creative-writing activities. In addition, students develop competency in visual presentation design. Through practice and development of written and oral skills, students sharpen their abilities to craft effective documents and presentations, while gaining confidence in both the content of their message and their ability to clearly convey it. Modes of Written and Oral Presentation Presence and Image of Written Communication Generating Ideas, Identifying Purpose, and Developing Content Audience Analysis Presentation Strategies Technical Development of a Presentation Personal Image This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS). MUSIC BUSINESS Bachelor of Science Degree Program 203

204 Music Production Bachelor of Science Degree Program Musicians have long played an important role within multiple facets of the entertainment industry, enriching television, film, radio, video games, live events, and more. The demand for creative, technologically savvy composers is greater than ever, and thanks to advances in home recording, the soundtrack to our lives can be created virtually anywhere in the world. Full Sail University s Music Production Bachelor of Science online degree is designed to equip you with music production skills that are essential for success in today s modern marketplace. As a student in the program, you ll develop an understanding of contemporary music technology by creating your own songs, scores, and soundtracks. You ll also get a solid grounding in music theory, history, and composition. The program also explores the music marketing and business concepts you ll need to flourish as a working professional in the entertainment industry. Upon graduation, you ll enter the job market with an online personal portfolio of professional quality music projects produced throughout the degree program. Areas of Focus Music Theory Composition Fine Arts Modeling Animation Engineering Marketing Effects Final Project/ Demo Reel Creation MUSIC PRODUCTION Bachelor of Science Degree Program 204

205 Areas of Focus Music Theory The principles of music theory are the building blocks you ll use every time you sit down to create IC DUCTION MUSIC PRODUCTION a new composition. Using music-notation software, you ll be able to analyze and study classical compositional techniques, and develop a firm grasp on foundational concepts like rhythm, meter, phrase, scales, and harmony. You ll also strengthen your ear training through exercises in musical listening and identification, as you study intervals, scales, triads, melodies, and transcription techniques. You ll also delve into music s roots with courses in music history. You will study the evolution of western MUSIC THEORY music from classical to modern, and the evolution of popular music from the early 20th century all the way up to what s dominating the airwaves today. IC THEORY COMPOSITION MUSIC PRODUCTION Bachelor of Science Degree Program 205

206 Areas of Focus MUSIC PRODUCTION MUSIC THEORY MUSIC PRODUCTION MUSIC THEORY COMPOSITION Composition You ve got a rough musical concept but how does a riff, lyric, or general idea transform into a full-fledged song? In the Music Production Bachelor s program, you ll learn a variety of compositional techniques to help take your ideas to the next level. You ll study songwriting and lyrical techniques, as well as learn about musical genres and the considerations one should have when working within different styles. You ll also explore choices in engineering styles, and how budgets and management can affect the course of a song or project. Courses also cover a variety of arrangement processes, from roots to pop to orchestral settings. COMPOSITION ENGINEERING MARKETING Throughout the program, you ll apply what you learn to create musical pieces that will make up your own Digital Portfolio. As you build your musical catalog, as well as a supporting website, you ll have a crucial professional asset that showcases what you re capable to show potential clients and employers as you enter the entertainment industry. ENGINEERING MUSIC PRODUCTION Bachelor of Science Degree Program 206

207 Areas of Focus COMPOSITION MUSIC ENGINEERING THEORY Engineering Marketing ENGINEERING MUSIC PRODUCTION While at one point composers had no choice but MARKETING COMPOSITION to write, record, and arrange their works in multimillion dollar studio facilities, advances in recording technology have made it possible for the bulk of that work to take place in a compact home studio environment. Those capabilities are empowering, and knowing how to maximize the potential of the tools you have at your disposal enables you to channel your inspiration and capture your ENGINEERING musical ideas. You ll study core concepts such as digital signal processing and digital audio recording as you use industry-standard software such as Pro Tools and Logic to record your course assignments. You ll also learn about audio workstation hardware and MARKETING software, mastering the techniques and procedures that are required to maximize the use of this gear. Finally, by studying audio file management and documentation, you ll ensure the organization of your audio files and recording sessions enables the recording process to run as smoothly as possible. Most musicians will agree that success in the industry depends on a lot more than just the quality of the music you ve got to know how to market MARKETING your music. The Music Production Bachelor s Degree Program covers the roles that advertising, merchandising, public relations, and branding all play in a successful musical career. As you learn about these concepts, as well as the ins and outs of music copyright and publishing laws, you ll work to develop a marketing plan to help separate you from the rest of the crowd and ensure that your music finds a platform to reach the rest of the world. MUSIC THEORY COMPOSITION ENGINEERING MARKETING MUSIC PRODUCTION Bachelor of Science Degree Program 207

208 Overview With the music industry s growing use of the Internet and the collaborative aspects of the music production environment, the demand for original music content has increased. Full Sail s Music Production Bachelor of Science Degree Program presents a thorough, constantly developing curriculum that encompasses music composition, digital recording, and music production for animation, websites, and gaming. Whether a novice or a veteran musician, this degree provides you with a formal education that can help prepare you for a variety of career paths in the world of music creation and production. From digital audio principles, digital workstation technology, and digital signal flow to signal processing, MIDI techniques, and sound effect design, the curriculum covers many different procedures and applications found in the music production world. Through coursework utilizing a personal production studio consisting of an Apple laptop computer and a variety of professional audio software programs, you will gain the confidence and skills to help you succeed in a variety of music production environments after graduation. In addition to music production skills and techniques, you ll also develop communication skills and take courses in music history, professional presentation, music theory, songwriting, music copyright and publishing, and music business. To help you make the transition into this industry, we ve also got a team of Career Development professionals that can help you polish your interviewing skills and get you ready to pursue your career. In addition, the Career Development services and advisors will be available for support and assistance throughout the length of your professional career. Objective Our goal is to provide you with the focused knowledge and understanding of music production technology and concepts needed to qualify for entry-level industry positions as multimedia music composers, digital music recording engineers, postproduction audio engineers, MIDI/ digital audio workstation operators and programmers, music editors, music arrangers, interactive sound design and music composers, game music composers, and a variety of other positions in the audio and entertainment industries. In addition to gaining technical proficiency and creative development, your education will help you develop critical thinking, problem solving, and analytical skills that contribute to lifelong learning, providing you with tools to help sustain a long and productive professional career in the entertainment and media industry. MUSIC PRODUCTION OVERVIEW & OBJECTIVE MUSIC PRODUCTION Bachelor of Science Degree Program 208

209 Music Production Bachelor of Science Degree Program PROGRAM CORE Code Course Credit Hours GENERAL EDUCATION Code Course Credit Hours Chronological Schedule by Months MPR 4315 Advanced Audio Production Techniques 4.00 MPR 3301 Advanced Music Composition Programming 3.50 MPR 4001 Advanced Music Production for Media 4.00 ART 2007 Art History 4.00 CLP 1006 Behavioral Science 4.00 MGF 1213 College Mathematics 4.00 DIGITAL LITERACY COMPUTER SCIENCE & INTERNET MUSIC THEORY I AUDIO FUNDAMENTALS MUSIC THEORY II MUT 3413 Advanced Music Theory 4.00 MPR 1751 Audio Fundamentals 4.00 REC 2803 Audio Postproduction 4.50 REC 2413 Audio Workstations 4.00 DGL 101 Digital Literacy 4.00 CGS 1000 Computer Science and Internet * 4.00 IMK 301 Cultural Studies and the Web 4.50 ENC 1101 English Composition 4.00 COM 3109 Professional Communication and Presentation 4.00 ENC 326 Professional Writing COLLEGE MATHEMATICS DIGITAL RECORDING PRINCIPLES MUSIC HISTORY I BEHAVIORAL SCIENCE MUSICAL LISTENING & IDENTIFICATION MIDI MPR 1851 Digital Recording Principles MPR 3451 Game Music Composition 4.00 REC 2623 Interactive Audio 3.50 REC 1731 MIDI 4.00 MUB 131 Music Business Management 4.00 MPR 1301 Music Composition Programming 4.00 MUM 3308 Music Copyright and Publishing 4.00 MPR 3113 Music Genres 4.00 MUH 2052 Music History I 2.00 Totals: TOTAL CREDIT HOURS: TOTAL WEEKS: 128 MUSIC COMPOSITION PROGRAMMING AUDIO WORKSTATIONS ENGLISH COMPOSITION I ART HISTORY INTACTIVE AUDIO SONGWRITING & DEVELOPMENT MUSICAL ARRANGEMENT PROJECT MANAGEMENT & ASSESSMENT I MUSIC GENRES ADVANCED MUSIC THEORY MUSIC BUSINESS MANAGEMENT AUDIO POSTPRODUCTION PROJECT MANAGEMENT & ASSESSMENT II MUH 3052 Music History II MPR 4853 Music Production Final Project 4.00 MPR 3701 Music Production for Media 4.00 MPR 1001 Music Theory I 4.00 ADVANCED MUSIC COMPOSITION PROGRAMMING MUSIC PRODUCTION FOR MEDIA PROFESSIONAL WRITING MUSIC HISTORY II PPROJECT MANAGEMENT & ASSESSMENT III MUSIC COPYRIGHT & PUBLISHING MUT 1024 Music Theory II 4.00 MPR 3311 Musical Arrangement MUT 1212 Musical Listening and Identification 4.00 MPR 4411 Professional Workflow 4.00 ADVANCED MUSIC PRODUCTION FOR MEDIA GAME MUSIC COMPOSITION PROFESSIONAL COMMUNICATION & PRESENTATION ADVANCED AUDIO PRODUCTION TECHNIQUES PROFESSIONAL WORKFLOW MPB 101 Project Management and Assessment I 1.00 MPB 102 Project Management and Assessment II 1.00 MPB 203 Project Management and Assessment III REC 3011 Songwriting and Development 2.00 CULTURAL STUDIES & THE WEB MUSIC PRODUCTION FINAL PROJECT Totals: This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS). * CGS 1000 is not considered a General Education class in Minnesota. MUSIC PRODUCTION Bachelor of Science Degree Program 209

210 Course Descriptions Program Core MPR 4315 Advanced Audio Production Techniques The Advanced Audio Production Techniques Course focuses on professional audio mixing and editing. Students will develop strategies by successfully navigating through production scenarios common in music and sound for media. Advanced Signal Flow DAW Automation Audio Editing in Music and Sound for Picture Strategies for Music Mixing MPR 3301 Advanced Music Composition Programming Students in Advanced Music Composition Programming Course will discover new and interesting ways of organizing musical time and space while building upon concepts encountered in previous creative, theoretical, and technical courses. Students will dig deep into the digital audio workstation environment by exploring some of the ways composers and producers use such software creatively. In addition to extensive reading, listening, and analysis, students will develop a new composition to add to their portfolio. Advanced Rhythmic Techniques Alternative Scales and Modes Extended Harmony, Modulation and Key Relationships Melody and Countermelody Sound Design Mixing Concepts MPR 4001 Advanced Music Production for Media The Advanced Music Production for Media Course teaches students how music and sound contribute to multimedia storytelling. Beginning with a survey of animation shorts and films, students learn to identify the standards and develop music compositional skills for each genre. Students then create a score to accompany an animation short or short film. Animation and Film Survey Animation and Film Production Roles and Organization Creating Musical Characters Creating Moods, Tension and Release Composing to Picture MUT 3413 Advanced Music Theory Students in the Advanced Music Theory Course build upon their prior music theory training in the program, toward a more comprehensive knowledge of musical structure. Primary topics introduced within the course include counterpoint, chromatic harmony, diatonic modes, phrase structure, and advanced aural skills. Students also analyze scores and lead sheets of compositions that represent several musical genres and eras. Harmonic Analysis Rhythmic Analysis Rhythm Section Analysis Musical Form MPR 1751 Audio Fundamentals It is vital that today s music production student has a solid understanding of basic audio fundamentals and how they relate to the digital realm. This course will examine basic audio fundamentals and the ways in which sound is represented in a digital format preparing students to work with audio in various digital audio applications using several media formats. Fundamentals of Audio Waveforms Fundamentals of Harmonics Binary Digits Fundamentals of Digital Audio Capture and Reproduction Fundamentals of Digital Audio Media Formats REC 2803 Audio Postproduction The Audio Postproduction Course provides students with an overview of production sound and audio postproduction sound design for film and television. Subjects include the history of the audio postproduction process, the recording of production sound, timecode and synchronization, the film audio postproduction process, and the television audio postproduction process. History of Audio Postproduction Recording Production Audio for Film and Video Timecode and Synchronization Film Audio Postproduction Process Television Audio Postproduction Process Total credit hours 4.50 Course length 4 weeks MUSIC PRODUCTION Bachelor of Science Degree Program 210

211 Course Descriptions Program Core REC 2413 Audio Workstations The Audio Workstations Course explores the digital audio workstation environment through an overview of digital audio concepts and practices. Students receive instruction and practical experience with powerful computerbased recording systems typically found in the modern audio and professional music composition environment. Workstation Hardware and Software Workstation Techniques and Procedures File Management Digital Audio Theory and Practice DGL 101 Digital Literacy The Digital Literacy Course utilizes a collaborative learning environment to introduce software programs and web tools that will prepare students with digital skills for online learning. In addition, students will also learn the professional demands of their chosen fields and create plans that will help guide them to successful completion of their Program. Students will use various tools to complete their roadmap projects, conduct Internet research, collaborate with other students, and communicate with instructors. Mac OS and the FSO Learning Platform Connecting Your Passion to Your Chosen Industry Planning for Your Goals and Collaborating with Peers Internet Tools for Research and Learning MPR 1851 Digital Recording Principles Advancements in computer hardware and software have led to a revolution in music production. High-quality results can now be achieved economically without the necessity for large-format facilities. In the Digital Recording Principles Course, students receive training on how to get professional-sounding results from their laptop-based project studio environment. Mac OS System Audio Recording Software Overview Maximizing Input Devices Standard Music Production Practice Common Challenges in the Project Studio Environment Total credit hours 3.50 Course length 4 weeks MPR 3451 Game Music Composition Creating music for game audio requires a radical shift in production strategy because of the conditional-access design of games. In the Game Music Composition Course, students study game music and design, analyze design approaches, synthesize and use a toolbox of production strategies through group collaboration led by the educator. Students music skills continue to develop through the construction and production of a course project. Game Music Survey The Game Design Process and Team Nonlinear Musical Development Nonlinear Musical Character Development Developing a Game Environment with Sound and Music REC 2623 Interactive Audio The Interactive Audio Course introduces students to the importance of highquality audio for all applications of interactive media. Students delve into specific examples of audio components and explore how the elements apply to the final product. The course provides a survey of audio, computer, and synthesis fundamentals as applied to streaming audio, video games, and other interactive content. Fundamentals of Audio for Interactive Media Applications Sound Design and Postproduction for Various Interactive Media Multichannel Surround Sound Formats and Applications Digital Audio Theories and Interactive Media Issues Total credit hours 3.50 Course length 4 weeks REC 1731 MIDI Musical Instrument Digital Interface (MIDI) is the electronic marriage of music and computer technology that revolutionized music composition, recording, and arrangement. Students are introduced to the history of the MIDI concept, its principles and theory, and MIDI production techniques as well as MIDI control, synchronization, troubleshooting, and the design of MIDI systems. Students also survey the effect of MIDI on the modern recording studio environment and examine live audio MIDI applications. Finally, students learn how to interface computers with musical instruments for recording and live performance applications. MIDI Concepts Sequencing MIDI Hardware and Software Synchronization MUSIC PRODUCTION Bachelor of Science Degree Program 211

212 Course Descriptions Program Core MUB 131 Music Business Management The Music Business Management Course provides students with an overview of music business corporate structure and the support companies that assist in the development and distribution of music. The course also covers management configuration for each type of entity, from organizational structure to specific job responsibilities of various positions within these companies. Music Business Management Copyright Administration Companies Record Companies Performing Rights Organizations Production Companies The Unions Concert Production Companies Publicity Companies Touring Companies Distribution Companies MPR 1301 Music Composition Programming The Music Composition Programming Course instructs students on the process of capturing and developing new musical ideas. By utilizing skills learned in the prerequisite Music Theory and Musical Listening and Identification Courses, students transcribe their melodies and bass lines into musical notation with music composition software and learn to develop their ideas using various compositional methods. Loop-based sequencing with professional audio software programs are utilized to provide each student with a powerful set of music content creation tools. Loop Based Composition Programming Drum Loops Composing Melodies Composing Bass Lines Harmonizing Melodies MUM 3308 Music Copyright and Publishing The Music Copyright and Publishing Course teaches students how to protect their creative works and provides an overview of the business mechanisms that can affect the use of their own music composition as well as those of their clients. Along with the global topics of copyright and music publishing, this course covers the history of the music publishing industry, royalties, the songwriter s contract, and publishing options and also provides an overview of publishing companies. Historical Overview of the Music Publishing Industry Music Publishing Overview and Concepts Copyright Law Copyright Requirements and Regulations Copyright Protection Copyright and Digital Technology Royalties MPR 3113 Music Genres Musical genres are often associated with distinct lifestyles and attitudes. These associations can be used to tell the story of a character or product with genre-based music. For that reason, composers who can produce music in many styles have more to offer their clients. Students build this competency in the Musical Genres Course by arranging and producing songs that make use of specific genre attributes. Roots Genre Arrangements Pop Genre Arrangements Modern Genre Arrangements MUH 2052 Music History I The American music industry has generated hits and new style combinations through every decade. The Music History I Course surveys this rich evolution from its roots through modern times, examining each musical style s respective sociological and technological precedents. Roots of American Music: European- American Folk, and Blues/Gospel Urban and Rural Popular Forms of the Early 20th Century: Jazz Age Pop, Country The Pop Music for Youth Explosion 1945 to 1965 Total credit hours 2.00 Course length 4 weeks MUH 3052 Music History II The Music History II Course explores the popular music revolution of as well as big business music and promotion convergence. In this course, students explore specific case studies involving artists and their impact on the industry. The Popular Music Revolution Big Business Music, Promotion Convergence vs. the Fringe Total credit hours 2.00 Course length 4 weeks This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS). MUSIC PRODUCTION Bachelor of Science Degree Program 212

213 Course Descriptions Program Core MPR 4853 Music Production Final Project The Music Production Final Project Course provides opportunities for Music Production students to contribute artistry, technical ability, and social skills to meet the needs of a student project. The course provides an opportunity to conceptualize a complete, collaborated preproduction work schedule with a final project student group. Each step of the process is supervised and approved by the Music Production Final Project staff. Creating a Demo/Portfolio of Work Choosing Available Projects Concept Negotiation How to Negotiate an Agreement and a Contract Preproduction Final Presentation and Peer/Faculty Review MPR 3701 Music Production for Media Students in the Music Production for Media Course create music to fit within typical broadcast branding and advertising found in the real world. Beginning with an exploration of music in branding and marketing, students learn to discern the elements that constitute standards in professional commercial music production. Music skills are continually developed through the construction and production of advertisement and jingle campaign packages as well as a website branding project. Media Survey: Music Branding and Advertising for Radio, Television, and the Web Sonic Branding Jingle Campaigns Producing a Campaign MPR 1001 Music Theory I Successful completion of the Music Theory I Course will create a solid basis for further musical understanding. The class focuses on essential topics while providing more advanced students an opportunity to review the rudiments of musical language. Topics to be covered include note identification, interval recognition, major scale construction, basic rhythmic notation and ear training. Music Theory I equips the student with the tools needed to effectively communicate fundamental musical concepts. Notes, the Keyboard, Staff Notation and Basic Rhythmic Notation Basic Intervals and Meters Major Scales and Diatonic Intervals Consonance vs. Dissonance and Basic Composition Total credit hours 4.00 Course Length 4 weeks MUT 1024 Music Theory II The Music Theory II Course continues an in-depth study of the workings of musical structure first explored in Music Theory I. Students will study melody, harmony, and rhythm, and will continue to develop notational and aural skills. The focus of the course lies in understanding the construction of music and gaining the ability to communicate effectively with musicians, composers, directors, programmers, and producers in a professional audio production environment. Triads Roman Numeral Analysis Key Signatures Forms of the Minor Mode Seventh Chords Total credit hours 4.00 Course Length 4 weeks MPR 3311 Musical Arrangement The Musical Arrangement Course addresses instrumentation and arranging techniques. This course focuses on developing an understanding of the nature and limitations of acoustic and electronic instruments, as well as effective formulaic techniques for successful arrangement. Instrumental families utilized in the course include bowed strings, woodwinds, and brass. Arranging techniques explored include pads, two-part melodic harmonization, and mechanical voicings. Additional course topics address creating a musical score, exporting MIDI data from Sibelius, and mixing tracks in Apple Logic to create a synthesized performance. Arranging Budgets and Management Development of an Engineering Style Psychology and Creative Development MUT 1212 Musical Listening and Identification The most vital instruments in the music producer s possession are his or her ears. The Musical Listening and Identification Course introduces the lifelong practice of developing musical and aural discernment. Music recognition begins with identifying musical intervals and progresses to the transcription of simple melodies, chords, and bass lines. Students learn rhythmic identification beginning with simple meter beat counting and progressing to distinguish simple grooves and basic phrasing. Basic song form ingredients are explored and differentiated. Musical Intervals Recognizing Scales and Triads Meter and Counting Melody and Phrase Accompaniments and Introduction to Groove Transcription Techniques Instrument Families: Strings, Winds, Drums, Percussion Discover Timbre through Synthetic Imitation MUSIC PRODUCTION Bachelor of Science Degree Program 213

214 Course Descriptions Program Core General Education MPR 4411 Professional Workflow Topics addressed in the Professional Workflow Course include file labeling, submission, and delivery methods required for collaboration between remote locations. This course will help to develop students professional understanding of industry standards, workflow, protocol, and etiquette. Students will use these collaborative skills while contributing to the final project. Audio File Management and Documentation Production Milestones and Delivery Specifications Documentation for Television, Film, and Game Music Data Storage Solutions and Back-Up Solutions Collaboration Methodology in Media Production Mixing and Basic Mastering MPB 101, 102, 203 Project Management and Assessment I, II, III The Project Management and Assessment Courses are concurrent courses taken alongside core curriculum in order to assist students with the development, management, and assessment of program projects. The courses provide an opportunity for students to apply analysis skills, create strategic plans, and foster professional workflow practices. Project Development and Analysis Project Management and Assessment Create/Evaluate Project Plan Professional Workflow Practices Total credit hours 1.00 each Course length 4 weeks REC 3011 Songwriting and Development In the Songwriting and Development Course, basic songwriting techniques are addressed as students work to develop a strong sense of form, melody, harmony, bass line development, and rhythm. An introduction to lyric considerations for various musical genres is explored, and all of these course topics are connected and related to the standpoint of the music composer. Additional topics include modulation and modality, transitional bridge and primary bridge, rhythm, rhyme and form, effective arrangements for vocals, and supporting the style and structure of a song with appropriate instruments. The overarching goals of this course are to convey the significance of songwriting in the production process and to assist the learner in making appropriate technical decisions based on the song and the artist. Basic Songwriting Techniques Lyrical Considerations Music Genre Considerations Compositional Decision Making Songwriting and the Production Process Total credit hours 2.00 Course length 4 weeks ART 2006 Art History The Art History Course introduces students to selected, impactful monuments of art and architecture in the Western tradition from the prehistoric to post-modernism era studied in relation to the intellectual background of the ages and civilizations that produced them. Lectures accompanied by various visual mediums inspire discussions of assigned readings in philosophical, religious, scientific, political, literary, artistic, and cultural contexts. Ancient Art Medieval and Renaissance Art Modern Art Post-modern Art CLP 1006 Behavioral Science The Behavioral Science Course introduces students to the complexities of self-awareness, self-directed learning, and effective interpersonal interactions. Students will learn to recognize the challenges that individuals face in a world that is technologically evolving at a rapid pace. They will become equipped with new ways to address their personal motivations, and will work to improve their learning strategies and methods of interacting within the Full Sail community. Students will also enhance their ability to analyze and evaluate information. Self-Awareness Self-Regulation Motivation Empathy Social Skills This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS). MUSIC PRODUCTION Bachelor of Science Degree Program 214

215 Course Descriptions General Education MGF 1213 College Mathematics The College Mathematics Course is designed to enable students to build skills and confidence in algebra that are required to succeed in future math and core courses. First-time algebra students or those needing a review will begin with basic concepts and build upon these ideas by completing work that uses algebra in practical situations. Review of Basic Arithmetic Operations with the Real Number System Measurement and Number Systems Exponents & Radical Expressions Linear Equations & Inequalities Graphing Proportions, Formulas, and Word Problems Introductory Statistics and Probability Business Applications and Mathematical Models CGS 1000 Computer Science and Internet * The Computer Science and Internet Course introduces students to the basics of computer operating systems and software, web 2.0 tools, and multimedia applications as they relate to everyday experiences of the computer user. Students will initiate online collaboration as well as utilize the tools to successfully navigate common issues associated with online collaboration. Additionally, students will evaluate and demonstrate knowledge of specific software applications and technologies used in today s society. Multimedia Presentations Operating Systems and Technologies Web 2.0 Tools Student Audio/Video Projects IMK 302 Cultural Studies and the Web The Cultural Studies and the Web Course emphasizes the relationship between cultural context and promotional content on the web. This analysis will examine the significance of cross-cultural variation to web content, web access, and consumer behavior. Case studies and empirical research will be evaluated to explore the costs and benefits of cultural relevance as a component of strategic planning and Internet marketing practice. Cultural Variation Consumer Behavior and Culturally Relevant Promotional Content Geo-demographics, Cultural Context, and Internet Marketing Practice Technology and Consumerism Total credit hours 4.50 Course length 4 weeks ENC 1101 English Composition I The English Composition I Course is designed to introduce students to the writing process. Special attention is given to selecting and refining topics, identifying the audience, developing a purpose, and formulating thesis statements. Grammatical conventions and their applications are heavily stressed. Students will learn to compose mature, logical sentences, and paragraphs in order to create rhetorical cohesion. Invention and Drafting Revising and Editing Grammar Essay Structure Audience Awareness COM 3109 Professional Communication and Presentation The Professional Communication and Presentation Course exposes students to various forms of written and oral communication through technical, electronic, and creative-writing activities. In addition, students develop competency in visual presentation design. Through practice and development of written and oral skills, students sharpen their abilities to craft effective documents and presentations, while gaining confidence in both the content of their message and their ability to clearly convey it. Modes of Written and Oral Presentation Generating Ideas, Identifying Purpose, and Developing Content Audience Analysis Personal Image Presence and Image of Written Communication Presentation Strategies Technical Development of a Presentation ENC 326 Professional Writing The Professional Writing Course focuses on preparing students to write effectively and apply contemporary technologies and business communication best-practices in today s workplace. Students learn to recognize the link between developing their writing skills and career success. The analysis of communication in organizations, including barriers and methods for overcoming those barriers, leads students to understand the ethical goals of a business communicator. From concept to practice, students learn and apply different business writing formats, styles, and techniques in writing business letters, professional and memos, and formal and informal reports. Multi-Disciplinary Writing Strategies for Drafting, Revising, and Proofreading Professional Documents Audience Analysis Manuscripts and Adaptations Reports and Proposal Writing This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS). * CGS 1000 is not considered a General Education class in Minnesota. MUSIC PRODUCTION Bachelor of Science Degree Program 215

216 New Media Journalism Master of Arts Degree Program The power of information has only increased with the progress of digital technology, and today, we have greater access than ever to news in its myriad forms. Traditional media outlets like television and newspapers are now complemented by Internet-connected devices that can keep you constantly updated with news and opinions. Each of these outlets demand specific skills from today s journalists, but those professionals who can combine journalism fundamentals with technological savvy are the ones who will help shape the future of information media. In addition to the core requirements of journalism reporting, writing, editing you ll also learn to use photography, streaming video, and interactive graphics to augment the story you re trying to tell. By teaching the skills you ll need to become a more effective and versatile communicator, the New Media Journalism master s degree program will help prepare you for a professional career in today s rapidly evolving media landscape. The New Media Journalism Master of Arts degree program teaches you how to create engaging stories across a variety of different platforms, helping you develop the skills needed to be an adaptable content creator. Areas of Focus Multimedia Content Development Fine Arts Interactive Modeling Media Distribution Animation Personal Branding Effects Final Project/ Demo Reel Creation NEW MEDIA JOURNALISM Master of Arts Degree Program 216

217 Areas of Focus PROMOTE your WORK recognizable VOICE Multimedia Content Development Information technology has helped expand the way journalists are able to tell their stories. Instead of just posting an article online, you re now able to support it with embedded video, audio, and interactive graphics that deepen the impact of your narrative. engaging communication STYLE The New Media Journalism degree program offers much more than just theory in this area, as you ll be taught how to use powerful graphics software in courses like Digital News Production and Multimedia Development and Editing. You ll work with these applications to master professional photo editing, file management, video post-production, and web development as they relate to different media outlets. The last course in the program brings together all of these components for a final capstone project. Students pick a subject to feature, and use their understanding of different storytelling methods to create a complete multimedia package that combines elements of text, photography, video, and graphics. This will also include a web portion, with students keeping a blog that chronicles their work, as well as maintaining a website that supports the themes of the project. NEW MEDIA JOURNALISM Master of Arts Degree Program 217

218 Areas of Focus Interactive Media Distribution master professional PHOTO EDITING The growth of interactive media is a huge benefit for today s journalists, who now have more options than ever for producing a wide range of content for emerging outlets like social media networks, blogs, mobile devices, and online video broadcasts. These areas each have their own specific content needs, and in classes like New Media Publishing and Distribution and Writing for Interactive Media, you ll learn how to apply traditional storytelling techniques to the writing styles appropriate for different platforms. Curriculum also covers how to structure articles and create a narrative flow within the confines of different design aesthetics. Your study also includes research into distribution methods, syndication, and consumer trends, as well as what kinds of factors steer people toward one media outlet or another. By understanding both the platforms you re writing for and their core audiences, you ll be able to build a successful journalism career working in different types of media. fi le MANAGEMENT WEBdevelopment VIDEO post-production NEW MEDIA JOURNALISM Master of Arts Degree Program 218

219 Areas of Focus Areas of Focus consumer TRENDS CREATE NARRATIVE flow Personal Branding When it comes to online journalism, a writer s biggest asset is being able to develop a recognizable voice that attracts loyalty in readers. Having your own marketable brand will open up new avenues of work, which is why the New Media Journalism degree program encourages students to solidify their messaging in classes like Social Media and Online Community Engagement, and Public Relations and Reputation Management. You ll also learn the importance of interacting with different online communities and forums, networking social Media syndication BLOGS with fans, and incorporating reader feedback into your writing all of which will help you to establish your online presence and promote your work. Regardless of the media outlet, readers are attracted to personalities they can relate to, and you ll learn how to apply your thoughts and opinions into an engaging communication style. NEW MEDIA JOURNALISM Master of Arts Degree Program 219

220 Areas of Focus Overview The New Media Journalism Master of Arts degree program addresses the opportunities for communication in today s media industry, with a focus on the mechanics of current technologies and how they enhance both narrative structure and visual storytelling. As a student in the program, you ll explore methods of research, reporting, and publishing on a variety of multimedia platforms while taking into account different approaches that each platform requires. Specialized courses teach you how to apply methods of traditional journalism to writing for interactive media, including reporting using online resources and social media, public relations, and addressing and resolving legal issues in the digital domain. You ll also learn how to produce visual and text-based content for multimedia platforms, and publish that content through different digital delivery systems. You ll apply this collected knowledge to a final capstone project that will consist of a sustained study of a journalistic topic that will be published to a website or blog, and incorporate text, photography, video, graphics, and other storytelling elements. You ll also document the evolution of the project with a supporting thesis paper, giving you a comprehensive communications project to showcase your abilities as a media journalist. Full Sail University s Career Development department will be on hand to provide support and guidance as you launch your career search in the field of journalism. The assistance of this department is extended to Full Sail graduates for the length of their careers. Objective The New Media Journalism Master of Arts degree program teaches students how new media technology shapes contemporary journalism in philosophy, practice, and delivery. The curriculum addresses the concepts, processes, and tools utilized in digital news production, digital newsroom management, multimedia reporting, and social media writing, as well as the legal and ethical aspects of new media journalism. Completion of the program will enable graduates to take advantage of growing career opportunities for multimedia writers, reporters, producers, managers, and editors. In addition to technical proficiency and creative development, your education will help you develop critical thinking, problem solving, and analytical skills that contribute to lifelong learning, providing you with tools to help sustain a long and productive professional career in the entertainment and media industry. NEW MEDIA JOURNALISM OVERVIEW & OBJECTIVE NEW MEDIA JOURNALISM Master of Arts Degree Program 220

221 New Media Journalism Master of Arts Degree Program PROGRAM CORE Code Course Credit Hours NMJ 570 Digital News Production 4.0 NMJ 641 Legal Aspects of New Media Journalism 4.0 NMJ 610 Mobile Technology and Communications 4.0 NMJ 550 Multimedia Development and Editing 4.0 NMJ 590 Multimedia Reporting 4.0 NMJ 510 New Media and Communications 4.0 NMJ 670 New Media Journalism Final Project 4.0 NMJ 690 New Media Publishing and Distribution 4.0 NMJ 650 Public Relations and Reputation Management 4.0 NMJ 540 Research and Investigation Skills Development 4.0 NMJ 620 Social Media and Online Community Engagement 4.0 NMJ 520 Writing for Interactive Media 4.0 Chronological Schedule by Months NEW MEDIA & COMMUNICATIONS WRITING FOR INTERACTIVE MEDIA LEGAL ASPECTS OF NEW MEDIA JOURNALISM RESEARCH & INVESTIGATION SKILLS DEVELOPMENT MULTIMEDIA DEVELOPMENT & EDITING DIGITAL NEWS PRODUCTION MULTIMEDIA REPORTING NEW MEDIA PUBLISHING & DISTRIBUTION NEW MEDIA JOURNALISM FINAL PROJECT MOBILE TECHNOLOGY & COMMUNICATIONS SOCIAL MEDIA & ONLINE COMMUNITY ENGAGEMENT PUBLIC RELATIONS & REPUTATION MANAGEMENT Totals: TOTAL CREDIT HOURS: 48 TOTAL WEEKS: 48 NEW MEDIA JOURNALISM Master of Arts Degree Program 221

222 Course Descriptions Program Core NMJ 570 Digital News Production The Digital News Production Course prepares students to work in the evolving media environment by introducing them to the theories, techniques, and skills used in online newsrooms and for news-related websites. The goal of the course is for students to develop the fundamental skills necessary to take assembled journalistic content and distribute the content across integrated platforms in the format of a newscast or news report. The course provides students the conceptual skills necessary to integrate interactive content and to present online journalism holistically. Recording Audio Reports Shooting Video Reports Audio Slideshows Computer Animation Multimedia Distribution NMJ 641 Legal Aspects of New Media Journalism The Legal Aspects of New Media Journalism Course identifies complex media legal issues presented by the expansion of digital and mobile technology, and helps students think critically about how to resolve these issues. The course explores whether or not traditional media laws and regulations apply to the Internet, and if so, which laws and in what application. Students discuss First Amendment and media law, including libel and slander, privacy, free press/fair trial conflicts, as well as ethical dilemmas faced by reporters and editors. Ethics of Mass Media and New Media Media Behavior Non-Professional Journalism New Journalism Laws NMJ 610 Mobile Technology and Communications The Mobile Technology and Communications Course studies the many ways in which mobile devices are transforming the process of newsgathering and the telling of news narratives. Students explore how journalists can produce visual and text-based content specifically for consumption on these devices, and how journalists must alter their stories or presentation not only for the technology of each device, but also to best engage the different audiences that use each device. The course also examines how non-western and Third World cultures use mobile technology to communicate their experiences to the rest of global society. Mobile Applications Flash and CSS Intelligent Networks Sociology of Mobile Device Usage Content Distribution NMJ 550 Multimedia Development and Editing The Multimedia Development and Editing Course is an introduction to the multimedia news production process focusing on news communication technologies that have created new media, new language, and new video interfaces, and how the principles and concepts of visual communication are employed in digital media. Students in this course learn best practices of photography, photo management, video production, audio production, web skills, and advanced postproduction techniques, and then apply these visual information skills to upload content to a website, mobile device, or application. Students also learn how to deploy these technologies to produce and edit sophisticated multimedia content for multiple platforms, including converged environments. Photo and File Management Editing Images Text Formatting Post-Production Techniques Website Construction and Development NMJ 590 Multimedia Reporting In the Multimedia Reporting Course, students learn how to access, transfer and process electronic information, and how to gain ownership of a story by presenting that information in a visual, useful, and factual way. Students become proficient in conceiving stories and packages that will work well on the web, practice on-camera presentation for Web and multimedia stories, and learn how to organize raw material into a news-oriented narrative. The course provides instruction towards visual storytelling and story advancement and evolution, with guidance regarding hardware and software that journalists must know for multimedia reporting. Objectivity, Fairness and Accuracy Interviewing Techniques Interactive Reporting Presentation Skills Story Evolution NMJ 510 New Media and Communications In preparing graduate level students to work in the changing media universe, the New Media and Communications Course aims to foster effective communication in digital and online environments. Students gain an understanding of the unique possibilities and limitations of new media by learning the technology, techniques, and methods of storytelling on multimedia platforms. The course introduces students to the concepts of how individual journalists can use new media presentation tools to make sure important work reaches its intended audiences. Interface and Database Communication Convergence Culture Traditional and Non-Traditional News Organizations Data Visualization NEW MEDIA JOURNALISM Master of Arts Degree Program 222

223 Course Descriptions Program Core NMJ 690 New Media Journalism Final Project In the New Media Journalism Master of Arts Degree Program, students must complete a capstone New Media Journalism Final Project as a requirement for graduation. To complete this project, students utilize what they have learned about the mission, methods, and experience of multimedia reporting to undertake a comprehensive, sustained study of a single subject. The final project consists of a journalistic package that combines the elements of text, photos, video, graphics, and other elements to tell that story. Each student publishes a blog and/or establishes a website that includes multimedia pieces that document his or her project in evolution and writes a research-based and supported thesis paper that serves as an in-depth exploration of the project. Review of New Media Journalism Concepts Story Pitch and Proposal Online Research Multimedia Package and Presentation Thesis Paper Total Hours 4.00 Course length 4 weeks NMJ 670 New Media Publishing and Distribution The New Media Publishing and Distribution Course examines the broad economic issues facing the field of journalism in the digital age: global competition, multiple distribution platforms, evolving technology and consumer behaviors, and fractionalized revenue streams. Students explore the concepts of interactive publishing and management by learning how to marry journalism fundamentals with the technologies of interactive publishing. Course instruction addresses issues of newsroom organization, content development, budgeting, responsibilities, and standards in a 24-hour multimedia news environment. Economic Challenges in Online Newsrooms Collaborative Publishing Models Syndication Streams Online Advertising and Sponsorship NMJ 650 Public Relations and Reputation Management The Public Relations and Reputation Management Course addresses the ethical responsibilities of multimedia journalists as they apply to story development, audience reaction, story evolution, and personal and organizational message control. Students learn how consumers absorb, act, and react upon news based on media format and content emphasized in that format. The course also provides an overview of the media industry landscape, examining how the different players interact and how they balance being news gatherers and content creators for the purpose of generating revenue from the content. New Media Practices Audience/Consumer Empowerment Strategic Communication Management Crisis Management Story Evolution NMJ 540 Research and Investigation Skills Development The Research and Investigative Skills Development Course examines the massive shifts in the media environment and challenges students to re-imagine how they can uncover, research, and produce investigative stories in that environment. Students will study the fundamentals of research, examine the relationship between research and theory, and explore research ethics. The course also helps students experience the process of online research and how to build credible sourcing to substantiate their work. The course addresses topics that require students to contemplate the validity of conclusions formed from online research and to consider alternative strategic approaches for comprehensive completed projects. Online Archival Research Crowdsourcing Databases Source Credibility Statistical Analysis and Conclusion NMJ 620 Social Media and Online Community Engagement The Social Media and Online Community Engagement Course is an examination of how information is shared outside professional journalism, how journalists can interact with communities, and the ways in which social technology shapes cultures, governments, and communications. Students learn theoretical and practical approaches to understanding, designing, building, and using virtual communities, and how user-generated content within those communities expands the definition of news. The course also helps journalists understand how to leverage social media to find story ideas, engage audiences, and promote their work. Citizen and Participatory Journalism Virtual Communities Newsgroup Management Political and Cultural Engagement NMJ 520 Writing for Interactive Media A primary objective of the Writing for Interactive Media Course is for students to master narrative principles by examining new ways of telling interactive, narrative stories for visual and digital media while learning through experience about the critical role that multimedia methods play in engaging audiences with complex information. The course explores both the mechanics of storytelling as well as how journalists convey themes through their writing. Students establish habits for thinking comprehensively about the storytelling process by learning how to identify stories and engaging in the development of specific storytelling processes including voice, context, dialogue, character, time, and space. The course emphasizes how story structures change across different delivery systems and platforms. Topic Identification Interactive Storytelling Thematic Structure and Development Narrative and Explanatory Journalism NEW MEDIA JOURNALISM Master of Arts Degree Program 223

224 Computer Animation Bachelor of Science Degree Program Master of Arts Degree Program Public Relations Emerging media channels like blogs, social networks, and consumer review sites have magnified the need for qualified PR specialists that understand these digital media tools. The opportunities for public relations are growing due to organizations that want to take advantage of these new channels to create meaningful, positive dialogue with the public. In turn, professionals who can combine traditional PR practices with social media skills will be on the forefront in the communications industry. to launch powerful conversations with an organization s consumers and advocates through social media. The Public Relations program can take you beyond the basics of PR through handson experience with new social tools and project-based work. You can become familiar with industry-standard utilities and software along with current workflow practices, giving students the skills they need for a future in public relations. In the online Public Relations master s degree program, you can learn what goes into being an effective PR professional in today s fast-moving media landscape. During this 12-month program, you ll explore the planning, executing, and evaluation of media strategies while learning how Areas of Focus New Media PR Strategies Media Relations Fine Arts Brand & Message Modeling Development Animation Reputation Management Measuring PR Effects Results and Final ROI Project/ Demo Reel Creation PUBLIC RELATIONS Master of Arts Degree Program 224

225 Areas of Focus SOCIAL networks real-time media traditional NONTRADITIONAL media channels NAL message STRATEGY writing TECHNIQUES reputation MANAGEMENT n strategy egy VE ve ements content QUANTITATIVE qualitative measurements PR PUBLIC STRATEGIES consumerrelations research MEDIA NEW MEDIA RELATIONS PR STRATEGIES BRAND & MESSAGE NEW MEDIA DEVELOPMENT PR STRATEGIES MEDIA RELATIONS real-time media writing TECHNIQUES traditional SOCIAL networks message traditional SOCIAL networks STRATEGY NONTRADITIONAL media channels content SHARING crowdsourcing content CURATION campaign COORDINATION consumer research campaign COORDINATION market SHARING crowdsourcing content audience search TRENDS audience PUBLIC RELATIONS search TRENDS market NEW MEDIA PUBLIC RELATIONS content SHARING crowdsourcing content CURATION market consumer research campaign SOCIAL COORDINATION networks NONTRADITIONAL media channels CURATION real-time media real-time media real-time writing TECHNIQUES media disgruntled customer armed with a webcam and content SHARING crowdsourcing content a YouTube account. CURATION In the Public Relations master s degree program, you ll learn the best way to engage with traditional and nontraditional media channels to achieve PR goals, as content well as how to work SHARING crowdsourcing with both skeptics and advocates of content your organization as they share their opinions through CURATION the media. You ll also learn how to work with experts to represent your clients missions with authority. campaign content COORDINATION SHARING crowdsourcing content consumer CURATION research market New Media PR Strategies The world of media has exploded with interactive tools that connect people and organizations like never before. When understood and used strategically, they can provide tremendous opportunity for public relations professionals. Throughout your coursework, you ll be introduced to the unique characteristics of popular technologies such as social networks, real-time media, and content sharing. You ll also explore behaviors such as crowdsourcing, feed aggregation, and content curation, and learn about technology such as RSS, HTML5, and emerging mobile platforms. Media Relations Since newspaper days, public relations professionals have had a symbiotic relationship with journalists. Often, many of the stories you read about or see on TV news have originated through a press release. Today, the journalist could be a blogger, an influential voice on Twitter, an advocacy group, or even a PUBLIC RELATIONS Master of Arts Degree Program 225

226 networks Areas of Focus traditional NONTRADITIONAL media channels BRAND & MESSAGE DEVELOPMENT CURATION NONTRADITIONAL media channels message STRATEGY writing TECHNIQUES c audience ESTABLISHMENT writing TECHNIQUES market consumer PUBLIC research RELATIONS campaign COORDINATION REPUTATION MANAGEMENT reputation MANAGEMENT strategy reputation DEFENSE Brand repair & Message Development QUANTITATIVE Message strategy is at the heart of PR. As a public relations professional, your job is to help craft the qualitative voice and goals of your client or organization, and TRENDS establish which audiences you need to reach. measurements OCIAL networks real-time media audience search Understanding your audience is crucial to your efforts, and through classes in market and consumer research, you ll learn how to use research tools to identify your target market and competition. You ll traditional NONTRADITIONAL also learn how to ensure that your brand s message ia channels stays consistent across all channels, and how to coordinate campaigns across social media, mobile platforms, and traditional outlets. essage RATEGY You ll learn how to amplify your writing style and adapt it for different media, from press releases to social media updates. You ll also learn how to use writing techniques to develop strong, consistent messages that inform and persuade audiences. writing TECHNIQUES NEW MEDIA PR STRATEGIES MEDIA RELATIONS BRAND & MESSAGE DEVELOPMENT REPUTATION MANAGEMENT MEASURING PR RESULTS AND ROI MEASURING PR RESULTS AND ROI SOCIAL networks traditional NONTRADITIONAL media channels message STRATEGY content reputation SHARING crowdsourcing content MANAGEMENT CURATION market consumer research campaign COORDINATION strategy QUANTITATIVE qualitative measurements QUANTITATIVE real-time media qualitative measurements writing TECHNIQUES audience search TRENDS content SHARING search TRENDS audience market consumer research PUBLIC RELATIONS Master of Arts Degree Program 226

227 Areas of Focus BRAND & MESSAGE DEVELOPMENT message STRATEGY BLIC ATIONS The concept of reputation management has grown in importance throughout the realm of public relations in recent years. PR professionals now MEDIA need to transition their efforts SOCIAL from being reactive TRATEGIES through crisis management, networks to proactively observing conversations about their brands and speaking openly with the public. IA RELATIONS In the Public Relations master s NONTRADITIONAL program, you ll learn how to monitor and respond media to channels public changes in sentiment regarding your client or organization. You ll learn how to defend and repair a damaged reputation, ND & MESSAGE and how to address social threats such as dated or audience ELOPMENT inaccurate information ESTABLISHMENT in the press, or uninformed critics on the web. You ll also discover how reputation management strategies can protect and bolster your own personal brand as a professional. UTATION AGEMENT nds SURING ESULTS ROI Reputation Management traditional reputation DEFENSE repair QUANTITATIVE qualitative measurements writing TECHNIQUES audience search TRENDS PUBLIC RELATIONS Measuring PR Results and ROI NEW MEDIA PR STRATEGIES An important aspect of the Public Relations master s program is for you to learn how to not real-time only successfully mediacreate and implement public relations strategies, but also how to measure their effectiveness to prove value to your clients. REPUTATION MANAGEMENT MEASURING content PR RESULTS SHARING crowdsourcing content traditional AND ROI CURATION MEDIA RELATIONS NONTRADITIONAL media channels In your coursework, you ll learn how to measure and evaluate the impact of public relations tactics, using BRAND & MESSAGE numeric information to DEVELOPMENT describe performance in relation to your goals. campaign consumer reputation COORDINATION researchmanagement strategy market You ll also examine quantitative and qualitative measurements to help provide context for audience REPUTATION search trends, website MANAGEMENT traffic, and social behavior such as sharing content. Ultimately, you will learn how to develop and create reports that will develop your clients understanding and confidence in the public relations process. MEASURING PR RESULTS AND ROI SOCIAL networks message STRATEGY QUANTITATIVE qualitative measurements real-time media writing TECHNIQUES audience search TRENDS reputation MANAGEMENT strategy content QUANTITATIVE SHARING qualitative measurements market consumer research PUBLIC RELATIONS Master of Arts Degree Program 227

228 Areas of Focus Overview Throughout the Public Relations master of arts degree program, students will examine how new social tools and communication channels have changed the idea of what it means to be a public relations professional. Students will learn how to leverage social media in order to launch powerful dialogues with an organization s consumers and advocates. Along with learning the new digital tools, the Public Relations master s program will give students a solid foundation in traditional PR. Students will gain a solid grasp of how to plan, research, execute, and evaluate effective PR media plans. During the course of the program and in preparation for their final thesis project, students will build a website and social channels from the ground up, fostering their own professional reputation and audience throughout the degree program. Objective The Internet and new media channels have had a profound impact on the field of public relations. The rise of participatory media such as blogs, Twitter, and content-sharing sites has challenged the traditional ideal of who is a journalist dramatically altering how publicists and PR professionals engage to share their stories. In addition to traditional news media, today s PR professionals must also identify and develop credible and lasting relationships with influential voices throughout the social media world. Effective PR messages are informative, newsworthy, and interesting but not to everyone and not all the time. Online PR professionals must compete with a broad spectrum of challenges and with a variety of social media participants, who all have their individual perspective of public relations and Internet marketing strategies. The Public Relations master of arts degree program is designed to provide students with a practical working knowledge of traditional PR methods and a handson understanding of the latest new social tools, communication channels, technologies, trends, and best practices. The 12-month program is focused on developing new media PR professionals with a solid understanding of traditional PR tradecraft, digital media expertise, and technical skills. PUBLIC RELATIONS OVERVIEW & OBJECTIVE PUBLIC RELATIONS Master of Arts Degree Program 228

229 Public Relations Master of Arts Degree Program PROGRAM CORE Code Course Credit Hours SMR 530 Advanced Writing for Public Relations Professionals 4.00 SMR 620 Events Marketing and Production 4.00 SMR 540 Innovative Public Relations Tools and Resources 4.00 SMR 630 Integrated Marketing Communication 4.00 SMR 520 Legal Aspects of Social Media and Public Relations 4.00 SMR 560 Market and Consumer Research Analysis 4.00 SMR 610 Media Relations 4.00 SMR 640 The Online Media Room 4.00 SMR 650 Reputation Management Strategies 4.00 SMR 699 Public Relations Final Project and Thesis 4.00 SMR 510 Public Relations in a Digital World 4.00 SMR 550 Social Media Metrics and ROI 4.00 Chronological Schedule by Months PUBLIC RELATIONS IN A DIGITAL WORLD LEGAL ASPECTS OF SOCIAL MEDIA PUBLIC RELATIONS ADVANCED WRITING FOR PUBLIC RELATIONS PROFESSIONALS INNOVATIVE PUBLIC RELATIONS TOOLS & RESOURCES SOCIAL MEDIA METRICS & ROI MARKET & CONSUMER RESEARCH ANALYSIS MEDIA RELATIONS REPUTATION MANAGEMENT STRATEGIES PUBLIC RELATIONS FINAL PROJECT & THESIS EVENTS MARKETING & PRODUCTION INTEGRATED MARKETING COMMUNICATION THE ONLINE MEDIA ROOM Totals: TOTAL CREDIT HOURS: 48 TOTAL WEEKS: 48 PUBLIC RELATIONS Master of Arts Degree Program 229

230 Course Descriptions Program Core SMR 530 Advanced Writing for Public Relations Professionals In the age of viral video and other media channels and tools, the ability to share information and extend the narrative beyond text is critical. Effective PR means combining the right media to convey information to an audience at the right time. In the Advanced Writing for Public Relations Professionals Course, students will explore the advanced skills of writing PR material for the web and print and online media channels. Students will expand their knowledge of how to take traditional public relations writing pieces and apply advanced public relations techniques to broaden the message of their writing. These methods will allow students to understand how to strategically extend their writing for a variety of traditional and progressive formats including press releases, website content, and scripts. Students will also develop core storytelling skills by incorporating photography, video, and audio interviews to enhance their writing. By the end of the course, students will be able to create engaging multimedia content that not only informs but also persuades an audience. PR Multimedia Asset Production Public Relations and Scriptwriting Public Relations Writing Web-Based Communications and Development Visual Storytelling SMR 620 Events Marketing and Production Today s public relations professionals often create thematic events to generate buzz, build excitement, and stir interest for their professional community. From press conferences to flash mobs, digital media plays a critical role in ensuring that events are well publicized and organized. In the Events Marketing and Production Course, students will explore the role of public and digital events that support PR efforts and how these events generate awareness for their clients and/or company. Students will examine how PR is used to support and enhance events such as trade shows, product launches, and press conferences. Students will also consider the roll of meet-ups, digital presentations, mobile apps, and other initiatives that enhance the effect of both digital and real-world interactions. Professional Presentation, Public Speaking, and Spokesperson Development Leadership and Communication Publicity Photos and Multimedia Meet-ups and Special Events Mobile Applications SMR 540 Innovative Public Relations Tools and Resources Like the tools in a toolbox, different media techniques and technologies can solve different communication problems. In the Innovative Public Relations Tools and Resources Course, students will examine the unique characteristics of popular technologies such as social networks (Facebook), real-time media (Twitter), and content sharing (YouTube, Flickr). Students will also investigate behaviors including crowd sourcing, feed aggregation, and content curation. The role of technologies such as RSS, HTML5, and emerging mobile platforms will also be explored. The course will offer students a deeper understanding of the unique properties of each platform as well as examine the kinds of tactical and strategic problems each technology addresses in the context of a PR campaign. Platforms, Tools, and Techniques Blogging and Facebook Online Forums and Wikis Apps and Widgets Mobile and Tablet Applications PUBLIC RELATIONS Master of Arts Degree Program 230

231 Course Descriptions Program Core SMR 630 Integrated Marketing Communication Public relations professionals face unique challenges when it comes to communicating with an audience online and integrating these efforts into the overall corporate mission and marketing efforts. In the Integrated Marketing Communication Course, students will learn how to ensure that their PR message remains consistent across social media such as Twitter, Facebook, Blogs, and web video. Students will also examine how to coordinate applications, mobile platforms, and social media in order to maximize the efficacy of their campaign, observing how all of these efforts fit in to the overall corporate and/or client mission. Finally, students will consider how to integrate digital channels which can complement and support legacy outlets such as newspapers, radio, and magazines. Internet Marketing Fundamentals Social Media and Online Community Engagement Social Media PR Case Studies Strategic Communication Management Digital Content Strategy SMR 520 Legal Aspects of Social Media and Public Relations For all of the advantages that social media and technologies can provide to today s public relations professional, it is these same technologies that can also present a variety of risks and liabilities to an organization. In the Legal Aspects of Social Media and Public Relations Course, students will investigate the spectrum of legal and ethical considerations that guide the responsible and ethical execution of PR project planning within an organization. Students will also consider the compromises organizations must make when balancing strategic interests, individual rights, and public engagement. Students will examine how to avoid and address legal concerns such as libel, slander, and infringement in their professional communication. The ethical considerations of attempting to influence legislation and working with publically funded organizations will also be explored. Finally, students will examine these legal issues in the context of current technologies and future trends. Libel and Slander Infringement and Copyright International Legal Considerations Security Issues Working with a Legal Team SMR 560 Market and Consumer Research Analysis In the Market and Consumer Research Analysis Course, students will learn how to examine various professional public relations and marketing resources to identify their market, competition, and consumer. After learning how to research for this information, the student will learn how to target their public relations campaigns to attract their desired client. In support of this objective, students will examine how to capture and retrieve demographic and industry data using a variety of tools ranging from surveys and focus groups to public data, third-party web metrics. Students will then investigate how to analyze, evaluate, and present industry data within a professional context. Finally, students will consider how to select the appropriate digital medium/channel mix for their campaign by matching the right communication tool to both the right organizational objective and the right audience. Marketing Research Audience Segmentation and Demographics Industry Analysis Selecting Digital Medium/ Channels/Platforms Evaluating Platforms PUBLIC RELATIONS Master of Arts Degree Program 231

232 Course Descriptions Program Core SMR 610 Media Relations Journalists have traditionally provided PR professionals with an opportunity to have their story told to a large audience by a trusted source. In the Media Relations Course, students will consider who the journalist is in the digital space and how the traditional objective for a journalist has changed as a result of the Internet and participatory media. Students will explore how a public relations professional must understand their media community and the best way to engage with the media in a professional manner to achieve their public relations goals. Students will examine how to engage both the advocates and skeptics of their organization with the media; they will also learn how to leverage their community s subject matter experts to represent their mission with authority. Media Publicity and Development Evangelists, Advocates, and Influencers How to Pitch the Media Owned vs. Earned Media Establishing Credibility and Authenticity SMR 640 The Online Media Room The traditional pressroom or media room is the hub of an organization s media outreach and engagement efforts to their consumer and/or client. In the online environment, this effort is typically reflected within a portion of the organization s webpage. In The Online Media Room Course, students will examine how to develop, integrate, and manage online media assets within the organization s webpage to support both external and internal public relations messages. Students will review topics ranging from the development and usability of digital media assets to the incorporation of progressive online media methods to strengthen a corporate web presence. Students will also examine how to integrate digital media assets with existing third-party social platforms such as Facebook and Twitter. Finally, students will explore best practices for managing and updating online media assets to encourage participation from across an organization. Digital Press Room Management Media Room and Search Engine Optimization (SEO) Social Media Integration Web Design and Usability Audience Interaction SMR 650 Reputation Management Strategies In the Reputation Management Strategies Course, students will learn how to monitor and respond to changes in sentiment and conditions that impact organizational initiatives and long-term strategic communication objectives. In addition to monitoring conversations, sentiment, and search-ranking positioning, students will also examine how to report social metrics and web analytics, translate this information into effective planning, and support strategic decision making. Students will also explore options for defending and repairing reputations and addressing social threats such as dated and inaccurate information in the press, misinformation, and uninformed critics on the web. Finally, students will consider how they can use these same strategies to monitor and manage their own professional reputations online as they foster their careers. Reputation Management Sentiment Analysis Online Conversations Search Engines and Social Media Repairing Reputations This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS). PUBLIC RELATIONS Master of Arts Degree Program 232

233 Course Descriptions Program Core SMR 699 Public Relations Final Project and Thesis Students in the Public Relations Final Project and Thesis Course will deliver a capstone project as a requirement for the completion of their graduate education. This project will consist of a detailed public relations plan that demonstrates an in-depth understanding of the knowledge and concepts across the Public Relations Master of Arts Degree Program curriculum. In addition to the digital media public relations plan, students will prepare a website that includes multimedia assets and a channel mix that support the public relations plan criteria and demonstrate a competency in the technical skills, research skills, and writing skills students have acquired in the degree. Students will also deliver a final thesis, which presents an examination of the plan and an analysis of key topics. Problem Analysis and Proposal Social Media PR Plan Social Media Mix Academic Research Thesis Paper SMR 510 Public Relations in a Digital World In the Public Relations in a Digital World Course, students will examine the dramatic impact of the Internet and a 24/7 media environment on the public relations (PR) process. Students will examine how the Internet and digital media have influenced not only the development of the PR profession but how PR is planned, distributed, and controlled. Through the development of the course, students will explore the role of PR across various departments within an organization and how a public relations team responds to a range of circumstances and priorities. By examining how PR is used to address a variety of strategic communication requirements and organizational goals, students will leave the course with a foundation for further exploration of these initiatives in a dynamic business environment. The Psychology of Social Groups Define the Role of Public Relations and Connect this Profession to the Evolution Online Evaluation of Media Literacy and Current Trends PR Planning Process SMR 550 Social Media Metrics and ROI The ability to measure and evaluate the impact of public relations efforts is critical to ensuring the success of any marketing and/or public relations campaign. In the Social Media Metrics and ROI Course, students will learn how to track, report, and analyze a variety of metrics that describe audience behavior and attitudes. In the course, students will learn how to use numeric information to describe and explain performance in relation to campaign goals and objectives. Students will examine quantitative and qualitative measurements to help provide context for audience search trends, website traffic, and social behavior such as sharing content. In addition to exploring these metrics, students will also learn how to integrate these measures into their professional planning. The course will provide students with an understanding of both traditional and contemporary metrics and reporting tools for analyzing data. Ultimately, students will learn how to develop and create reports, which will develop a stakeholder s understanding and confidence in the public relations process. Web Analytics Social Media Optimization Reporting Social Media Metrics Defining Campaign Objectives PUBLIC RELATIONS Master of Arts Degree Program 233

234 Sports Marketing & Media Bachelor of Science Degree Program Today s sports fans are connected to their favorite games, teams, and athletes more than ever before, as technology has brought athletes and their fans even closer together. Through new media and digital distribution efforts, sports organizations now have a wide range of opportunities to connect to their biggest supporters while reaching out to new and casual fans. Our Sports Marketing & Media Bachelor of Science online degree program helps you gain the skills needed to become the kind of professional who is able to understand both the creative process and the marketing considerations involved with the development of video, website content, and social media campaigns for sports organizations. As you learn about the business principles, content creation, and legal and ethical issues of the sports industry, you ll develop the skills necessary to position yourself as a valuable player in the ever-evolving world of sports and media. Areas of Focus New Media Marketing Fine Arts Content Modeling Creation Animation Distribution Channels Effects & Social Media Presence Final Project/ Demo Reel Creation SPORTS MARKETING & MEDIA Bachelor of Science Degree Program 234

235 IP ATING lls Areas of Focus marketing TECHNOLOGY CONTENT creation maximize FAN skills TEAM CONNECTION CONTENT creation maximize FAN skills TEAM CONNECTION professional DEVELOPMENT social marketing TECHNOLOGY social DIGITAL CONTENT DIGITAL SPACES MOBILE DIGITAL SPACES MOBILE CREATE engaging CONTENT multiple CREATE engaging CONTENT multiple PLATFORM New PLATFORM Media Marketing DEVELOPMENT DEVELOPMENT BUSINESS Technology has changed the way that sports fans connect with teams, leagues, franchises, and athletes, as well as how they interact with one another. As a result, team BUSINESS owners, venue owners, and other sports organizations are relying more and more on new media marketing techniques to foster fan loyalty and grow support. In exploring the strategies that are most effective for a sports-related business, you ll develop client marketing plans, learn about sports sales and sponsorships and how they can aid you in your marketing efforts, and explore how the digital and mobile platforms specific to the sports industry can help you bring your message to the masses. DEVELOPMENTTHEORY NETWORKING NETWORKING SPORTS MARKETING & MEDIA Bachelor of Science Degree Program pro DE softwa FOUNDAT 235

236 Areas of Focus NEGOTIATING skills LEADERSHIP NEGOTIATING skills marketing TECHNOLOGY CONTENT creation maximize professional FAN TEAM CONNECTION DEVELOPM LEADERSHIP NEGOTIATING skills CONTENT creation LEADERSHIP NEGOTIATING maximize skills FAN CONTENT creation maximize FAN TEAM CONNECTION TEAM CONNECTION marketing TECHNOLOGY marketing TECHNOLOGY social professional DEVELOPMENT MOBILE DIGITAL SPACES CREATE engaging CONTENT multiple social MOBILE DIGITAL CONTENT DIGITAL Distribution SPACESChannels & Social Media Presence CREATE engaging multiple PLATFORM DEVELOPMENT BUSINESS DEVELOPMENT professional DEVELOPMENT Throughout the program, you ll learn about the new media distribution channels that sports organizations are using to connect with fans and consumers, and determine which channels best suit the product or service. You ll study the opportunities found in CONTENT channels such as web 2.0, mobile devices, video games, virtual DIGITAL worlds, web mash-ups, blogs and wikis, , interactive CONTENT TV, and podcasting. You ll also gain a better understanding of how social networks can be employed to create and maintain an online connection with fans, connecting events, branding campaigns, and the media you ve created. software FOUNDATION softwa FOUNDAT SPORTS MARKETING & MEDIA Bachelor of Science Degree Program 236

237 ximize CONTENT TEAM ONNECTION Areas of Focus multiple PLATFORM DEVELOPMENT BUSINESS THEORY FOUNDATION CREATE engaging CONTENT multiple PLATFORM DEVELOPMENT software FOUNDATION maximize FAN TEAM CONNECTION CREATE engaging CONTENT multiple PLATFORM DEVELOPMENT NETWORKING BUSINESS THEORY BUSINESS DEVELOPMENT Content Creation NETWORKING NETWORKING Checking the score of the game or finding out the latest information about your favorite team is no longer about watching a ticker scroll by or checking the sports pages today, you can access all of that information from a device that can fit in your pocket. In the Sports Marketing & Media degree program, you ll learn how to craft compelling and engaging content for multiple platforms, including television, mobile devices, and the web. You ll conceptualize, create, and edit advertising materials, video elements, feature stories, podcasts, and business presentations, while learning about the process that goes into making mobile applications, video games, television broadcasts, and more. SPORTS MARKETING & MEDIA Bachelor of Science Degree Program 237

238 Areas of Focus Overview Teams, companies, and organizations in the field of sports business are rapidly moving into social, mobile, and digital spaces, while targeting opportunities to create content, control their messages, generate revenue, and create fan branding. These businesses are realizing that as the digital universe expands, they can connect with their respective clients and fan bases in a much more intimate way than has ever been possible. Because of this, the sports business has a universal need for creative minds who don t just understand and utilize technology, but who are able to communicate the information derived from it. In Full Sail s Sports Marketing & Media Bachelor of Science online degree program, you ll have the opportunity to contribute to the new demands of the evolving field of sports business, particularly from a position where digital art, design, communication, distribution, and marketing intersect. This online degree program will provide you with a fundamental understanding of how marketing and content creation are becoming much more integrated into the everyday operations of sports businesses. The degree program also provides practical, real-time opportunities for students to create, distribute, and market content and includes topics such as social media marketing, new media distribution, and intellectual property, public relations, and leadership. To help you move towards your desired career, we ve got a team of Career Development professionals that will help you polish your interviewing skills and resume. In addition, our Career Development services and advisors will be available for support and assistance throughout your career not just during your education. Objective The objective of the Sports Marketing & Media Bachelor of Science online degree program is to help students develop and refine skills in marketing and technology, which will be valuable for communication, revenue generation, event operations, marketing, and business development within the field of sports business. The degree program focuses on ways that students can maximize the connection between fans, teams, and athletes, and students will learn how to utilize the principles of marketing in a sports-specific context, while implementing original content on multiple platforms. Completion of the Sports Marketing & Media bachelor s degree program will enable graduates to pursue new and emerging professional pathways in the field of sports business. The collaborative, project-based program culminates in the Sports Marketing Final Project course, which requires students to create and produce a targeted sports business marketing campaign for a self-selected company (i.e., team, league, university, or marketer). SPORTS MARKETING & MEDIA OVERVIEW & OBJECTIVE SPORTS MARKETING & MEDIA Bachelor of Science Degree Program 238

239 Sports Marketing and Media Bachelor of Science Degree Program PROGRAM CORE Code Course Credit Hours GENERAL EDUCATION Code Course Credit Hours Chronological Schedule by Months SMM 4111 Business Project Management 4.00 DGL 101 Digital Literacy 4.00 WEB 2601 Fundamentals of Digital Storytelling 4.00 ART 2007 Art History 4.00 CLP 1006 Behavioral Science 4.00 MGF 1213 College Mathematics 4.00 DIGITAL LITERACY BEHAVIORAL SCIENCE HISTORY OF SPORTS MEDIA ENGLISH COMPOSITION I INTRODUCTION TO MARKETING SMM 4751 Global Sports Marketing Strategies 4.00 SMM 1201 History of Sports Media 4.00 CGS 1000 Computer Science and Internet * 4.00 ENC 1101 English Composition I PGY 1106 Introduction to Digital Photography 3.00 MAN 2020 Introduction to Management 4.00 PPE 2110 Ethics and Psychology 4.00 STA 2026 Introduction to Statistics 3.50 COMPUTER SCIENCE & INTERNET INTRODUCTION TO MANAGEMENT PUBLIC SPEAKING ART HISTORY COLLEGE MATHEMATICS MKT 210 Introduction to Marketing 4.00 SPC 1606 Public Speaking 4.00 PGY 2146 Introduction to Video SMM 4833 Marketing Plans and Campaign Development 4.00 SMM 3933 Mobility Technology and Marketing 4.00 IMK 221 New Media Distribution Channels 3.50 SMM 101 Project Management and Assessment I 1.00 SMM 102 Project Management and Assessment II 1.00 Totals: 31.5 TOTAL CREDIT HOURS: 129 TOTAL WEEKS: 128 INTRODUCTION TO DIGITAL PHOTOGRAPHY SPORTS MEDIA INTRODUCTION TO STATISTICS INTRODUCTION TO VIDEO ETHICS & PSYCHOLOGY SMM 203 Project Management and Assessment III 1.00 SMM 3751 Public Relations in Sports 4.00 FUNDAMENTALS OF DIGITAL STORYTELLING WEBSITE DESIGN & EDITING SPORTS BUSINESS MODELS SPORTS MARKETING SPORTS MARKETING RESEARCH SMM 3561 Social Media and Sports Marketing 4.00 SMM 3111 Sports Business Models SMM 3621 Sports Events and Entertainment 4.00 SMM 4231 Sports Law and Contracts 4.00 SMM 4413 Sports Licensing and Intellectual Property 4.00 SOCIAL MEDIA & SPORTS MARKETING PROJECT MANAGEMENT & ASSESSMENT I SPORTS EVENTS & ENTERTAINMENT PUBLIC RELATIONS IN SPORTS NEW MEDIA DISTRIBUTION CHANNELS MOBILITY TECHNOLOGY & MARKETING PROJECT MANAGEMENT & ASSESSMENT II SMM 3231 Sports Marketing 4.00 SMM 4951 Sports Marketing Final Project 4.00 SMM 3413 Sports Marketing Research 4.00 SMM 2201 Sports Media 4.00 SMM 4561 Sports Sales and Sponsorships 4.00 WEB 2703 Website Design and Editing 4.00 Totals: This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS). Graduates of this degree may apply to continue their education with the: Game Design Master of Science Degree Program Entertainment Business Master of Science Degree Program BUSINESS PROJECT MANAGEMENT SPORTS LAW & CONTRACTS MARKETING PLANS & CAMPAIGN DEVELOPMENT SPORTS MARKETING FINAL PROJECT SPORTS LICENSING & INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY SPORTS SALES & SPONSORSHIPS PROJECT MANAGEMENT & ASSESSMENT III GLOBAL SPORTS MARKETING STRATEGIES * CGS 1000 is not considered a General Education class in Minnesota. * IF YOU RE INTERESTED IN ANOTHER EDUCATIONAL TRACK, PLEASE CONTACT OUR ADMISSIONS DEPARTMENT TO EXPLORE YOUR OPTIONS. SPORTS MARKETING & MEDIA Bachelor of Science Degree Program 239

240 Course Descriptions Program Core SMM 4111 Business Project Management The Business Project Management Course is a direct study of business management organizational structures through the creation of a project that allows an interactive examination of the principles of organizing, operating, financing, and employing single- and mixed-use projects from the perspectives of a business executive. Students construct strategic plans in the selection and development of sports business initiatives and strengthen their understanding of analytical tools and strategic analysis of the industry. Students also begin developing their individual business proposal for their Final Project course and are challenged to pull together ideas and information from their program of study as they develop their proposal and explore its potential for becoming a viable business. Excel Data Reporting Organizational Principles Project Finance Business Plan Development DGL 101 Digital Literacy The Digital Literacy Course utilizes a collaborative learning environment to introduce software programs and web tools that will prepare students with digital skills for online learning. In addition, students will also learn the professional demands of their chosen fields and create plans that will help guide them to successful completion of their Program. Students will use various tools to complete their roadmap projects, conduct Internet research, collaborate with other students, and communicate with instructors. Mac OS and the FSO Learning Platform Connecting Your Passion to Your Chosen Industry Planning for Your Goals and Collaborating with Peers Internet Tools for Research and Learning WEB 2601 Fundamentals of Digital Storytelling The Fundamentals of Digital Storytelling Course aims to help students develop the fundamentals of writing and producing functional content for the World Wide Web. The course explores both the mechanics of storytelling as well as how marketers and content developers convey themes through their writing. Students learn the techniques and methods for researching, reporting, messaging, and storytelling through the Web. The course helps students learn how to identify stories best told on the Web and how to best structure those stories for their audiences via different delivery systems, including interactive web pages. Interactive Storytelling Thematic Narrative Development Design Proposals Multimedia Element Integration SMM 4751 Global Sports Marketing Strategies The Global Sports Marketing Strategies Course focuses on the development of international sports marketing as well as the global impact of sports organizations. Students learn about international business and how sports business functions within that environment. The course also explores how social issues impact sports and international society, and how these issues affect sponsorship, marketing campaigns, and global pursuits. Global Sports Bodies, Governance, and Structures Global Sports Sponsorship Dynamics Integrated Marketing Plans Marketing Planning Process SMM 1201 History of Sports Media The History of Sports Media Course serves as an introduction to the cultural relationship between sports and media. The course provides an overview of sports media including influences, influential people, and moments. Students learn about the history of research, ethics, practices, and the societal impact of sports media both past and present. Special attention is given to traditional sports media outlets such as newspapers, magazines, radio, and television, as well as the impact of historical and cultural influences. Sports Organizations and Mass Media Print, Radio, and Television Sports Media Culture Sports Content and Programming Sports Journalism Ethics and Evolution PGY 1106 Introduction to Digital Photography The Digital Photography Course introduces students to the basic elements of still photography, to electronic, digitally realized and manipulated photography, and to multi-image sequencing. Students learn the skills required of professional photographers and picture editors in creating photographic and multimedia packages for publication in print and on the Internet. These experiences lead to the practice of learning camera functions in the interrelationship between photography and cinematography and allow students to begin training their critical eye. Basic Lighting Management Computer-Related Input/Output for Imaging Digital Photo Technology Narrative Structure and Composition Total credit hours 3.00 Course length 4 weeks This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS). SPORTS MARKETING & MEDIA Bachelor of Science Degree Program 240

241 Course Descriptions Program Core MAN 2020 Introduction to Management The Introduction to Management Course analyzes the management principles that lead to a successful company, as well as the nature of business decisions. Students learn about creating and maintaining different types of organizational structures within relationship, leadership, and legal contexts, while examining how to harness knowledge, resources, and ingenuity. The course also contains an introduction to risk management principles and practices and provides different types of risks and the strategies used to minimize them in relation to physical assets, legal liability, employee benefit programs, taxes, and retirement costs. Creating and Maintaining Organizational Structure Human Resource Principles Local and National Labor Laws Risk Management Sports Business Management Case Studies MKT 210 Introduction to Marketing The Introduction to Marketing Course explores general marketing concepts as they relate to the nuances of business. Students construct strategic plans in the selection and development of media products and are introduced to entertainment licensing concepts and promotional avenues, such as trade shows, trade publications, and the Internet. In addition, this course strengthens students understanding of analytical tools and strategic analysis of the entertainment business, knowledge that can facilitate the success of their creative work. Consumer behavior and its effect on the success of entertainment products are also examined. Marketing Principles and Terminology Competitive Tactics Marketing Plan Development Branding Advertising PGY 2146 Introduction to Video The Introduction to Video Course is designed to expose students to the basics of video production for the purpose of content creation. Students study field-producing techniques and methods for reporting, messaging, and storytelling through video. The interactive course teaches students how to identify stories best told in video and how to best structure these stories for their audiences. Students develop skills shooting video using personal handheld cameras and editing video on their MacBook Pros. Storytelling Field Production Techniques Camera Techniques Design and Production SMM 4833 Marketing Plans and Campaign Development The Marketing Plans and Campaign Development Course is designed to give students an interactive opportunity to develop a client marketing plan and/or business activation campaign from start to finish. Students research and analyze case studies and formulate a project that enables them to create their own campaigns, beginning with the creative process and then moving into the managerial and process-making role involved in communication or marketing plans. This course teaches students about the tools they need to develop messaging and branding through design, technology, and presentation on a for-performance basis. Campaign Development Process Marketing Plan Architecture and Integration Effective Campaign Management Customer Acquisition and Alignment SMM 3933 Mobility Technology and Marketing The Mobility Technology and Marketing Course introduces students to mobility technology through sports marketing concepts. Students learn the necessary fundamentals for mobile applications along with an overview of mobile phone content development. The majority of the course focuses on strategic marketing possibilities for mobile platforms, including applications and their use, activation, and revenue generating opportunities. The course encourages students to utilize their earlier instruction and knowledge in design, research, entrepreneurship, and business development. Mobile Marketing Techniques Mobile Demographics Search Engine Optimization Mobile Application Development Brand Awareness IMK 221 New Media Distribution Channels The New Media Distribution Channels Course teaches students how to analyze new media distribution channels to determine how to market and deploy their products/services over a multitude of platforms. Students examine a variety of advanced media components; assess which distribution channels can best help them to accomplish their marketing goals, and then integrate their product/service into those channels, making alterations as needed. The course takes students through the following new media distribution channels: Web 2.0, mobile devices, video games, virtual worlds, Web mash-ups, blogs and wikis, , social media, interactive TV, and podcasting. New Media Distribution Channels Defined New Media Distribution Strategic Development New Media Distribution Channel Evaluation Total credit hours 3.50 Course length 4 weeks SPORTS MARKETING & MEDIA Bachelor of Science Degree Program 241

242 Course Descriptions Program Core SMM 101, 102, 203 Project Management and Assessment I, II, III The Project Management and Assessment Courses are concurrent courses taken alongside core curriculum in order to assist students with the development, management, and assessment of program projects. The courses provide an opportunity for students to apply analysis skills, create strategic plans, and foster professional workflow practices. Project Development and Analysis Project Management and Assessment Create/Evaluate Project Plan Professional Workflow Practices Total credit hours 1.00 each Course length 4 weeks SMM 3751 Public Relations in Sports The Public Relations in Sports Course provides students with an understanding of sports communications. The primary focus is on professional and corporate levels with an emphasis on the use of content creation, technology, distribution, and new media. Students learn how teams, organizations, and marketing companies use traditional and new media to align their business objectives with their communications strategies and how organizations can manage various forms of media to communicate specific messages to distinct audiences designed for particular subjects. This course allows students to learn how to employ new technologies to reach fans creatively and shows them how to become the creative bridges between the sports business, the on-field and off-field content, and its consumers. Public Relations Ethics Reputation Management Information Services and Organizational Media Crisis Communications SMM 3561 Social Media and Sports Marketing The Social Media and Sports Marketing Course examines the methodology inherent in viral marketing through social media applications and applies social media to situations for revenue generation and brand awareness in the sports business. Students explore the avenues by which teams and organizations can use social media to inspire consumers to tell others about their products or services to grow brand awareness and fan/consumer loyalty. Students learn how to evaluate if and when specific marketing approaches are appropriate for their product and/or brand and are tasked with creating and producing their own social media and viral marketing campaign. Social Media Campaign Development Social Web Participation Social Media Measurement Tools and Metrics Interruptive Advertising Social Media Channels SMM 3111 Sports Business Models The Sports Business Models Course is designed to help students develop a basic understanding of the principles of economics that influence individual decision-makers, both consumers and producers, within an economic system, as well as a basic understanding of the function of product markets as they relate to sports. Students also learn about the different types of relationships forged between sports organizations, their business partners and consumers, and how industry businesses develop and nurture streams of revenue through those relationships. Sports Business Leadership Sports Properties and Marketplaces Revenue Management Financial Data Management Disciplines SMM 3621 Sports Events and Entertainment The Sports Events and Entertainment Course serves as an examination of the sports business event management, as well as the strategies used to market conferences, meetings, and special events, and the necessary components for marketing and packaging sports and entertainment events. Students cover a wide range of topics including event planning, promotion, and production over a variety of different types of events and conferences, with a targeted focus on the role technology and design play in contributing to the successful development of such events. The course guides students through budgeting, planning, staff and equipment management, video and graphic production, interactive marketing, signage, and strategic partnerships development, and covers the application of project management tools for successful event planning and management. Overview of Sports Event Management Sports Event Concept Design Project Plan Management and Development Target Audience Research Location Scouting and Logistics Technical Sports Event Development SMM 4231 Sports Law and Contracts The Sports Law and Contracts Course provides an overview of general sports business practices, including entity formation, insurance, taxes, accounting, and contracts and negotiations. Students explore the theories of negotiation and strategy in developing solution-oriented processes for achieving results in the sports business. Through integrative techniques and game theory, students investigate the relationships between organizations, sponsors, vendors, and distribution outlets. Students also explore a variety of topics including content creation, conflict and dispute resolution and remedy, theoretical processes and strategies, creativity in contract writing, and enforcement of terms. Management Functions of Legal Theory Human Resource Management Strategic Governance Marketing Management SPORTS MARKETING & MEDIA Bachelor of Science Degree Program 242

243 Course Descriptions Program Core SMM 4413 Sports Licensing and Intellectual Property The Sports Licensing and Intellectual Property Course examines trade secrets, trademarks, patents, and copyrights in connection with methods of protecting creative works, logos, images and representations, especially in regard to the democratization of the creation of content and the ability of noncontracted individuals to acquire, distribute, and share content. Students explore acquisition, licensing, sale, and transfer of rights as they relate to teams, leagues, music, digital media, animation, gaming, film, and show production. Concepts are examined through case studies and applied business properties. Intellectual Property Rights Acquisition, Licensing, Sale, and Transfer of Rights E-Commerce and Technological Innovation Litigation Case Studies SMM 3231 Sports Marketing The Sports Marketing Course introduces students to the specific properties of marketing for sports. The course reviews the revenue-generation aspects of sports business and will help students learn how to identify different types of sports business consumers, as well as a variety of marketing and media strategies and applications to engage consumers. Within their course of study, students create sports marketing initiatives for implementation on traditional and digital media platforms. History of Sports Marketing Sports Marketing Concepts and Strategies Proper Market Research Consumer Identification Multiplatform Distribution SMM 4951 Sports Marketing Final Project The Sports Marketing Final Project Course gives students an opportunity to research, develop, and write a proposal for a sports business concept and/or sports marketing plan and execute the concept. Students are expected to incorporate the comprehensive elements of their entire academic experience, including the application of proper research methodologies, business writing skills, and proposal preparation to concepts such as content creation, branding, distribution, design and technology, and sales and marketing. Sports Marketing Proposal Writing and Development Market Analysis Venture Description Marketing Plan and Budget Management Plan SMM 3413 Sports Marketing Research The Sports Marketing Research Course compares and contrasts the various research methodologies utilized in marketing research most commonly practiced in sports marketing settings. Within the context of the sports industry, students explore marketing strategies and tactics and the roles that design, implementation, analysis, interpretation, and reporting of research that influence marketing decisions. Students undertake individual research projects and are responsible for selecting an appropriate research design, conducting research, and interpreting data for conclusions. Sports Marketing Research Strategies Demographic and Consumer Research Strategies Primary and Secondary Targeting Individual Project Development SMM 2201 Sports Media The Sports Media Course is an exploration of the relationship between sports, sports businesses, and the media, both advanced and traditional. The course examines a wide scope of media platforms and their historical and current roles in sports business and marketing strategy, including broadcast, cable, satellite, interactive TV (including regional sports networks and their territorial rights), radio (all formats), social media, mobile media, the role of conglomerates (Comcast/ Universal, Disney/ABC/, Newscorp, etc.), online media (blogs, podcasts, web 2.0); and location-based media (retail signage). Students examine the methods used to collect and process information and apply it to marketing sports services and products, with a focus on direct marketing and indirect public relations. Broadcast Media Rights and Ownership Sports Network Relationships Revenue Generation through Content Development Location-Based Media SMM 4561 Sports Sales and Sponsorships The Sports Sales and Sponsorship Course provides students with an overview of current factors and issues related to sports sponsorship, including sponsorship planning, sales and negotiations, and sponsorship proposals and evaluations. Students explore the relationship between sports organizations and businesses, universities, corporate sponsors, advertising agencies, individual ticket consumers, and the development of their respective marketing campaigns. The course concentrates on the notions of communication and branding through sales, the value of sponsorship, and the alignment of marketing concepts. Sales Force Creation, Strategies, and Negotiation Sports Consumer Behavior Sponsorship Rights Sports Segmentation and Pricing Branding and Activation This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS). SPORTS MARKETING & MEDIA Bachelor of Science Degree Program 243

244 Course Descriptions Program Core General Education WEB 2703 Website Design and Editing The Website Design and Editing Course provides students with the tools they need to develop website branding and messaging through design, technology, and presentation. Students learn how to structure applications and prepare media for different types of delivery platforms, with an emphasis on creating opportunities for the Web. Outcomes include the creation of video elements, feature stories, business presentations, advertising and signage, and other industry uses of content for presentation and distribution. Introduction to Editing Systems Web Editing Applications Dialogue, Video, and Audio Computerized Editing Techniques Total credit hours 4.00 Course length 4 Weeks ART 2007 Art History The Art History Course introduces students to selected, impactful monuments of art and architecture in the Western tradition from the prehistoric to post-modernism era studied in relation to the intellectual background of the ages and civilizations that produced them. Lectures accompanied by various visual mediums inspire discussions of assigned readings in philosophical, religious, scientific, political, literary, artistic, and cultural contexts. Ancient Art Medieval and Renaissance Art Modern Art Post-modern Art CLP 1006 Behavioral Science The Behavioral Science Course introduces students to the complexities of self-awareness, self-directed learning, and effective interpersonal interactions. Students will learn to recognize the challenges that individuals face in a world that is technologically evolving at a rapid pace. They will become equipped with new ways to address their personal motivations, and will work to improve their learning strategies and methods of interacting within the Full Sail community. Students will also enhance their ability to analyze and evaluate information. Self-Awareness Self-Regulation Motivation Empathy Social Skills MGF 1213 College Mathematics The College Mathematics Course is designed to enable students to build skills and confidence in algebra that are required to succeed in future math and core courses. First-time algebra students or those needing a review will begin with basic concepts and build upon these ideas by completing work that uses algebra in practical situations. Review of Basic Arithmetic Operations with the Real Number System Measurement and Number Systems Exponents & Radical Expressions Linear Equations & Inequalities Graphing Proportions, Formulas, and Word Problems Introductory Statistics and Probability Business Applications and Mathematical Models CGS 1000 Computer Science and Internet * The Computer Science and Internet Course introduces students to the basics of computer operating systems and software, web 2.0 tools, and multimedia applications as they relate to everyday experiences of the computer user. Students initiate online collaboration as well as utilize the tools to successfully navigate common issues associated with online collaboration. Additionally, students evaluate and demonstrate knowledge of specific software applications and technologies used in today s society. Multimedia Presentations Web 2.0 Tools Operating Systems and Technologies Student Audio/Video Projects This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS). * CGS 1000 is not considered a General Education class in Minnesota. SPORTS MARKETING & MEDIA Bachelor of Science Degree Program 244

245 Course Descriptions General Education ENC 1101 English Composition I The English Composition I Course is designed to introduce students to the writing process. Special attention is given to selecting and refining topics, identifying the audience, developing a purpose, and formulating thesis statements. Grammatical conventions and their applications are heavily stressed. Students learn to compose mature, logical sentences, and paragraphs in order to create rhetorical cohesion. Invention and Drafting Revising and Editing Grammar Essay Structure Audience Awareness PPE 2110 Ethics and Psychology This Ethics and Psychology Course is designed to give students an opportunity to discover the many facets of their psychological identity. Students will focus on how a personal values system is developed, and how it serves as the foundation for the decisions an individual will make in his or her lifetime. Students will also explore human interaction and behavioral styles, as well as how to develop positive, productive relationships. Additionally, students will examine the psychological issues individuals deal with in their daily lives, such as stress, gender inclusion, and how to process information. Values and Moral Reasoning MBTI and Personality Archetypes Existential-Humanistic theories and Free Will Gender Issues in Entertainment Media and Marketing Ethics and Ethical Dilemmas Johari Window Communication Model Cognitive Psychology and Personal Beliefs Systems Final Group Presentations STA 2026 Introduction to Statistics The Introduction to Statistics Course introduces statistics as a tool for decision-making. The first part of this course reviews how to collect, present, and organize data. It explores measures of central tendency and dispersion and how to calculate them. The course concentrates on representing data visually by creating and interpreting charts and graphs, exploring relationships found in data through correlation analysis, and assigning probability and calculating the likelihood of the occurrence of events. This knowledge is applied in solving problems and making decisions based on quantifiable data. Overview of Business Statistics Business Statistics Terminology Collecting and Organizing Data Presentation of Statistical Data Problem-solving Using Statistics Total credit hours 3.50 Course length 4 weeks SPC 1606 Public Speaking The Public Speaking Course is designed to train students in understanding and implementing oral communication skills. Learning is centered on student participation in a variety of speaking/listening situations, which are designed to increase the understanding of the interpersonal nature of all speech communication. Students study and participate in the creation and delivery of at least three types of speeches. Target-audience identification, surveys, body language, effective speaking techniques, and pre-speech planning are investigated and used to create speeches. Impromptu Speeches Researching for Speech Manuscripts Creation and Delivery of Persuasive and Demonstrative Speeches Speech Outlines Audience Surveys and Evaluation This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS). SPORTS MARKETING & MEDIA Bachelor of Science Degree Program 245

246 Web Computer Design & Animation Development Bachelor of Science Degree Program Bachelor of Science Degree Program Advancing at a faster pace than perhaps any other technological achievement in our society s history, the Internet is now at the epicenter of our culture. In today s world, the ability to share ideas, information, and concepts with a global audience is something we almost take for granted - life without the Internet is nearly unthinkable! That reality makes the skills needed to help develop the applications and sites that drive the web a powerful commodity in today s Internet-centric market. Just think of how many different websites you visit on a daily basis if it s a public entity, it probably has a website. Each site stems from an idea and specific goals, and is designed and developed by people who are dedicated to maintaining our most prevalent source of information. When you enter Full Sail s Web Design & Development Program, you prepare to join the ranks of those who create the way we live and connect with others online. Areas of Focus Areas of Focus Interface Design & Usability Fine Web Arts Standards Modeling Interactivity Animation Dynamic Back-end Development Effects Website Final Project/ Development Demo Reel Creation Project WEB DESIGN & DEVELOPMENT Bachelor of Science Degree Program 246

247 WEB DESIGN & DEVELOPMENT Areas of Focus & DEVELOPMENT INTERFACE DESIGN & USABILITY WEB STANDARDS/FLASH/ ACTIONSCRIPT 3.0 DYNAMIC BACK-END DEVELOPMENT/WEBSITE DEVELOPMENT PROJECT ormation imization CHNIQUES DATA intuitive INTERFACE DESIGN object- ORIENTED PROGRAMMING HITECTURE database ORGANIZATION tables indexes user INTERFACE document OBJECT MODEL DATA ORGANIZATION ENGAGING AINTERACTIVE user CREATING EXPERIENCE information ARCHITECTURE optimization friendly INTERFACE DESIGN & USABILITY WEB STANDARDS/FLASH/ ACTIONSCRIPT 3.0 TECHNIQUES DYNAMIC BACK-END DEVELOPMENT/WEBSITE DEVELOPMENT PROJECT database SERVERS CREATING A friendly user EXPERIENCE intuitive richmedia INTERFACE DEPLOYMENT DESIGN information DATA ORGANIZATION ARCHITECTURE optimization TECHNIQUES ENGAGING INTERACTIVE EXPERIENCE web APPLICATIONS user database SERVERS INTERFACE intuitive INTERFACE DESIGN object- ORIENTED PROGRAMMING DATA user friendly CREATING ORGANIZATION A EXPERIENCE ENGAGING INTERACTIVE EXPERIENCE richmedia web DEPLOYMENT AUTHENTICATION CREATING Interface Design & Usability user friendly intui A EXPERIENCE INTER richmedia DEPLOYMENT Today we depend on interfaces and websites more AUTHENTICATION than ever in our day-to-day lives, whether it s finding directions, checking our bank statements, shopping APPLICATIONS online, or any of a thousand other tasks made easier by the Internet. Regardless of why we find ourselves browsing a website, what s most important is how accessible security and user-friendly our experience is after all, it s these factors that influence whether we choose to visit a website more than once. Understanding how to construct a website that will strike users as both intuitive and easy to use is crucial to the success of sites you design. In this phase of the program, you ll work on creating logical, intuitive, and clear interfaces by learning user how users interact with different types of sites, and you ll INTERFACE examine proven design patterns. You ll also learn Information Architecture (IA), the process of organizing and presenting data to users in a clear and meaningful way. document OBJECT MODEL DES objec OR PROGRA security database inde ENGAGING WEB DESIGN & DEVELOPMENT Bachelor of Science Degree Program 247

248 CREATING intuitive user A Areas of Focus EXPERIENCE INTERFACE DESIGN ORIENTED PROGRAMMING database friendly richmedia DEPLOYMENT AUTHENTICATION security Web Standards tables information regardless of where and how it s being viewed. As you learn INTERFACE the proper DESIGN graphic optimization techniques and understand & USABILITY how the validators developed by ARCHITECTURE the W3C work, you ll be able to make sure your (or your company s) message gets across loud and clear. WEB STANDARDS/FLASH/ ACTIONSCRIPT 3.0 user intuitive INTERFACE DESIGN INTERFACE object- object- ORIENTED PROGRAMMING Have you ever accessed a website from different computers and noticed that its appearance and use were inconsistent from one platform to the next? indexes That might be because whoever developed the site did not follow the guidelines set by the World Wide Web Consortium (W3C). The W3C standards exist to allow websites to look and function the same on as many different operating systems (Windows, Macintosh, Unix/Linux) WEB DESIGN and delivery platforms (multiple web browsers, mobile & devices) DEVELOPMENT as possible. Our web standards courses help you learn how to design, code, and deploy websites so that your content is the same document OBJECT Interactivity MODEL database tables indexes WEB DESIGN & DEVELOPMENT optimization TECHNIQUES user INTERFACE document OBJECT MODEL A compelling website is more than just some words thrown on a page. Truly stunning websites draw you in, offering an interactive experience that comes to life when your fingertips hit the keyboard. Adding music, sound effects, movies, and cartoons to a site can transport a user from their desk into your world. INTERFACE DESIGN & USABILITY In this degree program, you ll gain an understanding of object-oriented programming principles and learn languages and techniques that give you the ability to develop complex interactivity for your own websites. Once you re fluent with this technology, WEB STANDARDS/FLASH/ you ll be able to draw, design, animate, and code ACTIONSCRIPT 3.0 while implementing audio and video through both buffered and streaming deployment. DYNAMIC BACK-END DEVELOPMENT/WEBSITE DATA DEVELOPMENT ORGANIZATION PROJECT ENGAGING INTERACTIVE EXPERIENCE CREATING information ARCHITECTURE optimization TECHNIQUES user database friendly A EXPERIENCE SERVERS richmedia DEPLOYMENT DATA ORGANIZATION ENGAGING INTERACTIVE EXPERIENCE intuitive web INTERFACE APPLICATIONS DESIGN object- ORIENTED PROGRAMMING user INTERFACE document OBJECT MODEL CREA A u E r D A DYNAMIC BACK-END DEVELOPMENT/WEBSITE database web WEB DESIGN & DEVELOPMENT AUTHENTICATION Bachelor of Science Degree Program security database tables 248

249 optimization ES INTERACTIVE EB STANDARDS/FLASH/ EXPERIENCE Areas TECHNIQUES of Focus CTIONSCRIPT 3.0 e RS web APPLICATIONS YNAMIC BACK-END EVELOPMENT/WEBSITE EVELOPMENT database PROJECT SERVERS richmedia optimization DEPLOYMENT ENGAGING TECHNIQUES INTERACTIVE database SERVERS EXPERIENCE AUTHENTICATION security web APPLICATIONS ORIENTED PROGRAMMING ENGAGING INTERACTIVE EXPERIENCE database indexes web APPLICATIONS OBJECT MODEL richmedia DEPLOYMENT tables richmedia DEPLOYMENT AUTHENTICATION AUTHENTICATION security security ORIENTED ORIENTED PROGRAMMING PROGRAMMING database object- object- database tables indexes indexes tables document OBJECT MODEL document OBJECT MODEL Dynamic Back-end Development Organization is key to any website, but it s not limited to what your site s visitors see. You ll need to develop a solid and robust back-end system that will deploy content from a database server and allow interaction between the hosting server and the user s web browser. From logging into a secure area of a website, to searching for specific info on a web search engine like Google, to creating robust user search functions, dynamic back-end development plays an important role in developing web applications, particularly for mid-to-large-sized corporations. You ll gain experience setting up thorough user-friendly systems while learning concepts like sessions and cookies, querying, authentication, security, and database tables with indexes. Website Development Project Once you ve mastered the design and coding concepts you need to build any kind of website, we ll ask you to do just that. In the final stage of the Web Design & Development program, you ll need to use all your web development skills and techniques to define your goals for an advanced website, plan its functionality and design, and then enter a production phase where you ll create the entire site from start to finish. Our instructors will guide you throughout the process, critiquing your work and helping you create a final project that utilizes your skills to the fullest. You ll document every step of your work, and when it s completed, you ll present your finished website to your peers and instructors as an example of exactly what you re capable of. WEB DESIGN & DEVELOPMENT Bachelor of Science Degree Program 249

250 Overview Full Sail s Web Design & Development degree is a program equally divided between the artistic and aesthetic concerns of creating websites and the coding and programming needed to make them work. You ll begin to unlock the secrets of web development in all of its forms by designing, coding, and publishing standards-based web content for a variety of formats. To make websites that are at their most dynamic and engaging, you ll be using industry-standard tools, including HTML5, CSS, XML, Flash and ActionScript, server-side languages, database structures, and JavaScript. You ll also learn to develop content for smartphones, tablets, and other branches of the expanding realm of mobile devices. Each of your acquired skills will be used to create real-world projects and develop a well-rounded portfolio. Objective Our goal is to provide you with the focused knowledge and understanding of web development production needed to qualify for entry-level industry positions as web designers, developers, and programmers. Additional skills you acquire in customer relations, copyright law, and corporate branding will broaden your opportunities for a variety of positions in the industry. In addition to technical proficiency and creative development, your education will help you develop critical thinking, problem solving, and analytical skills that contribute to life learning, providing you with tools to help sustain a long and productive professional career in the entertainment and media industry. In addition to giving you experience and assignments aimed at making you a well-rounded web designer, you ll also have courses focusing on communication skills, English composition, professional presentation, art history, and how to prepare yourself for that first step into the web design and development industry. To help you make that transition, we ve also got a team of Career Development professionals that can help you polish your interviewing skills and get you ready to enter the industry. In addition, our Career Development services and advisors will be available for support and assistance throughout your career not just during your education. WEB DESIGN & DEVELOPMENT OVERVIEW & OBJECTIVE WEB DESIGN & DEVELOPMENT Bachelor of Science Degree Program 250

251 Web Design & Development Bachelor of Science Degree Program PROGRAM CORE Code Course Credit Hours WDD 212 Concepts of Object-oriented Programming 3.00 WDD 462 Deployment of Flash Projects 7.00 WDD 332 Flash ActionScript Techniques 4.00 WDD 231 Flash Design and Animation 4.00 WDD 111 Flash Fundamentals 4.00 WDD 261 Human Computer Interaction and Usability 6.00 PLA 2412 Intellectual Property and Law 3.00 WDD 291 Introduction to Backend Development 6.00 and Frameworks WDD 342 Mobile Device Deployment 4.00 MDV 1310 Mobile Media Design I 4.00 MDV 1410 Mobile Media Design II 4.00 WDD 121 Networks and Server Structures 4.00 WDD 131 Principles of Production Process 3.00 WDD 101 Project Management and Assessment I 1.00 WDD 102 Project Management and Assessment II 1.00 WDD 203 Project Management and Assessment III 1.00 WDD 475 Project Preproduction for the Web 6.00 WDD 232 Rich Media Optimization 4.00 WDD 361 Scripting for Web Applications 6.00 WDD 482 Web Final Project 6.00 WDD 271 Web Standards Design 6.00 WDD 354 Web Standards Project 4.00 GENERAL EDUCATION Code Course Credit Hours ART 2006 Art History 4.00 MGF 1213 College Mathematics 4.00 ENC 1101 English Composition I 4.00 PHY 1000 Fundamentals of Physics 4.00 MTG 1205 Geometry and Measurement 4.00 VIC 2003 History of Visual Communication 4.00 SPC 2140 Interpersonal Communications 4.00 COM 2041 Psychology of Human Interaction 4.00 Totals: TOTAL CREDIT HOURS: 123 TOTAL WEEKS: 108 Chronological Schedule by Months ENGLISH COMPOSITION I ART HISTORY MOBILE MEDIA DESIGN I MOBILE MEDIA DESIGN II COLLEGE MATHEMATICS NETWORKS & SERVER STRUCTURES PRINCIPLES OF PRODUCTION PROCESS HUMAN COMPUTER INTERACTION & USABILITY GEOMETRY & MEASUREMENT FUNDAMENTALS OF PHYSICS INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY & LAW WEB STANDARDS DESIGN WEB STANDARDS PROJECT PSYCHOLOGY OF HUMAN INTERACTION FLASH DESIGN & ANIMATION FLASH FUNDAMENTALS PROJECT MANAGEMENT & ASSESSMENT I CONCEPTS OF OBJECT-ORIENTED PROGRAMMING FLASH ACTIONSCRIPT TECHNIQUES DEPLOYMENT OF FLASH PROJECTS RICH MEDIA OPTIMIZATION PROJECT MANAGEMENT & ASSESSMENT II SCRIPTING FOR WEB APPLICATIONS INTERPERSONAL COMMUNICATIONS HISTORY OF VISUAL COMMUNICATION INTRODUCTION TO BACKEND DEVELOPMENT & FRAMEWORKS PROJECT MANAGEMENT & ASSESSMENT III MOBILE DEVICE DEPLOYMENT Totals: PROJECT PREPRODUCTION FOR THE WEB WEB FINAL PROJECT This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS). WEB DESIGN & DEVELOPMENT Bachelor of Science Degree Program 251

252 Course Descriptions Program Core WDD 212 Concepts of Object-oriented Programming The Concepts of Object-oriented Programming Course explores techniques used in Object Oriented Programming (OOP) languages. Students are introduced to the core OOP concepts of inheritance, encapsulation, and polymorphism. Students will also learn object model implementation of industry-standard techniques such as reusability and efficiency. This course looks at the principal advantages of Objectoriented programming compared to procedural programming techniques. Introduction to Objects Inheritance Polymorphism Encapsulation Total credit hours 3.00 Course length 4 weeks WDD 462 Deployment of Flash Projects In the Deployment of Flash Projects Course, all of the elements of Flash development come together, with an emphasis on the design and production of complex, interactive products. Students go through the process of producing an interactive media project from initial concept to final distribution. This course teaches skills required to produce an intricate Flash product and delivery it on multiple platforms, including the Web and desktop deployments. Conceptualizing and Storyboarding Interface Design and Structure Asset Creation Asset Integration and Testing Final Publishing and Archiving Total credit hours 7.00 Course length 4 weeks WDD 332 Flash Actionscript Techniques The Flash ActionScript Techniques Course focuses on extending the Flash application and production process for Internet-based content. Advanced programming techniques utilizing ActionScript, the Flash scripting language, are taught to facilitate Flash content delivery. Students will explore advanced interactivity by implementing complex scripting language constructs of the Flash authoring environment. Extending the Flash ActionScript Object Model Advanced Programming Concepts in ActionScript Applying OOP for ActionScript Creating Applications with ActionScript WDD 231 Flash Design and Animation The Flash Design and Animation Course examines the process of designing and creating animated content for the Web. Students receive extensive training using Flash software and techniques related to the development of 2D design and animation. This course will develop the students overall knowledge of the animation process including storyboards, design, animation, and output. Students will also learn animation techniques that will enable them to simulate real-life motion and physics. Project Workflow Flash Design Techniques Animation Techniques Final Output WDD 111 Flash Fundamentals The Flash Fundamentals Course explores basic techniques and concepts used in creating powerful, compelling, and highly interactive digital content for the web. Students are introduced to the core concepts of Flash including the interface, drawing tools, and symbol creation. This course also examines basic ActionScript techniques such as variables, functions, and conditionals. Flash Interface The Flash Timeline Symbols and Instances Importing into Flash ActionScript Basics and Movie Clips Publishing and Exporting WDD 261 Human Computer Interaction and Usability The Human Computer Interaction and Usability Course teaches students the concepts and strategies needed to create successful interfaces and implementations for the web industry. In this course, students examine usability patterns combined with the concepts of human-computer interaction (HCI) to address the creation of logical, intuitive, and clear system designs and interfaces. Students use industry-standard design applications to prototype user interface (UI) designs while adhering to usability guidelines. This course explores functional interface theory and design principles relating from usability, visualization, and functionality constructs. HCI and System Design Usability, Visualization, and Functionality Concepts Screen Design and Layout Creating Interface Graphics Accessibility Total credit hours 6.00 Course length 4 weeks WEB DESIGN & DEVELOPMENT Bachelor of Science Degree Program 252

253 Course Descriptions Program Core PLA 2412 Intellectual Property and Law The Intellectual Property and Law Course is designed to introduce the student to general business practices including finance, accounting, insurance, taxes, management, marketing, and negotiation. Students are provided a foundation that addresses the complexities of intellectual property, copyright, and basic business and contract law. The impact and ways in which law has shaped our society are explored through the use of case studies. Overview of the Industries Business Practices Intellectual Property Contracts Business Law Total credit hours 3.00 Course length 4 weeks WDD 291 Introduction to Backend Development and Frameworks The Introduction to Backend Development and Frameworks Course outlines the concepts, disciplines and technologies used for dynamic content manipulation and deployment for the web. In this course, students will receive an overview of how to further the level of interaction between client and server communication by examining the procedures of implementation of server-side languages, database structures, and framework deployments. Overview of Multi-Tier Architectures Overview of Database Tables and Indexes Overview of Server-side Languages Overview of Frameworks Total credit hours 6.00 Course length 4 weeks WDD 342 Mobile Device Deployment The Mobile Device Deployment Course examines the practice of creating and delivering web content for mobile devices, including cell phones and PDA s. Students go through the process of producing and optimizing Internet-based content that is compatible with various mobile device operating systems and mobile browsers. This course also explores current techniques for mobile web authoring including XHTML, CSS, JavaScript, and the DOM. Mobile Device Overview Using Web Standards for Mobile Devices FlashLite and Mobile Devices Optimizing for Mobile Devices MDV 1310 Mobile Media Design I The Mobile Media Design I Course is designed to teach students basic levels of graphics creation through the use of software programs used by design, animation, and interactive media companies worldwide. The course emphasizes vector graphic design from a mobile web-specific point of view and provides students with a thorough understanding of the basic techniques and tools used for designing compelling interfaces for mobile applications. Working with Vector Graphics Compression Techniques Understanding Color Theory Interface Design Concepts MDV 1410 Mobile Media Design II The Mobile Media Design II Course teaches students advanced levels of graphics creation through the use of software programs used by design, animation, and interactive media companies worldwide. The course emphasizes raster graphic design from a mobile web-specific point of view and expands the knowledge of digital color models and interface composition to create a more visual compelling aesthetic optimized for handheld delivery. Advanced Vector Graphics Handheld Aesthetics Advanced Color Theory for Mobile Devices Advanced Interface Design for Mobile Applications WDD 121 Networks and Server Structures The Networks and Server Structures Course explores computer operations, networking, and storage options. Students examine various operating systems, CPU and peripheral uses, and networked computer environments and their protocols. This course presents knowledge about communications within single and multiple computers, network communications, and communication protocols. A history of both computers and the Internet is also explored. Computer and Internet History Computers and Peripherals Operating Systems Networks and Protocols Network Management This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS). WEB DESIGN & DEVELOPMENT Bachelor of Science Degree Program 253

254 Course Descriptions Program Core WDD 131 Principles of Production Process The Principles of Production Process Course mirrors the workflow model used in professional web development. Students work to define the scope of a project, including the range of assets needed to complete it, the technologies that will be used, and the time required to develop it to completion. This course presents the framework for a cohesive web workflow plan that will ensure the efficient and effective delivery of web development projects. Production Process Phases Creating Production Documentation Production Prototyping Delivery, Archiving, and Maintenance Total credit hours 3.00 Course length 4 weeks WDD 101, 102, 203 Project Management and Assessment I, II, III The Project Management and Assessment Courses are concurrent courses taken alongside core curriculum in order to assist students with the development, management, and assessment of program projects. The courses provide an opportunity for students to apply analysis skills, create strategic plans, and foster professional workflow practices. Project Development and Analysis Project Management and Assessment Create/Evaluate Project Plan Professional Workflow Practices Total credit hours 1.00 each Course length 4 weeks WDD 475 Project Preproduction for the Web In the Project Preproduction for the Web Course, students define the scope and implementation of their final project by creating the documentation that outlines the concept, design, delivery, and production timeline. By applying the procedures learned in the Principles of Production Process course, students will create the necessary preproduction documentation to ensure a successful and efficient delivery of the Web Final Project. Defining the Target Audience Developing the Production Timeline Creating the Flowchart Storyboarding Creating Design Comps Identifying Assets Setting Design Standards Total credit hours 6.00 Course length 4 weeks WDD 232 Rich Media Optimization The Rich Media Optimization Course teaches students current industry methods and techniques used to improve loading efficiency of bandwidth-intensive content for Web delivery. Students explore optimizing high-bandwidth content, such as digital video and audio, for deployment within a non-streaming server environment. In this course, students gain a thorough understanding of digital video and audio CODECs, along with target encoding rates, for optimal playback on the Web. Digital Audio and Video File Formats Digital Audio CODECs Digital Video CODECs Rich Media and Flash Optimization Settings and Buffering WDD 361 Scripting for Web Applications The Scripting for Web Applications Course explores client-side languages and how they can be used to implement additional behaviors into web pages. Students will learn the industry-standard client-side language of JavaScript and its associated libraries along with the Document Object Model (DOM). Students will then use those technologies combined with a valid markup language (XHTML) and presentation definition language (CSS) to add dynamic behavior via DHTML. This course focuses on the use of JavaScript to write functions that are embedded in or included from HTML pages and interact with the Document Object Model of the page to perform tasks not possible in HTML alone. DHTML Technologies Document Object Model Detecting Browser Features Animation with DHTML Forms and Validation Total credit hours 6.00 Course length 4 weeks WDD 482 Web Final Project The Web Final Project Course serves as the culmination of skills developed during the Web Design and Development Program, demonstrating the students mastery of web development techniques. Students are tasked with creating an advanced website, which was defined within the Final Project Preproduction course. During the independent study component of the course, faculty evaluates the completeness of each student s progress. Evaluation of each student s successful completion of the course is based on the completed website, the website presentation, and the website documentation. Project Management Interface Design Asset Creation Asset Integration and Testing Final Publishing and Archiving Project Presentation Total credit hours 6.00 Course length 4 weeks WEB DESIGN & DEVELOPMENT Bachelor of Science Degree Program 254

255 Course Descriptions Program Core General Education WDD 271 Web Standards Design The Web Standards Design Course examines the process of creating functional, standards-based content for the Internet. Students learn how to use CSS combined with XHTML and XML to lay out webpages that validate to the Standards set by the World Wide Web Consortium (W3C). This course explores the concepts and languages of Web Standards-based design and its implementation. HTML, XML, XHTML CSS Graphics and the Web Validation and DocTypes Total credit hours 6.00 Course length 4 weeks WDD 354 Web Standards Project The Web Standards Project Course examines the process of implementing applications to create a functional standards-based project for the Internet. Students build upon concepts introduced in the Web Design Fundamentals, Designing for Web Standards, and Principles of Production Process courses related to the production process and standards-based web deployment. Students learn how to utilize Web Standards Based Design, including CSS and XHTML, combined with a professional web development workflow model to create an efficient and effective web project. This course explores developing a Web Standards Based project while following a proven production process to ensure successful delivery. Preproduction Asset Creation Asset Optimization Asset Integration and Testing Project Delivery and Archiving ART 2006 Art History The Art History Course introduces students to selected, impactful monuments of art and architecture in the Western tradition from the prehistoric to post-modernism era studied in relation to the intellectual background of the ages and civilizations that produced them. Lectures accompanied by various visual mediums inspire discussions of assigned readings in philosophical, religious, scientific, political, literary, artistic, and cultural contexts. Ancient Art Medieval and Renaissance Art Modern Art Post-modern Art MGF 1213 College Mathematics The College Mathematics Course is designed to enable students to build skills and confidence in algebra that are required to succeed in future math and core courses. First-time algebra students or those needing a review will begin with basic concepts and build upon these ideas by completing work that uses algebra in practical situations. Review of Basic Arithmetic Operations with the Real Number System Measurement and Number Systems Exponents & Radical Expressions Linear Equations & Inequalities Graphing Proportions, Formulas, and Word Problems Introductory Statistics and Probability Business Applications and Mathematical Models ENC 1101 English Composition I The English Composition I Course is designed to introduce students to the writing process. Special attention is given to selecting and refining topics, identifying the audience, developing a purpose, and formulating thesis statements. Grammatical conventions and their applications are heavily stressed. Students will learn to compose mature, logical sentences, and paragraphs in order to create rhetorical cohesion. Invention and Drafting Revising and Editing Grammar Essay Structure Audience Awareness PHY 1000 Fundamentals of Physics The Fundamentals of Physics Course teaches students how to understand the world through physics. Real-world phenomena such as light, mechanics, motion, collisions, and magnetism are introduced. Emphasis is placed on how problems, in describing nature, are approached in terms of physical theories and mathematical formulae. Kinematics Motion Energy and Mechanics Electricity and Magnetism Electromagnetic Spectrum Survey of Light Physical Theories and Formulae This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS). WEB DESIGN & DEVELOPMENT Bachelor of Science Degree Program 255

256 Course Descriptions General Education MGF 1205 Geometry and Measurement The Geometry and Measurement Course teaches students a wide spectrum of geometric concepts that are designed to build upon the math learned in earlier coursework. The curriculum will emphasize Euclidean geometry and its relationship to logic, trigonometry and coordinate geometry. The measurements, constructions, graphs, and problems involve angles, triangles, polygons, areas and volumes. Geometry and trigonometric skills are developed exploring problem-solving through the logic calculations. A Brief History of Geometry Inductive and Deductive Reasoning Foundations of Geometry Triangles Parallel Lines and Polygons Quadrilaterals Similar Triangles and the Pythagorean Theorem Circles Areas of Polygons and Circles Solid Geometry Analytic Geometry Trigonometry Polar Coordinates VIC 2003 History of Visual Communication The History of Visual Communications Course presents an historic account of humanity s communicating life events through visual arts. Starting with cave drawings, stories and ideas have been presented and told using visual techniques. As time passes and society changes, avant-garde artists and scientists have pushed the envelope of their respective disciplines and brought about the dissolution of boundaries that traditionally exist between the artistic and media. In the past 25 years, the intersection of art and human-computer interactivity has emerged as a mass medium, triggering new forms of artistic, entertainment, and educational content. The student will follow the evolution of the various convergent disciplines, setting up a forum for informed discussions about the implications for the future. Art as a Communication Tool Human Interfaces Historical References History of Design Artistic Tools Future Applications and Implications SPC 2140 Interpersonal Communication The Interpersonal Communications Course examines the nature of the communication process, variables affecting the process, and the individuals involved. Additionally, this course includes individual analysis of behavior processes that may impede and/or enhance communication processes. Topics include perception, nonverbal behavior, persuasive communication, identity management, intercultural communication and computer mediated communication. This course also enhances students ability to analyze and evaluate information. Assessment and Evaluation Writing Résumés and Other Documents COM 2041 Psychology of Human Interaction The Psychology of Human Interaction Course is designed to introduce students to the psychology of human interactions and the science that regulates them. This course provides information on the complex types of relationships that form when people engage in activities together, utilizing case studies to illustrate outcomes of these interactions. In this course, students focus on types of human interactions and ways to effectively manage those activities. Teams And Teamwork Communication Power Decision-Making Leadership Research and Planning Networking and Interviewing This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS). WEB DESIGN & DEVELOPMENT Bachelor of Science Degree Program 256

257 Education Computer Media Design Animation Bachelor of Science Degree Program Graduate Certificate & Technology Full Sail University s Education Media Graduate Certificate will give you specific knowledge that can help you excel in competitive job fields. The certificate is comprised of several courses taken from our Education Media Design & Technology Master s Degree Program and is offered online to fit the schedule of working industry professionals. A bachelor s degree is a prerequisite for any of Full Sail s Graduate Certificates. Today s students are digital natives born at a time where technology is integrated into every aspect of their lives. To connect with them, teachers need to create innovative and inspirational environments that bridge the gap between traditional education and the ever-expanding realm of technology and media, to allow students to learn and grow. You ll learn to utilize media creation tools and technology to create video presentations, media assets, and more, and you ll study how to incorporate video games, music, and educational multimedia in your classroom. By engaging today s digital natives using the technology they use every day outside the classroom, you ll be able to create a more collaborative atmosphere inside your classroom. Areas of Focus Fine Arts Modeling Animation Effects Final Project/ Demo Reel Creation EDUCATION MEDIA DESIGN & TECHNOLOGY Graduate Certificate 257

258 Education Media Design & Technology Certificate Program PROGRAM CORE Code Course Credit Hours EDM 573 Digital Media and Education Applications 3.00 EDM 531 Emergent Technologies in a Collaborative Culture 3.00 EDM 561 Filmmaking Principles in Education 3.00 EDM 5226 Game Strategies and Motivation 3.00 Chronological Schedule by Months EMERGENT TECHNOLOGIES IN A COLLABORATIVE CULTURE DIGITAL MEDIA & EDUCATION APPLICATIONS FILMMAKING PRINCIPLES IN EDUCATION GAME STRATEGIES & MOTIVATION Totals: TOTAL CREDIT HOURS: 12 TOTAL WEEKS: 16 This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS). EDUCATION MEDIA DESIGN & TECHNOLOGY Graduate Certificate 258

259 Course Descriptions Program Core EDM 573 Digital Media and Education Applications The Digital Media and Education Applications Course examines digital media and how it can be used in education applications. The curriculum specifically trains students on software that explores digital media techniques and introduces them to theories of specific software. Along with understanding the mechanisms of digital art, students learn how to support their design approaches with established academic theories. They also explore how to engage today s digital savvy student into an online learning community. Academic Theories and Visual Learning Digital Media Design Principles Digital Media Software Programs Digital Media Design and Education Principles Digital Media and Education Applications Integration of Digital Media into Education Technology Products Integration of Digital Media into Corporate Training Materials Challenge-Based Research Assignment and Development Total credit hours 3.00 Course length 4 weeks EDM 531 Emergent Technologies in a Collaborative Culture In this course, students will develop skills in accessing, analyzing, evaluating and creating with several types of media technologies. These skills include literacy with media, technology, learning and innovation plus and social technologies to communicate and collaborate. This course also addresses how to use social networks and tools such as virtual worlds to manage information and relationships as well as examining the role of mass media in our culture today. These tools increase interaction, learner control over content and forming learning networks. Introduction to Media Literacy and Social Media Examining the Role of Mass Media in Culture Developing Critical Analysis Skills Examining Pedagogies and Learning Utilizing Social Media Networks Examining Communities of Practice Challenge-Based Research Assignment and Development Total credit hours 3.00 Course length 4 weeks EDM 561 Filmmaking Principles in Education This course explores the components of filmmaking and the concept of visual literacy. Students learn a variety of filmmaking techniques that can enhance their education and training modules. Along with understanding how film is developed, students examine the importance of visual literacy, visual learning, and how to create and communicate with visual images. This course also explores visionary filmmakers and how their approaches can be applied to create a compelling education product. Filmmaking Techniques and the Visual Learner Connecting Filmmaking Principles to Educational Product Development Storyboarding Techniques and Education Digital Camera and Digital Video Concepts and Techniques Multiple Learning Theory and Spatial Intelligence Development Digital Video Software Filmmaking and Online Curriculum Development Corporate Training and Filmmaking Techniques Challenge-Based Research Assignment and Development Total credit hours 3.00 Course length 4 weeks EDUCATION MEDIA DESIGN & TECHNOLOGY Graduate Certificate 259

260 Course Descriptions Program Core EME 5226 Game Strategies and Motivation The Game Strategies and Motivation Course teaches educators and staff trainers game-theory techniques and strategies that will motivate students to engage in a learning activity. A variety of gaming models and methods are examined, along with academic theories and psychological methods to support the game design applications. Students then design games to take learners from the beginning of a complicated topic and carefully navigate them through to academic mastery. In addition, students will explore how games can be evaluated for assessment goals. Overview of Gaming Strategies The Individual and Game Learning Techniques Examination of Game Structures Education Assessment and Game Design Multiple Learning Theory and Game Strategies Group Dynamics and Gaming Strategies Assessment in Gaming Approaches Challenge-Based Research Assignment and Development Total credit hours 3.00 Course length 4 weeks This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS). EDUCATION MEDIA DESIGN & TECHNOLOGY Graduate Certificate 260

261 Internet Marketing Graduate Certificate Full Sail University s Internet Marketing Graduate Certificate will give you specific knowledge that can help you excel in competitive job fields. The certificate is comprised of several courses taken from our Internet Marketing Master s Degree Program and is offered online to fit the schedule of working industry professionals. A bachelor s degree is a prerequisite for any of Full Sail s Graduate Certificates. It s more important than ever for a marketing professional to understand the possibilities and limitations of digital media, and how to best employ sound marketing fundamentals in this rapidly changing technological landscape. The courses in the Internet Marketing Graduate Certificate provide an introductory exploration of Internet-specific marketing methodologies, search engine optimization, marketing analysis, and Internet consumer behavior. Through the courses in this graduate certificate, you ll gain the necessary foundation to strategically market products and raise brand awareness on the Internet, giving you tools that are crucial to becoming a 21st century marketing leader. Fine Arts Modeling Animation Effects Final Project/ Demo Reel Creation INTERNET MARKETING Graduate Certificate 261

262 Internet Marketing Certificate Program PROGRAM CORE Code Course Credit Hours IMK 511 Advanced Internet Marketing Strategies 3.00 IMK 621 Advanced Search Engine Optimization 3.00 MAR 510 Internet Marketing Fundamentals 3.50 IMK 521 New Media Marketing 3.00 Chronological Schedule by Months INTERNET MARKETING FUNDAMENTALS NEW MEDIA MARKETING ADVANCED INTERNET MARKETING STRATEGIES ADVANCED SEARCH ENGINE OPTIMIZATION Totals: TOTAL CREDIT HOURS: 12.5 TOTAL WEEKS: 16 INTERNET MARKETING Graduate Certificate 262

263 Course Descriptions Program Core IMK 511 Advanced Internet Marketing Strategies The Advanced Internet Marketing Strategies Course addresses all of the marketing strategies that are particular to this extremely competitive digital arena. The goal of this course is to identify the many components of Internet marketing and to examine each one of these component s unique marketing approach. This course explores the following: affiliate marketing, marketing, global Internet marketing, social media marketing, and search engine marketing. A thorough understanding of each one of these aspects is necessary to cultivate a successful Internet marketing campaign. Advanced topics are discussed within each type of marketing strategy, and companion case studies align with the course content. Internet Marketing Defined Internet Marketing Strategies Overview Affiliate Marketing Marketing Global Internet Marketing Social Media Marketing Search Engine Marketing Case Studies Final Project Application Total credit hours 3.00 Course length 4 weeks IMK 621 Advanced Search Engine Optimization The Advanced Search Engine Optimization Course builds on previous course content and expands into strategic approaches for search engine optimization (SEO). Organic search methods, directory listings, and paid placement tactics are analyzed for their effectiveness in attaining search-marketing goals. New trends in search engine marketing and search engine optimization are explored through course curriculum and case studies. Additional inherent complexities of the Internet are examined that impact the development of effective search engine optimization practices, for example, websites with abundant content, advanced technology, and more personalization capabilities. Advanced SEO Techniques Organic Search Methods Directory Listings Paid Placements New Trends Case Studies Final Project Development Total credit hours 3.00 Course length 4 weeks MAR 510 Internet Marketing Fundamentals The Internet Marketing Fundamentals Course introduces students to the growing influence of Internet marketing and search engine optimization (SEO) and illustrates how harnessing the power of the Internet can help an organization become a strategic force on the web. Students explore the advantages of understanding these concepts and the potential impact of the Internet on business while also learning the best strategic methods for success in the ever-changing Internet industry. Introduction to Internet Marketing Search Engine Marketing (SEM) Operations IMK 521 New Media Marketing The New Media Marketing Course addresses how a company establishes which new media approach will accomplish its marketing goals, meet its budget, and further the company s success. The types of new media examined include mobile technology, websites, , virtual worlds, social media networks, podcasting, interactive television, and location-based technologies. Other topics addressed include how to create a financial plan, identify a company s marketing goals, and work with new media marketing distribution channels. Financial Development and Planning for New Media Marketing Identifying a Company s New Media Marketing Goals New Media Marketing Project Planning Examination of Various New Media Distribution Channels Final Project Application Total credit hours 3.00 Course length 4 weeks Internet Marketing Assessment Search Engine Optimization Overview Search Engine Optimization (SEO) Operations Search Engine Ranking Systems The Customer Experience Final Project Application Total credit hours 3.50 Course length 4 weeks INTERNET MARKETING Graduate Certificate 263

264 Extended Studies in the Media Arts Bachelor of Science Degree Program The course under this heading is offered in addition to the Degree Programs and is available to any Full Sail graduate in good standing. Upon successful completion of the Extended Studies in the Media Arts program, a certificate is issued. These studies represent Full Sail s effort to continue the expansion of educational services to our students and the industry. Internship The Internship Course, combined with Full Sail s Career Development Department, is specifically tailored to further prepare degree students for the careers of their choice. Full Sail works with numerous entertainment media facilities that participate in the Internship Course and a Career Development Advisor works directly with host facilities to make sure participants gain practical experience and on-the-job training. Besides the many obvious advantages of gaining working experience in a real-world situation, a successful internship gives graduates a professional reference, which can be very beneficial when seeking employment. Career Consultation and Interview Techniques Résumé Review and Employment Tactics Internship Total credit hours 5.50 Course length 6 weeks Internship Course Objective To give students the opportunity to put all that they have learned into practice during a six-week, comprehensive, hands-on working experience in a real-world production environment. Graduates gain a solid understanding of their chosen field in the media industry. Note: Students must graduate from a Full Sail Degree Program before applying for an internship. A certificate is awarded upon successful completion of the Extended Studies in the Media Arts program. EXTENDED STUDIES IN THE MEDIA ARTS Internship 264

265 Degree Programs ON CAMPUS Bachelor s COMPUTER ANIMATION Bachelor of Science Degree Program Students in the Computer Animation Bachelor s Degree Program learn the technical and creative processes used to develop content for games, television, feature films, and more. The curriculum blends traditional art with the latest technology in specialized classes that cover 2D and 3D animation, lighting and shading for games, production modeling, character animation and rigging, and portfolio creation. CREATIVE WRITING FOR ENTERTAINMENT Bachelor of Fine Arts Degree Program Students in the Creative Writing for Entertainment bachelor s degree program explore the integral role that writing plays in a variety of different media in the entertainment industry, including film, television, gaming, animation, and more. The program s courses focus on essential creative writing concepts such as storyboarding and scriptwriting, the exploration of genres and literary devices, and transmedia storytelling. DIGITAL ARTS & DESIGN Bachelor of Science Degree Program The Digital Arts & Design Degree Program offers comprehensive instruction in many areas of digital art creation and design production, including 2D and 3D graphics, motion graphics, web design, digital video production, and digital publishing. ENTERTAINMENT BUSINESS Bachelor of Science Degree Program The Entertainment Business Bachelor s Degree is a comprehensive business program that combines core courses like management, marketing, and statistics, with more advanced topics like data analysis, international business, and business law plus entertainment-specific courses like artist management, entertainment media distribution, and intellectual property. The course also requires students to develop a business proposal unique to their interests and develop it from start to finish. FILM Bachelor of Science Degree Program The Film Degree Program prepares students to become competitive in the professional film, television, and post-production job markets, teaching techniques used throughout the industry for film production, editing, visual special effects, sound, lighting, and set design. GAME ART Bachelor of Science Degree Program Artists in the video game industry require a unique set of design skills, and the Game Art Bachelor s Degree Program teaches students the same processes used to create high-resolution graphics for consoles and computers. The program explores production fundamentals like character animation, rigging, shading and lighting, texturing, and modeling, giving students the focused knowledge to start a professional career developing assets for the next generation of video games. GAME DEVELOPMENT Bachelor of Science Degree Program The Game Development Degree Program teaches students the skills necessary to develop and program single and multiplayer video games for consoles, personal computers, and networks. Students collaborate with programmers and artists in the program to develop a playable game from start to finish. MUSIC BUSINESS Bachelor of Science Degree Program The Music Business Bachelor s Degree combines a sound business education with the specific skills necessary to find success in the unique world of the music industry. In addition to fundamental business courses like marketing, finance, and accounting, students will also learn about artist development, music distribution, record label development, contract negotiations, and more. RECORDING ARTS Bachelor of Science Degree Program The Recording Arts Bachelor s Degree Program puts students in the same kind of studios and on the same kind of gear that are used to create professional audio. Students master recording, editing, and mixing techniques that can be applied to music production, as well as sound design and postproduction for film, television, video games, and multimedia applications. SHOW PRODUCTION Bachelor of Science Degree Program Students in the Show Production Bachelor s Degree Program learn to master essential career skills for the live production industry. By learning to produce great live entertainment by mastering the same equipment and techniques used in different venues throughout the industry, students graduate with the practical experience to head out on the road with touring bands, run lights and sound at world-class performing arts halls, as well as other career paths. SPORTS MARKETING & MEDIA Bachelor of Science Degree Program Students in the Sports Marketing & Media bachelor s degree program develop an understanding of content creation and marketing principles as they relate to the world of sports within the entertainment industry. The program s courses cover concepts such as global sports marketing strategies, sales and sponsorships, law and contracts, and licensing. WEB DESIGN & DEVELOPMENT Bachelor of Science Degree Program Full Sail s Web Design & Development Bachelor of Science Degree Program immerses students in one of the most rapidly developing industries in our society. The program delivers a holistic look at website production by balancing the aesthetic and usability concerns of web design with the programming fundamentals necessary to create an engaging and effective Internet presence. Associate s GRAPHIC DESIGN Associate of Science Degree Program The Graphic Design Degree Program is designed to give students the specific skills and training needed to succeed in the field of graphic and print design, and corporate branding. Students explore subjects like color theory, typography and page layout, logos and symbols, and more. RECORDING ENGINEERING Associate of Science Degree Program Full Sail University s Recording Engineering Associate s Degree Program is designed to prepare individuals for entry-level careers in the recording arts. Students learn the fundamentals of recording, mixing, and mastering on equipment and software used in the industry, while learning core subjects such as music theory, electronics, and communications. Master s ENTERTAINMENT BUSINESS Master of Science Degree Program The Entertainment Business Master s Degree Program is designed to give students flexibility to take their careers to new heights. This comprehensive program will take students through high-level business courses in leadership, brand development, negotiation, Internet marketing, and more, culminating in the completion of two academic Capstone Projects a professional Leadership Portfolio and a Business Plan Thesis. GAME DESIGN Master of Science Degree Program The Game Design Master s Degree Program teaches students to broaden their leadership and project management abilities in the game production process, preparing them for careers as creative leaders in the gaming industry. This program s curriculum stresses the project management and design processes used to develop successful video game titles. Certificate ENGLISH AS A SECOND LANGUAGE Certificate Program The English as a Second Language program can help build English skills needed to thrive as a Full Sail student and professional in entertainment and media. Students explore reading and vocabulary, listening skills, and conversational English and create media such as videos, podcasts, music, and more. DEGREE PROGRAMS On Campus 265

266 General Information GENERAL INFORMATION 266

267 Admissions Requirements for Admission Applicants must submit the following to be considered for admission: Application for Admission Applicants must submit the completed application and fulfill all the requirements therein. $75.00 application fee The application fee must be submitted with the application. The application and application fee may be submitted prior to submission of the following supporting documents. Documentation of High School Graduation, or General Educational Development (GED) scores Full Sail requires that all applicants have completed high school and received a standard high school diploma or have passed the GED. Applicants who hold a GED must submit a copy of GED test score results and/or their GED diploma.» Applicants to all online bachelor s degree programs who submit GED test score results and/or a GED diploma must also submit college transcripts showing successful completion of previous college credit (effective for the term start on March 2013).» Full Sail may request additional documentation to verify the successful completion of high school (such as, but not limited to, student transcripts) and/or to assess the preparation provided by the issuing institution. In all cases, Full Sail retains the sole discretion to determine whether or not the secondary training completed by the applicant is sufficient to satisfy the high school graduation admission requirement. Government Issued Photo Identification Applicants must submit a government issued photo ID. Such as:» Copy of a Valid State Issued Driver s License» Copy of a Valid State Issued Identification Card» Copy of a Valid Passport» Copy of a Valid Military Identification Card NOTE: ALL REQUIRED DOCUMENTATION THAT IS NOT IN ENGLISH MUST BE ACCOMPANIED BY A CERTIFIED ENGLISH TRANSLATION. IF NATIVE LANGUAGE IS OTHER THAN ENGLISH, VERIFICATION OF LANGUAGE PROFICIENCY IS REQUIRED. Computer Animation and Game Art Bachelor of Science Degree Program applicants should possess artistic skills. Traditional art classes are recommended prior to entering the program. A foundation of sketching, sculpting, and painting are important for the animation industry and are essential in developing the 3D artist. Applicants wishing to transfer credits toward the completion of the Entertainment Business Bachelor of Science Degree Program must possess one of the following to be eligible: An associate s, or higher level degree from another accredited postsecondary educational institution recognized by the U.S. Department of Education, which is related to the educational program objectives of the Entertainment Business bachelor of science degree, with a transfer academic average of 2.0 minimum GPA. A copy of official transcripts is required. Transcripts are required to include graduation date, final GPA, and degree earned. Eligible applicants will be required to complete three additional Full Sail courses: College Mathematics, Computer Science and Internet, and Introduction to Media Arts. A Full Sail associate s or bachelor s degree with a minimum cumulative GPA of 2.0. Graduate School and Graduate Certificate applicants must possess one of the following to be eligible: A Full Sail bachelor s degree with a minimum cumulative GPA of 2.5. A baccalaureate or higher level degree from another accredited postsecondary educational institution recognized by the U.S. Department of Education. Degree held must be of similar scope and subject matter as to prepare applicants for the educational program objectives of the Graduate School Degree Program, with a transfer academic average of 2.5. Applicants who meet these criteria will be considered for admission pending an evaluation of a copy of official transcripts. Transcripts are required to include graduation date, final GPA and degree earned. A copy of official high school transcripts or GED is not required. Applicants with a GPA lower than the required 2.5 must submit a Letter of Intent, résumé and college transcripts for Program Director review. International Applicants International applicants must provide the following to be considered for admission: Application for Admission Applicants must submit the completed application and fulfill all the requirements therein. $75.00 application fee The application fee must be submitted with the application. The application and application fee may be submitted prior to submission of the following supporting documents. Language Proficiency - Applicants whose native language is not English must demonstrate the required level of language proficiency by providing documentation of one of the following: TOEFL (Test of English as a Foreign Language)» Paper and pencil test: minimum score accepted is 550» Computer-based test; minimum score accepted is 213» New internet-based test; minimum score accepted is 79 IELTS (International English Language Testing System)» The minimum required score is 6 Financial Guarantee - must be provided to verify available funding for tuition and related expenses for the first academic term of the chosen degree program. Documentation of High School Graduation Full Sail requires that all applicants who have completed high school at a foreign institution must provide official documentation to the International Department to determine U.S. equivalency» (Graduate School Applicants Only) - college transcripts must be submitted to an outside evaluation service for determination of U.S. Bachelor equivalency. Please contact the International Department for recommended evaluation services. Foreign School Credentials - must be submitted to an outside evaluation service for determination of U.S. equivalency. Please contact your Admissions Representative or an International Liaison for recommended evaluation services. English Translation - any documentation not in English must be accompanied by a certified English translation. GENERAL INFORMATION Admissions 267

268 Admissions International Applicants, cont. In an effort to minimize costs due to international currency exchange and bank surcharges, a wire transfer or a credit card is recommended for payment of all fees, deposits and tuition for International applicants and students. Regardless of payment method, all fees must be paid in United States currency. Please contact Full Sail s International Liaison for details. NOTE: REQUIREMENTS FOR ADMISSION APPLY EQUALLY TO ALL APPLICANTS WITHOUT REGARD TO RACE, COLOR, NATIONAL ORIGIN, SEX, DISABILITY, AGE, SEXUAL ORIENTATION, OR MARITAL STATUS. Information regarding Services for Students with Disabilities in the classroom can be found in the student services section of the catalog. Admission Application Process The Admissions Department is prepared to assist with completing the application process. To apply simply: Complete an interview with your Admissions Representative. Complete the Application for Admission. Submit completed application along with $75 application fee. If applying for additional degree programs, a $200 deposit is required for each additional program. Applicants will be notified in writing in regards to acceptance upon completion and review of all required documents. The application fee and deposit(s) are credited to the cost of tuition but are not covered by financial aid. All deposits are fully refundable. Transfer Credit Full Sail Prepaid Tuition Program Full Sail offers a Prepaid Tuition Program to applicants who have not yet graduated from high school. This plan allows early applicants to secure a future Full Sail education at current tuition prices. Tuition pre-payment is only available to applicants who: 1. have not completed high school, 2. apply for the pre-payment plan, 3. begin the pre-payment plan prior to completing high school, 4. upon acceptance of the pre-payment plan, pay the tuition either in a lump sum or begin making equal monthly installments, 5. start a Full Sail education by December 31 of their high school graduation year, and 6. pay the tuition in full prior to the first day of class. Students who have applied to Full Sail may request credit for previous education. To be eligible for transfer credit, applicants must have successfully completed courses from another accredited postsecondary educational institution recognized by the U.S. Department of Education similar in scope and content to Full Sail courses, and received a grade of C or better. For the Entertainment Business and Music Business Bachelor of Science Degree Programs, graduates with an associate s degree or higher from another accredited postsecondary educational institution recognized by the U.S. Department of Education may be eligible to transfer credits towards the completion of this degree. To be eligible, the previous degree should be related to the educational program objectives of the Entertainment Business Bachelor s Degree. Seven and one-half percent simple interest will be charged for the on-going tuition balance each year. Should the plan be canceled at any time, a full refund will be made within 30 days. Interest will not be paid on money deposited with Full Sail. Financial aid, for those who qualify, is available for living expenses to those participating in the Prepaid Tuition Program. Procedure Submit copy of official transcript to the Admissions Department. Transcripts will be reviewed by the Registrar s office. Applicants will be notified of transfer credit approval or denial approximately 30 days prior to their expected start date. GENERAL INFORMATION Admissions 268

269 Financial Aid Financial Aid Full Sail s Financial Aid Department is here to provide assistance with tuition and/or living expenses for those who qualify. As a financial aid student you need to make informed decisions regarding the types and amounts of financial aid available. The Financial Aid Department is staffed and organized with our students needs in mind, dedicated to making the financial aid process understandable and valuable. The Financial Aid Department encourages all applicants who apply for financial aid to begin the process early. Those seeking federal financial aid are required to complete a Free Application for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA). You may request a FAFSA from Full Sail s Financial Aid Department or you may fill one out online by going to The federal school code for Full Sail is Eligibility for Federal Financial Aid Programs requires that a student be a U.S. citizen or eligible non-citizen [Alien Registration Receipt Card (Form I-151) or Permanent Resident Card (Form I-551), commonly known as a green card]. Financial aid is only available to a student considering one or more Degree Programs. Individual course students are not eligible for financial aid. Once you complete the FAFSA, the Department of Education will send you the results and you can discuss your available options with one of Full Sail s financial aid professionals. This discussion will assist in determining the best federal and nonfederal aid resources that are available to you. Additional financial aid and loan applications as well as other pertinent information on sources of funding are available through the Full Sail Financial Aid Department. Grants and Scholarships Grants are forms of aid that do not have to be repaid. Full Sail can assist you in determining your eligibility for available grant programs. Like grants, scholarships do not require repayment. Scholarship requirements and application procedures vary depending upon the criteria set by the scholarship provider. FEDERAL PELL GRANT The Federal Pell Grant Program is designed to assist undergraduates with education expenses. Under this program, an undergraduate is one who has not earned a bachelor s or first professional degree. Awards for the year range up to $5550. The U.S. Department of Education uses a standard formula, established by Congress, to determine eligibility. FEDERAL SUPPLEMENTAL EDUCATIONAL OPPORTUNITY GRANT The Federal Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grant (FSEOG) is also designed to assist undergraduates with education expenses. Under this program, an undergraduate is one who has not earned a bachelor s or first professional degree. Amounts are determined by application of the federal formula regarding a student s need as determined by the information provided on the Free Application for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA) and Pell Grant eligibility. Awards for the year range up to $500. FLORIDA STUDENT ASSISTANCE GRANT The Florida Student Assistance Grant (FSAG) is a need-based program administered by the state. This grant is awarded to students who show financial need based upon the eligibility criteria of the grant program and the availability of funds. FLORIDA BRIGHT FUTURES SCHOLARSHIP PROGRAM This is a lottery-funded scholarship to reward Florida high school graduates who demonstrate high academic achievement. This program is comprised of three awards: the Florida Academic Scholars Award, the Florida Medallion Scholarship, and Florida Gold Seal Vocational Scholars Award. Each award has different criteria for eligibility. Applications and eligibility criteria are available from your high school guidance office. Federal Loans Federal Loans are provided to students through the William D. Ford Federal Direct Loan program. To apply for a federal loan, a Free Application for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA) should be completed. Once eligibility is determined, a Federal Master Promissory Note must be completed. The Financial Aid Department is available to answer any questions you may have regarding these forms. Stafford Loans A Stafford Loan is a low-interest loan made to a student enrolled in a Full Sail Undergraduate or Graduate Degree Program. Annual loan limits increase each subsequent year a student attends. Repayment terms and conditions are flexible in order to meet the needs of students after graduation. While attending Full Sail, students must maintain Satisfactory Progress and meet specific credit hour and weeks of instruction requirements in order to receive their financial aid. Students not actively attending due to a Leave of Absence, Suspension, Termination or Withdrawal may not receive award disbursements. GENERAL INFORMATION Financial Aid 269

270 Financial Aid Financial Aid (Cont.) Parent PLUS Loans A Parent PLUS Loan is a credit-based loan made to either parent of a dependent child enrolled in a Full Sail Undergraduate Degree Program. Available to credit-worthy parents, these loans provide funds for a student s educational expenses and may also provide additional money for living expenses. The interest rate is determined by Congress and compares favorably to other education financing options. Graduate PLUS Loans A Graduate PLUS Loan is a credit-based loan made to a student enrolled in a Full Sail Masters Degree Program. Similar to the Parent PLUS Loan, but only available to credit-worthy graduate students, Graduate PLUS loans can also provide funds for educational and living expenses. Students should always consider lower cost Stafford Loans before applying for a Graduate PLUS Loan. As with Stafford Loans, repayment terms and conditions are flexible in order to meet the needs of students after graduation. Special Programs FEDERAL WORK-STUDY Full Sail participates in the Federal Work-Study Program. The Federal Work-Study Program is designed to provide jobs to qualified students with financial need allowing them to earn money to help pay education-related expenses. The program encourages community service work and work related to the student s course of study. Students are awarded Federal Work Study funds based on a federally-prescribed formula. Full Sail is an equal opportunity employer. Financial Aid on the Web U.S. Department of Education - Federal Aid Programs - Free Application for Federal Student Aid - Florida Department of Education - National Student Loan Data System - Private Education Loans Many private lenders offer alternative education loans to supplement the federal programs after maximum limits are reached. These non-federal education loans have differing fees, interest rates and repayment options. They are credit-based and students may often secure a more favorable interest rate by using a co-signer. Private education loans provide funds for educational and living expenses up to the cost of attendance less other financial aid. Students are strongly encouraged to maximize their eligibility for federal aid prior to applying for any private education loan. Contact the Financial Aid Department for more information. GENERAL INFORMATION Financial Aid 270

271 Career Development Career Development Department Entering the entertainment media industry, as with many other areas of employment, is challenging and sometimes difficult. Researching, networking, and staying current with industry trends are all keys to unlocking a successful career. The services of the Career Development Department support the technical and professional skills gained throughout a student s education. Full Sail s Career Development Department governs: 1. degree specific lectures and presentations designed to prepare students for the pursuit of internships and entry level employment, including instruction about résumé creation, interview techniques, and the professionalism required within the industry, 2. a regularly updated record of potential employers in the industry, 3. a well-organized industry outreach effort to promote awareness of Full Sail s degree programs, as well as qualified graduates and their successes, and 4. an online community for all Full Sail alumni to promote networking and professional relationships. Full Sail degree program students preparing for graduation as well as alumni throughout their careers may utilize Career Development services. Those desiring assistance must register their requests with the Career Development Department. The Career Development Department requires a consistent and professional dialogue from each student or graduate in order to provide effective assistance. Flexibility is desirable with respect to location or type of employment and may enhance the efforts of our services. Relocation for specific types of employment may be necessary in order to successfully launch and maintain a career in the entertainment media industry. If specific, employment-related information beyond the scope of the Career Development Department is requested, every reasonable effort will be made to supply available contact information of other resources that may be able to further assist students and alumni. Full Sail educates students about the process of successfully marketing themselves to the industry. The Career Development Department is frequently approached by entertainment media facilities seeking the services of graduates. In selecting candidates, the department will review the graduate s GPA, attendance records, and GPS score. Graduates who meet the qualifications set forth by the Career Development Department and the employers are then considered. Even though Full Sail makes a reasonable effort to assist each graduate in seeking employment, this in no way constitutes a promise or guarantee of employment. Career assistance may be suspended in the event that a student s financial commitments are delinquent or in default. Completion of individual courses does not qualify students for career assistance. GENERAL INFORMATION Career Development 271

272 Tuition Breakdown 2013 Tuition Breakdown Master of Arts Degree Program NEW MEDIA JOURNALISM Semester 1 $ 7,750 Semester 2 $ 7,750 Semester 3 $ 15,500 Total Tuition $ 31,000 Cost per Credit Hour $ 646 PUBLIC RELATIONS Semester 1 $ 7,000 Semester 2 $ 7,000 Semester 3 $ 14,000 Total Tuition $ 28,000 Cost per Credit Hour $ 778 Master of Fine Arts Degree Programs CREATIVE WRITING Semester 1 $ 7,750 Semester 2 $ 7,750 Semester 3 $ 15,500 Total Tuition $ 31,000 Cost per Credit Hour $ 646 MEDIA DESIGN Semester 1 $ 8,700 Semester 2 $ 8,700 Semester 3 $ 18,600 Total Tuition $ 36,000 Cost per Credit Hour $ 600 Master of Science Degree Programs EDUCATION MEDIA DESIGN & TECHNOLOGY Semester 1 $ 7,750 Semester 2 $ 7,750 Semester 3 $ 15,500 Total Tuition $ 31,000 Cost per Credit Hour $ 861 ENTERTAINMENT BUSINESS Semester 1 $ 7,750 Semester 2 $ 7,750 Semester 3 $ 15,500 Total Tuition $ 31,000 Cost per Credit Hour $ 747 ENTERTAINMENT BUSINESS with a Sports Management Elective Track Semester 1 $ 7,750 Semester 2 $ 7,750 Semester 3 $ 15,500 Total Tuition $ 31,000 Cost per Credit Hour $ 747 INNOVATION & ENTREPRENEURSHIP Semester 1 $ 7,000 Semester 2 $ 7,000 Semester 3 $ 14,000 Total Tuition $ 28,000 Cost per Credit Hour $ 778 INTERNET MARKETING Semester 1 $ 7,750 Semester 2 $ 7,750 Semester 3 $ 15,500 Total Tuition $ 31,000 Cost per Credit Hour $ 838 Bachelor of Fine Arts Degree Program CREATIVE WRITING FOR ENTERTAINMENT Semester 1 $ 7,125 Semester 2 $ 7,125 Semester 3 $ 7,125 Semester 4 $ 7,125 Semester 5 $ 7,125 Semester 6 $ 7,125 Semester 7 $ 7,125 Semester 8 $ 7,125 Total Tuition $ 57,000 Cost per Credit Hour $ 456 Bachelor of Science Degree Programs COMPUTER ANIMATION Semester 1 $ 7,125 Semester 2 $ 7,125 Semester 3 $ 7,125 Semester 4 $ 7,125 Semester 5 $ 7,125 Semester 6 $ 7,125 Semester 7 $ 7,125 Semester 8 $ 7,125 Total Tuition $ 57,000 Cost per Credit Hour $ 445 DIGITAL CINEMATOGRAPHY Semester 1 $ 7,750 Semester 2 $ 7,750 Semester 3 $ 7,750 Semester 4 $ 7,750 Semester 5 $ 7,750 Semester 6 $ 7,750 Semester 7 $ 7,750 Semester 8 $ 7,750 Total Tuition $ 62,000 Cost per Credit Hour $ 498 ENTERTAINMENT BUSINESS Semester 1 $ 8,000 Semester 2 $ 8,000 Semester 3 $ 8,000 Semester 4 $ 8,000 Semester 5 $ 8,000 Semester 6 $ 8,000 Semester 7 $ 6,000 Total Tuition $ 54,000 Cost per Credit Hour $ 450 GAME ART Semester 1 $ 7,125 Semester 2 $ 7,125 Semester 3 $ 7,125 Semester 4 $ 7,125 Semester 5 $ 7,125 Semester 6 $ 7,125 Semester 7 $ 7,125 Semester 8 $ 7,125 Total Tuition $ 57,000 Cost per Credit Hour $ 463 GAME DESIGN Semester 1 $ 7,125 Semester 2 $ 7,125 Semester 3 $ 7,125 Semester 4 $ 7,125 Semester 5 $ 7,125 Semester 6 $ 7,125 Semester 7 $ 7,125 Semester 8 $ 7,125 Total Tuition $ 57,000 Cost per Credit Hour $ 475 GRAPHIC DESIGN Semester 1 $ 7,125 Semester 2 $ 7,125 Semester 3 $ 7,125 Semester 4 $ 7,125 Semester 5 $ 7,125 Semester 6 $ 7,125 Semester 7 $ 7,125 Semester 8 $ 7,125 Total Tuition $ 57,000 Cost per Credit Hour $ 467 INTERNET MARKETING Semester 1 $ 7,500 Semester 2 $ 7,500 Semester 3 $ 7,500 Semester 4 $ 7,500 Semester 5 $ 7,500 Semester 6 $ 7,500 Semester 7 $ 11,000 Total Tuition $ 56,000 Cost per Credit Hour $ 421 MEDIA COMMUNICATIONS Semester 1 $ 6,000 Semester 2 $ 6,000 Semester 3 $ 7,500 Semester 4 $ 7,500 Semester 5 $ 7,500 Semester 6 $ 7,500 Semester 7 $ 12,000 Total Tuition $ 54,000 Cost per Credit Hour $ 450 MOBILE DEVELOPMENT Semester 1 $ 7,125 Semester 2 $ 7,125 Semester 3 $ 7,125 Semester 4 $ 7,125 Semester 5 $ 7,125 Semester 6 $ 7,125 Semester 7 $ 7,125 Semester 8 $ 7,125 Total Tuition $ 57,000 Cost per Credit Hour $ 429 MUSIC BUSINESS Semester 1 $ 7,500 Semester 2 $ 7,500 Semester 3 $ 7,500 Semester 4 $ 7,500 Semester 5 $ 7,500 Semester 6 $ 7,500 Semester 7 $ 11,000 Total Tuition $ 56,000 Cost per Credit Hour $ 452 MUSIC PRODUCTION Semester 1 $ 7,125 Semester 2 $ 7,125 Semester 3 $ 7,125 Semester 4 $ 7,125 Semester 5 $ 7,125 Semester 6 $ 7,125 Semester 7 $ 7,125 Semester 8 $ 7,125 Total Tuition $ 57,000 Cost per Credit Hour $ 440 SPORTS MARKETING & MEDIA Semester 1 $ 7,125 Semester 2 $ 7,125 Semester 3 $ 7,125 Semester 4 $ 7,125 Semester 5 $ 7,125 Semester 6 $ 7,125 Semester 7 $ 7,125 Semester 8 $ 7,125 Total Tuition $ 57,000 Cost per Credit Hour $ 449 WEB DESIGN & DEVELOPMENT Semester 1 $ 7,500 Semester 2 $ 7,500 Semester 3 $ 7,500 Semester 4 $ 7,500 Semester 5 $ 8,000 Semester 6 $ 8,000 Semester 7 $ 11,000 Total Tuition $ 57,000 Cost per Credit Hour $ 460 Graduate Certificate Programs EDUCATION MEDIA DESIGN & TECHNOLOGY Semester 1 $ 7,200 Total Tuition $ 7,200 Cost per Credit Hour $ 600 INTERNET MARKETING Semester 1 $ 7,500 Total Tuition $ 7,500 Cost per Credit Hour $ 600 Tuition amounts are subject to change. For the most up-to-date tuition information, speak with your Admissions Representative or visit GENERAL INFORMATION Tuition Breakdown 272

273 General Information Transferring Credits into Other Full Sail Bachelor s Degrees Those who have earned or will earn an associate s degree from Full Sail may be eligible to transfer credits towards other Full Sail bachelor s degrees. Graduates with an associate s degree or higher from another accredited postsecondary educational institution recognized by the U.S. Department of Education may be eligible to transfer credits towards other Full Sail bachelor s degrees. To be eligible, the previous degree should be related to the educational program objectives of the specific degree. To determine the cost and transfer of credit eligibility, contact Full Sail s Admissions Department. Multiple Degrees Students may take a combination of Bachelor of Science Degree Programs and Master of Science Degree Programs, based on eligibility requirements. A $200 refundable deposit is required to apply for each additional Bachelor or Master of Science Degree Program. An Admissions Representative is available to offer recommendations on Degree Program combinations and order. Degrees Awarded Upon completion of the degree program or graduate certificate, the student will be awarded: Master of Arts Degree New Media Journalism Public Relations Master of Fine Arts Degree Creative Writing Media Design Master of Science Degree Education Media Design & Technology Entertainment Business Entertainment Business with a Sports Management Elective Track Innovation & Entrepreneurship Internet Marketing Bachelor of Fine Arts Degree Creative Writing for Entertainment Bachelor of Science Degree Computer Animation Digital Cinematography Entertainment Business Game Art Game Design Graphic Design Internet Marketing Media Communications Mobile Development Music Business Music Production Sports Marketing & Media Web Design & Development Graduate Certificates Education Media Design & Technology Internet Marketing Fees/Deposits A $75 application fee is required to apply for a Degree Program. For those applying for a second, or multiple degrees, an additional $200 refundable deposit is required. A $200 deposit is required for each individual course. Availability of a course or degree start date is subject to class size limitations. A seat will only be reserved upon receipt of each course/ program s deposit. The application fee and deposit(s) are not covered by financial aid. The application fee and deposit(s) are included in the tuition prices listed. Deposits held for future Degree Programs may be credited toward any amount due Full Sail, for any other tuition or fees that may be due. Delay of Start Date Full Sail will charge a non-refundable fee of $100 for each revision that results in a delay of a student s start date. Non-Sufficient Funds A $25 fee will be charged for any check returned for non-sufficient funds. Comparative Program Information Comparative program information related to tuition and program length is available from:» Accrediting Commission of Career Schools and Colleges 2101 Wilson Boulevard, Suite 302 Arlington, VA (703) GENERAL INFORMATION 273

274 General Information What s Included The cost of a Full Sail Degree Program includes expenses such as textbooks, manuals, media, production materials, lab fees, technology fees, and other associated costs except as noted. Institutional Fee All students are required to purchase a computer and software in addition to tuition. Technology configured in accordance with program specifications. Project LaunchBox The primary component of the institutional fee is Project LaunchBox, which is an Apple MacBook Pro computer that serves as a personal workstation throughout their education. This notebook computer comes with degreespecific software that allows students to work on their projects on and off-campus and maintain their personal portfolio of work wherever they may be. The choice of Apple hardware has allowed Full Sail to develop our curriculum to a high and specific standard of computer capability, while giving students maximum flexibility for their creativity. In addition, Full Sail s Online Learning Environment, which is utilized by all Full Sail students, is built around the capabilities of Apple workstations, helping the school to provide the same high level of education and innovation both online and on-campus. LaunchBox Pricing by Degree Program Online Degrees Fee Amount Computer Animation Bachelor of Science Online $4, Creative Writing Master of Fine Arts Online $2, Creative Writing for Entertainment Bachelor of Fine Arts Online $2, Digital Cinematography Bachelor of Science Online $3, Education Media Design & Technology Master of Science Online $2, Education Media Design & Technology Graduate Certificate Online $2, Entertainment Business Sports Management Master of Science Online $2, Entertainment Business Bachelor of Science Online $2, Entertainment Business Bachelor of Science Completer Program Online $2, Entertainment Business Master of Science Online $2, Game Art Bachelor of Science Online $4, Game Design Bachelor of Science Online $2, Graphic Design Bachelor of Science Online $3, Innovation & Entrepreneurship Master of Science Online $2, Internet Marketing Bachelor of Science Online $2, Internet Marketing Master of Science Online $2, Internet Marketing Graduate Certificate Online $2, Media Communications Bachelor of Science Online $3, Media Design Master of Fine Arts Online $2, Mobile Development Bachelor of Science Online $3, Music Business Bachelor of Science Online $3, Music Production Bachelor of Science Online $3, New Media Journalism Master of Arts Online $4, Public Relations Master of Arts Online $3, Sports Marketing & Media Bachelor of Science Online $4, Web Design & Development Bachelor of Science Online $2, Online Fee Amount includes shipping and software. GENERAL INFORMATION 274

275 Class Schedules Class Schedules Computer Animation Bachelor of Science Degree Program START GRADUATION January 7, 2013 September 3/4, 2015 February 4, 2013 October 1/2, 2015 March 4, 2013 October 29/30, 2015 April 8, 2013 November 24/25, 2015 May 6, 2013 December 18/19, 2015 June 3, 2013 February 4/5, 2016 July 8, 2013 March 3/4, 2016 August 5, 2013 March 24/25, 2016 September 4, 2013 May 5/6, 2016 September 30, 2013 June 2/3, 2016 October 28, 2013 June 30/July 1, 2016 November 25, 2013 August 4/5, 2016 Creative Writing for Entertainment Bachelor of Fine Arts Degree Program START GRADUATION January 7, 2013 September 3/4, 2015 February 4, 2013 October 1/2, 2015 March 4, 2013 October 29/30, 2015 April 8, 2013 November 24/25, 2015 May 6, 2013 December 18/19, 2015 June 3, 2013 February 4/5, 2016 July 8, 2013 March 3/4, 2016 August 5, 2013 March 24/25, 2016 September 4, 2013 May 5/6, 2016 September 30, 2013 June 2/3, 2016 October 28, 2013 June 30/July 1, 2016 November 25, 2013 August 4/5, 2016 Creative Writing Master of Fine Arts Degree Program START GRADUATION January 7, 2013 December 20/21, 2013 February 4, 2013 February 6/7, 2014 March 4, 2013 March 6/7, 2014 April 8, 2013 April 3/4, 2014 May 6, 2013 May 8/9, 2014 June 3, 2013 June 5/6, 2014 July 8, 2013 June 27/28, 2014 August 5, 2013 August 7/8, 2014 September 4, 2013 September 4/5, 2014 September 30, 2013 October 2/3, 2014 October 28, 2013 October 30/31, 2014 November 25, 2013 November 25/26, 2014 Education Media Design and Technology Master of Science Degree Program START GRADUATION January 7, 2013 December 20/21, 2013 February 4, 2013 February 6/7, 2014 March 4, 2013 March 6/7, 2014 April 8, 2013 April 3/4, 2014 May 6, 2013 May 8/9, 2014 June 3, 2013 June 5/6, 2014 July 8, 2013 June 27/28, 2014 August 5, 2013 August 7/8, 2014 September 4, 2013 September 4/5, 2014 September 30, 2013 October 2/3, 2014 October 28, 2013 October 30/31, 2014 November 25, 2013 November 25/26, 2014 Education Media Design and Technology Graduate Certificate Program START GRADUATION January 7, 2013 May 9/10, 2013 February 4, 2013 June 6/7, 2013 March 4, 2013 June 27/28, 2013 April 8, 2013 August 8/9, 2013 May 6, 2013 September 5/6, 2013 June 3, 2013 October 3/4, 2013 July 8, 2013 October 31/Nov 1, 2013 August 5, 2013 November 26/27, 2013 September 4, 2013 December 20/21, 2013 September 30, 2013 February 6/7, 2014 October 28, 2013 March 6/7, 2014 November 25, 2013 April 3/4, 2014 Entertainment Business Bachelor of Science Degree Program START GRADUATION January 7, 2013 February 5/6, 2015 February 4, 2013 March 5/6, 2015 March 4, 2013 April 2/3, 2015 April 8, 2013 May 7/8, 2015 May 6, 2013 June 4/5, 2015 June 3, 2013 June 26/27, 2015 July 8, 2013 August 6/7, 2015 August 5, 2013 September 3/4, 2015 September 4, 2013 October 1/2, 2015 September 30, 2013 October 29/30, 2015 October 28, 2013 November 24/25, 2015 November 25, 2013 December 18/19, 2015 Game Art Bachelor of Science Degree Program START GRADUATION January 7, 2013 September 3/4, 2015 February 4, 2013 October 1/2, 2015 March 4, 2013 October 29/30, 2015 April 8, 2013 November 24/25, 2015 May 6, 2013 December 18/19, 2015 June 3, 2013 February 4/5, 2016 July 8, 2013 March 3/4, 2016 August 5, 2013 March 24/25, 2016 September 4, 2013 May 5/6, 2016 September 30, 2013 June 2/3, 2016 October 28, 2013 June 30/July 1, 2016 November 25, 2013 August 4/5, 2016 Game Design Bachelor of Science Degree Program START GRADUATION January 7, 2013 September 3/4, 2015 February 4, 2013 October 1/2, 2015 March 4, 2013 October 29/30, 2015 April 8, 2013 November 24/25, 2015 May 6, 2013 December 18/19, 2015 June 3, 2013 February 4/5, 2016 July 8, 2013 March 3/4, 2016 August 5, 2013 March 24/25, 2016 September 4, 2013 May 5/6, 2016 September 30, 2013 June 2/3, 2016 October 28, 2013 June 30/July 1, 2016 November 25, 2013 August 4/5, 2016 Graphic Design Bachelor of Science Degree Program START GRADUATION January 7, 2013 September 3/4, 2015 February 4, 2013 October 1/2, 2015 March 4, 2013 October 29/30, 2015 April 8, 2013 November 24/25, 2015 May 6, 2013 December 18/19, 2015 June 3, 2013 February 4/5, 2016 July 8, 2013 March 3/4, 2016 August 5, 2013 March 24/25, 2016 September 4, 2013 May 5/6, 2016 September 30, 2013 June 2/3, 2016 October 28, 2013 June 30/July 1, 2016 November 25, 2013 August 4/5, 2016 Internet Marketing Bachelor of Science Degree Program START GRADUATION January 7, 2013 May 5/6, 2016 February 4, 2013 June 2/3, 2016 March 4, 2013 June 30/July 1, 2016 April 8, 2013 August 4/5, 2016 May 6, 2013 September 1/2, 2016 June 3, 2013 September 29/30, 2016 July 8, 2013 October 27/28, 2016 August 5, 2013 November 22/23, 2016 September 4, 2013 December 16/17, 2016 September 30, 2013 February 2/3, 2017 October 28, 2013 March 2/3, 2017 November 25, 2013 March 30/31, 2017 Internet Marketing Master of Science Degree Program START GRADUATION January 7, 2013 December 20/21, 2013 February 4, 2013 February 6/7, 2014 March 4, 2013 March 6/7, 2014 April 8, 2013 April 3/4, 2014 May 6, 2013 May 8/9, 2014 June 3, 2013 June 5/6, 2014 July 8, 2013 June 27/28, 2014 August 5, 2013 August 7/8, 2014 September 4, 2013 September 4/5, 2014 September 30, 2013 October 2/3, 2014 October 28, 2013 October 30/31, 2014 November 25, 2013 November 25/26, 2014 Internet Marketing Graduate Certificate Program START GRADUATION January 7, 2013 May 9/10, 2013 February 4, 2013 June 6/7, 2013 March 4, 2013 June 27/28, 2013 April 8, 2013 August 8/9, 2013 May 6, 2013 September 5/6, 2013 June 3, 2013 October 3/4, 2013 July 8, 2013 October 31/November 1, 2013 August 5, 2013 November 26/27, 2013 September 4, 2013 December 20/21, 2013 September 30, 2013 February 6/7, 2014 October 28, 2013 March 6/7, 2014 November 25, 2013 April 3/4, 2014 Digital Cinematography Bachelor of Science Degree Program START GRADUATION January 7, 2013 September 3/4, 2015 February 4, 2013 October 1/2, 2015 March 4, 2013 October 29/30, 2015 April 8, 2013 November 24/25, 2015 May 6, 2013 December 18/19, 2015 June 3, 2013 February 4/5, 2016 July 8, 2013 March 3/4, 2016 August 5, 2013 March 24/25, 2016 September 4, 2013 May 5/6, 2016 September 30, 2013 June 2/3, 2016 October 28, 2013 June 30/July 1, 2016 November 25, 2013 August 4/5, 2016 * The Entertainment Business Master of Science and the Entertainment Business Master of Science with a Sports Management Elective Track Degree Programs have the same class schedule. Entertainment Business Master of Science Degree Program* START GRADUATION January 7, 2013 December 20/21, 2013 February 4, 2013 February 6/7, 2014 March 4, 2013 March 6/7, 2014 April 8, 2013 April 3/4, 2014 May 6, 2013 May 8/9, 2014 June 3, 2013 June 5/6, 2014 July 8, 2013 June 27/28, 2014 August 5, 2013 August 7/8, 2014 September 4, 2013 September 4/5, 2014 September 30, 2013 October 2/3, 2014 October 28, 2013 October 30/31, 2014 November 25, 2013 November 25/26, 2014 Innovation & Entrepreneurship Master of Science Degree Program START GRADUATION January 7, 2013 December 20/21, 2013 February 4, 2013 February 6/7, 2014 March 4, 2013 March 6/7, 2014 April 8, 2013 April 3/4, 2014 May 6, 2013 May 8/9, 2014 June 3, 2013 June 5/6, 2014 July 8, 2013 June 27/28, 2014 August 5, 2013 August 7/8, 2014 September 4, 2013 September 4/5, 2014 September 30, 2013 October 2/3, 2014 October 28, 2013 October 30/31, 2014 November 25, 2013 November 25/26, 2014 Media Communications Bachelor of Science Degree Program START GRADUATION January 7, 2013 May 5/6, 2016 February 4, 2013 June 2/3, 2016 March 4, 2013 June 30/July 1, 2016 April 8, 2013 August 4/5, 2016 May 6, 2013 September 1/2, 2016 June 3, 2013 September 29/30, 2016 July 8, 2013 October 27/28, 2016 August 5, 2013 November 22/23, 2016 September 4, 2013 December 16/17, 2016 September 30, 2013 February 2/3, 2017 October 28, 2013 March 2/3, 2017 November 25, 2013 March 30/31, 2017 GENERAL INFORMATION Class Schedule 275

276 Class Schedules Class Schedules (Cont.) Media Design Master of Fine Arts Degree Program START GRADUATION January 7, 2013 December 20/21, 2013 February 4, 2013 February 6/7, 2014 March 4, 2013 March 6/7, 2014 April 8, 2013 April 3/4, 2014 May 6, 2013 May 8/9, 2014 June 3, 2013 June 5/6, 2014 July 8, 2013 June 27/28, 2014 August 5, 2013 August 7/8, 2014 September 4, 2013 September 4/5, 2014 September 30, 2013 October 2/3, 2014 October 28, 2013 October 30/31, 2014 November 25, 2013 November 25/26, 2014 Mobile Development Bachelor of Science Degree Program START GRADUATION January 7, 2013 September 3/4, 2015 February 4, 2013 October 1/2, 2015 March 4, 2013 October 29/30, 2015 April 8, 2013 November 24/25, 2015 May 6, 2013 December 18/19, 2015 June 3, 2013 February 4/5, 2016 July 8, 2013 March 3/4, 2016 August 5, 2013 March 24/25, 2016 September 4, 2013 May 5/6, 2016 September 30, 2013 June 2/3, 2016 October 28, 2013 June 30/July 1, 2016 November 25, 2013 August 4/5, 2016 Music Business Bachelor of Science Degree Program START GRADUATION January 7, 2013 May 5/6, 2016 February 4, 2013 June 2/3, 2016 March 4, 2013 June 30/July 1, 2016 April 8, 2013 August 4/5, 2016 May 6, 2013 September 1/2, 2016 June 3, 2013 September 29/30, 2016 July 8, 2013 October 27/28, 2016 August 5, 2013 November 22/23, 2016 September 4, 2013 December 16/17, 2016 September 30, 2013 February 2/3, 2017 October 28, 2013 March 2/3, 2017 November 25, 2013 March 30/31, 2017 New Media Journalism Master of Arts Degree Program START GRADUATION January 7, 2013 December 20/21, 2013 February 4, 2013 February 6/7, 2014 March 4, 2013 March 6/7, 2014 April 8, 2013 April 3/4, 2014 May 6, 2013 May 8/9, 2014 June 3, 2013 June 5/6, 2014 July 8, 2013 June 27/28, 2014 August 5, 2013 August 7/8, 2014 September 4, 2013 September 4/5, 2014 September 30, 2013 October 2/3, 2014 October 28, 2013 October 30/31, 2014 November 25, 2013 November 25/26, 2014 Public Relations Master of Arts Degree Program START GRADUATION January 7, 2013 December 20/21, 2013 February 4, 2013 February 6/7, 2014 March 4, 2013 March 6/7, 2014 April 8, 2013 April 3/4, 2014 May 6, 2013 May 8/9, 2014 June 3, 2013 June 5/6, 2014 July 8, 2013 June 27/28, 2014 August 5, 2013 August 7/8, 2014 September 4, 2013 September 4/5, 2014 September 30, 2013 October 2/3, 2014 October 28, 2013 October 30/31, 2014 November 25, 2013 November 25/26, 2014 Sports Marketing & Media Bachelor of Science Degree Program START GRADUATION January 7, 2013 September 3/4, 2015 February 4, 2013 October 1/2, 2015 March 4, 2013 October 29/30, 2015 April 8, 2013 November 24/25, 2015 May 6, 2013 December 18/19, 2015 June 3, 2013 February 4/5, 2016 July 8, 2013 March 3/4, 2016 August 5, 2013 March 24/25, 2016 September 4, 2013 May 5/6, 2016 September 30, 2013 June 2/3, 2016 October 28, 2013 June 30/July 1, 2016 November 25, 2013 August 4/5, Holiday Schedule Spring Break... March 30 - April 7, 2013 Memorial Day... May 27, 2013 July 4th Break... June 30 - July 7, 2013 Labor Day Break... September 1-3, 2013 Thanksgiving...November 27 (1pm) - December 1, 2013 Winter Break... December 21 (1pm), January 5, 2014 Music Production Bachelor of Science Degree Program START GRADUATION January 7, 2013 September 3/4, 2015 February 4, 2013 October 1/2, 2015 March 4, 2013 October 29/30, 2015 April 8, 2013 November 24/25, 2015 May 6, 2013 December 18/19, 2015 June 3, 2013 February 4/5, 2016 July 8, 2013 March 3/4, 2016 August 5, 2013 March 24/25, 2016 September 4, 2013 May 5/6, 2016 September 30, 2013 June 2/3, 2016 October 28, 2013 June 30/July 1, 2016 November 25, 2013 August 4/5, 2016 Web Design & Development Bachelor of Science Degree Program START GRADUATION January 7, 2013 April 2/3, 2015 February 4, 2013 May 7/8, 2015 March 4, 2013 June 4/5, 2015 April 8, 2013 June 26/27, 2015 May 6, 2013 August 6/7, 2015 June 3, 2013 September 3/4, 2015 July 8, 2013 October 1/2, 2015 August 5, 2013 October 29/30, 2015 September 4, 2013 November 24/25, 2015 September 30, 2013 December 18/19, 2015 October 28, 2013 February 4/5, 2016 November 25, 2013 March 3/4, 2016 GENERAL INFORMATION Class Schedule 276

277 Online Education Online Education at Full Sail Online degree programs and courses are delivered over the Full Sail Online Learning Environment a secure web-based platform that employs modern multimedia technologies and is accessible 24 hours a day via the Internet. Online students use this system to view video content, receive and submit project work and assignments, take tests and quizzes, communicate with instructors and classmates, and review grades and course progress. Requirements Applicants to online-only degree programs will be required to complete an online orientation and assessment module. The assessment module confirms that the applicant has received sufficient instruction and information from the orientation module. The module explains the best practices for conducting online learning, overall operation of the online platform, procedures for troubleshooting problems and contacting the technical support team, and general school policy as it applies to the online format. Effective for the term starting on March 4th, 2013, applicants to online-only bachelor s degree programs will be required to complete an online education readiness evaluation (OERE). The OERE assesses whether the student has the necessary skills, competencies, and access to technology to succeed in a distance education environment. The evaluation consists of a pre-entry questionnaire, a student preferences survey and an online education readiness module. Applicants to online degree programs are required to have access to a reliable computer capable of running multimedia applications and navigating media-rich websites. Applicants are also required to have access to a reliable high-speed Internet connection. Online Support The staff of Full Sail Online Support works together with students, faculty, and administration to make the student experience positive, reassuring, and seamless throughout our online courses. Student Services Our mission is to provide the highest standard of technical support and to nurture students growth and development while allowing them to enhance the skills necessary to be successful in an online environment. Student Services Full Sail Support Specialists can assist with resolving technical issues associated with the functionality of the online platform. You can reach Online Support by phone at or by at [email protected]. International Student Center International students may be assisted by the International Student Center in matters regarding visa status. International students are welcome to seek assistance with issues of daily living such as opening bank accounts, obtaining driver s licenses and medical insurance. The International Student Center works closely with other Full Sail staff members to ensure a smooth transition for students from other countries attending Full Sail. Services for Students with Disabilities Full Sail is committed to providing equal access to all students, including those who qualify as persons with disabilities. While upholding this commitment, Full Sail also expects all students to maintain the high standards of academic achievement and excellence that are essential to the integrity of the school s mission. By advancing these aims, Full Sail ensures that its policies, practices, and procedures conform to federal, state, and local statutes and regulations. Provide written documentation to the Director of Student Affairs regarding the nature of your disability and any considerations/ accommodations that may be necessary. Such documentation must: (1) be from an appropriate professional, (2) not be more than three years old and, (3) provide a clear understanding of how the student is presently functioning. Full Sail s confidentiality policy provides that only the appropriate Full Sail personnel access this information and it is stored in separate, confidential files. Except in instances of health or safety, information concerning the disability, accommodations, or documentation will not be released without written consent. Provide ample time when requesting a reasonable accommodation(s). Requests must be evaluated and arrangements made prior to the anticipated need for service/support. Full Sail cannot guarantee that appropriate accommodations/services can be put in place without sufficient lead-time to make arrangements. Whenever possible, please provide at least 60 days advance notice. The Director of Student Affairs, assigned by the President, makes determinations of reasonable accommodations for students with disabilities. Fax documentation to (407) Academic Success Department The staff of the Academic Success Department works collaboratively with the students, faculty and administration to create a positive environment for development throughout our student s academic journey. We aim to provide support and encouragement that enables our students to develop character and integrity while expanding their competency and skills. We strive to endorse learning in the classroom and in the community, not only through academics but through personal growth and maturity. The Academic Success Department provides services through Student Advising, Student Records, Student Success Seminars, Global Professionalism Standards, and the Library. We work closely with the faculty to ensure the best support services for all students. Student Advisors can assist with scheduling issues, leaves of absence, community referrals, and can act as a contact for parents. Student Advisors are available during regular office hours Monday through Friday, either by appointment or on an availability basis. GENERAL INFORMATION Online Education 277

278 Student Services Student Services, cont. The Student Success Seminars The Student Success Seminars, unique to Full Sail and available online and on campus, are offered as a service to Degree-seeking students. These optional classes in human performance enhancement are not remedial classes, but have been designed specifically to help students perform well within Full Sail s compressed Degree Programs. The Student Success Seminars are designed to help students acquire tools for building competency, self-esteem and self-management. Topics covered include discussions about study skills and test-taking strategies, developing positive strategies for dealing with life circumstances and relationships, managing stress, balancing logic and emotion, creative and critical thinking, budgeting and money management, and time management. There are no fees for these seminars and they may be prescribed, when indicated by lower than expected academic achievement, by the Director of Student Affairs. Policies & Procedures Policies & Procedures Advancement An academic year consists of 32 weeks of instruction. In order to advance to the next grade level (freshman to sophomore, etc.), students must earn a minimum of 24 semester credits during that academic year. Anti-Hazing Policy Full Sail does not allow hazing for any reason whatsoever. Students engaging in any potentially harmful activities will be disciplined and may be subject to suspension or termination. Appeals Any disciplinary or administrative action taken according to Full Sail policies may be appealed to an Appeals Committee. Appeals must be submitted in writing to Student Advisors. The Appeals Committee is convened as required by the Director of Advising and consists of no less than five senior Full Sail administrators including the Program Director for a given student s particular program of study. Attendance Specific daily attendance is not recorded for online courses, as it would be on campus. Students are required, however, to maintain weekly logins and timely submission of assignments or they may risk being withdrawn for lack of attendance. Auditing Graduates of Full Sail s Degree Programs may audit (attend without credit) any current course in their degree program with permission of the Director of Student Affairs. Auditing is allowed on an available-seating basis. Changes Full Sail reserves the right to affect changes in tuition, textbooks, equipment, administration, schedules, subject matter, faculty and staff, and to teach courses in any order it deems necessary. Class Size Full Sail s philosophy is to put students in environments with optimal student to instructor ratios. To achieve this, online course sections are limited to a maximum of 25. Conduct Students are expected to conduct themselves honorably and with dignity at all times. They are responsible for learning and abiding by state and local laws. Conviction for a criminal offense or any behavior reflecting dishonor or discredit on the college is sufficient grounds for termination. In addition, Full Sail reserves the right to terminate enrollment in the event of cheating, disruptive behavior, substance abuse or destruction of property at studios, offices, classrooms, or any other accommodations arranged by Full Sail. Although the mode of dress is casual, shoes, pants and shirts must be worn at all Full Sail-related activities. Discretion, modesty, and good taste are expected at all times. Course Numbering System Each course is assigned a three- or four-letter course prefix that identifies the degree program the class is associated with and a three- or four-digit course suffix that identifies the level, course number, and course version of each course within their respective program. Credit for Previous Education Students with previous postsecondary education may request credit for previous education. TRANSFER CREDIT Those seeking transfer credit from another accredited postsecondary school while attending Full Sail must submit an official transcript to the Transcript Registrar. To receive transfer credit, students must have successfully completed courses similar in scope and content to Full Sail courses. The submission of a copy of official college transcripts must occur within the first two weeks of attendance at Full Sail. For those GENERAL INFORMATION Policies & Procedures 278

279 Policies & Procedures Policies & Procedures classes that begin the first week in a degree program, a copy of official college transcripts must be received before class begins. The right to receive transfer credit for a course is only granted for successful completion of prior education in subjects that have received a grade of C or better. Acceptance of transfer credit may change a student s eligibility for certain types of financial aid. TRANSFERABILITY OF CREDIT Questions regarding matriculation should be directed to the institution at which continued education is being sought. The transferability of credit from Full Sail to another institution is at the discretion of the accepting institution. It is the student s responsibility to confirm whether or not credits will be accepted by another college. Evaluations During courses, students are evaluated on their performance through a series of quizzes, exams, and project evaluations. They are evaluated on theory, technical and practical application, and attitude. Global Professionalism Standards For 30 years, Full Sail has built relationships within the Entertainment Media Industry and has learned from industry professionals, our alumni and Advisory Board members, those items that are crucial to a successful career. It is the school s role to ensure that each student understands, accepts, and adheres to specific industry expectations placed upon graduates as they pursue their chosen field. In addition to the school s widely-respected education, Full Sail is a unique community that promotes the importance of a vital code of conduct, which will allow a student to transition into a successful media professional. The Global Professionalism Standards (GPS) program is a formal set of standards for professional conduct which reflects the expectations of the industry. While these standards have been represented in the Full Sail Student Manual s code of conduct since the school s inception, this expanded program quantifies these terms, allowing students to measure their progress as well as giving them a platform from which excellence can be gauged. These initiatives address the need for students and graduates alike to exhibit a desired level of professionalism thereby ensuring each student a respectful, optimized learning environment, while allowing Full Sail graduates to be viewed as more competitive and better qualified for entering the industry. The GPS contains five main components that will be evaluated throughout the education term as a student. These components are: Timeliness Evidencing Respect Preparation Alertness/Attentiveness Compliance with Full Sail s policies as well as local and federal laws Each student s professional skills will be assessed during their tenure with Full Sail in three areas: Learning Environment, Education, and Community. Learning Environment and Education: The ability to follow the code of conduct set forth in the Full Sail Student Manual (factors including: timeliness, evidencing respect, preparation, alertness/attentiveness and compliance with Full Sail s policies as well as local and federal laws) will ensure that each student maintains a GPS score of 100 percent. Failure to follow any and/ or all parts of the Full Sail code of conduct will result in points being deducted from the GPS score. Community: This element represents the ability to add to the GPS score by contributing and participating in events both within Full Sail and throughout the larger community. Events may include: volunteer work, attending designated tutorials or workshops, starting or participating in a community-minded group, or organizing a benevolent fund-raising event. The Global Professionalism Standards program was created with the help of industry professionals and students to help the current student become familiar with the professional attributes of employment and to enhance the ability to successfully navigate within a professional environment. Grading System GRADE NUMERICAL GRADE GRADE POINTS A B C D F GENERAL INFORMATION Policies & Procedures 279

280 Policies & Procedures Policies & Procedures Florida s Statewide Course Numbering System Courses in this catalog are identified by prefixes and numbers that were assigned by Florida s Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS). This numbering system is used by all public postsecondary institutions in Florida and 25 participating nonpublic institutions. The major purpose of this system is to facilitate the transfer of courses between participating institutions. Students and administrators can use the online SCNS to obtain course descriptions and specific information about course transfer between participating Florida institutions. This information is at the SCNS website at Each participating institution controls the title, credit, and content of its own courses and recommends the first digit of the course number to indicate the level at which students normally take the course. Course prefixes and the last three digits of the course numbers are assigned by members of faculty discipline committees appointed for that purpose by the Florida Department of Education in Tallahassee. Individuals nominated to serve on these committees are selected to maintain a representative balance as to type of institution and discipline field or specialization. The course prefix and each digit in the course number have a meaning in the SCNS. The listing of prefixes and associated courses is referred to as the SCNS taxonomy. Descriptions of the content of courses are referred to as statewide course profiles. EXAMPLE OF COURSE IDENTIFIER PREFIX LEVEL CODE (FIRST DIGIT) CENTURY DIGIT (SECOND DIGIT) DECADE DIGIT (THIRD DIGIT) UNIT DIGIT (FOURTH DIGIT) ENC English Composition Lower (Freshman) Level At This Institution Freshman Composition Freshman Composition Skills Freshman Composition Skills I LAB CODE No laboratory component in this course GENERAL RULE FOR COURSE EQUIVALENCIES Equivalent courses at different institutions are identified by the same prefixes and same last three digits of the course number and are guaranteed to be transferable between participating institutions that offer the course, with a few exceptions, as listed below in Exception to the General Rule for Equivalency. For example, a freshman composition skills course is offered by 56 different postsecondary institutions. Each institution uses ENC_101 to identify its freshman composition skills course. The level code is the first digit and represents the year in which students normally take the course at a specific institution. In the SCNS taxonomy, ENC means English Composition, the century digit 1 represents Freshman Composition, the decade digit 0 represents Freshman Composition Skills, and the unit digit 1 represents Freshman Composition Skills I. In the sciences and certain other areas, a C or L after the course number is known as a lab indicator. The C represents a combined lecture and laboratory course that meets in the same place at the same time. The L represents a laboratory course or the laboratory part of a course that has the same prefix and course number but meets at a different time or place. Transfer of any successfully completed course from one participating institution to another is guaranteed in cases where the course to be transferred is equivalent to one offered by the receiving institution. Equivalencies are established by the same prefix and last three digits and comparable faculty credentials at both institutions. For example, ENC 1101 is offered at a community college. The same course is offered at a state university as ENC A student who has successfully completed ENC 1101 at the community college is guaranteed to receive transfer credit for ENC 2101 at the state university if the student transfers. The student cannot be required to take ENC 2101 again since ENC 1101 is equivalent to ENC Transfer credit must be awarded for successfully completed equivalent courses and used by the receiving institution to determine satisfaction of requirements by transfer students on the same basis as credit awarded to the native students. It is the prerogative of the receiving institution, however, to offer transfer credit for courses successfully completed that have not been designated as equivalent. NOTE: Credit generated at institutions on the quarter-term system may not transfer the equivalent number of credits to institutions on the semester-term system. For example, 4.0 quarter hours often transfers as 2.67 semester hours. THE COURSE PREFIX The course prefix is a three-letter designator for a major division of an academic discipline, subject matter area, or subcategory of knowledge. The prefix is not intended to identify the department in which a course is offered. Rather, the content of a course determines the assigned prefix to identify the course. AUTHORITY FOR ACCEPTANCE OF EQUIVALENT COURSES Section (7), Florida Statutes, states: Any student who transfers among postsecondary institutions that are fully accredited by a regional or national accrediting agency recognized by the United States Department of Education and that participate in the statewide course numbering system shall be awarded credit by the receiving institution for courses satisfactorily completed by the student at the previous institutions. Credit shall be awarded if the courses are judged by the appropriate statewide course numbering system faculty committees representing school districts, public postsecondary educational institutions, and participating nonpublic postsecondary educational institutions to be academically equivalent to courses offered at the receiving institution, including equivalency of faculty credentials, regardless of the public or nonpublic control of the previous institution. The Department of Education shall ensure that credits to be accepted by a receiving institution are generated in courses for which the faculty possess credentials that are comparable to those required by the accrediting association of the receiving institution. The award of credit may be limited to courses that are entered in the statewide course numbering system. Credits awarded pursuant to this subsection shall satisfy institutional requirements on the same basis as credits awarded to native students. EXCEPTIONS TO THE GENERAL RULE FOR EQUIVALENCY Since the initial implementation of the SCNS, specific disciplines or types of courses have been excepted from the guarantee of transfer for equivalent courses. These include courses that must be evaluated individually or courses in which the student must be evaluated for mastery of skill and technique. The following courses are exceptions to the general rule for course equivalencies and may not transfer. Transferability is at the discretion of the receiving institution. A. Courses not offered by the receiving institution. B. For courses at non-regionally accredited institutions, courses offered prior to the established transfer date of the course in question. C. Courses in the _ series are not automatically transferable, and must be evaluated individually. These include such courses as Special Topics, Internships, Apprenticeships, Practica, Study Abroad, Theses, and Dissertations. D. College preparatory and vocational preparatory courses. E. Graduate courses. F. Internships, apprenticeships, practica, clinical experiences, and study abroad courses with numbers other than those ranging from G. Applied courses in the performing arts (Art, Dance, Interior Design, Music, and Theatre) and skills courses in Criminal Justice (academy certificate courses) are not guaranteed as transferable. These courses need evidence of achievement (e.g., portfolio, audition, interview, etc.). COURSES AT NON-REGIONALLY ACCREDITED INSTITUTIONS The SCNS makes available on its home page ( a report entitled Courses at Nonregionally Accredited Institutions that contains a comprehensive listing of all nonpublic institution courses in the SCNS inventory, as well as each course s transfer level and transfer effective date. This report is updated monthly. Questions about the SCNS and appeals regarding course credit transfer decisions should be directed to Debbie Mills, Director of Student Affairs or to the Florida Department of Education, Office of Articulation, 1401 Turlington Building, Tallahassee, Florida Special reports and technical information may be requested by calling the SCNS office at (850) or at GENERAL INFORMATION Policies & Procedures 280

281 Policies & Procedures Policies & Procedures Graduation Requirements In order to receive a degree from one of Full Sail s undergraduate degree programs, a student must: 1. Achieve a minimum GPA of 1.0 in each course, 2. Complete all applicable courses within the degree, 3. Not accrue in excess of 1.5 times the credits required to complete the program, 4. Achieve an overall cumulative GPA of 2.0, and 5. Fulfill all financial responsibilities. In order to receive a degree from one of Full Sail s graduate degree programs, a student must: 1. Achieve a minimum GPA of 2.0 and a minimum attendance rate of 90 percent in each course, 2. Complete all applicable courses within the degree, 3. Not accrue in excess of 1.5 times the credits required to complete the program, 4. Achieve an overall cumulative GPA of 3.0, and 5. Fulfill all financial responsibilities. Interruption of Training / Leave of Absence INTERRUPTION OF TRAINING (FOR STUDENTS UNDER SEMESTERS AS INDICATED ON ENROLLMENT AGREEMENT) In extenuating circumstances, students may apply for an Interruption of Training (IOT) for 90 days per Academic Year (2 Semesters). Students are required to complete the request form with a Student Advisor, which must include the following information: specific reason for the IOT, date IOT starts (must be equal to first scheduled class day missed), and date of return to classes (cannot exceed 90 days in an Academic Year). It is recommended that financial aid recipients considering an Interruption of Training consult their Financial Aid Administrator about the probable effect it will have on projected grant and loan disbursements. While on IOT, students will not receive financial aid disbursements for either tuition payment or living expense stipends. Current financial aid funding may change, and future financial aid eligibility may be delayed and changed by the length of time the student is on a leave. A student may be required to complete additional financial aid application forms based on the timing of their IOT within the financial aid period. Only students who maintain satisfactory progress with a GPA of 1.0 or higher will be granted an IOT. Students not communicating and/or not returning to school at the scheduled end of an official IOT will be dismissed. RETURN FROM INTERRUPTION OF TRAINING Students must contact a Student Advisor at least 2 weeks prior to returning from their IOT to confirm their return. A Return from IOT form will be initiated by the Student Advisor, and the student must be cleared by all departments before a schedule to return to classes is generated. Students returning from IOT should confirm clearance to return with their Student Advisor the week prior to start of new classes. Schedules may be accessed through the Propeller site or from a Student Advisor. LEAVE OF ABSENCE (FOR STUDENTS UNDER ENROLLMENT PERIODS AS INDICATED ON ENROLLMENT AGREEMENT) In extenuating circumstances, students may be permitted to interrupt their training with a Leave of Absence (LOA) of up to 90 days. Students are required to submit a written request for such leave to the Student Advisor. Request forms are available from the Student Advisor and must include the following information: specific reason for the LOA, date LOA starts (must be equal to first scheduled class day missed), and date of return to classes (cannot exceed 90 days). Only one such Leave of Absence may be granted during a twelve month period. LOAs must be for a minimum of 30 days unless mitigating circumstances warrant 2 weeks. It is recommended that financial aid recipients considering a Leave of Absence consult their Financial Aid Administrator about the probable effect such leave will have on projected grant and loan disbursements. While on LOA, students will not receive financial aid disbursements for either tuition payment or living expense sti pends. Current financial aid funding may change, and future financial aid eligibility may be delayed and changed by the length of time the student is on a leave. A student may be required to complete additional financial aid application forms based on the timing of their LOA within the financial aid period. Only students who maintain satisfactory progress will be granted a Leave of Absence. Students not communicat ing and/ or not returning to school at the scheduled end of an official LOA will be dismissed. RETURN FROM LEAVE OF ABSENCE Students must contact a Student Advisor at least 2 weeks prior to returning from their LOA to confirm their return. A Return from LOA form will be initiated by the Student Advisor, and the student must be cleared by all departments before a schedule to return to classes is generated. Students returning from LOA should confirm clearance to return with their Student Advisor the week prior to start of new classes. Schedules may be accessed through the Propeller site or from a Student Advisor. Living Expenses Disbursement of living expense funds due to the student may be withheld or delayed pending receipt of payment for any outstanding account balances owed by the student. Students not actively attending classes may not receive living expense disbursements. Make-up Work Due to the nature of on-line courses and the accelerated pace, make-up work is not offered. In extenuating circumstances, the Course Director may choose to allow a short extension for the submission of an assignment, but this must be arranged in advance with the Course Director. Authorization for an extension is solely at the discretion of the Course Director. GENERAL INFORMATION Policies & Procedures 281

282 Policies & Procedures Policies & Procedures Maximum Time Frame for Program Completion The credit hours attempted for any Degree Program cannot exceed 1.5 times the credit hours required to complete the program. This maximum time frame requirement is a standard mandated by the accrediting body, and students who exceed the time frame are dismissed from the Degree Program. Probationary Status Students who do not meet Full Sail grading, attendance, financial, or conduct standards may be placed on probation. During this time, students are advised as to the level of improvement or the action necessary to rectify the probationary status. Students are removed from probation when satisfactory progress standards have been met. Students who do not meet satisfactory progress requirements at the end of their probationary period are subject to termination. Progress Records and Reports Progress records are permanently maintained by the school. Grades and attendance for each course are posted on the student s personal page on the Student Intranet site. Unofficial transcripts of student progress are available by completing a Transcript Request Form. Parents seeking access to this progress must have students sign an authorization to release records and, that being done, may call the college for a verbal check on academic progress. Students may give their parents the student s username and password to the Student Intranet site, thereby allowing their parents access to their progress as well as Campus News. Transcript requests must be in writing from the student. To request a transcript, the student may either complete a Transcript Request Form in the Education Reception Area, on the Student Intranet site, or by sending a letter that includes the student s full name, date of birth, social security number, program of study, and the student s signature. Requests for transcripts will be processed within 14 days of receipt. Transcripts will be available for pick-up at the Education Reception desk unless instructed otherwise by the student. Re-Entry Students who have been dismissed and wish to return to school must submit a written request for re-entry. They may re-enter only at the discretion of the Director of Student Affairs. Students who have been allowed to re-enter may return at their original tuition rate as long as the return is within one year of their dismissal. If more than one year has passed, students re-enter at current tuition. Students receive financial credit for all previous Full Sail training at the correlated tuition. Any balance of tuition must be paid prior to re-entry. Upon re-entry, students are placed on probation for eight weeks and must maintain satisfactory progress to continue. Once satisfactory progress is achieved, probation is discontinued and they may continue their education as well as re-apply for financial aid. Institutional Refund Policy REFUNDS Full Sail University s Institutional Refund Policy has been established in accordance with current state and federal regulations and applicable accrediting standards. A refund to the student or fund source may result from the application of Full Sail University s Institutional Refund Policy. REFUNDS DUE TO CANCELLATIONS Students who are rejected by the college, cancel application within five (5) business days of Full Sail University s receipt of the application fee, or cancel enrollment within five (5) business days of Full Sail University s receipt of a signed enrollment agreement are entitled to a 100% refund of tuition (0% tuition charged) and a refund of the $75 application fee. Students who have not visited Full Sail University prior to enrollment will have the opportunity to cancel all courses without penalty (0% of tuition charged, excluding the application fee) within three (3) business days following either the regularly scheduled orientation or following a tour of the school. Under any other circumstances, the $75 application fee is retained by Full Sail University. If a student is terminated, withdraws, or otherwise fails to complete a semester and received financial aid while enrolled, the federal government dictates how refunds (if applicable) are repaid. The return of financial aid is dictated by the Return of Title IV Funds calculation policy. If a refund results from this calculation, federal policy requires that these unearned funds be returned to the applicable Title IV fund source. Funds are refunded to the Title IV fund source in the following federally mandated order: 1. Unsubsidized Federal Stafford loans 2. Subsidized Federal Stafford loans 3. Federal PLUS loans 4. Federal Pell grants 5. Academic Competitiveness Grant (ACG) 6. National Science & Mathematics Access to Retain Talent (SMART) 7. Federal Supplemental Education Opportunity Grant (FSEOG) 8. Other grant or loan assistance authorized by Title IV of the HEA, as amended When student withdrawal involves the repayment of Title IV funds, Full Sail University returns these funds based upon a federally recognized payment period. Full Sail University s federally recognized payment period is defined as a semester. If a student withdraws on or before completing 60% of the federally recognized payment period (defined above), a portion of the total Title IV funds awarded will be returned. The Return of Title IV Funds calculation may result in a student owing a balance to the federal government and, in some cases, to Full Sail University. Refunds are made within thirty (30) days of termination or withdrawal. If a student is provided with living expense funds originating from a student financial assistance program and fails to GENERAL INFORMATION Policies & Procedures 282

283 Policies & Procedures Policies & Procedures complete the semester for any reason, the student is required to return the unearned funds. Full Sail University will notify the student of the amount owed. If the student fails to satisfy the repayment, he or she will be ineligible for any further federal student financial aid assistance. REFUNDS DUE TO WITHDRAWAL Full Sail University has an established add/drop period that is the first week of each semester. All tuition, excluding the application fee, will be refunded to students who drop within the add/drop period. After the add/drop period, the tuition and fees for the semester will be charged as follows: PERCENTAGE OF TUITION CHARGED DROP DATE 0% of tuition charged... Prior to semester start date 0% of tuition charged...during Add / Drop Period (first week of semester) 25% of tuition charged...during second week of semester 75% of tuition charged...during third week of semester 100% of tuition charged... After third week of semester All institutional fees will be refunded to students when unopened materials and equipment are returned to Full Sail University. The date from which the refund is calculated is the last date that the student attended a class. Refunds will be made within thirty (30) days of the date that Full Sail University determines that the student has withdrawn. The original source from which monies are received dictates the entity to which monies are to be refunded. Refunds due to the student that are less than one dollar are not issued unless the student submits a written request. In the event of a student s prolonged illness, accident, death in the family, or other circumstances that make completion of the semester impossible or impractical, the school will attempt to make a fair and reasonable settlement. Full Sail University reserves the right to modify these policies in order to remain in compliance with any changes in the applicable laws and regulations. Repayment of Government Program Funds If a student is terminated, withdraws, or otherwise fails to complete an enrollment period and received financial aid while enrolled, the Federal Government dictates how refunds (if applicable) are repaid. The return of financial aid is dictated by The Return of Title IV Funds calculation policy. If a refund results from this calculation, federal policy requires that these unearned funds be returned to the applicable Title IV financial aid fund source. Funds are refunded to the Title IV Programs in the following federally mandated order: 1. Unsubsidized Federal Stafford loans 2. Subsidized Federal Stafford loans 3. Federal PLUS loans 4. Federal Pell grants 5. Academic Competitiveness Grant (ACG) 6. National Science and Mathematics Access to Retain Talent (SMART) 7. Federal Supplemental Education Opportunity Grant (FSEOG) 8. Other grant or loan assistance authorized by Title IV of the HEA, as amended When a student withdrawal involves the repayment of Title IV funds, Full Sail University returns these funds based semesters. If a student withdraws on or before completing sixty (60) percent of the semester, a portion of the total Title IV funds awarded will be returned. The Return of Title IV Funds calculation may result in the student owing a balance to the Federal Government and, in some cases, to Full Sail University. Refunds are made within thirty (30) days of termination or withdrawal. Living Expense Repayment If a student is provided with living expense funds originating from a student financial assistance program and the student fails to complete the semester for any reason, the student is required to return the unearned funds. Full Sail will notify the student of the amount owed. If the student fails to satisfy the repayment, he or she will be ineligible for any further federal student financial aid assistance. Repeat of a Course Students may repeat a course one time without additional tuition charges, however, if a student withdraws prior to graduation, all weeks of attendance (even repeats for academic failure) will be counted toward the weeks of attendance for percentage of tuition owed. Satisfactory Progress Satisfactory progress is evaluated at the end of each course and at 24 credit hours/32 weeks (which represents the end of the first academic year). During their first course, students that do not successfully complete 50% of the assignments of the first two weeks may risk being administratively withdrawn for lack of attendance. Students are graded by periodic examinations, both written and practical, using a standard system of percentages to gauge progress. To successfully complete each course, in an undergraduate program, a student must attain a grade of D or better. To successfully complete each course in a graduate program, a student must attain a grade of C or better. To maintain satisfactory progress in an undergraduate program, students must attain a minimum cumulative grade point average of 1.0 at the end of the first 25 percent of their program, a 1.5 cumulative grade point average by the midpoint of their program and a 2.0 cumulative grade point average by graduation. To maintain satisfactory progress in a graduate program, students must attain a minimum cumulative grade point average of 2.0 at the end of the first 25 percent of their program, a 2.5 cumulative grade point average by GENERAL INFORMATION Policies & Procedures 283

284 Policies & Procedures Policies & Procedures the mid-point of their program and a 3.0 cumulative grade point average by graduation. Students who fail to meet these standards are placed on probation. This probation is usually for a 90-day period. Those who fail to achieve satisfactory progress after the probationary period may be terminated. This is left to the discretion of the Director of Student Affairs. Mitigating circumstances are taken into consideration. Students are required to follow a predetermined program of study; the school does not offer noncredit remedial courses or a grade of incomplete for a course in an undergraduate degree program. Student Complaint/Grievance Procedure Students are encouraged to discuss academic progress, career goals, Students are encouraged to discuss academic progress, career goals, suggestions, and/or concerns with Full Sail staff members and/or administrators. Appointments with a Student Advisor, the Director of Student Affairs, and/or any other staff member may be scheduled. In the event of a concern, grievance or complaint that is not satisfactorily addressed in a meeting with the appropriate staff/faculty member, a student may acquire a complaint form from a Student Advisor and submit in writing the concern to the Director of Student Affairs. The Director of Student Affairs will review each complaint with all appropriate staff members and provide a written response to the student within 15 days of receiving the grievance. Schools accredited by the Accrediting Commission of Career Schools and Colleges must have a procedure and operational plan for handling student complaints. If a student does not feel that Full Sail has adequately addressed a complaint or concern, the student may consider contacting the Accrediting Commission. All complaints considered by the Commission must be in written form with permission by the complainant(s) for the Commission to forward a copy of the complaint to the school for a response. The complainant(s) will be kept informed as to the status of the complaint as well as the final resolution by the Commission. Please direct all inquiries to:» Accrediting Commission of Career Schools and Colleges 2101 Wilson Boulevard, Suite 302 Arlington, VA (703) A copy of the Commission s Complaint Form is available at the school and may be obtained by contacting Debbie Mills, Director of Student Affairs. KANSAS ONLINE STUDENTS» Kansas Board of Regents 1000 Southwest Jackson Street, Suite 520 Topeka, KS ComplaintProcedureandForm.pdf MINNESOTA ONLINE STUDENTS» Minnesota Office of Higher Education 1450 Energy Park Drive, Suite 350 St. Paul, MN ( ) WISCONSIN ONLINE STUDENTS» Wisconsin Educational Approval Board 30 W. Mifflin Street, 9th Floor PO Box 8696 Madison, WI [email protected] Students Receiving Veterans Benefits CREDIT FOR PREVIOUS TRAINING FOR STUDENTS RECEIVING VETERANS BENEFITS Students receiving veterans benefits with previous postsecondary training or work experience must have this training or work experience evaluated and receive credit when appropriate. An official transcript or documentation of work experience must be sent to the Director of Student Affairs. These students must also successfully complete the final exam for each course to be credited. The Director of Student Affairs evaluates all relevant information, and credit for previous training is granted where appropriate. If credit is given, the training time within the program may be shortened and the tuition reduced accordingly. SATISFACTORY PROGRESS FOR STUDENTS RECEIVING VETERANS BENEFITS A standard system of percentages is used for measuring progress in each course. Students are given periodic examinations, both written and practical. Those receiving veterans benefits are evaluated at the end of each class. In order to maintain satisfactory progress, students must have a 1.0 term GPA at the end of each evaluation period and have a cumulative grade point average at the 25%, mid-point and end of the program that meets the same graduation requirements for all degree program students. Those who do not achieve satisfactory progress at the end of each evaluation are placed on probation for eight weeks. Students who do not achieve satisfactory progress on or before the end of the eight week probation period have their veterans benefits terminated and are subject to termination from Full Sail. In this event, students are responsible for payment of any remaining tuition balance. GENERAL INFORMATION Policies & Procedures 284

285 Policies & Procedures Policies & Procedures, cont. REPORTING FOR STUDENTS RECEIVING VETERANS BENEFITS Students are responsible for reporting changes in their enrollment status to Full Sail s certifying official and to the VA. The law requires that education benefits to veterans be discontinued when students cease to maintain satisfactory attendance, progress, or conduct during training. RE-ENTRY FOR STUDENTS RECEIVING VETERANS BENEFITS Students receiving veterans benefits who are dismissed for unsatisfactory progress, poor attendance, misconduct or any other reason must seek re-entry through the Student Advisors in the Education Department. These students may be re-admitted into the program at the discretion of the Director of Student Affairs. They re-enter under a probationary status and those receiving veterans benefits are evaluated one month after re-entry. A term grade point average of at least 1.0, satisfactory attendance and good conduct are required to continue training and, at that point, students are again eligible to apply for veterans benefits. Students must maintain satisfactory progress and attendance for the remainder of the program. If satisfactory progress is not maintained, veterans benefits are denied and the students are responsible for the balance of the tuition owed. Termination Students may be terminated for failure to meet academic, attendance, and/or conduct standards. Students may also be terminated for failure to pay tuition in accordance with their enrollment agreements. Those not achieving satisfactory progress are terminated and are not eligible for re-admission for one year from the termination date. A student who is terminated may, in serious conduct circumstances, lose access to all Full Sail privileges. Clock Hour-to-Credit Hour Conversion The expression of a clock hour-to-credit hour conversion formula is for convenience and information only. One clock hour is defined as a period of one hour comprising no less than 50 minutes of class time with a 10 minute break. The conversion of clock hours to credit hours is calculated on a semester credit hour basis which varies according to the content of the course. One semester credit hour is equivalent to any of the following: a) 15 clock hours of lecture time, b) 30 clock hours of supervised laboratory instruction plus the appropriate outside preparation, c) 30 clock hours of independent study with measured achieved competency relative to the required subject objectives, or d) not fewer than 45 hours of internship or the equivalent. Licenses & Accreditation Full Sail University is licensed by the Commission for Independent Education, Florida Department of Education. Additional information regarding this institution may be obtained by contacting the Commission at 325 West Gaines Street, Suite 1414, Tallahassee, FL , toll-free telephone number (888) Full Sail University is licensed to offer Associate of Science, Bachelor of Science, Master of Science, Master of Fine Arts, and graduate certificates by the Commission for Independent Education. Full Sail is accredited by the Accrediting Commission of Career Schools and Colleges (ACCSC), [School # ]. The ACCSC is listed by the U.S. Department of Education as a nationally recognized accrediting agency under the provisions of Title 34, Chapter VI, Part 602 of the U.S. Code of Federal Regulations. Full Sail offers the following online degrees and graduate certificates: Master of Arts Degree New Media Journalism Public Relations Master of Fine Arts Degree Creative Writing Media Design Master of Science Degree Education Media Design & Technology Entertainment Business Entertainment Business with a Sports Management Elective Track Innovation & Entrepreneurship Internet Marketing Bachelor of Fine Arts Degree Creative Writing for Entertainment Bachelor of Science Degree Computer Animation Digital Cinematography Entertainment Business Game Art Game Design Graphic Design Internet Marketing Media Communications Mobile Development Music Business Music Production Sports Marketing & Media Web Design & Development Graduate Certificates Education Media Design & Technology Internet Marketing GENERAL INFORMATION Policies & Procedures 285

286 Policies & Procedures Licenses & Accreditation, cont. Full Sail qualifies as an eligible institution under Title IV of the United States Department of Education, Higher Education Act of 1965, as amended. Financial aid is available for students who qualify. Full Sail is approved for veterans training by the Bureau of State Approving for Veterans Training, Florida Department of Veterans Affairs. Full Sail is authorized under federal law to enroll nonimmigrant, alien students. The following states require additional registration or approvals for online programs: Kansas Full Sail University holds a Certificate of Approval from the Kansas Board of Regents. Additional information regarding this approval may be obtained by contacting the Kansas Board of Regents at 1000 SW Jackson Street, Suite 520, Topeka, KS , telephone (785) , or website Minnesota Full Sail University is registered as a Private Institution with the Minnesota Office of Higher Education pursuant to sections 136A.61 to 136A.71. Registration is not an endorsement of the institution. Credits earned at the institution may not transfer to all other institutions. Wisconsin Full Sail University is approved by the Wisconsin Educational Approval Board. Additional information regarding this approval may be obtained by contacting the Educational Approval Board at 30 West Mifflin Street, 9th Floor, P.O. Box 8696 Madison, WI , telephone (608) Refunds due to Withdrawal (For Wisconsin Students Enrolled in Online Programs) Full Sail University uses a pro-rata refund policy for Wisconsin residents who are enrolled in online programs. Wisconsin Online students have three (3) business days from the time of enrollment to cancel their enrollment for a full refund, including the application fee. After the three business day cancellation period, all tuition, excluding the application fee, will be refunded to students that drop within the first five (5) days of the semester. Refunds will be paid within 30 days of a student s official withdrawal. If the University cancels or discontinues a course or educational program stated in the Enrollment Agreement, the University will refund all monies paid for that course or program. Refunds will be calculated for the semester using the following chart: SEMESTER BY WEEK PERCENTAGE OF TUITION REFUNDED PERCENTAGE OF SEMESTER COMPLETED Week 1 100% 6.25% Week 2 80% 12.50% Week 3 80% 18.75% Week 4 70% 25% Week 5 60% 31.25% Week 6 60% 37.5% Week 7 50% 43.75% Week 8 50% 50% Week 9 40% 56.25% Week 10 0% 62.5% Week 11 0% 68.75% Week 12 0% 75% Week 13 0% 81.25% Week 14 0% 87.5% Week 15 0% 93.75% Week 16 0% 100% Student s Right to Cancel Form: Notice of Availability of Annual Security Report A copy of Full Sail s Annual Security Report is available to prospective students upon request. This report includes statistics for the previous three years concerning reported crimes that occurred on-campus; in certain off-campus buildings or property owned or controlled by Full Sail; and on public property within, or immediately adjacent to and accessible from, the campus. The report also includes institutional policies concerning campus security and other matters. You can obtain a copy of this report by contacting your Admissions Representative. GENERAL INFORMATION Administration 286

287 Administration Memberships/Affiliations Governing Body Full Sail University Administration Accrediting Commission of Career Schools and Colleges Association for Computing Machinery Association of Private Sector Colleges and Universities (APSCU) ACM SIGGRAPH Advanced Educational Research Association American Institute of Graphic Arts Alias Global User Association American Academy of Advertising American Bar Association American Counseling Association American Library Association American Management Association American Marketing Association American Society for Group Workers Apple Distinquished Educators Apple University Executive Forum Attention Deficit Disorder Association Audio Engineering Society Autodesk User Group Autodesk Education Better Business Bureau Central Florida Teachers of English to Speakers of Other Languages Commission for Independent Education Educational Theater Association Educause Entertainment Arts and Sports Law Florida Bar Enzian Theater Advisory Board Federal Bar Association Florida Association of Postsecondary Schools and Colleges Florida Bar Association Florida Film Group Florida Institute for Film Education Florida Motion Picture and Television Association Game Developers Conference Hewlett-Packard Artist and Animators of the Future Advisory Council ill Clan Institute for Electrical and Electronics Engineers Instructional Technology Council Independent Game Developers Association International Advertising Association Maitland Art Center Modern Language Association Music and Entertainment Industry Educators Association National Academy of Television Arts and Sciences National Association of Broadcasters National Association of Latino Independent Producers National Association of Women Business Owners National Association of Recording Merchandisers National Council for Teachers of English National Systems Contractors Association New Media Consortium North American Council of Online Learning Orlando Advertising Federation Orlando Chamber of Commerce Orlando Museum of Art Orlando Science Center Otronicon Professional Educators Network of Florida Professional Photoshop User Group Project Management Institute Project Zero with Harvard University State Educational Technology Directors Association Search Engine Marketing Professional Organization Society of Motion Picture and Television Engineers Society of Professional Audio Recording Studios Teachers of English to Speakers of Other Languages The National Academy of Recording Arts and Sciences Winter Park Chamber of Commerce Winter Park Hospital Women in Film and Television Full Sail University is a fictitious name registered by Full Sail, Inc., organized and chartered under the laws of the State of Florida. The address of the governing body is the same as that of the school. Co-Chairmen/CEOs Ed Haddock Bill Heavener Jon Phelps Co-Chairmen/CEOs Ed Haddock Bill Heavener Jon Phelps Administration Garry Jones Ken Goldstone Isis Jones Debbie Magruder Geoff Rogers Christopher Marconi Stella Posada Mary Beth Plank-Mezo Matthew Pengra Tammy Gilbert Andrew Solberg Mark Gilbert Sharon Griffith Craig Daily Luis Garcia President Chief Operating Officer Chief Information Officer Chief Financial Officer Executive Vice President Executive Vice President Senior Vice President, Image, Design & Development Vice President, Admissions Vice President, Admissions Vice President, Career Development Vice President, Marketing Vice President, Information & Media Technology Vice President, Financial Aid Vice President & Creative Director Vice President, Full Sail Online Education Directors Dave Franko Vice President, Academic Affairs Nell Thompson Vice President, Academic Innovation Erik Noteboom Vice President, Education Operations Jennifer Hill Director of Education Compliance Pat Bishop Director of Graduate Studies Debbie Mills Director of Student Affairs Jon Craig Director of Academic Success GENERAL INFORMATION Administration 287

288 Evolving Education Online SM Full Sail University 3300 University Boulevard Winter Park, FL Toll Free: Local/International: online.fullsail.edu Accredited University, ACCSC. Financial Aid available to those who qualify. Career development assistance.